DCS-Mirror
/
unfoldingWord_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Merge branch 'master' into prePub60

This commit is contained in:
Richard Mahn 2022-04-29 22:52:16 +00:00
parent 9a300e54d2 4f0688273f
commit f96bd0a61d
43 changed files with 1993 additions and 1894 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

968
en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

795
en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

74
en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br> * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br> * Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br> * Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br> * Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br> * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br> * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br> * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br> * The quails (11:16–35)<br> * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br> * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br> * Commands (15:1-41)<br> * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br> * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br> * The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br> * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br> * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br> * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br> * Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br> * Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br> * The second counting (26:1-65)<br> * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br> * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br> * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br> * Midianite war (31:1–54)<br> * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br> * The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br> * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br> * Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br> * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br> * Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br> * Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br> * Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br> * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br> * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br> * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br> * The quails (11:16–35)<br> * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br> * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br> * Commands (15:1-41)<br> * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br> * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br> * The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br> * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br> * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br> * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br> * Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br> * Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br> * The second counting (26:1-65)<br> * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br> * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br> * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br> * Midianite war (31:1–54)<br> * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br> * The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br> * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br> * Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 1 ava2 translate-ordinal 0 the second year Alternate translation: “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ NUM 1 52 qn3w 0 his armed group Alternate translation: “his military divisio
NUM 1 53 yl7f 0 the tabernacle of the covenant decrees The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
NUM 1 53 j1iz figs-metaphor 0 so that my anger does not come upon the people of Israel Here Yahweh speaks of not punishing the Israelites as his anger not coming upon them. The phrase “come upon” refers to his anger being applied to them. Alternate translation: “so that in my anger I do not punish the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 1 54 k71a figs-explicit 0 Yahweh commanded through Moses Yahweh had commanded Moses everything that the Israelites were to do, and then Moses had commanded the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.
NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.
NUM 2 2 q34t 0 around his standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards was represented by a banner.
NUM 2 2 mdj9 0 with the banners of their fathers’ houses Each extended family also had a banner under with the camp, which was within the area designated for their standard.
NUM 2 2 p14g 0 banners A banner is a large flag.
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ NUM 2 32 ifg9 figs-activepassive 0 All those counted If your language does not
NUM 2 32 zjs1 0 by their divisions Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
NUM 2 32 a1g3 translate-numbers 0 are 603,550 Alternate translation: “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 34 rc4w figs-explicit 0 They went out from the camp This refers to when they would travel to another place. Alternate translation: “When they traveled, they went out from the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 3 1 h3ge 0 Now Here the author uses the word “now” to shift to telling a new historical account.
NUM 3 2 r7t6 0 Nadab the firstborn Alternate translation: “Nadab, who was the firstborn”
NUM 3 2 tl67 translate-names 0 Nadab … Abihu … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ NUM 3 51 u72d 0 the redemption money This refers to the money that Moses colle
NUM 3 51 pt1a 0 to his sons Here “his” refers to Aaron
NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 3 51 bj75 figs-activepassive 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 4 2 png1 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
NUM 4 3 j52n translate-numbers 0 thirty to fifty years old Alternate translation: “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 4 3 xcf4 0 join the company The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting.
@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ NUM 4 49 v91x 0 keeping count of each by the type … He counted each man by t
NUM 4 49 hpb1 figs-activepassive 0 by the type of work he was assigned to do If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 4 49 kdw6 0 he would bear Alternate translation: “he would have”
NUM 4 49 q8p8 0 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron.
NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
NUM 5 2 w9tt 0 infectious skin disease This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people.
NUM 5 2 zu9x 0 oozing sore This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids.
NUM 5 2 mu8x figs-metaphor 0 whoever is unclean through touching a dead body If a person touched a dead body they were considered unclean. A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ NUM 5 30 lwf7 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yah
NUM 5 31 xzp4 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest Alternate translation: “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest”
NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear Alternate translation: “must endure”
NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 6 2 fuw1 figs-idiom 0 separates himself Alternate translation: “To separate yourself to someone” means to “dedicate yourself” to that person. Alternate translation: “dedicates himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 3 vl9v figs-idiom 0 he must keep himself from This idiom means that he must not eat or drink them. Alternate translation: “he must not consume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 3 guv7 figs-activepassive 0 vinegar made from wine If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “vinegar that people make from wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ NUM 6 25 f8fh figs-you 0 on you … to you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[
NUM 6 26 x48t figs-idiom 0 look on you with favor Here the phrase “look on” means to show a certain attitude towards that person. Alternate translation: “show you favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 26 jh4e figs-you 0 on you … give you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 6 27 y2cb figs-metaphor 0 they must give my name Here Yahweh speaks about claiming the Israelites as his own by saying that he is giving them “his name.” Alternate translation: “they must let the people of Israel know that they are mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 7 1 pvb3 0 Moses completed the tabernacle Alternate translation: “Moses finished setting up the tabernacle”
NUM 7 2 uj4z figs-parallelism 0 the leaders of Israel … the heads of their ancestor’s families These two phrases describe the same group of people two different ways. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel who are also the heads of their ancestors families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 7 2 p163 figs-metonymy 0 the heads of their ancestor’s families Here the leaders of the families are referred to as “heads.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of their ancestor’s families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ NUM 7 89 y6f1 figs-synecdoche 0 he heard his voice speaking to him Here “his
NUM 7 89 jpx6 figs-parallelism 0 from above the atonement lid … from between the two cherubim These two phrases describe the same location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 7 89 e4hs 0 ark of the testimony See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:5](../04/05.md).
NUM 7 89 cu31 0 He spoke to him Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke to Moses”
NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 8 2 v3fv 0 must give light in front Alternate translation: “must shine towards the front”
NUM 8 3 u9fj 0 to give light Alternate translation: “to shine”
NUM 8 4 vx9c figs-activepassive 0 The lampstand was made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They had made the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ NUM 8 24 ygl7 0 All of this is for the Levites Alternate translation: “All o
NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old Alternate translation: “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years Alternate translation: “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ NUM 9 21 zn66 0 only when the cloud lifted would they journey on Alternate tra
NUM 9 22 y7i4 figs-activepassive 0 the cloud was taken up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloud rose up” or “Yahweh took up the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 9 23 acm7 figs-abstractnouns 0 at Yahweh’s command The word “command” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 9 23 h49s figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh’s command given through Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the command that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trumpets<br>In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.<br><br>### Israel starts to move<br><br>Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trumpets<br>In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.<br><br>### Israel starts to move<br><br>Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 10 2 a5wu figs-metonymy 0 Make two silver trumpets This means that Yahweh commanded Moses to have someone make the trumpet. He did not make them himself. Alternate translation: “Tell someone to make two silver trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 2 a3nl figs-metonymy 0 You must use the trumpets Moses will not blow the trumpets himself, but he will command the priests to blow them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 3 k8w4 0 in front of you Alternate translation: “while you are present.” This means that Moses was to be there with the priest when he blew the trumpets.
@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ NUM 10 35 hqm2 figs-metaphor 0 Rise up, Yahweh Here the phrase “rise up” is
NUM 10 35 n947 figs-metaphor 0 Make those who hate you run from you Here Moses speaks about Yahweh causing their enemies to flee from the people of Israel as if they were fleeing from Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Make those who hate you run away from your ark and your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 10 36 a1np figs-personification 0 Whenever the ark stopped Here the ark is spoken of as if were a person traveling. The ark was really being carried by men. Alternate translation: “Whenever the people carrying the ark stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 10 36 s46d figs-explicit 0 many tens of thousands This refers to people. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many tens of thousands of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaining<br>Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaining<br>Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 11 1 y6b3 0 Fire from Yahweh burned Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent fire that burned”
NUM 11 3 n5ye figs-activepassive 0 That place was named This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “They named that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 11 4 tfn7 figs-rquestion 0 Who will give us meat to eat? The Israelites ask this question in order to complain and to express their desire for something other than manna to eat. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had meat to eat.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ NUM 11 32 r8bg translate-bvolume 0 ten homers A homer is a unit of volume equal
NUM 11 33 zs3j figs-parallelism 0 While the meat was still between their teeth, while they were chewing it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that God punished them immediately, even while they were eating the meat. Alternate translation: “While they were still eating the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 11 34 xkj8 figs-activepassive 0 That place was named Kibroth Hattaavah If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 11 35 j14n translate-names 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 12 2 h4pv figs-rquestion 0 Has Yahweh spoken only with Moses? Has he not spoken also with us? Miriam and Aaron use these questions to complain that Moses had so much authority and they did not. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has not spoken only with Moses. He has also spoken with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 12 2 aac3 0 Now Yahweh heard The word “Now” hear draws attention to the important point that follows.
NUM 12 3 v4cp writing-background 0 Now the man Moses Alternate translation: “Now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. The narrator tells background information about Moses’ character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ NUM 12 14 f2gq figs-hypo 0 If her father had spit in her face This describes so
NUM 12 15 dk19 figs-metaphor 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp Being sent out of the camp and not being allowed to go back in is spoken of as if there were a door that was closed behind her. Alternate translation: “Miriam was sent outside the camp” or “Miriam was kept outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 12 15 ww7l figs-activepassive 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses shut Miriam outside the camp” or “Moses sent Miriam outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 12 16 w7ur 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. See how you translated it in [Numbers 11:35](../11/35.md).
NUM 13 intro a1bi 0 # Numbers 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spies<br><br>Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
NUM 13 intro a1bi 0 # Numbers 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spies<br><br>Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
NUM 13 2 mg6w figs-pastforfuture 0 which I have given God had decided that the land of Canaan would belong to the people of Israel, but they had not yet moved into it. Alternate translation: “which I have decided to give” or “which I will soon give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
NUM 13 2 t5e2 0 Each man must be a leader among them Alternate translation: “Each man whom you send must be a leader among his tribe”
NUM 13 4 l3bh translate-names 0 Shammua son of Zaccur These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ NUM 13 32 i1fs figs-metaphor 0 a land that eats up its inhabitants The men spea
NUM 13 33 zz8m translate-names 0 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 13 33 ckl6 figs-metaphor 0 In our own sight … in their sight Here sight represents evaluation and judgement. Alternate translation: “In our own opinion … in their opinion” or “In our own judgement … in their judgement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 13 33 s8xm figs-simile 0 we were like grasshoppers in comparison with them The men speak of grasshoppers to show how very small they thought themselves to be compared to the people of the land. Alternate translation: “we are as small as grasshoppers in comparison with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
NUM 14 3 r8f9 figs-rquestion 0 Why did Yahweh bring us to this land to die by the sword? The people use this question in order to complain and accuse Yahweh of treating them unfairly. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh should not have brought us to this land only to die by the sword.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 14 3 c2ap figs-metonymy 0 to die by the sword Here “the sword” represents either being killed by the sword or being killed in battle. Alternate translation: “to die when people attack us with swords” or “to die in battle” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 14 3 y89n figs-rquestion 0 Is it not better for us to return to Egypt? The people use this question to encourage people to agree with them that it would be better to return to Egypt. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would be better for us to return to Egypt than to try to conquer Canaan.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ NUM 14 43 wp6t figs-metaphor 0 you turned back from following Yahweh Obeying Ya
NUM 14 43 qj3c figs-metaphor 0 he will not be with you Helping them is spoken of as being with them. Alternate translation: “he will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 14 44 dy4m 0 they presumed to go up into the hill country Alternate translation: “they dared to go up into the hill country even though God did not approve”
NUM 14 44 c73c 0 into the hill country Much of the land of Israel is elevated. When the Israelites crossed the Jordan River valley to attack the Canaanites, there were hills that they had to climb in order to go farther into the land of Canaan.
NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Purifying the people<br>As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prostitution<br><br>The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Purifying the people<br>As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prostitution<br><br>The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 15 1 kit4 0 General Information: Numbers 15:1-32 tells what God told Moses to tell the people of Israel.
NUM 15 3 w63b figs-metaphor 0 to produce a pleasing aroma for Yahweh from the herd or the flock Alternate translation: “to produce from the herd or flock a smell that pleases Yahweh.” The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “to please Yahweh by burning a sacrifice from the herd or the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 4 x238 0 a burnt offering This refers to the offerings spoken of in [Numbers 15:3](../15/03.md).
@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ NUM 15 39 vhx4 figs-metaphor 0 prostitute yourselves to them Being unfaithful t
NUM 15 40 q9my 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what to tell the people of Israel. The word “you” refers to the people.
NUM 15 40 x4hp figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 15 41 zvn9 0 I am Yahweh your God This clause is repeated for emphasis.
NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebellion and punishment<br><br>A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebellion and punishment<br><br>A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
NUM 16 1 xx9n 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
NUM 16 2 t69q figs-metaphor 0 rose up against Moses Rebelling or criticizing someone in authority is spoken of as if they were standing up to fight. Alternate translation: “rebelled against Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 16 2 uge1 translate-numbers 0 two hundred and fifty Alternate translation: “250” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ NUM 16 46 pv5i figs-metonymy 0 anger is coming from Yahweh Anger coming from Go
NUM 16 47 s2fi figs-metonymy 0 he put in the incense Putting the incense in the censer here represents burning it. Alternate translation: “he burned the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 16 48 fgs5 figs-activepassive 0 the plague was stopped If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the plague stopped spreading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 16 49 e8gm translate-numbers 0 14,700 in number Alternate translation: “fourteen thousand seven hundred in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Which tribe should be special workers for God?<br><br>God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Which tribe should be special workers for God?<br><br>God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 17 2 qi3j translate-numbers 0 twelve Alternate translation: “12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 17 3 jjh7 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 17 3 xg67 0 Levi’s staff The name Levi here refers to the tribe of Levi.
@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ NUM 17 10 nwq2 figs-synecdoche 0 the covenant decrees The phrase “the covenan
NUM 17 10 n4ip figs-abstractnouns 0 so that you may end complaints against me The word “complaints” is an abstract noun that can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “so that you may stop them from complaining against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 17 10 b4j8 0 or they will die This is what would happen if the people were to continue complaining. God wanted to prevent this. Alternate translation: “so that they will not die”
NUM 17 12 m73b figs-parallelism 0 We will die here. We will all perish! These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tithes and offerings<br><br>The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tithes and offerings<br><br>The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 18 1 u2mx figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed against the sanctuary If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone commits against the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 1 g8xh figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed by anyone in the priesthood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone in the priesthood commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 1 ljg9 0 anyone in the priesthood Alternate translation: “any priest”
@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ NUM 18 30 c3xf 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 18 30 l7ak 0 the best of it Alternate translation: “the best of what you have received from the people of Israel”
NUM 18 31 g3lw 0 the rest of your gifts The “gifts” are the offerings that the Israelites give to God and that the Levites receive from them.
NUM 18 32 v4s3 0 You will not incur any guilt by eating and drinking it Alternate translation: “You will not be guilty when you eat and drink it”
NUM 19 intro rnm7 0 # Numbers 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ritually clean<br><br>This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
NUM 19 intro rnm7 0 # Numbers 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ritually clean<br><br>This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
NUM 19 2 vs5r figs-doublet 0 a statute, a law These two words share similar meanings. Alternate translation: “a statute of the law” or “a legal statute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NUM 19 2 u2gx 0 bring to you Here “you” is singular and refers to Moses.
NUM 19 2 x8cy figs-doublet 0 flaw or blemish These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this animal is to have no imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ NUM 19 20 d5l6 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” an
NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor 0 that person will be cut off Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 20 u7dz figs-activepassive 0 The water for impurity has not been sprinkled on him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 21 bs1a 0 the water for impurity Alternate translation: “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 19:13](../19/13.md)
NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
NUM 20 1 wu8m translate-transliterate 0 the wilderness of Zin The word “Zin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
NUM 20 1 ht9k translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. The first month is during the last part of March and the first part of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 20 1 r66w figs-activepassive 0 was buried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they buried her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ NUM 20 24 z598 0 rebelled against my word Alternate translation: “refused to
NUM 20 25 ie14 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 20 26 af1h figs-parallelism 0 must die and be gathered to his people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 20 29 lcr9 translate-numbers 0 thirty days Alternate translation: “30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungrateful<br><br>The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungrateful<br><br>The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
NUM 21 1 nsa6 figs-metonymy 0 he fought against Israel Here “he fought” means that his army fought. Alternate translation: “his army fought against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 21 2 x3np figs-metonymy 0 Israel vowed This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel vowed” or “The Israelites made a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 21 3 j1ix figs-metonymy 0 listened to Israel’s voice Here “listen” means that Yahweh did as they asked. Alternate translation: “did what Israel asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ NUM 21 34 wk2t 0 Do to him as you did to Sihon king of the Amorites The Israel
NUM 21 35 mdc5 0 So they killed him Alternate translation: “So the army of Israel killed Og”
NUM 21 35 b31n figs-activepassive 0 none of his people were left alive If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of his people were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 21 35 w1f2 0 they took over his land Alternate translation: “they took control of his land”
NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
NUM 22 1 vt4u 0 on the other side of the Jordan River from the city The Israelites were camped on the east side of the Jordan River. Jericho was on the west side of the river.
NUM 22 2 a4k1 translate-names 0 Balak son of Zippor Balak was king of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 22 2 hqt3 translate-names 0 Zippor Zippor is the father of Balak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ NUM 22 38 re6i figs-metaphor 0 the words that God puts into my mouth The messag
NUM 22 39 lt48 translate-names 0 Kiriath Huzoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 22 40 e9l3 0 some meat Alternate translation: “some of the meat from the sacrifices”
NUM 22 41 sx5n 0 the high place of Baal This could mean: (1) this refers to the same place as Bamoth in [Numbers 21:19](../21/19.md). The word Bamoth means “the high place,” or (2) this is another high place where people sacrificed to Baal.
NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NUM 23 1 js8j 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
NUM 23 1 yr7z 0 prepare seven bulls and seven rams Alternate translation: “kill seven bulls and seven rams as a sacrifice”
NUM 23 3 s7kv 0 Stand at your burnt offering and I will go Alternate translation: “Stay here with your burnt offering and I will go a distance away”
@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ NUM 23 24 jm1j figs-metaphor 0 the people rise like a lioness … he has killed
NUM 23 25 yxn3 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
NUM 23 26 sl4c figs-rquestion 0 Did I not tell you that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say? Balaam uses this rhetorical question to remind Balak that Balaam refused to disobey God even before he came to Balak. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I told you before that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 23 28 jd2z figs-explicit 0 which looks down on the wilderness It is understood that this wilderness was where Israel was camped. Alternate translation: “which looks down on the wilderness where Israel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 24 intro g6vw 0 # Numbers 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NUM 24 intro g6vw 0 # Numbers 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NUM 24 1 w9kx 0 as at the other times Alternate translation: “like he did the previous times”
NUM 24 2 wa9k figs-idiom 0 He raised his eyes Here “raised his eyes” is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “He looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 24 2 vd4a 0 Spirit of God came on him This mean’s God’s Spirit took control of him to prophesy.
@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ NUM 24 23 bj5v figs-rquestion 0 Who will survive when God does this? If your re
NUM 24 24 rl4t translate-names 0 Kittim This is the name of a city on an island in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 24 24 zm8g figs-abstractnouns 0 they, too, will end in destruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God will destroy them also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 24 25 wf69 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
NUM 25 intro vs5m 0 # Numbers 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Foreign women<br><br>Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
NUM 25 intro vs5m 0 # Numbers 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Foreign women<br><br>Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
NUM 25 1 bx2y translate-names 0 Shittim This is the name of a place in Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 25 2 zud9 translate-symaction 0 bowed down This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 25 3 bum9 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md).
@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ NUM 25 18 kw2l 0 They led you into evil Alternate translation: “They persuad
NUM 25 18 dj72 0 in the case of Peor … in the matter of Peor Both of these phrases mean that these things happened at Mount Peor.
NUM 25 18 h4fy 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md).
NUM 25 18 vp48 figs-activepassive 0 who was killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Phinehas killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 26 intro h5mw 0 # Numbers 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A new generation<br><br>None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
NUM 26 intro h5mw 0 # Numbers 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A new generation<br><br>None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
NUM 26 2 i1ce figs-explicit 0 Count all the community They were only to count the men, not the women. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Count all the men of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 26 2 vni2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years old and up Alternate translation: “20 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 26 3 z8gq 0 spoke to them Alternate translation: “spoke to the Israelite leaders”
@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ NUM 26 64 xc7s figs-activepassive 0 when the descendants of Israel were counted
NUM 26 65 zm6j figs-doublenegatives 0 There was not a man left among them, except The word “them” refers to all of the people who were counted in the wilderness of Sinai. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “The only ones who were still alive were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
NUM 26 65 sl65 0 son of Jephunneh Jephunneh was Caleb’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:6](../13/06.md).
NUM 26 65 j2tl 0 son of Nun Nun was Joshua’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 11:28](../11/28.md).
NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daughters<br>The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br><br>### The new leader is Joshua<br><br>God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daughters<br>The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br><br>### The new leader is Joshua<br><br>God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
NUM 27 1 r2z7 0 Then to Moses came the daughters of Zelophehad … son of Joseph Alternate translation: “Then the daughters of Zelophehad son of Hepher son of Gilead son of Machir son of Manasseh, of the clans of Manasseh son of Joseph came to Moses.” This tells us the genealogy of Zelophehad.
NUM 27 1 xh5x 0 Zelophehad son of Hepher … Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md).
NUM 27 1 f1ul 0 Gilead … Machir See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md).
@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ NUM 27 23 gcp5 0 He laid his hands on him and commanded him to lead Alternate
NUM 27 23 cb8n translate-symaction 0 He laid his hands on him The laying on of hands was a way of setting a person apart to do a special task for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 27 23 nk4a figs-ellipsis 0 to lead You can make clear the understood information to lead the people. Alternate translation: “to lead the people” or “to be the leader of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 27 23 cw8h 0 as Yahweh had commanded him to do Here “him” refers to Moses.
NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offerings for special days<br><br>God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]])
NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offerings for special days<br><br>God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]])
NUM 28 2 vl5n 0 at the appointed times Alternate translation: “at the times that I haven chosen”
NUM 28 2 d2nc figs-activepassive 0 the food of my offerings made by fire to produce If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the food offerings that you will burn on the altar produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 2 ii63 0 a sweet aroma for me Alternate translation: “a smell I enjoy”
@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ NUM 28 29 tdh2 translate-fraction 0 a tenth of an ephah Alternate translation:
NUM 28 29 t9h7 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you mix with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 30 yj1e figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 28 31 k54h figs-possession 0 their drink offerings This refers to the drink offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the drink offerings that are offered with them” or “the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days.
NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days.
NUM 29 1 n5nd 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 29 1 wr36 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month, on the first day of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 29 1 c4iy 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ NUM 29 37 m6nc figs-activepassive 0 as were commanded If your language does not
NUM 29 38 nyr3 figs-possession 0 its grain offering, and their drink offerings The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 39 zpq3 0 These are what you must offer Alternate translation: “These offerings are what you must offer”
NUM 29 39 y3wf 0 fixed festivals Alternate translation: “planned festivals.” These are festivals that occurred at regularly scheduled times. The word “fixed” means “set” or “predetermined.”
NUM 30 intro e9dr 0 # Numbers 30 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vows<br><br>Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
NUM 30 intro e9dr 0 # Numbers 30 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vows<br><br>Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
NUM 30 2 n92a 0 a man makes a vow The words “a man” refer to any man, not one particular man. It refers only to men and does not include women. Alternate translation: “any man”
NUM 30 2 yep5 figs-metaphor 0 to bind himself with a binding promise Here Moses speaks of a person promising to do something as if his promise were a physical object that he ties to himself. Alternate translation: “committing to fulfill a promise” or “promising to do something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 30 2 d5ft figs-parallelism 0 he must not break his word. He must keep his promise to do everything that comes out of his mouth These two sentences have similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that he must fulfill his promises. Here “word” is a metonym that refers to what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ NUM 30 14 sq3z figs-metaphor 0 binding promises Moses describes a woman’s pro
NUM 30 14 ntv6 figs-idiom 0 will stand This is an idiom. It means that her vows will remain in effect and that she will be required to fulfill them. Alternate translation: “she will be obligated to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 30 14 w9nv figs-ellipsis 0 because he has said nothing to her You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “because he has said nothing to her about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 30 15 z7x5 figs-explicit 0 then he will be responsible for her guilt This means that he will be guilty of her sin instead of her if she does not fulfill her vow. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “if she does not fulfill her vow, she will not be guilty of her sin, and he will be guilty instead of her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 31 intro p1di 0 # Numbers 31 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Midianites<br><br>Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 31 intro p1di 0 # Numbers 31 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Midianites<br><br>Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 31 2 u6qq 0 Take vengeance on the Midianites for what they did to the Israelites Yahweh was punishing the Midianites for convincing the Israelites to worship idols.
NUM 31 2 l7s2 figs-parallelism 0 you will die and be gathered to your people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This is a polite way to emphasize that it is time for Moses to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 31 3 z1v2 0 Arm some of your men for war Alternate translation: “Give weapons to some of your men”
@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ NUM 31 52 qri3 translate-numbers 0 from the commanders of thousands and from th
NUM 31 52 b57h translate-numbers 0 16,750 Alternate translation: “sixteen thousand, seven hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 31 52 gj47 translate-bmoney 0 shekels A shekel is 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NUM 31 54 r1uq 0 as a reminder of the people of Israel for Yahweh The gold will remind the people that Yahweh gave them victory. It will also remind Yahweh that the people fulfilled his revenge on the Midianites.
NUM 32 intro yg1s 0 # Numbers 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance<br><br>Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
NUM 32 intro yg1s 0 # Numbers 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance<br><br>Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
NUM 32 1 t4bt writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Moses tells background information about the tribes of Reuben and Gad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NUM 32 3 dwl6 translate-names 0 Ataroth, Dibon, Jazer, Nimrah, Heshbon, Elealeh, Sebam, Nebo, and Beon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 32 4 fd7v 0 General Information: The people from Reuben and Gad continue speaking to Moses, Eleazar, and the other leaders.
@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ NUM 32 41 h5li translate-names 0 Jair This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://e
NUM 32 41 mn6c translate-names 0 Havvoth Jair This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 32 42 rm3m translate-names 0 Nobah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 32 42 r3cx translate-names 0 Kenath This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 33 intro s7u7 0 # Numbers 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.”
NUM 33 intro s7u7 0 # Numbers 33 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.”
NUM 33 1 va6t 0 by their armed groups Alternate translation: “by their military divisions.” This means that each tribe had their own men, who were armed, to protect them. See how you translated “armed groups” in [Numbers 1:3](../01/03.md).
NUM 33 2 gx4i figs-activepassive 0 as commanded by Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 33 2 y7p2 0 departure after departure Alternate translation: “from one place to another place”
@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ NUM 33 54 q2gz figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land The Israelites claiming the lan
NUM 33 54 m66j 0 Wherever the lot falls to each clan, that land will belong to it Alternate translation: “Each clan will receive the land according to how the lot falls”
NUM 33 55 ebs2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 33 55 l4n8 figs-simile 0 like objects in your eyes and thorns in your sides Just like a small object in a person’s eye or a small thorn that sticks into a person skin can cause great irritation, so even a small portion of the Canaanites, if left in the land, would cause great trouble for the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The boundaries<br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The boundaries<br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 34 3 c7ax 0 wilderness of Zin See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 33:12](../33/12.md).
NUM 34 4 i8yz translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 6 aj34 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites.
@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ NUM 34 19 d75w translate-names 0 General Information: This is the list of men w
NUM 34 21 ddd5 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 24 jyl2 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 27 hsm6 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Revenge<br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Revenge<br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 35 1 z6sc 0 plains a large area of flat land
NUM 35 2 ww25 0 give some of their own shares of land to the Levites Yahweh did not give the Levites their own land, so they had to live in cities that belonged to other tribes.
NUM 35 2 hlb8 0 pastureland an area of land where animals feed on grass
@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ NUM 35 32 a9qa 0 in this way Alternate translation: “by accepting a ransom
NUM 35 33 gzd5 figs-metaphor 0 Do not pollute in this way the land where you live, because blood from murder pollutes the land Making the land unacceptable to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were physically polluting the land. Alternate translation: “Do not make the land where you live unacceptable to me in this way, because blood from murder makes the land unacceptable to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 35 33 df8z 0 in this way This means by disobeying the laws concerning a person who kills someone.
NUM 35 33 pl2f figs-activepassive 0 No atonement can be made for the land when blood has been shed on it, except by the blood of the one who shed it This refers to when a person intentionally kills another person. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “When someone has shed blood in the land, only the execution of the murderer can make atonement for the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 36 intro ej9v 0 # Numbers 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Female heirs<br><br>Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 36 intro ej9v 0 # Numbers 36 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Female heirs<br><br>Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 36 1 if4m translate-names 0 Machir This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 36 2 gt4r figs-activepassive 0 You were commanded by Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 36 2 wj3z translate-names 0 Zelophehad This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br> * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br> * Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br> * Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br> * Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br> * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br> * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br> * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br> * The quails (11:16–35)<br> * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br> * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br> * Commands (15:1-41)<br> * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br> * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br> * The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br> * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br> * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br> * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br> * Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br> * Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br> * The second counting (26:1-65)<br> * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br> * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br> * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br> * Midianite war (31:1–54)<br> * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br> * The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br> * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br> * Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead. # Introduction to Numbers<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br> * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br> * Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br> * Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br> * Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br> * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br> * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br> * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br> * The quails (11:16–35)<br> * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br> * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br> * Commands (15:1-41)<br> * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br> * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br> * The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br> * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br> * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br> * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br> * Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br> * Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br> * The second counting (26:1-65)<br> * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br> * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br> * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br> * Midianite war (31:1–54)<br> * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br> * The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br> * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br> * Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
3 NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100. # Numbers 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
4 NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
5 NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
6 NUM 1 1 ava2 translate-ordinal 0 the second year Alternate translation: “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
61 NUM 1 53 yl7f 0 the tabernacle of the covenant decrees The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
62 NUM 1 53 j1iz figs-metaphor 0 so that my anger does not come upon the people of Israel Here Yahweh speaks of not punishing the Israelites as his anger not coming upon them. The phrase “come upon” refers to his anger being applied to them. Alternate translation: “so that in my anger I do not punish the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
63 NUM 1 54 k71a figs-explicit 0 Yahweh commanded through Moses Yahweh had commanded Moses everything that the Israelites were to do, and then Moses had commanded the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
64 NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay. # Numbers 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.
65 NUM 2 2 q34t 0 around his standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards was represented by a banner.
66 NUM 2 2 mdj9 0 with the banners of their fathers’ houses Each extended family also had a banner under with the camp, which was within the area designated for their standard.
67 NUM 2 2 p14g 0 banners A banner is a large flag.
121 NUM 2 32 zjs1 0 by their divisions Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
122 NUM 2 32 a1g3 translate-numbers 0 are 603,550 Alternate translation: “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
123 NUM 2 34 rc4w figs-explicit 0 They went out from the camp This refers to when they would travel to another place. Alternate translation: “When they traveled, they went out from the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
124 NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) # Numbers 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
125 NUM 3 1 h3ge 0 Now Here the author uses the word “now” to shift to telling a new historical account.
126 NUM 3 2 r7t6 0 Nadab the firstborn Alternate translation: “Nadab, who was the firstborn”
127 NUM 3 2 tl67 translate-names 0 Nadab … Abihu … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
191 NUM 3 51 pt1a 0 to his sons Here “his” refers to Aaron
192 NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
193 NUM 3 51 bj75 figs-activepassive 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
194 NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) # Numbers 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
195 NUM 4 2 png1 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
196 NUM 4 3 j52n translate-numbers 0 thirty to fifty years old Alternate translation: “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
197 NUM 4 3 xcf4 0 join the company The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting.
276 NUM 4 49 hpb1 figs-activepassive 0 by the type of work he was assigned to do If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
277 NUM 4 49 kdw6 0 he would bear Alternate translation: “he would have”
278 NUM 4 49 q8p8 0 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron.
279 NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]]) # Numbers 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
280 NUM 5 2 w9tt 0 infectious skin disease This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people.
281 NUM 5 2 zu9x 0 oozing sore This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids.
282 NUM 5 2 mu8x figs-metaphor 0 whoever is unclean through touching a dead body If a person touched a dead body they were considered unclean. A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351 NUM 5 31 xzp4 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
352 NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest Alternate translation: “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest”
353 NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear Alternate translation: “must endure”
354 NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) # Numbers 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
355 NUM 6 2 fuw1 figs-idiom 0 separates himself Alternate translation: “To separate yourself to someone” means to “dedicate yourself” to that person. Alternate translation: “dedicates himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
356 NUM 6 3 vl9v figs-idiom 0 he must keep himself from This idiom means that he must not eat or drink them. Alternate translation: “he must not consume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
357 NUM 6 3 guv7 figs-activepassive 0 vinegar made from wine If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “vinegar that people make from wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
412 NUM 6 26 x48t figs-idiom 0 look on you with favor Here the phrase “look on” means to show a certain attitude towards that person. Alternate translation: “show you favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
413 NUM 6 26 jh4e figs-you 0 on you … give you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
414 NUM 6 27 y2cb figs-metaphor 0 they must give my name Here Yahweh speaks about claiming the Israelites as his own by saying that he is giving them “his name.” Alternate translation: “they must let the people of Israel know that they are mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
415 NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) # Numbers 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
416 NUM 7 1 pvb3 0 Moses completed the tabernacle Alternate translation: “Moses finished setting up the tabernacle”
417 NUM 7 2 uj4z figs-parallelism 0 the leaders of Israel … the heads of their ancestor’s families These two phrases describe the same group of people two different ways. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel who are also the heads of their ancestors families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
418 NUM 7 2 p163 figs-metonymy 0 the heads of their ancestor’s families Here the leaders of the families are referred to as “heads.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of their ancestor’s families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
571 NUM 7 89 jpx6 figs-parallelism 0 from above the atonement lid … from between the two cherubim These two phrases describe the same location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
572 NUM 7 89 e4hs 0 ark of the testimony See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:5](../04/05.md).
573 NUM 7 89 cu31 0 He spoke to him Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke to Moses”
574 NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) # Numbers 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
575 NUM 8 2 v3fv 0 must give light in front Alternate translation: “must shine towards the front”
576 NUM 8 3 u9fj 0 to give light Alternate translation: “to shine”
577 NUM 8 4 vx9c figs-activepassive 0 The lampstand was made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They had made the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
606 NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old Alternate translation: “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
607 NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
608 NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years Alternate translation: “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
609 NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) # Numbers 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
610 NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
611 NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
612 NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
656 NUM 9 22 y7i4 figs-activepassive 0 the cloud was taken up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloud rose up” or “Yahweh took up the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
657 NUM 9 23 acm7 figs-abstractnouns 0 at Yahweh’s command The word “command” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
658 NUM 9 23 h49s figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh’s command given through Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the command that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
659 NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trumpets<br>In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.<br><br>### Israel starts to move<br><br>Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) # Numbers 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trumpets<br>In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.<br><br>### Israel starts to move<br><br>Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
660 NUM 10 2 a5wu figs-metonymy 0 Make two silver trumpets This means that Yahweh commanded Moses to have someone make the trumpet. He did not make them himself. Alternate translation: “Tell someone to make two silver trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
661 NUM 10 2 a3nl figs-metonymy 0 You must use the trumpets Moses will not blow the trumpets himself, but he will command the priests to blow them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
662 NUM 10 3 k8w4 0 in front of you Alternate translation: “while you are present.” This means that Moses was to be there with the priest when he blew the trumpets.
714 NUM 10 35 n947 figs-metaphor 0 Make those who hate you run from you Here Moses speaks about Yahweh causing their enemies to flee from the people of Israel as if they were fleeing from Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Make those who hate you run away from your ark and your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
715 NUM 10 36 a1np figs-personification 0 Whenever the ark stopped Here the ark is spoken of as if were a person traveling. The ark was really being carried by men. Alternate translation: “Whenever the people carrying the ark stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
716 NUM 10 36 s46d figs-explicit 0 many tens of thousands This refers to people. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many tens of thousands of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
717 NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaining<br>Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Numbers 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaining<br>Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
718 NUM 11 1 y6b3 0 Fire from Yahweh burned Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent fire that burned”
719 NUM 11 3 n5ye figs-activepassive 0 That place was named This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “They named that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
720 NUM 11 4 tfn7 figs-rquestion 0 Who will give us meat to eat? The Israelites ask this question in order to complain and to express their desire for something other than manna to eat. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had meat to eat.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
763 NUM 11 33 zs3j figs-parallelism 0 While the meat was still between their teeth, while they were chewing it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that God punished them immediately, even while they were eating the meat. Alternate translation: “While they were still eating the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
764 NUM 11 34 xkj8 figs-activepassive 0 That place was named Kibroth Hattaavah If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
765 NUM 11 35 j14n translate-names 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
766 NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Numbers 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
767 NUM 12 2 h4pv figs-rquestion 0 Has Yahweh spoken only with Moses? Has he not spoken also with us? Miriam and Aaron use these questions to complain that Moses had so much authority and they did not. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has not spoken only with Moses. He has also spoken with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
768 NUM 12 2 aac3 0 Now Yahweh heard The word “Now” hear draws attention to the important point that follows.
769 NUM 12 3 v4cp writing-background 0 Now the man Moses Alternate translation: “Now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. The narrator tells background information about Moses’ character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
781 NUM 12 15 dk19 figs-metaphor 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp Being sent out of the camp and not being allowed to go back in is spoken of as if there were a door that was closed behind her. Alternate translation: “Miriam was sent outside the camp” or “Miriam was kept outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
782 NUM 12 15 ww7l figs-activepassive 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses shut Miriam outside the camp” or “Moses sent Miriam outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
783 NUM 12 16 w7ur 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. See how you translated it in [Numbers 11:35](../11/35.md).
784 NUM 13 intro a1bi 0 # Numbers 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spies<br><br>Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) # Numbers 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spies<br><br>Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
785 NUM 13 2 mg6w figs-pastforfuture 0 which I have given God had decided that the land of Canaan would belong to the people of Israel, but they had not yet moved into it. Alternate translation: “which I have decided to give” or “which I will soon give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
786 NUM 13 2 t5e2 0 Each man must be a leader among them Alternate translation: “Each man whom you send must be a leader among his tribe”
787 NUM 13 4 l3bh translate-names 0 Shammua son of Zaccur These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
820 NUM 13 33 zz8m translate-names 0 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
821 NUM 13 33 ckl6 figs-metaphor 0 In our own sight … in their sight Here sight represents evaluation and judgement. Alternate translation: “In our own opinion … in their opinion” or “In our own judgement … in their judgement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
822 NUM 13 33 s8xm figs-simile 0 we were like grasshoppers in comparison with them The men speak of grasshoppers to show how very small they thought themselves to be compared to the people of the land. Alternate translation: “we are as small as grasshoppers in comparison with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
823 NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) # Numbers 14 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
824 NUM 14 3 r8f9 figs-rquestion 0 Why did Yahweh bring us to this land to die by the sword? The people use this question in order to complain and accuse Yahweh of treating them unfairly. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh should not have brought us to this land only to die by the sword.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
825 NUM 14 3 c2ap figs-metonymy 0 to die by the sword Here “the sword” represents either being killed by the sword or being killed in battle. Alternate translation: “to die when people attack us with swords” or “to die in battle” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
826 NUM 14 3 y89n figs-rquestion 0 Is it not better for us to return to Egypt? The people use this question to encourage people to agree with them that it would be better to return to Egypt. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would be better for us to return to Egypt than to try to conquer Canaan.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
870 NUM 14 43 qj3c figs-metaphor 0 he will not be with you Helping them is spoken of as being with them. Alternate translation: “he will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
871 NUM 14 44 dy4m 0 they presumed to go up into the hill country Alternate translation: “they dared to go up into the hill country even though God did not approve”
872 NUM 14 44 c73c 0 into the hill country Much of the land of Israel is elevated. When the Israelites crossed the Jordan River valley to attack the Canaanites, there were hills that they had to climb in order to go farther into the land of Canaan.
873 NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Purifying the people<br>As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prostitution<br><br>The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) # Numbers 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Purifying the people<br>As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prostitution<br><br>The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
874 NUM 15 1 kit4 0 General Information: Numbers 15:1-32 tells what God told Moses to tell the people of Israel.
875 NUM 15 3 w63b figs-metaphor 0 to produce a pleasing aroma for Yahweh from the herd or the flock Alternate translation: “to produce from the herd or flock a smell that pleases Yahweh.” The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “to please Yahweh by burning a sacrifice from the herd or the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
876 NUM 15 4 x238 0 a burnt offering This refers to the offerings spoken of in [Numbers 15:3](../15/03.md).
918 NUM 15 40 q9my 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what to tell the people of Israel. The word “you” refers to the people.
919 NUM 15 40 x4hp figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
920 NUM 15 41 zvn9 0 I am Yahweh your God This clause is repeated for emphasis.
921 NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebellion and punishment<br><br>A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) # Numbers 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebellion and punishment<br><br>A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
922 NUM 16 1 xx9n 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
923 NUM 16 2 t69q figs-metaphor 0 rose up against Moses Rebelling or criticizing someone in authority is spoken of as if they were standing up to fight. Alternate translation: “rebelled against Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
924 NUM 16 2 uge1 translate-numbers 0 two hundred and fifty Alternate translation: “250” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
976 NUM 16 47 s2fi figs-metonymy 0 he put in the incense Putting the incense in the censer here represents burning it. Alternate translation: “he burned the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
977 NUM 16 48 fgs5 figs-activepassive 0 the plague was stopped If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the plague stopped spreading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
978 NUM 16 49 e8gm translate-numbers 0 14,700 in number Alternate translation: “fourteen thousand seven hundred in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
979 NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Which tribe should be special workers for God?<br><br>God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) # Numbers 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Which tribe should be special workers for God?<br><br>God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
980 NUM 17 2 qi3j translate-numbers 0 twelve Alternate translation: “12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
981 NUM 17 3 jjh7 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
982 NUM 17 3 xg67 0 Levi’s staff The name Levi here refers to the tribe of Levi.
991 NUM 17 10 n4ip figs-abstractnouns 0 so that you may end complaints against me The word “complaints” is an abstract noun that can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “so that you may stop them from complaining against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
992 NUM 17 10 b4j8 0 or they will die This is what would happen if the people were to continue complaining. God wanted to prevent this. Alternate translation: “so that they will not die”
993 NUM 17 12 m73b figs-parallelism 0 We will die here. We will all perish! These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
994 NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tithes and offerings<br><br>The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) # Numbers 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tithes and offerings<br><br>The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
995 NUM 18 1 u2mx figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed against the sanctuary If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone commits against the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
996 NUM 18 1 g8xh figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed by anyone in the priesthood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone in the priesthood commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
997 NUM 18 1 ljg9 0 anyone in the priesthood Alternate translation: “any priest”
1055 NUM 18 30 l7ak 0 the best of it Alternate translation: “the best of what you have received from the people of Israel”
1056 NUM 18 31 g3lw 0 the rest of your gifts The “gifts” are the offerings that the Israelites give to God and that the Levites receive from them.
1057 NUM 18 32 v4s3 0 You will not incur any guilt by eating and drinking it Alternate translation: “You will not be guilty when you eat and drink it”
1058 NUM 19 intro rnm7 0 # Numbers 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ritually clean<br><br>This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) # Numbers 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ritually clean<br><br>This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
1059 NUM 19 2 vs5r figs-doublet 0 a statute, a law These two words share similar meanings. Alternate translation: “a statute of the law” or “a legal statute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1060 NUM 19 2 u2gx 0 bring to you Here “you” is singular and refers to Moses.
1061 NUM 19 2 x8cy figs-doublet 0 flaw or blemish These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this animal is to have no imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1085 NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor 0 that person will be cut off Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1086 NUM 19 20 u7dz figs-activepassive 0 The water for impurity has not been sprinkled on him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1087 NUM 19 21 bs1a 0 the water for impurity Alternate translation: “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 19:13](../19/13.md)
1088 NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Numbers 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1089 NUM 20 1 wu8m translate-transliterate 0 the wilderness of Zin The word “Zin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1090 NUM 20 1 ht9k translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. The first month is during the last part of March and the first part of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
1091 NUM 20 1 r66w figs-activepassive 0 was buried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they buried her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1122 NUM 20 25 ie14 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
1123 NUM 20 26 af1h figs-parallelism 0 must die and be gathered to his people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1124 NUM 20 29 lcr9 translate-numbers 0 thirty days Alternate translation: “30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1125 NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungrateful<br><br>The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # Numbers 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungrateful<br><br>The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1126 NUM 21 1 nsa6 figs-metonymy 0 he fought against Israel Here “he fought” means that his army fought. Alternate translation: “his army fought against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1127 NUM 21 2 x3np figs-metonymy 0 Israel vowed This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel vowed” or “The Israelites made a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1128 NUM 21 3 j1ix figs-metonymy 0 listened to Israel’s voice Here “listen” means that Yahweh did as they asked. Alternate translation: “did what Israel asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1177 NUM 21 35 mdc5 0 So they killed him Alternate translation: “So the army of Israel killed Og”
1178 NUM 21 35 b31n figs-activepassive 0 none of his people were left alive If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of his people were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1179 NUM 21 35 w1f2 0 they took over his land Alternate translation: “they took control of his land”
1180 NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) # Numbers 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
1181 NUM 22 1 vt4u 0 on the other side of the Jordan River from the city The Israelites were camped on the east side of the Jordan River. Jericho was on the west side of the river.
1182 NUM 22 2 a4k1 translate-names 0 Balak son of Zippor Balak was king of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1183 NUM 22 2 hqt3 translate-names 0 Zippor Zippor is the father of Balak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1245 NUM 22 39 lt48 translate-names 0 Kiriath Huzoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1246 NUM 22 40 e9l3 0 some meat Alternate translation: “some of the meat from the sacrifices”
1247 NUM 22 41 sx5n 0 the high place of Baal This could mean: (1) this refers to the same place as Bamoth in [Numbers 21:19](../21/19.md). The word Bamoth means “the high place,” or (2) this is another high place where people sacrificed to Baal.
1248 NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # Numbers 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
1249 NUM 23 1 js8j 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
1250 NUM 23 1 yr7z 0 prepare seven bulls and seven rams Alternate translation: “kill seven bulls and seven rams as a sacrifice”
1251 NUM 23 3 s7kv 0 Stand at your burnt offering and I will go Alternate translation: “Stay here with your burnt offering and I will go a distance away”
1285 NUM 23 25 yxn3 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
1286 NUM 23 26 sl4c figs-rquestion 0 Did I not tell you that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say? Balaam uses this rhetorical question to remind Balak that Balaam refused to disobey God even before he came to Balak. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I told you before that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1287 NUM 23 28 jd2z figs-explicit 0 which looks down on the wilderness It is understood that this wilderness was where Israel was camped. Alternate translation: “which looks down on the wilderness where Israel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1288 NUM 24 intro g6vw 0 # Numbers 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # Numbers 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
1289 NUM 24 1 w9kx 0 as at the other times Alternate translation: “like he did the previous times”
1290 NUM 24 2 wa9k figs-idiom 0 He raised his eyes Here “raised his eyes” is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “He looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1291 NUM 24 2 vd4a 0 Spirit of God came on him This mean’s God’s Spirit took control of him to prophesy.
1348 NUM 24 24 rl4t translate-names 0 Kittim This is the name of a city on an island in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1349 NUM 24 24 zm8g figs-abstractnouns 0 they, too, will end in destruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God will destroy them also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1350 NUM 24 25 wf69 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
1351 NUM 25 intro vs5m 0 # Numbers 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Foreign women<br><br>Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) # Numbers 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Foreign women<br><br>Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1352 NUM 25 1 bx2y translate-names 0 Shittim This is the name of a place in Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1353 NUM 25 2 zud9 translate-symaction 0 bowed down This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1354 NUM 25 3 bum9 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md).
1377 NUM 25 18 dj72 0 in the case of Peor … in the matter of Peor Both of these phrases mean that these things happened at Mount Peor.
1378 NUM 25 18 h4fy 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md).
1379 NUM 25 18 vp48 figs-activepassive 0 who was killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Phinehas killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1380 NUM 26 intro h5mw 0 # Numbers 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A new generation<br><br>None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) # Numbers 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A new generation<br><br>None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
1381 NUM 26 2 i1ce figs-explicit 0 Count all the community They were only to count the men, not the women. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Count all the men of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1382 NUM 26 2 vni2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years old and up Alternate translation: “20 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1383 NUM 26 3 z8gq 0 spoke to them Alternate translation: “spoke to the Israelite leaders”
1453 NUM 26 65 zm6j figs-doublenegatives 0 There was not a man left among them, except The word “them” refers to all of the people who were counted in the wilderness of Sinai. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “The only ones who were still alive were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1454 NUM 26 65 sl65 0 son of Jephunneh Jephunneh was Caleb’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:6](../13/06.md).
1455 NUM 26 65 j2tl 0 son of Nun Nun was Joshua’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 11:28](../11/28.md).
1456 NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daughters<br>The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br><br>### The new leader is Joshua<br><br>God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) # Numbers 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daughters<br>The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br><br>### The new leader is Joshua<br><br>God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
1457 NUM 27 1 r2z7 0 Then to Moses came the daughters of Zelophehad … son of Joseph Alternate translation: “Then the daughters of Zelophehad son of Hepher son of Gilead son of Machir son of Manasseh, of the clans of Manasseh son of Joseph came to Moses.” This tells us the genealogy of Zelophehad.
1458 NUM 27 1 xh5x 0 Zelophehad son of Hepher … Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md).
1459 NUM 27 1 f1ul 0 Gilead … Machir See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md).
1493 NUM 27 23 cb8n translate-symaction 0 He laid his hands on him The laying on of hands was a way of setting a person apart to do a special task for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1494 NUM 27 23 nk4a figs-ellipsis 0 to lead You can make clear the understood information to lead the people. Alternate translation: “to lead the people” or “to be the leader of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1495 NUM 27 23 cw8h 0 as Yahweh had commanded him to do Here “him” refers to Moses.
1496 NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offerings for special days<br><br>God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]]) # Numbers 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offerings for special days<br><br>God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]])
1497 NUM 28 2 vl5n 0 at the appointed times Alternate translation: “at the times that I haven chosen”
1498 NUM 28 2 d2nc figs-activepassive 0 the food of my offerings made by fire to produce If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the food offerings that you will burn on the altar produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1499 NUM 28 2 ii63 0 a sweet aroma for me Alternate translation: “a smell I enjoy”
1555 NUM 28 29 t9h7 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you mix with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1556 NUM 28 30 yj1e figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1557 NUM 28 31 k54h figs-possession 0 their drink offerings This refers to the drink offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the drink offerings that are offered with them” or “the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1558 NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days. # Numbers 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days.
1559 NUM 29 1 n5nd 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1560 NUM 29 1 wr36 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month, on the first day of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1561 NUM 29 1 c4iy 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
1628 NUM 29 38 nyr3 figs-possession 0 its grain offering, and their drink offerings The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1629 NUM 29 39 zpq3 0 These are what you must offer Alternate translation: “These offerings are what you must offer”
1630 NUM 29 39 y3wf 0 fixed festivals Alternate translation: “planned festivals.” These are festivals that occurred at regularly scheduled times. The word “fixed” means “set” or “predetermined.”
1631 NUM 30 intro e9dr 0 # Numbers 30 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vows<br><br>Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) # Numbers 30 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vows<br><br>Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1632 NUM 30 2 n92a 0 a man makes a vow The words “a man” refer to any man, not one particular man. It refers only to men and does not include women. Alternate translation: “any man”
1633 NUM 30 2 yep5 figs-metaphor 0 to bind himself with a binding promise Here Moses speaks of a person promising to do something as if his promise were a physical object that he ties to himself. Alternate translation: “committing to fulfill a promise” or “promising to do something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1634 NUM 30 2 d5ft figs-parallelism 0 he must not break his word. He must keep his promise to do everything that comes out of his mouth These two sentences have similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that he must fulfill his promises. Here “word” is a metonym that refers to what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1664 NUM 30 14 ntv6 figs-idiom 0 will stand This is an idiom. It means that her vows will remain in effect and that she will be required to fulfill them. Alternate translation: “she will be obligated to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1665 NUM 30 14 w9nv figs-ellipsis 0 because he has said nothing to her You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “because he has said nothing to her about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1666 NUM 30 15 z7x5 figs-explicit 0 then he will be responsible for her guilt This means that he will be guilty of her sin instead of her if she does not fulfill her vow. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “if she does not fulfill her vow, she will not be guilty of her sin, and he will be guilty instead of her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1667 NUM 31 intro p1di 0 # Numbers 31 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Midianites<br><br>Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) # Numbers 31 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Midianites<br><br>Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
1668 NUM 31 2 u6qq 0 Take vengeance on the Midianites for what they did to the Israelites Yahweh was punishing the Midianites for convincing the Israelites to worship idols.
1669 NUM 31 2 l7s2 figs-parallelism 0 you will die and be gathered to your people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This is a polite way to emphasize that it is time for Moses to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1670 NUM 31 3 z1v2 0 Arm some of your men for war Alternate translation: “Give weapons to some of your men”
1742 NUM 31 52 b57h translate-numbers 0 16,750 Alternate translation: “sixteen thousand, seven hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1743 NUM 31 52 gj47 translate-bmoney 0 shekels A shekel is 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1744 NUM 31 54 r1uq 0 as a reminder of the people of Israel for Yahweh The gold will remind the people that Yahweh gave them victory. It will also remind Yahweh that the people fulfilled his revenge on the Midianites.
1745 NUM 32 intro yg1s 0 # Numbers 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance<br><br>Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) # Numbers 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance<br><br>Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1746 NUM 32 1 t4bt writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Moses tells background information about the tribes of Reuben and Gad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1747 NUM 32 3 dwl6 translate-names 0 Ataroth, Dibon, Jazer, Nimrah, Heshbon, Elealeh, Sebam, Nebo, and Beon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1748 NUM 32 4 fd7v 0 General Information: The people from Reuben and Gad continue speaking to Moses, Eleazar, and the other leaders.
1803 NUM 32 41 mn6c translate-names 0 Havvoth Jair This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1804 NUM 32 42 rm3m translate-names 0 Nobah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1805 NUM 32 42 r3cx translate-names 0 Kenath This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1806 NUM 33 intro s7u7 0 # Numbers 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.” # Numbers 33 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.”
1807 NUM 33 1 va6t 0 by their armed groups Alternate translation: “by their military divisions.” This means that each tribe had their own men, who were armed, to protect them. See how you translated “armed groups” in [Numbers 1:3](../01/03.md).
1808 NUM 33 2 gx4i figs-activepassive 0 as commanded by Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1809 NUM 33 2 y7p2 0 departure after departure Alternate translation: “from one place to another place”
1842 NUM 33 54 m66j 0 Wherever the lot falls to each clan, that land will belong to it Alternate translation: “Each clan will receive the land according to how the lot falls”
1843 NUM 33 55 ebs2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1844 NUM 33 55 l4n8 figs-simile 0 like objects in your eyes and thorns in your sides Just like a small object in a person’s eye or a small thorn that sticks into a person skin can cause great irritation, so even a small portion of the Canaanites, if left in the land, would cause great trouble for the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1845 NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The boundaries<br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]]) # Numbers 34 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The boundaries<br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
1846 NUM 34 3 c7ax 0 wilderness of Zin See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 33:12](../33/12.md).
1847 NUM 34 4 i8yz translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1848 NUM 34 6 aj34 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites.
1857 NUM 34 21 ddd5 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1858 NUM 34 24 jyl2 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1859 NUM 34 27 hsm6 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1860 NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Revenge<br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) # Numbers 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Revenge<br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
1861 NUM 35 1 z6sc 0 plains a large area of flat land
1862 NUM 35 2 ww25 0 give some of their own shares of land to the Levites Yahweh did not give the Levites their own land, so they had to live in cities that belonged to other tribes.
1863 NUM 35 2 hlb8 0 pastureland an area of land where animals feed on grass
1893 NUM 35 33 gzd5 figs-metaphor 0 Do not pollute in this way the land where you live, because blood from murder pollutes the land Making the land unacceptable to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were physically polluting the land. Alternate translation: “Do not make the land where you live unacceptable to me in this way, because blood from murder makes the land unacceptable to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1894 NUM 35 33 df8z 0 in this way This means by disobeying the laws concerning a person who kills someone.
1895 NUM 35 33 pl2f figs-activepassive 0 No atonement can be made for the land when blood has been shed on it, except by the blood of the one who shed it This refers to when a person intentionally kills another person. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “When someone has shed blood in the land, only the execution of the murderer can make atonement for the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1896 NUM 36 intro ej9v 0 # Numbers 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Female heirs<br><br>Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]]) # Numbers 36 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Female heirs<br><br>Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
1897 NUM 36 1 if4m translate-names 0 Machir This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1898 NUM 36 2 gt4r figs-activepassive 0 You were commanded by Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1899 NUM 36 2 wj3z translate-names 0 Zelophehad This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

68
en_tn_05-DEU.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Deuteronomy<br><br>1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)<br>1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)<br>1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)<br>1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)<br>1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)<br>1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)<br>1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)<br>1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)<br><br><br>### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?<br><br>In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.<br><br>### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?<br><br>As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?<br><br>God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.<br><br>### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?<br><br>The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy.
DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 1 1 j9ty 0 beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he spoke to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan”
DEU 1 1 bg65 translate-names 0 Suph … Paran … Tophel … Laban … Hazeroth … Dizahab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 1 2 p4gk 0 It is eleven days’ journey from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea Alternate translation: “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea”
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ DEU 1 44 fn6p translate-names 0 Hormah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc:/
DEU 1 44 xcg6 0 struck you down Alternate translation: “killed many of your soldiers”
DEU 1 45 d7e5 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
DEU 1 45 yrs7 0 returned and wept Alternate translation: “returned to Kadesh and wept”
DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
DEU 2 1 ys5a 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
DEU 2 1 b9af 0 Then we turned and took our journey Alternate translation: “Then we turned around and went”
DEU 2 1 yf1v 0 we went around Mount Seir for many days This could mean: (1) the Israelites traveled around the mountain called Seir for a very long time or (2) the Israelites wandered in a region called Mount Seir for a very long time.
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ DEU 2 36 pd7q translate-names 0 Valley of the Arnon Alternate translation: “A
DEU 2 36 snr1 figs-litotes 0 there was not a city too high for us This negative statement is used to emphasize their success in battle. This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DEU 2 37 v1z7 figs-you 0 you did not go Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 2 37 vt6d translate-names 0 Jabbok River This is the name of a river that created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 3 1 b1tm 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel of what happened in the past.
DEU 3 1 z2w7 translate-names 0 Og This is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 3 1 v626 translate-names 0 Edrei This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ DEU 3 27 qm9b 0 Pisgah See how you translated this is in [Deuteronomy 3:17](..
DEU 3 27 a7ag figs-idiom 0 lift up your eyes The words “lift up your eyes” are an idiom that means look. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 3 28 x7d3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
DEU 3 29 dut2 translate-names 0 Beth Peor This is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DEU 4 1 m1n5 0 I am about to teach you Moses is telling the people of Israel what God wants them to do.
DEU 4 1 zdp5 0 to do them Alternate translation: “and obey them”
DEU 4 2 ft3x 0 You will not add to the words … neither will you diminish them Yahweh does not want his people to create new laws, or to ignore those he has already given them.
@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ DEU 4 48 n3ct 0 the Valley of the Arnon This is the name of a place. See how y
DEU 4 48 vyn6 0 Mount Siyon … Mount Hermon These are different names for the same mountain. The word “Sion” is another spelling of “Sirion” ([Deuteronomy 3:9](../03/09.md)). See how you translated “Mount Hermon” in [Deuteronomy 3:8](../03/08.md).
DEU 4 49 axk1 0 eastward beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “eastward from the side of the Jordan River”
DEU 4 49 x6zf 0 Sea of the Arabah … Mount Pisgah See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 5 1 d5qb 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
DEU 5 1 vj47 figs-hyperbole 0 called to all Israel Here “all” is a generalization. Moses wanted everyone in Israel to hear and obey his words, but his voice was probably not so loud that everyone actually heard him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DEU 5 1 rwb1 figs-synecdoche 0 that I will speak in your ears today Here “ears” refers to the whole person. This metaphor emphasizes that the people know what Moses has said to them, so they cannot sin and then say they did not know they were sinning. Alternate translation: “that I will speak to you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ DEU 5 32 kyg9 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of
DEU 5 32 weq5 0 You will keep Moses is giving a command to the people of Israel.
DEU 5 32 w87i figs-metaphor 0 you will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left This compares a person disobeying God to a person turning off of the correct path. Alternate translation: “you will not disobey him in any way” or “you will do everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 5 33 ype4 figs-metaphor 0 prolong your days Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:40](../04/40.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 6 1 it53 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues the speech to the people of Israel he began in [Deuteronomy 5:1](../05/01.md). Beginning in verse 2, he speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 6 1 z6zb 0 might keep Alternate translation: “might obey”
DEU 6 1 ymp9 0 going over the Jordan Alternate translation: “going to the other side of the Jordan River”
@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ DEU 6 24 nhg8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the peopl
DEU 6 24 ye68 0 keep obey at all times and for a long time
DEU 6 25 p4b1 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “where Yahweh can see us”
DEU 6 25 bva9 figs-metonymy 0 this will be our righteousness The word “this” refers to keeping Yahweh’s commands. This is a metonym for Yahweh considering them righteous. Alternate translation: “he will consider us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 7 1 zv16 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 7 2 wdj3 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 7 2 h8dz figs-metaphor 0 gives them over to you Moses speaks of victory as if it were a physical object one person could give to another. Alternate translation: “enables you to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ DEU 7 25 su6c figs-metaphor 0 you will become trapped by it Even taking the gol
DEU 7 25 z31g 0 for it is an abomination to Yahweh your God These words tell why Yahweh wants the people to burn the idols. “do this because Yahweh your God hates it very much”
DEU 7 26 b8dp figs-doublet 0 You will utterly detest and abhor The words “detest” and “abhor” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of hatred. Alternate translation: “You will completely hate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 7 26 xs75 figs-metaphor 0 for it is set apart for destruction Yahweh cursing something and promising to destroy it is spoken of as if Yahweh were setting the object apart from everything else. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has set it apart for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
DEU 8 1 rbf2 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 1 zvt4 figs-you 0 You must keep … you may live and multiply, and go in and possess … your fathers All instances of “you” and “your” and the verbs are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 2 t2tj figs-idiom 0 You will call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “You must remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ DEU 8 19 umv6 0 you will surely perish Alternate translation: “you will cert
DEU 8 20 d86j figs-you 0 before you … you perish … you would not … your God All these instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 20 a8kh 0 before you Alternate translation: “in front of you”
DEU 8 20 l83x figs-metonymy 0 would not listen to the voice of Yahweh Here “the voice of Yahweh” means what Yahweh tells his people to do. Alternate translation: “would not obey Yahweh’s commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.
DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.
DEU 9 1 iqh4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 9 1 wy46 figs-metonymy 0 Hear, Israel The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Listen, people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 9 1 n75r 0 to dispossess Alternate translation: “to take the land from”
@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ DEU 9 27 hp8s figs-idiom 0 Call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation
DEU 9 28 cc26 figs-metonymy 0 so that the land from where you brought us The words “the land” are a metonym for the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “so that the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 9 28 pt4p 0 should say Alternate translation: “can say”
DEU 9 29 rw92 figs-doublet 0 by your great strength and by the display of your power These phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of Yahweh’s power that he used to rescue his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 10 intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>This chapter focuses on retelling the great things Yahweh has done. It is a continuation of the material from the previous chapter. It is possible that this is a type of sermon or homily, where Moses is giving the people instructions.
DEU 10 intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>This chapter focuses on retelling the great things Yahweh has done. It is a continuation of the material from the previous chapter. It is possible that this is a type of sermon or homily, where Moses is giving the people instructions.
DEU 10 1 y2d7 0 General Information: Moses continues to remind the people of Israel about what happened in the past.
DEU 10 1 zf2r 0 At that time Alternate translation: “After I finished praying”
DEU 10 1 sa1t figs-ellipsis 0 the first This refers to the first set of tablets that Moses had broken. Alternate translation: “the tablets you had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ DEU 10 22 es8i figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the
DEU 10 22 p41a 0 went down into Egypt Alternate translation: “traveled south to Egypt” or “went to Egypt”
DEU 10 22 ap9n translate-numbers 0 seventy persons Alternate translation: “70 persons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 10 22 hh5t figs-simile 0 as many as the stars of the heavens This emphasizes the large number of Israelites that were with Moses. Alternate translation: “more than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Therefore<br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eyewitnesses<br>The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### Covenant<br>This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Therefore<br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eyewitnesses<br>The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### Covenant<br>This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 11 1 sgh5 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 11 1 e1ef 0 always keep Alternate translation: “always obey”
DEU 11 2 s2x1 0 who have not known nor have they seen Alternate translation: “who have not experienced”
@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ DEU 11 31 ke82 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people o
DEU 11 32 k55e 0 all the statutes and the decrees These are the statutes and decrees Moses will give in Deuteronomy 12-26.
DEU 11 32 h7se 0 I set before you today This does not mean these are new. Moses is reviewing the same statutes and decrees that he gave 40 years earlier.
DEU 11 32 jh1q figs-metaphor 0 I set before you God’s statutes and decrees, which Moses is telling the people, are spoken of as if they were objects that Moses is setting before the people. Alternate translation: “I am giving to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 12 intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant with Moses<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Israel and Yahweh<br><br>In the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into their collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
DEU 12 intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant with Moses<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Israel and Yahweh<br><br>In the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into their collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
DEU 12 1 dsl2 0 General Information: Moses is still talking to the people of Israel.
DEU 12 1 pm4g 0 you will keep Alternate translation: “you must obey”
DEU 12 1 bb6r figs-idiom 0 all the days that you live on the earth The phrase “live on the earth” is an idiom that means as long as a person lives. Alternate translation: “for as long as you live” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ DEU 12 30 w8wj figs-metaphor 0 not trapped into following them The Israelites w
DEU 12 30 j6jf figs-activepassive 0 after they are destroyed from before you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after Yahweh destroys them before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 12 30 rz9c figs-quotesinquotes 0 into asking, ‘How do these nations worship their gods? I will do the same.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “into asking about how those people groups worship their gods so that you can do the same.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
DEU 12 32 zxp6 0 Do not add to it or take away from it They are not to create more laws nor are they to ignore laws that God has given them.
DEU 13 intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>The people were required to listen to Yahweh’s prophets unless they were encouraging the people to worship other gods. The punishment for anyone leading the people to worship other gods was death. These instructions were to keep Israel’s worship of Yahweh pure. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]])
DEU 13 intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>The people were required to listen to Yahweh’s prophets unless they were encouraging the people to worship other gods. The punishment for anyone leading the people to worship other gods was death. These instructions were to keep Israel’s worship of Yahweh pure. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]])
DEU 13 1 z8ea 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 13 1 ei8s 0 If there arises among you Alternate translation: “If there appears among you” or “If someone among you claims to be”
DEU 13 1 d2pw 0 a dreamer of dreams This is someone who receives messages from God through dreams.
@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ DEU 13 17 d934 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will turn from the fierceness of his ange
DEU 13 17 vyv7 0 to your fathers Here “fathers” means ancestors or forefathers.
DEU 13 18 zgj9 figs-metonymy 0 you are listening to the voice of Yahweh Here “voice” represents what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “you are obeying what Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 13 18 gjk4 figs-metaphor 0 that which is right in the eyes of Yahweh your God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “that which is right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “that which Yahweh your God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Clean animals<br>There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Clean animals<br>There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
DEU 14 1 yca2 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 14 1 c6vr 0 You are the people All occurrences of “you” refer to the people of Israel. Moses was included as a part of the people. Alternate translation: “We are the people”
DEU 14 1 qkn4 translate-symaction 0 Do not cut yourselves, nor shave any part of your face for the dead These were ways the people groups living in Canaan showed that they were grieving over people who had died. Moses is telling the people of Israel not to act like them. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ DEU 14 29 mju1 figs-metaphor 0 because he has no portion nor inheritance with y
DEU 14 29 qi4c 0 fatherless These are children whose parents have both died and do not have relatives to care for them.
DEU 14 29 v7bc 0 widow This is a woman whose husband has died and has no children to care for her in her old age.
DEU 14 29 zfp5 figs-synecdoche 0 in all the work of your hand that you do Here “hand” represents the whole person. This refers to the work that someone does. Alternate translation: “in all the work you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgiveness of Debt<br>This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.<br><br>### Justice<br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgiveness of Debt<br>This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.<br><br>### Justice<br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
DEU 15 1 s315 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 15 1 my7z translate-numbers 0 seven years Alternate translation: “7 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 15 1 ym2l 0 you must cancel debts Alternate translation: “forgive every thing which people still owe you”
@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ DEU 15 22 rqw8 figs-metaphor 0 the unclean … persons A person who is not acce
DEU 15 22 b1cn figs-metaphor 0 the clean persons A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 15 22 lxt5 0 a gazelle or a deer These are wild animals with long thin legs that can run quickly. See how you translated these in [Deuteronomy 12:15](../12/15.md).
DEU 15 23 bw7p 0 you must not eat its blood Alternate translation: “you must not consume its blood.” Yahweh did not allow Israelites to consume blood because the blood represented life ([Deuteronomy 12:23](../12/23.md)).
DEU 16 intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Festivals<br><br>This chapter retells the specific commands about how to celebrate the Passover. This recalled the Passover in Egypt, which was an important event in the formation of the nation of Israel. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>### Life in Israel<br><br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. Also, Yahweh must be the only God in Israel. He alone is to be worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
DEU 16 intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Festivals<br><br>This chapter retells the specific commands about how to celebrate the Passover. This recalled the Passover in Egypt, which was an important event in the formation of the nation of Israel. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>### Life in Israel<br><br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. Also, Yahweh must be the only God in Israel. He alone is to be worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
DEU 16 1 v2as 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 16 1 q8mq translate-hebrewmonths 0 month of Aviv This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. It is during the last part of March and the first part April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 16 1 l33g figs-explicit 0 keep the Passover It is implied by “keep the Passover” that they would celebrate and eat the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “celebrate the Passover meal” or “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ DEU 16 20 b78e figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land that Yahweh your God is giving
DEU 16 21 ec3t figs-you 0 You must not Here “You” refers to all the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 16 22 mw2w figs-distinguish 0 any sacred stone pillar, which Yahweh your God hates The phrase “which Yahweh your God hates” is giving more information about the sacred stone pillar. Alternate translation: “any sacred stone pillar because Yahweh your God hates them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
DEU 16 22 s7sn 0 sacred stone pillar This refers to pillars that are idols used to worship false gods.
DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### King<br>Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### King<br>Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 17 1 a78k 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 17 1 d6zp 0 in which is any blemish Alternate translation: “that has a blemish” or “that has something wrong with it.” The animal is to appear healthy without any deformity.
DEU 17 1 y292 0 that would be an abomination to Yahweh Alternate translation: “that would be disgusting to Yahweh”
@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ DEU 17 19 f877 figs-parallelism 0 so as to keep all the words of this law and t
DEU 17 20 b7e5 figs-synecdoche 0 so that his heart is not lifted up above his brothers Here “his heart” refers to the whole person. A king becoming arrogant is spoken of as if his heart were lifted up. Alternate translation: “so that he does not become arrogant” or “so that he does not think he is better than his fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 17 20 idm3 figs-metaphor 0 so that he does not turn away from the commandments, to the right hand or to the left A king disobeying God’s commands is spoken of as if a person were to turn off the correct path. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that he does not disobey any of the commandments” or “so that he obeys all of the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DEU 17 20 sa87 figs-metaphor 0 prolong his days Long days is a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated a similar phrase “prolong your days” in [Deuteronomy 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>### Messiah<br>This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>### Messiah<br>This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
DEU 18 1 ztw1 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what Yahweh wants them to do.
DEU 18 1 u386 figs-metaphor 0 will have no portion nor inheritance with Israel The Levites not receiving any land from Yahweh is spoken of as if they would not receive an inheritance. Alternate translation: “will not possess any of the people’s land” or “will not receive any of the land that the Israelites will possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 18 1 z6rx 0 no portion Alternate translation: “no part” or “no share”
@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ DEU 18 21 gbx1 0 How will we recognize a message that Yahweh has not spoken? A
DEU 18 22 law3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking.
DEU 18 22 kzp4 figs-metonymy 0 a prophet speaks in the name of Yahweh Here “name of Yahweh” refers to Yahweh himself and his authority. Alternate translation: “a prophet claims to speak for me” or “a prophet claims to speak with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 18 22 ys2k 0 the prophet has spoken it arrogantly Alternate translation: “the prophet has spoken this message without my authority”
DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Law of retaliation<br>The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Law of retaliation<br>The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 19 1 rka3 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 19 1 av28 figs-metaphor 0 When Yahweh your God cuts off the nations Yahweh destroying the people who live in Canaan is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 19 1 jh1z figs-metonymy 0 the nations This represents the people groups that live in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ DEU 19 20 n7hc figs-explicit 0 will hear and fear The full meaning of this stat
DEU 19 20 wqw9 0 commit no longer any such evil Alternate translation: “never again do something evil like that”
DEU 19 21 z5fm figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes must not pity Here “eyes” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You must not pity him” or “You must not show him mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DEU 19 21 nz4x figs-ellipsis 0 life will pay for life … foot for foot Here the phrases are shortened because the meaning is understood. It means the people must punish a person in the same way that he harmed another person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br>Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>### Holy war<br>Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “What man is there”<br>This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Excused from fighting<br>In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br>Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>### Holy war<br>Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “What man is there”<br>This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Excused from fighting<br>In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 20 1 x89z 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 20 1 ei7a 0 When you march out to battle against your enemies Alternate translation: “When you go out to fight in a war against your enemies”
DEU 20 1 r5j1 figs-explicit 0 see horses, chariots People considered an army with many horses and chariots to be very strong. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ DEU 20 20 gis7 0 you know are not trees for food Alternate translation: “you
DEU 20 20 czc4 0 siege works These are tools and structures, such as ladders and towers, that are needed to lay siege to a city.
DEU 20 20 g9ny figs-idiom 0 until it falls This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until the people of the city lose the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 20 20 fdg1 figs-metonymy 0 it falls Here “it” refers to the city which represents the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br>Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Peace in Israel<br>The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people.
DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br>Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Peace in Israel<br>The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people.
DEU 21 1 g61z 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
DEU 21 1 z641 figs-activepassive 0 If someone is found killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If someone finds a person whom someone else has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 21 1 iqh7 0 lying in the field The dead person is lying in the field.
@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ DEU 21 22 hfw9 0 you hang him on a tree This could mean: (1) “after he has d
DEU 21 23 y9lb 0 bury him the same day Alternate translation: “bury him on the same day as when you execute him”
DEU 21 23 ztq8 figs-activepassive 0 for whoever is hanged is cursed by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) “because God curses everyone whom people hang on trees” and (2) “people hang on trees those whom God has cursed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 21 23 i54a 0 do not defile the land by leaving something God has cursed hanging in the tree
DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Order in Israel<br>The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Virgin woman<br>If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Order in Israel<br>The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Virgin woman<br>If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 22 1 b8pa figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 22 1 j8sq 0 go astray Alternate translation: “walk away from its owner”
DEU 22 1 z51n figs-idiom 0 hide yourself from them This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “act as if you do not see them” or “go away without doing anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ DEU 22 28 m9ah figs-activepassive 0 if they are discovered If your language doe
DEU 22 29 tr9z translate-bmoney 0 fifty shekels of silver A shekel weighs eleven grams. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver” or “550 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 22 29 yb82 figs-idiom 0 He may not send her away during all his days This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “He must never divorce her during his entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 22 30 hh8b figs-explicit 0 must not take his father’s wife as his own The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must not marry his father’s former wife, even if she is not his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The assembly of Yahweh<br>This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.<br><br>### Racial superiority<br>Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The assembly of Yahweh<br>This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.<br><br>### Racial superiority<br>Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
DEU 23 1 r8v9 0 man injured by crushing or cutting off Alternate translation: “man whose private body parts someone has crushed or cut off”
DEU 23 1 z8kb figs-idiom 0 may enter the assembly of Yahweh This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “may be a full member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 23 2 j67e 0 illegitimate child This could mean: (1) a child born to parents who committed incest or adultery or (2) a child born to a prostitute.
@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ DEU 23 25 em5k 0 When you go into your neighbor’s ripe grain Alternate trans
DEU 23 25 v1t5 0 you may pluck the heads of grain with your hand Alternate translation: “then you may eat the kernels of grain with your hand”
DEU 23 25 jv7v 0 but do not put a sickle to your neighbor’s ripe grain Alternate translation: “but do not cut down your neighbor’s ripe grain and take it with you”
DEU 23 25 q13q 0 sickle a sharp tool that farmers use to harvest wheat
DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”<br>A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Lending money<br>Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money.
DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”<br>A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Lending money<br>Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money.
DEU 24 1 fn1d 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 24 1 t3lr figs-doublet 0 When a man takes a wife and marries her The phrases “takes a wife” and “marries her” mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “When a man marries a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 24 1 a5ki figs-synecdoche 0 if she finds no favor in his eyes Here the “eyes” represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “if he decides that he does not like her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ DEU 24 21 qg17 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites a
DEU 24 21 h98g 0 What is left over will be for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow Alternate translation: “The grapes that you do not pick will be for the foreigner, the fatherless, and the widow to pick”
DEU 24 21 qsd7 figs-genericnoun 0 for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow These refer to groups of people. Alternate translation: “for foreigners, for those who are fatherless, and for the widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
DEU 24 22 jte9 figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 25 intro e9vi 0 # Deuteronomy 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to teach about justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “A perfect and just weight you must have”<br>In the ancient Near East, money was weighted on a scale. If a persons weight was off, they were robbing people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 25 intro e9vi 0 # Deuteronomy 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to teach about justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “A perfect and just weight you must have”<br>In the ancient Near East, money was weighted on a scale. If a persons weight was off, they were robbing people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 25 1 kk1l 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 25 2 m44y figs-activepassive 0 If the guilty man deserves to be beaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the judge orders them to beat the guilty man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 25 2 b3ki figs-activepassive 0 be beaten in his presence If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will watch them beat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ DEU 25 18 f2uv 0 all who were feeble in your rear Alternate translation: “al
DEU 25 18 bv3r figs-doublet 0 faint and weary These words have similar meanings and emphasize how tired the people were. Alternate translation: “tired and exhausted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 25 18 ig25 figs-explicit 0 he did not honor God The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he was not afraid of God’s punishment” or “he did not respect God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 25 19 gv8d 0 you must blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under heaven Alternate translation: “you must kill all of the Amalekites so that nobody will remember them anymore”
DEU 26 intro t97p 0 # Deuteronomy 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter recalls the great events of Israel’s history when Yahweh brought them out of Egypt.
DEU 26 intro t97p 0 # Deuteronomy 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter recalls the great events of Israel’s history when Yahweh brought them out of Egypt.
DEU 26 1 yl9f figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 26 2 epa3 translate-ordinal 0 some of the first of all the harvest Alternate translation: “some of the first fruits of the harvest” or “some of the first crops of the harvest.” This “first” is the ordinal number for one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DEU 26 3 wq9z figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ DEU 26 18 wri1 0 a people who are his own possession Alternate translation:
DEU 26 19 q8jb figs-idiom 0 he will set you high above This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he will make you more important than” or “he will make you greater than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 26 19 p58x 0 he will set you high above all the other nations that he has made, and you will receive praise, fame, and honor This could mean: (1) “he will cause you to become greater than any other nation that he has established, and he will enable you to praise him and honor him” or (2) “he will have people praise you more than they praise every other nation that he has made; people will say that you are better than any other nation, and they will honor you.”
DEU 26 19 lg4i figs-metaphor 0 You will be a people that is set apart to Yahweh your God Yahweh choosing the people of Israel to belong to him in a special way is spoken of as if Yahweh set them apart from all other nations. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God will set you apart from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 27 intro uy69 0 # Deuteronomy 27 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “May the man be cursed”<br>This phrase is repeated several times in this chapter. This parallelism serves as a warning to the Israelites when they will live in the Promised Land. This is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DEU 27 intro uy69 0 # Deuteronomy 27 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “May the man be cursed”<br>This phrase is repeated several times in this chapter. This parallelism serves as a warning to the Israelites when they will live in the Promised Land. This is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DEU 27 1 mu7e figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so except where noted, the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 27 1 ya1q figs-you 0 command you today Moses is speaking to the Israelites as a group, so the word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 27 1 g7rq 0 I command Here “I” refers to Moses. The elders are there in agreement with Moses, but he is the only one speaking.
@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ DEU 27 24 q772 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and
DEU 27 24 n57s figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 27 26 mmv3 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and the people what they must say.
DEU 27 26 z9xa figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blessings and warnings<br>This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blessings and warnings<br>This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DEU 28 1 cg2q figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 28 1 f13g figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” refers to what he says. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 28 1 nmq7 0 so as to keep Alternate translation: “and obey”
@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ DEU 28 67 bik8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites a
DEU 28 67 wac6 figs-idiom 0 because of the fear in your hearts This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “because of the fear you are feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 28 67 u1ew figs-synecdoche 0 the things your eyes will have to see Here “eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “the terrifying things I will force you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 28 68 et6c 0 I had said Here “I” refers to Yahweh.
DEU 29 intro if6j 0 # Deuteronomy 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a retelling of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses, along with its blessings and cursing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
DEU 29 intro if6j 0 # Deuteronomy 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a retelling of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses, along with its blessings and cursing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
DEU 29 1 nsu8 0 These are the words that Yahweh commanded Moses to tell This refers to words that Moses is about to speak.
DEU 29 1 b8p6 0 in the land of Moab This is on the east side of the Jordan where the Israelites were staying before they entered the land of Canaan. “while they were in the land of Moab”
DEU 29 1 b7xy 0 words that were added to the covenant … at Horeb These additional commands were given to make Yahweh’s covenant apply better to the people once they were settled in their new land. These new commands did not belong to a different covenant, but rather were additions to the original covenant.
@ -2016,7 +2016,7 @@ DEU 29 28 jz72 figs-doublet 0 in anger, in wrath, and in great fury The words
DEU 29 29 d1e5 0 The secret matters belong alone to Yahweh our God Alternate translation: “Some things Yahweh our God has not revealed, and only he knows them”
DEU 29 29 v7va figs-activepassive 0 that are revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he has revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 29 29 ui8w 0 we may do all the words of this law Alternate translation: “we may do everything that this law commands us to do”
DEU 30 intro yx9f 0 # Deuteronomy 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Moses begins to give final instructions to Israel before his death in anticipation of their entrance into the Promised Land. There were warnings and blessings associated with the people’s obedience to the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
DEU 30 intro yx9f 0 # Deuteronomy 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Moses begins to give final instructions to Israel before his death in anticipation of their entrance into the Promised Land. There were warnings and blessings associated with the people’s obedience to the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
DEU 30 1 rkk4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 30 1 pfr8 figs-idiom 0 When all these things have come on you Here “these things” refer to the blessings and curses described in chapters 28-29. The phrase “have come on you” is an idiom that means to happen. Alternate translation: “When all these things happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 30 1 k5mi figs-metaphor 0 that I have set before you This speaks of the blessings and curses that Moses told the people as if they were objects that he set in front of them. Alternate translation: “that I have just now told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ DEU 30 20 k5mz figs-metonymy 0 obey his voice Here “voice” refers to what Y
DEU 30 20 sbp2 0 to cling to him Alternate translation: “to rely on him”
DEU 30 20 x4gp figs-doublet 0 For he is your life and the length of your days These phrases have the same meaning and are metonyms for Yahweh, emphasizing that he is the one who gives life and determines the length of people’s lifetimes. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the only one who can enable you to live a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 30 20 qi8g figs-ellipsis 0 swore to your ancestors The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “swore that he would give to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Final instructions<br>In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership.
DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Final instructions<br>In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership.
DEU 31 2 mb3i translate-numbers 0 one hundred twenty years old Alternate translation: “120 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 31 2 bvw8 figs-merism 0 I can no more go out and come in Here the extremes “go out” and “come in” used together mean that Moses can no longer do what a healthy person can do. Alternate translation: “I am no longer able to go everywhere that you need to go, so I cannot be your leader any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
DEU 31 3 ep95 figs-you 0 your God … before you … before you … you will dispossess … before you Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ DEU 31 29 i596 figs-synecdoche 0 through the work of your hands Here “your ha
DEU 31 30 upf2 figs-synecdoche 0 Moses recited in the ears of all the assembly of Israel Here “ears” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “Moses recited to all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DEU 31 30 ilp6 0 recited This could mean: (1) “sang” or (2) “spoke.”
DEU 31 30 wx6q figs-ellipsis 0 the words of this song You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the words of the song that Yahweh taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 32 1 bfi8 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DEU 32 1 hf89 figs-apostrophe 0 Give ear, you heavens … Let the earth listen Yahweh speaks to the heavens and earth as if they are there listening. This could mean: (1) Yahweh is speaking to the inhabitants of heaven and earth or (2) Yahweh is speaking to the heavens and earth as if they are persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
DEU 32 2 zk7l figs-simile 0 Let my teaching drop down like the rain … and like the showers on the plants This means Yahweh wants the people to eagerly accept his helpful teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ DEU 32 50 w499 figs-euphemism 0 be gathered to your people This is a polite way
DEU 32 50 gnq5 translate-names 0 Mount Hor This is the name of a mountain on the border of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 32 51 mwq1 translate-names 0 Meribah This is the name of the place in the desert where Moses disobeyed God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 32 51 fv5z translate-names 0 wilderness of Zin This is the name of a wilderness on the southern border of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Families<br>Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Families<br>Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 33 1 p6db figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses begins to bless the tribes of Israel. Moses speaks the blessing in the form of short poems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DEU 33 2 b26n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh came from Sinai and rose from Seir upon them. He shined out from Mount Paran Moses compares Yahweh to the rising sun. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh came from Sinai, he looked to them like the sun when it rises from Seir and shines out from Mount Paran” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 33 2 d9h2 0 upon them Alternate translation: “upon the people of Israel”
@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ DEU 33 29 n3du figs-merism 0 the shield … the sword This merism speaks of Yah
DEU 33 29 tm9a figs-metaphor 0 the shield of your help The word “shield” is a metaphor for Yahweh protecting and defending the Israelites. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **help**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the one who protects you and helps you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
DEU 33 29 cur3 figs-metaphor 0 the sword of your majesty The word “sword” is a metaphor for the power to kill with the sword in order to win battles. Alternate translation: “the one who enables you to win battles and so have majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 33 29 ly3l 0 you will trample down their high places This could mean: (1) the Israelites will destroy the places where the other people worship false gods or (2) the Israelites will walk on the backs of their enemies when the Israelites defeat them.
DEU 34 intro kh67 0 # Deuteronomy 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter may have been written by Joshua, since it recorded Moses’ death. This chapter officially ends the revelation of the law of Moses, and life in the Promised Land is about to begin again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 34 intro kh67 0 # Deuteronomy 34 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter may have been written by Joshua, since it recorded Moses’ death. This chapter officially ends the revelation of the law of Moses, and life in the Promised Land is about to begin again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 34 1 ayb8 0 Mount Nebo This is the highest point of Mount Pisgah which is in the northern part of the Abarim mountain range. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:49](../32/49.md).
DEU 34 1 r9wl 0 Pisgah See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
DEU 34 3 h1nc translate-names 0 the City of Palms This is another name for Jericho. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

48
en_tn_06-JOS.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br> * Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br> * Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br> * The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br> * Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ JOS 1 16 c7t9 0 General Information: These Isrelites were specifically the Reu
JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ JOS 2 23 i2bk translate-names נ֑וּן 1 Nun This is a male name; the father o
JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them Alternate translation: “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority.
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ JOS 3 15 nhu7 figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 edge
JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר 1 now the Jordan overflows all its banks throughout the time of the harvest This is background information and it emphasizes the scale of what Yahweh is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ JOS 4 19 zy5r translate-hebrewmonths בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶ
JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The twelve stones that they took out of the Jordan Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted … there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ JOS 5 14 d8u1 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 He said The word “he” refers to the
JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 6 1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ JOS 6 26 cq3c figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣
JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction Alternate translation: “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan … Karmi … Zabdi … Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ JOS 7 25 vd6n figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 Why have y
JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. Possible meanings are 1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or 2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or 3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai … and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ JOS 8 29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day Alte
JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 2 uj94 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 under one command Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ JOS 9 23 zlp7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 house of my
JOS 9 25 a5un figs-doublet כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר 1 Whatever seems good and right The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 9 26 gy9c לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for them The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
JOS 9 27 p81s עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 10 1 au8p וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
JOS 10 1 y65k translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק 1 Adoni-Zedek This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 3 y6ss translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth … Lachish … Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ JOS 10 40 u843 figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ
JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 11 1 a1ca translate-names יָבִ֣ין…יוֹבָב֙ 1 Jabin … Jobab These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖וֹן…אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Hazor … Madon … Shimron … Akshaph These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth … Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ JOS 11 21 im1q translate-names אֶת־הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙ 1 Anakim Thes
JOS 11 21 p6cd translate-names דְּבִ֣ר…עֲנָ֔ב 1 Debir … Anab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 23 qe5v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua gave it as an inheritance to Israel Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 23 x695 figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 the land had rest from the wars The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.
JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.
JOS 12 1 e45x writing-background וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 12 1 fe2c וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 these are the kings This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24.
JOS 12 1 g8ju translate-names הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the Arabah These are the names of a region of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ JOS 12 22 z2b9 translate-names קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙…יָקְנֳעָ֥ם 1 Kedesh
JOS 12 23 a6eq translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר…גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Dor … Naphoth Dor … Goyim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 24 kv8w translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 Tirzah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 24 aeg5 translate-numbers כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 thirty-one in all “31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
JOS 13 2 s51z figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 This is the land that still remains You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 13 3 q1nv translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 Shihor This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 3 a3iw figs-activepassive לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 which is considered property of the Canaanites If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ JOS 13 31 zde9 figs-activepassive לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י 1 These were assigned If y
JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders Alternate translation: “leaders of the tribes”
JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ JOS 14 14 gji6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 to this day Thi
JOS 14 14 zii3 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 he completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 15 hyh6 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 Kiriath Arba This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 14 15 wv1z figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 Then the land had rest from war The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 15 1 ex51 translate-names צִ֛ן 1 Zin This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the end of the Salt Sea, from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
JOS 15 2 j6xn מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the bay that faces to the south Alternate translation: “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ JOS 15 20 q76c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵ
JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 settlements villages
JOS 15 47 hsx1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Joseph The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz … Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ JOS 16 9 y6xs figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הַ⁠מִּבְ
JOS 16 9 f1yc figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 within the inheritance of the tribe of Manasseh The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 16 10 au8e עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 16 10 fth4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־עֹבֵֽד 1 these people were made to do forced labor If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manasseh’s lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manasseh’s lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 17 1 j2sj translate-names לְ⁠מָכִיר֩ 1 Makir These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 1 zuz5 figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 Makir’s descendants were assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 2 al47 translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר…חֵ֗לֶק…אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙…שֶׁ֔כֶם…חֵ֖פֶר…שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 Abiezer, Helek, Asriel, Shechem, Hepher, and Shemida These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ JOS 17 15 psc4 translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 Rephaim This
JOS 17 16 g788 translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 Beth Shan … Jezreel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 17 wa3y figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 17 18 w4m4 וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ 1 you will clear it Alternate translation: “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 18 1 fkg2 figs-events וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and they conquered the land They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JOS 18 2 ynk6 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 whose inheritance had not been assigned The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 18 3 bia9 figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 How long will you put off … has given you? Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off … has given you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ JOS 18 20 pe6e figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 it wa
JOS 18 21 i6af translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 24 jsu9 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 their villages Alternate translation: “the villages around them”
JOS 18 28 t3aa figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of Benjamin The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 19 1 s149 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 The second casting of lots fell to Simeon Alternate translation: “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
JOS 19 1 gl7x translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 The second number two in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 1 z9r9 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 clan by clan Alternate translation: “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ JOS 19 48 cx9h figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵ
JOS 19 49 jzi6 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 gave an inheritance among themselves to Joshua son of Nun The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 50 ac8r translate-names אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח 1 Timnath Serah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 51 cs47 figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 These are the inheritances … assigned The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities … assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
JOS 20 2 qhs6 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 by the hand of Moses Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 20 3 a1vg מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 unintentionally kills This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
JOS 20 3 h73b figs-metonymy מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם 1 avenge the blood of a person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ JOS 20 7 lyr5 translate-names 0 General Information: There are a lot of names i
JOS 20 8 cy8e לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 20 9 b89x figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּ⁠יַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 would not die by the hand of the one Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 20 9 j61z figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 avenge the blood that was shed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 21 1 js4y translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙…נ֑וּן 1 Eleazar … Nun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 2 wk1t וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 They said to them Alternate translation: “The Levites said to them”
JOS 21 2 wk1m figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Yahweh commanded you by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ JOS 21 43 q5na נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 1 he swore Alternate translation: “he gav
JOS 21 44 t1a4 figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Not one of their enemies could defeat them This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 21 44 lg6d figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 gave all their enemies into their hand Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 21 45 u1ik figs-litotes לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Not one thing among all the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel failed to come true This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.
JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.
JOS 22 1 ic3e translate-names לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 Reubenites people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 1 w3xd translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י 1 Gadites people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 2 x8l8 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 obeyed my voice Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ JOS 22 31 w1fn figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י י
JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land Alternate translation: “destroy everything in the land”
JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ JOS 23 14 x3c7 figs-doublet וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־לְב
JOS 23 14 vtt2 figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 not one word has failed to come true These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 23 16 xwa3 figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 worship other gods and bow down to them These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 23 16 wz7d figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 the anger of Yahweh will be kindled against you “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.
JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.
JOS 24 1 e4nq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua gathered all the tribes of Israel Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 1 c7pt וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 presented themselves before Alternate translation: “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
JOS 24 2 tn5x מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם 1 long ago Alternate translation: “many years ago”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br> * Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br> * Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br> * The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br> * Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
3 JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future. # Joshua 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
4 JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
5 JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34 JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
35 JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
36 JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
37 JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # Joshua 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
38 JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
39 JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
40 JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
80 JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them Alternate translation: “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
81 JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
82 JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
83 JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) # Joshua 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
84 JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
85 JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
86 JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority.
103 JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר 1 now the Jordan overflows all its banks throughout the time of the harvest This is background information and it emphasizes the scale of what Yahweh is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
104 JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
105 JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
106 JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) # Joshua 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
107 JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
108 JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
109 JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
133 JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The twelve stones that they took out of the Jordan Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
134 JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
135 JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
136 JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop. # Joshua 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
137 JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted … there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
138 JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
139 JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
152 JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
153 JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
154 JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
155 JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Joshua 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
156 JOS 6 1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
157 JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
158 JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
192 JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
193 JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
194 JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
195 JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Joshua 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
196 JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction Alternate translation: “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
197 JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan … Karmi … Zabdi … Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
198 JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
250 JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. Possible meanings are 1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or 2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or 3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
251 JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
252 JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
253 JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua. # Joshua 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
254 JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
255 JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai … and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
256 JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
281 JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
282 JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
283 JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
284 JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Joshua 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
285 JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
286 JOS 9 2 uj94 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 under one command Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
287 JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
307 JOS 9 25 a5un figs-doublet כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר 1 Whatever seems good and right The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
308 JOS 9 26 gy9c לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for them The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
309 JOS 9 27 p81s עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
310 JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # Joshua 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
311 JOS 10 1 au8p וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
312 JOS 10 1 y65k translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק 1 Adoni-Zedek This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
313 JOS 10 3 y6ss translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth … Lachish … Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
358 JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
359 JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
360 JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
361 JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # Joshua 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
362 JOS 11 1 a1ca translate-names יָבִ֣ין…יוֹבָב֙ 1 Jabin … Jobab These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
363 JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖וֹן…אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Hazor … Madon … Shimron … Akshaph These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
364 JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth … Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
388 JOS 11 21 p6cd translate-names דְּבִ֣ר…עֲנָ֔ב 1 Debir … Anab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
389 JOS 11 23 qe5v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua gave it as an inheritance to Israel Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
390 JOS 11 23 x695 figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 the land had rest from the wars The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
391 JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list. # Joshua 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.
392 JOS 12 1 e45x writing-background וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
393 JOS 12 1 fe2c וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 these are the kings This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24.
394 JOS 12 1 g8ju translate-names הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the Arabah These are the names of a region of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
422 JOS 12 23 a6eq translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר…גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Dor … Naphoth Dor … Goyim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
423 JOS 12 24 kv8w translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 Tirzah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
424 JOS 12 24 aeg5 translate-numbers כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 thirty-one in all “31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
425 JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) # Joshua 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
426 JOS 13 2 s51z figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 This is the land that still remains You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
427 JOS 13 3 q1nv translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 Shihor This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
428 JOS 13 3 a3iw figs-activepassive לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 which is considered property of the Canaanites If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
474 JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
475 JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
476 JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
477 JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Joshua 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
478 JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
479 JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders Alternate translation: “leaders of the tribes”
480 JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
503 JOS 14 14 zii3 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 he completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
504 JOS 14 15 hyh6 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 Kiriath Arba This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
505 JOS 14 15 wv1z figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 Then the land had rest from war The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
506 JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Joshua 15 General Notes<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
507 JOS 15 1 ex51 translate-names צִ֛ן 1 Zin This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
508 JOS 15 2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the end of the Salt Sea, from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
509 JOS 15 2 j6xn מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the bay that faces to the south Alternate translation: “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
536 JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 settlements villages
537 JOS 15 47 hsx1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
538 JOS 15 63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
539 JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Joshua 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
540 JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Joseph The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
541 JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz … Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
542 JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
555 JOS 16 9 f1yc figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 within the inheritance of the tribe of Manasseh The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
556 JOS 16 10 au8e עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
557 JOS 16 10 fth4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־עֹבֵֽד 1 these people were made to do forced labor If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
558 JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manasseh’s lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Joshua 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manasseh’s lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
559 JOS 17 1 j2sj translate-names לְ⁠מָכִיר֩ 1 Makir These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
560 JOS 17 1 zuz5 figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 Makir’s descendants were assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
561 JOS 17 2 al47 translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר…חֵ֗לֶק…אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙…שֶׁ֔כֶם…חֵ֖פֶר…שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 Abiezer, Helek, Asriel, Shechem, Hepher, and Shemida These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
587 JOS 17 16 g788 translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 Beth Shan … Jezreel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
588 JOS 17 17 wa3y figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
589 JOS 17 18 w4m4 וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ 1 you will clear it Alternate translation: “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
590 JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Joshua 18 General Notes<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
591 JOS 18 1 fkg2 figs-events וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and they conquered the land They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
592 JOS 18 2 ynk6 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 whose inheritance had not been assigned The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
593 JOS 18 3 bia9 figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 How long will you put off … has given you? Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off … has given you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
625 JOS 18 21 i6af translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
626 JOS 18 24 jsu9 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 their villages Alternate translation: “the villages around them”
627 JOS 18 28 t3aa figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of Benjamin The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
628 JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Joshua 19 General Notes<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
629 JOS 19 1 s149 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 The second casting of lots fell to Simeon Alternate translation: “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
630 JOS 19 1 gl7x translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 The second number two in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
631 JOS 19 1 z9r9 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 clan by clan Alternate translation: “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
691 JOS 19 49 jzi6 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 gave an inheritance among themselves to Joshua son of Nun The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
692 JOS 19 50 ac8r translate-names אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח 1 Timnath Serah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
693 JOS 19 51 cs47 figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 These are the inheritances … assigned The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities … assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
694 JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) # Joshua 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
695 JOS 20 2 qhs6 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 by the hand of Moses Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
696 JOS 20 3 a1vg מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 unintentionally kills This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
697 JOS 20 3 h73b figs-metonymy מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם 1 avenge the blood of a person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
706 JOS 20 8 cy8e לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
707 JOS 20 9 b89x figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּ⁠יַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 would not die by the hand of the one Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
708 JOS 20 9 j61z figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 avenge the blood that was shed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
709 JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Joshua 21 General Notes<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
710 JOS 21 1 js4y translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙…נ֑וּן 1 Eleazar … Nun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
711 JOS 21 2 wk1t וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 They said to them Alternate translation: “The Levites said to them”
712 JOS 21 2 wk1m figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Yahweh commanded you by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
775 JOS 21 44 t1a4 figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Not one of their enemies could defeat them This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
776 JOS 21 44 lg6d figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 gave all their enemies into their hand Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
777 JOS 21 45 u1ik figs-litotes לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Not one thing among all the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel failed to come true This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
778 JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land. # Joshua 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.
779 JOS 22 1 ic3e translate-names לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 Reubenites people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
780 JOS 22 1 w3xd translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י 1 Gadites people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
781 JOS 22 2 x8l8 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 obeyed my voice Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
821 JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
822 JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land Alternate translation: “destroy everything in the land”
823 JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
824 JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Joshua 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
825 JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
826 JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
827 JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
842 JOS 23 14 vtt2 figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 not one word has failed to come true These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
843 JOS 23 16 xwa3 figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 worship other gods and bow down to them These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
844 JOS 23 16 wz7d figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 the anger of Yahweh will be kindled against you “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
845 JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions. # Joshua 24 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.
846 JOS 24 1 e4nq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua gathered all the tribes of Israel Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
847 JOS 24 1 c7pt וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 presented themselves before Alternate translation: “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
848 JOS 24 2 tn5x מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם 1 long ago Alternate translation: “many years ago”

44
en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br> * Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br> * Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br> * Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br> * Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br> * Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br> * Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br> * Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br> * Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.
JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br> * Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br> * Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br> * Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br> * Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br> * Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br> * Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br> * Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br> * Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.
JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story.
JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ JDG 1 35 x276 0 the military might of the house of Joseph conquered them Alter
JDG 1 35 uvw1 figs-metonymy 0 house of Joseph Here “house” represents descendants. Manasseh and Ephraim were sons of Joseph, and the “house of Joseph” can refer to the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim” or “the men of the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 1 36 g7nx translate-names 0 the hill of Akrabbim This was a pass southwest of the Dead Sea. It is also called the “Scorpion Pass.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 1 36 qr2w translate-names 0 Sela This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
JDG 2 1 tt9y 0 angel of Yahweh This could mean: (1) “angel who represents Yahweh” or (2) “messenger who serves Yahweh” or (3) it may refer to Yahweh himself, who looked like an angel as he talked to a person. Either one of these meanings would explain the angel’s use of “I” as if Yahweh himself were talking.
JDG 2 1 q2ka 0 went up from Gilgal to Bokim Alternate translation: “left Gilgal and went to Bokim”
JDG 2 1 x66i translate-names 0 Bokim This is what the Israelites named this place in 2:5 after the angel rebukes the people. “Bokim” means “crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ JDG 2 21 ry6q figs-metonymy 0 any of the nations Here “nations” represents
JDG 2 22 n194 figs-metaphor 0 they will keep the way of Yahweh and walk in it How Yahweh wants people to live or behave is spoken of as if it were a way or road. A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if they were walking in his way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 2 23 tn49 figs-doublet 0 did not drive them out quickly and give them into the hand of Joshua These two phrases mean the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “he did not let Joshua quickly conquer them and drive them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JDG 2 23 b618 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of Joshua Here “hand” is a metonym for power, and “Joshua” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “into the power of Joshua and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 3 1 w2is 0 Now Yahweh Here “Now” begins a new section of the story.
JDG 3 1 hp8z 0 these nations This refers to the people groups that the narrator will list in 3:3.
JDG 3 1 xj63 figs-activepassive 0 who had not experienced any of the wars fought in Canaan If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who had not fought in any of the wars in Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ JDG 3 31 uz68 translate-names 0 Anath The name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man
JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle”
JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ JDG 4 22 n7wq 0 Barak was pursuing Alternate translation: “Barak was chasing
JDG 4 23 xzh1 figs-metaphor 0 God defeated Jabin, the king of Canaan, before the people of Israel God causing the Israelites to defeat Jabin and his army is spoken of as is God himself defeated Jabin as the people of Israel watched. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 4 24 y25t 0 The might Alternate translation: “The military power”
JDG 4 24 zcb9 figs-synecdoche 0 they destroyed him Here “him” refers to Jabin who represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “they destroyed Jabin and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 5 1 w7ex figs-explicit 0 On that day The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “On the day the Israelites defeated the army of King Jabin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 5 1 pfq9 0 Deborah See how you translated this name in [Judges 4:4](../04/04.md).
JDG 5 1 l3sj 0 Barak … Abinoam See how you translated these names in [Judges 4:6](../04/06.md).
@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ JDG 5 30 yg2c figs-synecdoche 0 for the necks of those who plunder Here “neck
JDG 5 31 bi4x figs-simile 0 like the sun when it rises in its might The people of Israel wish to be like the sun that rises because no nation’s army is powerful enough to stop the sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JDG 5 31 q1yt figs-metonymy 0 the land had peace Here “the land” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “and the people of Israel lived peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 5 31 mw3u translate-numbers 0 for forty years “for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
JDG 6 1 ht3z figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 6 1 l9nl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Midian Here “Midian” represents the people of Midian. Also, “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the people of Midian” or “the control of the Midianites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 6 2 bs4z figs-metonymy 0 The power of Midian oppressed Israel Here “the power of Midian” refers to the people of Midian. Alternate translation: “The people of Midian were more powerful than the people of Israel and they oppressed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ JDG 6 37 qz5z 0 dew water that forms on plants during the night
JDG 6 37 s8ri figs-explicit 0 then I will know that you will The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this will be a sign from you, and then I will know that you will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 6 38 cs87 0 Gideon rose Alternate translation: “Gideon got out of bed”
JDG 6 38 ub6l 0 wrung twist and squeeze something to remove water
JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
JDG 7 1 u963 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated his name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 7 1 se4n 0 they encamped Alternate translation: “they set up their camp”
JDG 7 1 q9lu translate-names 0 spring of Harod … hill of Moreh These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ JDG 7 24 js9y translate-names 0 Beth Barah This is the name of a town. (See: [[
JDG 7 24 u7ze 0 took control of the waters, as far as Beth Barah and the Jordan River Alternate translation: “took control of the area of the Jordan River as far south as Beth Barah”
JDG 7 25 hn84 figs-explicit 0 at the rock of Oreb … at the winepress of Zeeb The places were given these names after the Israelites killed Oreb and Zeeb there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 7 25 rvj8 translate-names 0 Oreb … Zeeb These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 8 1 sea3 figs-rquestion 0 What is this you have done to us? The people of the tribe of Ephraim were rebuking Gideon with this rhetorical question for not including them in his army. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not treated us fairly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JDG 8 1 f8fy figs-metonymy 0 against Midian Here “Midian” represents the Midianite army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 8 1 whc1 0 they had a violent argument with him they argued angrily with him” or “they rebuked him severely”
@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ JDG 8 34 k1h5 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of all their enemies Here “hand
JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side Alternate translation: “who surrounded them”
JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ JDG 9 56 h9fb translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/trans
JDG 9 57 fx65 figs-idiom 0 made all the evil of the men of Shechem turn back on their own heads “Evil turn back on their heads” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “punished the men of Shechem for all the evil they had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 9 57 hua1 figs-idiom 0 on them came the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 9 57 q7dp 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 10 intro zqn2 0 # Judges 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
JDG 10 intro zqn2 0 # Judges 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
JDG 10 1 g7ww translate-names 0 Tola … Puah … Dodo These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 10 1 ti4g translate-names 0 Shamir This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 10 1 lxh7 0 arose to deliver Israel Alternate translation: “came to deliver Israel” or “became the leader to deliver Israel”
@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ JDG 10 13 zdy2 figs-idiom 0 I will not keep adding to the times I deliver you T
JDG 10 16 i2l8 figs-explicit 0 foreign gods among them You can make explicit the implicit meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “foreign gods whose images they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 10 16 m6hd figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh could bear Israel’s misery no longer Here Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh did not want the people of Israel to suffer any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 10 18 j3k2 0 Who is the man who will begin to fight the Ammonites? Alternate translation: “Who will lead our army to fight against the Ammonites?”
JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.
JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.
JDG 11 1 yk6s translate-names 0 Gileadite This is someone who is from the region of Gilead. It is a coincidence that his father’s name is also Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 11 2 r35b 0 When his wife’s sons grew up Alternate translation: “When the sons of Gilead’s wife became adults”
JDG 11 3 aw1r translate-names 0 the land of Tob Tob is the name of a region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ JDG 11 37 hj6q figs-activepassive 0 Let this promise be kept for me This can be
JDG 11 37 dh7s 0 grieve over my virginity Alternate translation: “weep because I am a virgin” or “cry because I will never be married”
JDG 11 39 n4my figs-euphemism 0 had never known a man This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “had never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 11 40 s739 0 the Gileadite This refers to someone from Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md).
JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
JDG 12 1 mp3k figs-abstractnouns 0 A call went out to the men of Ephraim If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **call**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The men of Ephraim were called together” or “The men … of Ephraim called together their soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JDG 12 1 ubq3 translate-names 0 Zaphon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 12 1 hh1l 0 passed through … pass through or “traveled through … travel” or “journeyed through … journey”
@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ JDG 12 13 z3n6 translate-names 0 Pirathon This is the name of a city. (See: [[r
JDG 12 14 n7k2 figs-metonymy 0 They rode on seventy donkeys These men owned seventy donkeys, which they did ride. Here the word “rode” is used instead of “owned.” Alternate translation: “They owned seventy donkeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 12 14 ua8s translate-numbers 0 forty sons … thirty grandsons … seventy donkeys “40 sons…30 grandsons…70 donkeys (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 12 15 wqm2 translate-names 0 Pirathonite … Pirathon Pirathon is the name of a place, someone who is from that place is called a Pirathonite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 13 intro eu67 0 # Judges 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Warning not to cut his hair<br><br>The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
JDG 13 intro eu67 0 # Judges 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Warning not to cut his hair<br><br>The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
JDG 13 1 acr5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 13 1 g29r figs-metonymy 0 he gave them into the hand of the Philistines Here “hand” refers to power to gain victory in battle. Alternate translation: “he allowed the Philistines to defeat them” or “he allowed them to be oppressed by the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 13 1 jxd2 translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ JDG 13 24 ht9i 0 grew up Alternate translation: “became an adult” or “ma
JDG 13 25 hmc1 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s Spirit began to stir him Here the way Yahweh’s Spirit influences Samson is compared to the way a spoon stirs food in a pot. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s Spirit began to influence Samson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 13 25 wnc2 translate-names 0 Mahaneh Dan … Eshtaol Mahaneh Dan is the name of a temporary camp that the tribe of Dan lived in while they looked for a permanent home. Eshtaol is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 13 25 x4d3 0 Zorah Translate the name of this town the same way you did in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md).
JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JDG 14 1 bwa3 translate-names 0 Samson went down to Timnah The phrase “went down” is used here because Timnah is lower in elevation than where his father’s house was. Timah is the name of a city in the Sorek Valley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 14 1 u7xb figs-euphemism 0 one of the daughters of the Philistines The word “daughter” is a polite way to refer to a young, unmarried woman. Alternate translation: “one of the unmarried women among the Philistine people” or “a Philistine girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 14 2 b9h1 figs-idiom 0 Now get her for me to be my wife This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to become my wife” or “Make the arrangements for me to marry her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ JDG 14 19 ym43 0 Burning with anger Alternate translation: “Very angry”
JDG 14 19 d5ji 0 went up to his father’s house The phrase “went up” is used here because Samson was at Timnah which is lower in elevation than where his father’s house is located.
JDG 14 20 hb14 figs-activepassive 0 Samson’s wife was given to his best friend If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his wife’s father gave her to his best friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JDG 14 20 ibt7 0 best friend Alternate translation: “closest friend”
JDG 15 intro dn16 0 # Judges 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s strength<br><br>The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
JDG 15 intro dn16 0 # Judges 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s strength<br><br>The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
JDG 15 1 gn7w figs-idiom 0 He said to himself This refers to thinking. Alternate translation: “He thought to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 15 1 n6ml figs-explicit 0 I will go to my wife’s room Samson intended to sleep with his wife. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I will go to my wife’s room, so we may sleep together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 15 1 hmg4 figs-ellipsis 0 would not allow him to go in The phrase “her room” is understood from what Samson said to himself. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “would not permit him to go into her room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ JDG 15 19 r7ji translate-names 0 En Hakkore This is the name of a spring of wat
JDG 15 19 k47v figs-idiom 0 it is at Lehi to this day This means that the spring did not dry up but that it remained. The phrase “to this day” refers to the “present” time. Alternate translation: “the spring can still be found at Lehi, even today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 15 20 ru29 figs-explicit 0 in the days of the Philistines This refers to the time period that the Philistines controlled the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “during the time the Philistines controlled Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 15 20 l52v translate-numbers 0 for twenty years “for 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 16 intro u81n 0 # Judges 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s mistake<br><br>Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems.
JDG 16 intro u81n 0 # Judges 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s mistake<br><br>Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems.
JDG 16 1 l289 figs-euphemism 0 he went to bed with her The phrase “went to bed with” is a polite way of referring to having sex. Alternate translation: “he had sex with her” or “he slept with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 16 2 j859 translate-names 0 The Gazites were told The word “Gazites” refers to people from Gaza. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told the people of Gaza” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 16 2 fyj2 0 The Gazites surrounded the place … they waited for him all night at the city gate This implies that some Gazites surrounded the place where Samson was staying and others waited at the city gate so that he could not leave.
@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ JDG 16 31 de6c 0 in the burial place of Manoah, his father Alternate translati
JDG 16 31 i2d4 translate-names 0 Manoah See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 16 31 wv8z figs-explicit 0 Samson had judged Israel for twenty years This same sentence is also in [Judges 15:20](../15/20.md). It is repeated here to remind readers of how long he judged Israel. Alternate translation: “Samson had judged Israel for twenty years before he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 16 31 vmv2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years “20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 17 intro c454 0 # Judges 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idols and figures<br><br>According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
JDG 17 intro c454 0 # Judges 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idols and figures<br><br>According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
JDG 17 1 rrp1 writing-participants 0 There was a man This is a way to introduce a new person to the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JDG 17 1 ke46 translate-names 0 Micah This is the name of a man. It is not the same man who wrote the book of Micah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 17 2 c1x6 translate-numbers 0 1,100 pieces “one thousand one hundred pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ JDG 17 10 tm7m figs-explicit 0 So the Levite went into his house It is implied
JDG 17 11 mvs9 figs-simile 0 the young man became to Micah like one of his sons The relationship between the Levite and Micah became like the close relationship between a father and son. Alternate translation: “the young man became close to Micah and was like one of his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JDG 17 12 t9an figs-idiom 0 Micah set apart the Levite Here “set apart” means that Micah “dedicated” or “ordained” him. Alternate translation: “Micah dedicated the Levite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 17 12 s6d6 figs-metonymy 0 was in Micah’s house Here living in Micah’s house is spoken of as “being” in his house. Alternate translation: “lived in Micah’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 18 intro y2ru 0 # Judges 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribe of Dan<br><br>The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
JDG 18 intro y2ru 0 # Judges 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribe of Dan<br><br>The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
JDG 18 1 d1r4 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JDG 18 1 w9qn writing-background 0 In those days … from among the tribes of Israel This is background information about Israel and the people of the tribe of Dan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JDG 18 1 g4f2 figs-explicit 0 not received any inheritance from This refers specifically to land inherited where they would live. Alternate translation: “not received a land inheritance from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ JDG 18 28 vw28 translate-names 0 Beth Rehob This is a name of a town. (See: [[r
JDG 18 30 z23n figs-explicit 0 Jonathan son of Gershom, son of Moses This is the name of the young Levite who used to serve as priest for Micah. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “The young Levite’s name was Jonathan the son of Gershom, son of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 18 30 myi7 figs-metaphor 0 until the day of the land’s captivity This refers to a time later on when the people of Dan would be captured by their enemies. Here the land being conquered is spoken of as if it were a prisoner taken captive by an enemy. Alternate translation: “until the day that their enemies conquered their land” or “until the day that their enemies took them captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 18 31 m78z figs-metonymy 0 that he made Micah did not make his gods, rather the craftsman made them for him. Alternate translation: “that had been made for him” or “that his craftsman made for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JDG 19 1 akh7 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JDG 19 1 u1qs 0 remote far from where most people live
JDG 19 2 p37k figs-explicit 0 was unfaithful to him This means that she was unfaithful in their relationship and that she began to sleep with other men. This can be stated explicitly if necessary. Alternate translation: “began to sleep with other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ JDG 19 28 gk5s figs-explicit 0 But there was no answer The woman did not answer
JDG 19 29 r79a figs-idiom 0 limb by limb “section by section.” The author uses this graphic description of how the Levite cut up her body into specific pieces to emphasize what he did. “Limbs” refers to a person’s arms and legs. If there is not a similar phrase in your language, this description may be left out of the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 19 29 fx7u translate-numbers 0 twelve pieces “12 pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 19 29 xd3i figs-explicit 0 sent the pieces everywhere throughout Israel This means that he sent the different pieces to twelve different areas of Israel. Alternate translation: “sent each piece to a different place throughout Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 20 intro lla1 0 # Judges 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Benjamin destroyed<br><br>The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant.
JDG 20 intro lla1 0 # Judges 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Benjamin destroyed<br><br>The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant.
JDG 20 1 wg4p figs-simile 0 as one man This simile speaks of the group as acting as a single person. It refers to a group of who people do everything together in the same way. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JDG 20 1 jp6a figs-merism 0 from Dan to Beersheba This refers to the land as a whole. Alternate translation: “from all the eleven tribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
JDG 20 2 ze7s 0 God—400,000 men on foot Alternate translation: “God and also 400,000 regular soldiers came”
@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ JDG 20 47 h1ci translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man
JDG 20 48 h7m3 0 turned back against the people of Benjamin These people of Benjamin are not the soldiers who fled to the rock of Rimmon, but the ones who were still in the city.
JDG 20 48 l4rw figs-metonymy 0 the city Here “the city” refers to the people in that city. Alternate translation: “everyone who was in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 20 48 ue39 figs-idiom 0 in their path This idiom refers to everything that they found as they went toward the city. Alternate translation: “they came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 21 intro bf76 0 # Judges 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin and immorality<br><br>At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
JDG 21 intro bf76 0 # Judges 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin and immorality<br><br>At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
JDG 21 1 w65e writing-background 0 Now the men of Israel had made a promise … marry a Benjamite.” This background information tells the reader about the promise that the Israelites made before the battle with the Benjamites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JDG 21 1 rw2t 0 Benjamite This is the name of the descendants of Benjamin. See how you translated this in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
JDG 21 3 q8cb figs-rquestion 0 Why, Yahweh, God of Israel, has this happened to Israel, that one of our tribes should be missing today? The people of Israel used this rhetorical question to express their deep sadness. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Oh Yahweh, we are so sad that one of the tribes of Israel has been completely destroyed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br> * Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br> * Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br> * Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br> * Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br> * Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br> * Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br> * Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br> * Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12. # Introduction to Judges<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br> * Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br> * Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br> * Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br> * Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br> * Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br> * Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br> * Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br> * Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.
3 JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land. # Judges 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
4 JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story.
5 JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
84 JDG 1 35 uvw1 figs-metonymy 0 house of Joseph Here “house” represents descendants. Manasseh and Ephraim were sons of Joseph, and the “house of Joseph” can refer to the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim” or “the men of the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
85 JDG 1 36 g7nx translate-names 0 the hill of Akrabbim This was a pass southwest of the Dead Sea. It is also called the “Scorpion Pass.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
86 JDG 1 36 qr2w translate-names 0 Sela This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
87 JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]]) # Judges 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
88 JDG 2 1 tt9y 0 angel of Yahweh This could mean: (1) “angel who represents Yahweh” or (2) “messenger who serves Yahweh” or (3) it may refer to Yahweh himself, who looked like an angel as he talked to a person. Either one of these meanings would explain the angel’s use of “I” as if Yahweh himself were talking.
89 JDG 2 1 q2ka 0 went up from Gilgal to Bokim Alternate translation: “left Gilgal and went to Bokim”
90 JDG 2 1 x66i translate-names 0 Bokim This is what the Israelites named this place in 2:5 after the angel rebukes the people. “Bokim” means “crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
151 JDG 2 22 n194 figs-metaphor 0 they will keep the way of Yahweh and walk in it How Yahweh wants people to live or behave is spoken of as if it were a way or road. A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if they were walking in his way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
152 JDG 2 23 tn49 figs-doublet 0 did not drive them out quickly and give them into the hand of Joshua These two phrases mean the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “he did not let Joshua quickly conquer them and drive them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
153 JDG 2 23 b618 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of Joshua Here “hand” is a metonym for power, and “Joshua” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “into the power of Joshua and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
154 JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Judges 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
155 JDG 3 1 w2is 0 Now Yahweh Here “Now” begins a new section of the story.
156 JDG 3 1 hp8z 0 these nations This refers to the people groups that the narrator will list in 3:3.
157 JDG 3 1 xj63 figs-activepassive 0 who had not experienced any of the wars fought in Canaan If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who had not fought in any of the wars in Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
221 JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
222 JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle”
223 JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
224 JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Judges 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
225 JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
226 JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
227 JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
285 JDG 4 23 xzh1 figs-metaphor 0 God defeated Jabin, the king of Canaan, before the people of Israel God causing the Israelites to defeat Jabin and his army is spoken of as is God himself defeated Jabin as the people of Israel watched. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
286 JDG 4 24 y25t 0 The might Alternate translation: “The military power”
287 JDG 4 24 zcb9 figs-synecdoche 0 they destroyed him Here “him” refers to Jabin who represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “they destroyed Jabin and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
288 JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Judges 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
289 JDG 5 1 w7ex figs-explicit 0 On that day The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “On the day the Israelites defeated the army of King Jabin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
290 JDG 5 1 pfq9 0 Deborah See how you translated this name in [Judges 4:4](../04/04.md).
291 JDG 5 1 l3sj 0 Barak … Abinoam See how you translated these names in [Judges 4:6](../04/06.md).
381 JDG 5 31 bi4x figs-simile 0 like the sun when it rises in its might The people of Israel wish to be like the sun that rises because no nation’s army is powerful enough to stop the sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
382 JDG 5 31 q1yt figs-metonymy 0 the land had peace Here “the land” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “and the people of Israel lived peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
383 JDG 5 31 mw3u translate-numbers 0 for forty years “for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
384 JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) # Judges 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
385 JDG 6 1 ht3z figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
386 JDG 6 1 l9nl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Midian Here “Midian” represents the people of Midian. Also, “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the people of Midian” or “the control of the Midianites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
387 JDG 6 2 bs4z figs-metonymy 0 The power of Midian oppressed Israel Here “the power of Midian” refers to the people of Midian. Alternate translation: “The people of Midian were more powerful than the people of Israel and they oppressed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
458 JDG 6 37 s8ri figs-explicit 0 then I will know that you will The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this will be a sign from you, and then I will know that you will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
459 JDG 6 38 cs87 0 Gideon rose Alternate translation: “Gideon got out of bed”
460 JDG 6 38 ub6l 0 wrung twist and squeeze something to remove water
461 JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) # Judges 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
462 JDG 7 1 u963 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated his name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
463 JDG 7 1 se4n 0 they encamped Alternate translation: “they set up their camp”
464 JDG 7 1 q9lu translate-names 0 spring of Harod … hill of Moreh These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
506 JDG 7 24 u7ze 0 took control of the waters, as far as Beth Barah and the Jordan River Alternate translation: “took control of the area of the Jordan River as far south as Beth Barah”
507 JDG 7 25 hn84 figs-explicit 0 at the rock of Oreb … at the winepress of Zeeb The places were given these names after the Israelites killed Oreb and Zeeb there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
508 JDG 7 25 rvj8 translate-names 0 Oreb … Zeeb These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
509 JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Judges 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
510 JDG 8 1 sea3 figs-rquestion 0 What is this you have done to us? The people of the tribe of Ephraim were rebuking Gideon with this rhetorical question for not including them in his army. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not treated us fairly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
511 JDG 8 1 f8fy figs-metonymy 0 against Midian Here “Midian” represents the Midianite army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
512 JDG 8 1 whc1 0 they had a violent argument with him they argued angrily with him” or “they rebuked him severely”
597 JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side Alternate translation: “who surrounded them”
598 JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
599 JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
600 JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
601 JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
602 JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
603 JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
730 JDG 9 57 fx65 figs-idiom 0 made all the evil of the men of Shechem turn back on their own heads “Evil turn back on their heads” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “punished the men of Shechem for all the evil they had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
731 JDG 9 57 hua1 figs-idiom 0 on them came the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
732 JDG 9 57 q7dp 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
733 JDG 10 intro zqn2 0 # Judges 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) # Judges 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
734 JDG 10 1 g7ww translate-names 0 Tola … Puah … Dodo These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
735 JDG 10 1 ti4g translate-names 0 Shamir This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
736 JDG 10 1 lxh7 0 arose to deliver Israel Alternate translation: “came to deliver Israel” or “became the leader to deliver Israel”
775 JDG 10 16 i2l8 figs-explicit 0 foreign gods among them You can make explicit the implicit meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “foreign gods whose images they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
776 JDG 10 16 m6hd figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh could bear Israel’s misery no longer Here Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh did not want the people of Israel to suffer any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
777 JDG 10 18 j3k2 0 Who is the man who will begin to fight the Ammonites? Alternate translation: “Who will lead our army to fight against the Ammonites?”
778 JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them. # Judges 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.
779 JDG 11 1 yk6s translate-names 0 Gileadite This is someone who is from the region of Gilead. It is a coincidence that his father’s name is also Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
780 JDG 11 2 r35b 0 When his wife’s sons grew up Alternate translation: “When the sons of Gilead’s wife became adults”
781 JDG 11 3 aw1r translate-names 0 the land of Tob Tob is the name of a region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
850 JDG 11 37 dh7s 0 grieve over my virginity Alternate translation: “weep because I am a virgin” or “cry because I will never be married”
851 JDG 11 39 n4my figs-euphemism 0 had never known a man This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “had never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
852 JDG 11 40 s739 0 the Gileadite This refers to someone from Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md).
853 JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) # Judges 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
854 JDG 12 1 mp3k figs-abstractnouns 0 A call went out to the men of Ephraim If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **call**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The men of Ephraim were called together” or “The men … of Ephraim called together their soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
855 JDG 12 1 ubq3 translate-names 0 Zaphon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
856 JDG 12 1 hh1l 0 passed through … pass through or “traveled through … travel” or “journeyed through … journey”
888 JDG 12 14 n7k2 figs-metonymy 0 They rode on seventy donkeys These men owned seventy donkeys, which they did ride. Here the word “rode” is used instead of “owned.” Alternate translation: “They owned seventy donkeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
889 JDG 12 14 ua8s translate-numbers 0 forty sons … thirty grandsons … seventy donkeys “40 sons…30 grandsons…70 donkeys (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
890 JDG 12 15 wqm2 translate-names 0 Pirathonite … Pirathon Pirathon is the name of a place, someone who is from that place is called a Pirathonite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
891 JDG 13 intro eu67 0 # Judges 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Warning not to cut his hair<br><br>The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]]) # Judges 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Warning not to cut his hair<br><br>The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
892 JDG 13 1 acr5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
893 JDG 13 1 g29r figs-metonymy 0 he gave them into the hand of the Philistines Here “hand” refers to power to gain victory in battle. Alternate translation: “he allowed the Philistines to defeat them” or “he allowed them to be oppressed by the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
894 JDG 13 1 jxd2 translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
935 JDG 13 25 hmc1 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s Spirit began to stir him Here the way Yahweh’s Spirit influences Samson is compared to the way a spoon stirs food in a pot. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s Spirit began to influence Samson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
936 JDG 13 25 wnc2 translate-names 0 Mahaneh Dan … Eshtaol Mahaneh Dan is the name of a temporary camp that the tribe of Dan lived in while they looked for a permanent home. Eshtaol is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
937 JDG 13 25 x4d3 0 Zorah Translate the name of this town the same way you did in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md).
938 JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Judges 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
939 JDG 14 1 bwa3 translate-names 0 Samson went down to Timnah The phrase “went down” is used here because Timnah is lower in elevation than where his father’s house was. Timah is the name of a city in the Sorek Valley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
940 JDG 14 1 u7xb figs-euphemism 0 one of the daughters of the Philistines The word “daughter” is a polite way to refer to a young, unmarried woman. Alternate translation: “one of the unmarried women among the Philistine people” or “a Philistine girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
941 JDG 14 2 b9h1 figs-idiom 0 Now get her for me to be my wife This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to become my wife” or “Make the arrangements for me to marry her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1000 JDG 14 19 d5ji 0 went up to his father’s house The phrase “went up” is used here because Samson was at Timnah which is lower in elevation than where his father’s house is located.
1001 JDG 14 20 hb14 figs-activepassive 0 Samson’s wife was given to his best friend If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his wife’s father gave her to his best friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1002 JDG 14 20 ibt7 0 best friend Alternate translation: “closest friend”
1003 JDG 15 intro dn16 0 # Judges 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s strength<br><br>The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) # Judges 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s strength<br><br>The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
1004 JDG 15 1 gn7w figs-idiom 0 He said to himself This refers to thinking. Alternate translation: “He thought to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1005 JDG 15 1 n6ml figs-explicit 0 I will go to my wife’s room Samson intended to sleep with his wife. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I will go to my wife’s room, so we may sleep together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1006 JDG 15 1 hmg4 figs-ellipsis 0 would not allow him to go in The phrase “her room” is understood from what Samson said to himself. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “would not permit him to go into her room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1059 JDG 15 19 k47v figs-idiom 0 it is at Lehi to this day This means that the spring did not dry up but that it remained. The phrase “to this day” refers to the “present” time. Alternate translation: “the spring can still be found at Lehi, even today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1060 JDG 15 20 ru29 figs-explicit 0 in the days of the Philistines This refers to the time period that the Philistines controlled the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “during the time the Philistines controlled Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1061 JDG 15 20 l52v translate-numbers 0 for twenty years “for 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1062 JDG 16 intro u81n 0 # Judges 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s mistake<br><br>Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems. # Judges 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s mistake<br><br>Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems.
1063 JDG 16 1 l289 figs-euphemism 0 he went to bed with her The phrase “went to bed with” is a polite way of referring to having sex. Alternate translation: “he had sex with her” or “he slept with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1064 JDG 16 2 j859 translate-names 0 The Gazites were told The word “Gazites” refers to people from Gaza. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told the people of Gaza” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1065 JDG 16 2 fyj2 0 The Gazites surrounded the place … they waited for him all night at the city gate This implies that some Gazites surrounded the place where Samson was staying and others waited at the city gate so that he could not leave.
1159 JDG 16 31 i2d4 translate-names 0 Manoah See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1160 JDG 16 31 wv8z figs-explicit 0 Samson had judged Israel for twenty years This same sentence is also in [Judges 15:20](../15/20.md). It is repeated here to remind readers of how long he judged Israel. Alternate translation: “Samson had judged Israel for twenty years before he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1161 JDG 16 31 vmv2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years “20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1162 JDG 17 intro c454 0 # Judges 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idols and figures<br><br>According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) # Judges 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idols and figures<br><br>According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
1163 JDG 17 1 rrp1 writing-participants 0 There was a man This is a way to introduce a new person to the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1164 JDG 17 1 ke46 translate-names 0 Micah This is the name of a man. It is not the same man who wrote the book of Micah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1165 JDG 17 2 c1x6 translate-numbers 0 1,100 pieces “one thousand one hundred pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1185 JDG 17 11 mvs9 figs-simile 0 the young man became to Micah like one of his sons The relationship between the Levite and Micah became like the close relationship between a father and son. Alternate translation: “the young man became close to Micah and was like one of his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1186 JDG 17 12 t9an figs-idiom 0 Micah set apart the Levite Here “set apart” means that Micah “dedicated” or “ordained” him. Alternate translation: “Micah dedicated the Levite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1187 JDG 17 12 s6d6 figs-metonymy 0 was in Micah’s house Here living in Micah’s house is spoken of as “being” in his house. Alternate translation: “lived in Micah’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1188 JDG 18 intro y2ru 0 # Judges 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribe of Dan<br><br>The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]]) # Judges 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribe of Dan<br><br>The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
1189 JDG 18 1 d1r4 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1190 JDG 18 1 w9qn writing-background 0 In those days … from among the tribes of Israel This is background information about Israel and the people of the tribe of Dan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1191 JDG 18 1 g4f2 figs-explicit 0 not received any inheritance from This refers specifically to land inherited where they would live. Alternate translation: “not received a land inheritance from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1242 JDG 18 30 z23n figs-explicit 0 Jonathan son of Gershom, son of Moses This is the name of the young Levite who used to serve as priest for Micah. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “The young Levite’s name was Jonathan the son of Gershom, son of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1243 JDG 18 30 myi7 figs-metaphor 0 until the day of the land’s captivity This refers to a time later on when the people of Dan would be captured by their enemies. Here the land being conquered is spoken of as if it were a prisoner taken captive by an enemy. Alternate translation: “until the day that their enemies conquered their land” or “until the day that their enemies took them captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1244 JDG 18 31 m78z figs-metonymy 0 that he made Micah did not make his gods, rather the craftsman made them for him. Alternate translation: “that had been made for him” or “that his craftsman made for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1245 JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # Judges 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1246 JDG 19 1 akh7 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1247 JDG 19 1 u1qs 0 remote far from where most people live
1248 JDG 19 2 p37k figs-explicit 0 was unfaithful to him This means that she was unfaithful in their relationship and that she began to sleep with other men. This can be stated explicitly if necessary. Alternate translation: “began to sleep with other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1284 JDG 19 29 r79a figs-idiom 0 limb by limb “section by section.” The author uses this graphic description of how the Levite cut up her body into specific pieces to emphasize what he did. “Limbs” refers to a person’s arms and legs. If there is not a similar phrase in your language, this description may be left out of the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1285 JDG 19 29 fx7u translate-numbers 0 twelve pieces “12 pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1286 JDG 19 29 xd3i figs-explicit 0 sent the pieces everywhere throughout Israel This means that he sent the different pieces to twelve different areas of Israel. Alternate translation: “sent each piece to a different place throughout Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1287 JDG 20 intro lla1 0 # Judges 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Benjamin destroyed<br><br>The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant. # Judges 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Benjamin destroyed<br><br>The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant.
1288 JDG 20 1 wg4p figs-simile 0 as one man This simile speaks of the group as acting as a single person. It refers to a group of who people do everything together in the same way. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1289 JDG 20 1 jp6a figs-merism 0 from Dan to Beersheba This refers to the land as a whole. Alternate translation: “from all the eleven tribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1290 JDG 20 2 ze7s 0 God—400,000 men on foot Alternate translation: “God and also 400,000 regular soldiers came”
1355 JDG 20 48 h7m3 0 turned back against the people of Benjamin These people of Benjamin are not the soldiers who fled to the rock of Rimmon, but the ones who were still in the city.
1356 JDG 20 48 l4rw figs-metonymy 0 the city Here “the city” refers to the people in that city. Alternate translation: “everyone who was in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1357 JDG 20 48 ue39 figs-idiom 0 in their path This idiom refers to everything that they found as they went toward the city. Alternate translation: “they came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1358 JDG 21 intro bf76 0 # Judges 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin and immorality<br><br>At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Judges 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin and immorality<br><br>At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1359 JDG 21 1 w65e writing-background 0 Now the men of Israel had made a promise … marry a Benjamite.” This background information tells the reader about the promise that the Israelites made before the battle with the Benjamites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1360 JDG 21 1 rw2t 0 Benjamite This is the name of the descendants of Benjamin. See how you translated this in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
1361 JDG 21 3 q8cb figs-rquestion 0 Why, Yahweh, God of Israel, has this happened to Israel, that one of our tribes should be missing today? The people of Israel used this rhetorical question to express their deep sadness. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Oh Yahweh, we are so sad that one of the tribes of Israel has been completely destroyed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

62
en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

48
en_tn_10-2SA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

46
en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br> * Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br> * Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br> * Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br> * Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br> * Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br> * Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br> * Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br> * Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br> * Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br> * Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br> * Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br> * Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br> * Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br> * Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br> * Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br> * Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==The next king==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br> * Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br> * Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br> * Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br> * Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br> * Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br> * Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br> * Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br> * Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br> * Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br> * Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br> * Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br> * Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br> * Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br> * Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br> * Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br> * Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==The next king==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].)
1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched Alternate translation: “So the king’s servants searched”
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah.
1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wickedness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian.
1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 3 26 uue9 0 General Information: The real mother asks the king to spare the child’s life.
1KI 3 26 ix5r figs-metaphor 0 her heart was full of compassion for her son This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1KI 3 28 caa5 figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 4 intro q6h7 0 # 1 Kings 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom.
1KI 4 intro q6h7 0 # 1 Kings 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom.
1KI 4 1 lyk2 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a list of Solomon’s officials. The list ends in 1 Kings 4:6.
1KI 4 2 e1li translate-names 0 Azariah … Zadok These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 4 3 hc81 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of Solomon’s officials.
@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 4 30 g12d 0 the people of the east This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia.
1KI 4 31 cu1z translate-names 0 Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 4 33 r1r3 translate-unknown 0 cedar … hyssop These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
1KI 5 1 f4a8 0 General Information: Solomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple.
1KI 5 1 wb37 0 Hiram had always loved David Alternate translation: “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David”
1KI 5 3 pv3b figs-idiom 0 Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 5 16 f3hp translate-numbers 0 3,300 chief officers “three thousand three hundred chief officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 5 17 hk8u 0 quarried large stones of high quality Alternate translation: “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape”
1KI 5 18 l6m8 translate-unknown 0 Gebalites men from the city of Gebal (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
1KI 6 1 si1j figs-metonymy 0 Solomon began to build Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 6 1 z8zf translate-ordinal 0 480th … fourth These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1KI 6 1 u34s translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Ziv, which is the second month “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it”
1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace.
1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.”
@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel”
1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days … seven days … fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships Alternate translation: “a large group of ships”
1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>==Queen of Sheba ==<br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>==Queen of Sheba ==<br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 10 29 z3uu translate-numbers 0 six hundred shekels of silver “600 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 10 29 ce7h translate-numbers 0 150 shekels “one hundred and fifty shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 10 29 e5bh figs-activepassive 0 Many of these were then sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Kings 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage with Gentiles<br>God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Kings 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage with Gentiles<br>God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 11 1 i6y4 0 Now King Solomon The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story.
1KI 11 1 rz6n translate-names 0 Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 11 2 u5n2 figs-metonymy 0 turn your heart to their gods To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 11 41 yk5p 0 the book of the events of Solomon This book no longer exists.
1KI 11 43 wer1 figs-metaphor 0 He slept with his ancestors and he was buried The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 11 43 ttg1 figs-activepassive 0 he was buried This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 12 1 rer8 figs-synecdoche 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 12 2 kgj5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1KI 12 2 s9f6 translate-names 0 Jeroboam … Nebat These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 12 32 f8e9 figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 12 33 t8tb figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 12 33 uh1v 0 in the month he had planned in his own mind Alternate translation: “in the month that he had determined”
1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
1KI 13 1 xe5m figs-explicit 0 A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 13 1 gc3y 0 A man of God This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet”
1KI 13 1 zw3a 0 came out of Judah Alternate translation: “came from Judah”
@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 13 34 u16a 0 This matter This phrase refers to Jeroboam’s setting up shrines and appointing priests.
1KI 13 34 ab53 figs-activepassive 0 caused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboam’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 13 34 p7vm figs-doublet 0 to be destroyed and to be exterminated These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: “to be completely destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1KI 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Kings 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Jeroboam’s son<br>God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Rehoboam’s reign<br>When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1KI 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Kings 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Jeroboam’s son<br>God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Rehoboam’s reign<br>When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1KI 14 2 qek9 0 disguise yourself Alternate translation: “change how you appear to others”
1KI 14 2 dqs3 figs-activepassive 0 you will not be recognized If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will recognize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 14 5 gqa2 0 Look, the wife of Jeroboam Here the word “Look” means “pay attention.”
@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 14 31 pki8 translate-names 0 Naamah This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:21](../14/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 14 31 t2h3 0 Abijah his son Alternate translation: “Abijah the son of Rehoboam”
1KI 14 31 xgz7 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Kings 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “But the shrines were not taken away.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Kings 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “But the shrines were not taken away.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1KI 15 1 ms3b figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 15 1 njh8 translate-numbers 0 In the eighteenth year “In year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 15 3 hlc3 figs-metaphor 0 He walked in all the sins Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 15 34 i9dh figs-metaphor 0 walked in the way of Jeroboam Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1KI 15 34 w9fq 0 in his sin by which he led Israel to sin Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam.
1KI 15 34 yq78 figs-metaphor 0 by which he led Israel to sin Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1KI 16 1 kf7z figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 16 2 rjv3 0 Although I exalted you This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha.
1KI 16 2 pn3u figs-metaphor 0 I exalted you out of the dust “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 16 34 be9n 0 in keeping with the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “according to the word of Yahweh”
1KI 16 34 lvt5 0 the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1KI 16 34 zx6j figs-metonymy 0 which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1KI 17 1 brj9 translate-names 0 the Tishbite This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 17 1 q3t1 translate-names 0 Tishbe This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 17 1 ub3q 0 As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 17 23 aut1 0 his room Here “his” refers to Elijah.
1KI 17 23 e1te 0 See, your son is alive The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1KI 17 24 m6yc figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 18 1 l7sw figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 18 1 q2by 0 send rain on the land Alternate translation: “cause rain to fall on the land”
1KI 18 2 lc7k writing-background 0 now the famine was severe The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 18 45 iv5m 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1KI 18 46 y3cl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Yahweh was on Elijah Here the word “hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave his power to Elijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 18 46 jqk4 0 tucked his robe in his belt Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running.
1KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Kings 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Kings 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 19 2 s2y6 0 So may the gods do to me, and more also This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. “May the gods kill me and do even more bad things”
1KI 19 2 sp3r 0 if I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets Alternate translation: “if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets”
1KI 19 3 hkc1 0 he arose Alternate translation: “he stood up”
@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 19 19 m3gy figs-rpronouns 0 he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 19 20 jye9 0 he said, “Please The word “he” refers to Elisha.
1KI 19 21 s7a5 figs-explicit 0 he gave it to the people Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1KI 20 1 i4ar translate-names 0 Ben Hadad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 20 1 qfr1 translate-numbers 0 thirty-two lesser kings “32 lesser kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 20 1 ai8j 0 lesser kings Alternate translation: “kings ruling smaller groups of people”
@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 20 40 q6ds figs-idiom 0 going here and there This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: “doing other things” or “doing this and that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 20 42 f7yg figs-metonymy 0 let go from your hand Here the word “hand” is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: “released” or “spared the life of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 20 42 m59l 0 your life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people Alternate translation: “you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people”
1KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Kings 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
1KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Kings 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
1KI 21 1 j692 writing-newevent 0 Now some time later This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Now this is what happened later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1KI 21 1 d4gf translate-names 0 Naboth the Jezreelite This is the name of a man from Jezreel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 21 1 pe6g figs-synecdoche 0 king of Samaria “Samaria” was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: “king of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 21 28 lq1t figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 21 29 hf8k figs-rquestion 0 Do you see how Ahab humbles himself before me? God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab’s sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1KI 21 29 cf9j 0 in his days … in his son’s day Alternate translation: “during his lifetime … during his son’s lifetime”
1KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1KI 22 1 hhf8 translate-numbers 0 Three years “3 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 22 2 d41e 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1KI 22 3 nn96 figs-rquestion 0 Do you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram? Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br> * Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br> * Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br> * Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br> * Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br> * Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br> * Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br> * Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br> * Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br> * Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br> * Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br> * Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br> * Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br> * Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br> * Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br> * Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br> * Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends. # Introduction to 1 Kings<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br> * Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br> * Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br> * Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br> * Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br> * Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br> * Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br> * Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br> * Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br> * Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br> * Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br> * Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br> * Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br> * Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br> * Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br> * Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br> * Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
3 1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==The next king==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==The next king==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4 1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
5 1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].)
6 1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched Alternate translation: “So the king’s servants searched”
89 1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah.
90 1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
91 1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wickedness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
92 1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) # 1 Kings 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
93 1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
94 1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
95 1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
171 1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
172 1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
173 1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
174 1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) # 1 Kings 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
175 1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian.
176 1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
177 1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
212 1KI 3 26 uue9 0 General Information: The real mother asks the king to spare the child’s life.
213 1KI 3 26 ix5r figs-metaphor 0 her heart was full of compassion for her son This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
214 1KI 3 28 caa5 figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
215 1KI 4 intro q6h7 0 # 1 Kings 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom. # 1 Kings 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom.
216 1KI 4 1 lyk2 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a list of Solomon’s officials. The list ends in 1 Kings 4:6.
217 1KI 4 2 e1li translate-names 0 Azariah … Zadok These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
218 1KI 4 3 hc81 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of Solomon’s officials.
298 1KI 4 30 g12d 0 the people of the east This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia.
299 1KI 4 31 cu1z translate-names 0 Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
300 1KI 4 33 r1r3 translate-unknown 0 cedar … hyssop These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
301 1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple. # 1 Kings 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
302 1KI 5 1 f4a8 0 General Information: Solomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple.
303 1KI 5 1 wb37 0 Hiram had always loved David Alternate translation: “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David”
304 1KI 5 3 pv3b figs-idiom 0 Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
336 1KI 5 16 f3hp translate-numbers 0 3,300 chief officers “three thousand three hundred chief officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
337 1KI 5 17 hk8u 0 quarried large stones of high quality Alternate translation: “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape”
338 1KI 5 18 l6m8 translate-unknown 0 Gebalites men from the city of Gebal (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
339 1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God. # 1 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
340 1KI 6 1 si1j figs-metonymy 0 Solomon began to build Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
341 1KI 6 1 z8zf translate-ordinal 0 480th … fourth These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
342 1KI 6 1 u34s translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Ziv, which is the second month “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
428 1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
429 1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it”
430 1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
431 1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) # 1 Kings 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
432 1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace.
433 1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
434 1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.”
546 1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
547 1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
548 1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
549 1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # 1 Kings 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
550 1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel”
551 1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
552 1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
642 1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days … seven days … fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
643 1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
644 1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
645 1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]]) # 1 Kings 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
646 1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
647 1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
648 1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
675 1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
676 1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships Alternate translation: “a large group of ships”
677 1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
678 1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>==Queen of Sheba ==<br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>==Queen of Sheba ==<br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
679 1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
680 1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
681 1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
722 1KI 10 29 z3uu translate-numbers 0 six hundred shekels of silver “600 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
723 1KI 10 29 ce7h translate-numbers 0 150 shekels “one hundred and fifty shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
724 1KI 10 29 e5bh figs-activepassive 0 Many of these were then sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
725 1KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Kings 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage with Gentiles<br>God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # 1 Kings 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage with Gentiles<br>God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
726 1KI 11 1 i6y4 0 Now King Solomon The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story.
727 1KI 11 1 rz6n translate-names 0 Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
728 1KI 11 2 u5n2 figs-metonymy 0 turn your heart to their gods To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
788 1KI 11 41 yk5p 0 the book of the events of Solomon This book no longer exists.
789 1KI 11 43 wer1 figs-metaphor 0 He slept with his ancestors and he was buried The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
790 1KI 11 43 ttg1 figs-activepassive 0 he was buried This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
791 1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
792 1KI 12 1 rer8 figs-synecdoche 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
793 1KI 12 2 kgj5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
794 1KI 12 2 s9f6 translate-names 0 Jeroboam … Nebat These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
840 1KI 12 32 f8e9 figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
841 1KI 12 33 t8tb figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
842 1KI 12 33 uh1v 0 in the month he had planned in his own mind Alternate translation: “in the month that he had determined”
843 1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
844 1KI 13 1 xe5m figs-explicit 0 A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
845 1KI 13 1 gc3y 0 A man of God This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet”
846 1KI 13 1 zw3a 0 came out of Judah Alternate translation: “came from Judah”
897 1KI 13 34 u16a 0 This matter This phrase refers to Jeroboam’s setting up shrines and appointing priests.
898 1KI 13 34 ab53 figs-activepassive 0 caused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboam’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
899 1KI 13 34 p7vm figs-doublet 0 to be destroyed and to be exterminated These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: “to be completely destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
900 1KI 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Kings 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Jeroboam’s son<br>God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Rehoboam’s reign<br>When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # 1 Kings 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Jeroboam’s son<br>God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Rehoboam’s reign<br>When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
901 1KI 14 2 qek9 0 disguise yourself Alternate translation: “change how you appear to others”
902 1KI 14 2 dqs3 figs-activepassive 0 you will not be recognized If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will recognize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
903 1KI 14 5 gqa2 0 Look, the wife of Jeroboam Here the word “Look” means “pay attention.”
971 1KI 14 31 pki8 translate-names 0 Naamah This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:21](../14/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
972 1KI 14 31 t2h3 0 Abijah his son Alternate translation: “Abijah the son of Rehoboam”
973 1KI 14 31 xgz7 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
974 1KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Kings 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “But the shrines were not taken away.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # 1 Kings 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “But the shrines were not taken away.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
975 1KI 15 1 ms3b figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
976 1KI 15 1 njh8 translate-numbers 0 In the eighteenth year “In year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
977 1KI 15 3 hlc3 figs-metaphor 0 He walked in all the sins Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1047 1KI 15 34 i9dh figs-metaphor 0 walked in the way of Jeroboam Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1048 1KI 15 34 w9fq 0 in his sin by which he led Israel to sin Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam.
1049 1KI 15 34 yq78 figs-metaphor 0 by which he led Israel to sin Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1050 1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1051 1KI 16 1 kf7z figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1052 1KI 16 2 rjv3 0 Although I exalted you This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha.
1053 1KI 16 2 pn3u figs-metaphor 0 I exalted you out of the dust “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1126 1KI 16 34 be9n 0 in keeping with the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “according to the word of Yahweh”
1127 1KI 16 34 lvt5 0 the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1128 1KI 16 34 zx6j figs-metonymy 0 which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1129 1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1130 1KI 17 1 brj9 translate-names 0 the Tishbite This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1131 1KI 17 1 q3t1 translate-names 0 Tishbe This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1132 1KI 17 1 ub3q 0 As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
1169 1KI 17 23 aut1 0 his room Here “his” refers to Elijah.
1170 1KI 17 23 e1te 0 See, your son is alive The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1171 1KI 17 24 m6yc figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1172 1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1173 1KI 18 1 l7sw figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1174 1KI 18 1 q2by 0 send rain on the land Alternate translation: “cause rain to fall on the land”
1175 1KI 18 2 lc7k writing-background 0 now the famine was severe The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1240 1KI 18 45 iv5m 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1241 1KI 18 46 y3cl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Yahweh was on Elijah Here the word “hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave his power to Elijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1242 1KI 18 46 jqk4 0 tucked his robe in his belt Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running.
1243 1KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Kings 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) # 1 Kings 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1244 1KI 19 2 s2y6 0 So may the gods do to me, and more also This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. “May the gods kill me and do even more bad things”
1245 1KI 19 2 sp3r 0 if I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets Alternate translation: “if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets”
1246 1KI 19 3 hkc1 0 he arose Alternate translation: “he stood up”
1273 1KI 19 19 m3gy figs-rpronouns 0 he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1274 1KI 19 20 jye9 0 he said, “Please The word “he” refers to Elisha.
1275 1KI 19 21 s7a5 figs-explicit 0 he gave it to the people Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1276 1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1277 1KI 20 1 i4ar translate-names 0 Ben Hadad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1278 1KI 20 1 qfr1 translate-numbers 0 thirty-two lesser kings “32 lesser kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1279 1KI 20 1 ai8j 0 lesser kings Alternate translation: “kings ruling smaller groups of people”
1336 1KI 20 40 q6ds figs-idiom 0 going here and there This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: “doing other things” or “doing this and that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1337 1KI 20 42 f7yg figs-metonymy 0 let go from your hand Here the word “hand” is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: “released” or “spared the life of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1338 1KI 20 42 m59l 0 your life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people Alternate translation: “you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people”
1339 1KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Kings 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) # 1 Kings 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
1340 1KI 21 1 j692 writing-newevent 0 Now some time later This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Now this is what happened later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1341 1KI 21 1 d4gf translate-names 0 Naboth the Jezreelite This is the name of a man from Jezreel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1342 1KI 21 1 pe6g figs-synecdoche 0 king of Samaria “Samaria” was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: “king of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1373 1KI 21 28 lq1t figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1374 1KI 21 29 hf8k figs-rquestion 0 Do you see how Ahab humbles himself before me? God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab’s sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1375 1KI 21 29 cf9j 0 in his days … in his son’s day Alternate translation: “during his lifetime … during his son’s lifetime”
1376 1KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # 1 Kings 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1377 1KI 22 1 hhf8 translate-numbers 0 Three years “3 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1378 1KI 22 2 d41e 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1379 1KI 22 3 nn96 figs-rquestion 0 Do you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram? Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

52
en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Kings<br><br>1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)<br> * Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)<br> * Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)<br> * Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)<br> * Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)<br> * Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)<br> * Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)<br> * Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)<br>1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)<br>1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.<br><br>### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?<br><br>The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.
2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Kings<br><br>1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)<br> * Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)<br> * Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)<br> * Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)<br> * Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)<br> * Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)<br> * Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)<br> * Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)<br>1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)<br>1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.<br><br>### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?<br><br>The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.
2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled Alternate translation: “The people who lived in Moab rebelled”
2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: “the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 1 17 sl2v 0 the word of Yahweh that Elijah had spoken Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had told Elijah that Elijah had spoken”
2KI 1 17 s5cd figs-explicit 0 in the second year of Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign over Israel by stating how long Jehoram had been reigning over Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “in the second year that Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 1 18 emi5 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written … Israel? This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are written … Israel.” or “someone has written about them in … Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 2 1 u56u writing-newevent 0 So it came about “So it happened.” This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2KI 2 1 pmc1 0 a whirlwind a strong wind that spins around and around
2KI 2 2 w2jb figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live “As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live.” Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elijah are alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise you that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying “go up.” Alternate translation: “Go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head.
2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys “42 of the boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year “year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as “Jehoram.” This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named “Jehoram.”
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through “force their way through.” There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd.
2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word “anger” can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: (1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel” or (2) God. Alternate translation: “So God was very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband Alternate translation: “My husband, who was your servant”
2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money
@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 4 43 l9rl figs-rquestion 0 What, should I set this before a hundred men? The man uses this rhetorical question to imply that this is not enough bread to feed 100 men. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not enough to feed a hundred men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 4 43 tp2l translate-numbers 0 a hundred men “100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 4 44 ra7w figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh Here Yahweh is referred to by what he said. This phrase is a metonym for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
2KI 5 1 t6rp figs-metonymy 0 in his master’s view “sight.” The king’s “view” represents what he thinks about something. Alternate translation: “in the king’s opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 5 1 pdy1 0 because by him Yahweh had given victory to Aram Here “Aram” refers to the Aramean army. Alternate translation: “because through Naaman, Yahweh had given victory to the Aramean army”
2KI 5 2 seh1 figs-synecdoche 0 The Arameans had gone out Here the “Arameans” refer to the Aramean soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble “Indeed, this trouble.” The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase “this trouble” refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused.
2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour … two measures of barley Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “this could never happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase “with your own eyes” emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “you yourself will watch these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it Alternate translation: “but you will not eat any of the flour or barley”
2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md).
2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life Alternate translation: “he had caused to become alive again”
@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to heal” or “to recover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here “Hazael” refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: “the army of Hazael king of Aram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Arameans had wounded Joram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the group of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase “in your hand” refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 9 37 kim4 figs-simile 0 the body of Jezebel will be like dung on the surface of the fields … so that no one will be able to say This speaks of the pieces of Jezebel’s body being scattered in the field as if they were dung spread in the field. Since the pieces of her body were so small and spread out there was nothing that could be collected and buried. Alternate translation: “the pieces of Jezebel’s body will be scattered like dung in the fields … so that no one will be able to recognize them and say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 9 37 xj6d 0 dung manure, specifically dung used as a fertilizer
2KI 9 37 ayb5 0 so that no one will be able to say, “This is Jezebel.” Alternate translation: “so that no one will be able to recognize her body.” or “so no one will be able to tell this was Jezebel.”
2KI 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Kings 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God’s prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab’s descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
2KI 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God’s prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab’s descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
2KI 10 1 w4rf translate-numbers 0 seventy descendants “70 descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 10 1 bud2 figs-metonymy 0 Jehu wrote letters and sent them to Samaria This means that Jehu sent a messenger to deliver the letters. Alternate translation: “Jehu wrote letters and sent a messenger to deliver them in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 10 3 fdt6 figs-metonymy 0 set him on his father’s throne Here, sitting on the king’s throne means to be appointed as king. Alternate translation: “make him king in his father’s place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 10 35 g2qi translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 10 36 m23h 0 The time that Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria was twenty-eight years Alternate translation: “Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria for twenty-eight years”
2KI 10 36 e9ns translate-numbers 0 twenty-eight years “28 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Kings 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Athaliah’s evil actions<br>The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Kings 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Athaliah’s evil actions<br>The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2KI 11 1 q8ru translate-names 0 Athaliah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 11 1 ed43 0 saw that her son was dead Alternate translation: “became aware that her son was dead”
2KI 11 1 vmz8 figs-explicit 0 she arose and killed all the royal children Athaliah did not personally kill the children. Alternate translation: “she commanded her servants to kill all the members of Ahaziah’s family who might become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 11 20 hz2a figs-hyperbole 0 all the people of the land rejoiced This is a generalization. It is possible that some did not rejoice. Alternate translation: “many people in the land rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2KI 11 20 y27g 0 the city was quiet Alternate translation: “the city was calm” or “the city was peaceful”
2KI 11 21 pit8 translate-numbers 0 Joash was seven years old “Joash was 7 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple<br>Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple<br>Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2KI 12 1 ze1f translate-numbers 0 In the seventh year of Jehu “During year 7 of the reign of Jehu over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 12 1 d8af 0 the reign of Joash began Alternate translation: “Joash began to reign over Judah”
2KI 12 1 rhb3 translate-names 0 Zibiah This was the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 12 21 a67i translate-names 0 Jozabad … Shimeath … Jehozabad … Shomer … Amaziah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 12 21 c8xh 0 with his ancestors Alternate translation: “in the place where his ancestors were buried”
2KI 12 21 jic7 0 became king in his place Alternate translation: “became the next king of Judah”
2KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Kings 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the last chapter about Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elisha’s death<br>The king of Israel is upset when Elisha is dying. Elisha assures him that he will have three victories over Aram.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The king compares the protection that Elisha had given Israel to “The chariot of Israel and the horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Kings 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the last chapter about Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elisha’s death<br>The king of Israel is upset when Elisha is dying. Elisha assures him that he will have three victories over Aram.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The king compares the protection that Elisha had given Israel to “The chariot of Israel and the horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 13 1 x3b7 translate-numbers 0 In the twenty-third year of Joash son of Ahaziah king of Judah “After Joash had been ruling Judah for almost 23 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 13 1 k11v 0 reign over Israel in Samaria Alternate translation: “rule over the kingdom of Israel located in Samaria”
2KI 13 1 sr5w 0 he reigned seventeen years Alternate translation: “Jehoahaz was king for 17 years”
@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 13 25 kwm4 translate-names 0 Jehoash … Jehoahaz These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 13 25 zz2a figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoash attacked him three times Here “Jehoash” and “him” refer to the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “Jehoash’s army attacked Ben Hadad’s army three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 13 25 v9pk 0 he recovered those cities of Israel Alternate translation: “Jehoash took back control of the Israelite cities that Ben Hadad had captured”
2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pride<br>Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him.
2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pride<br>Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him.
2KI 14 1 bnk5 0 In the second year of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz, king of Israel Alternate translation: “When Jehoash son of Jehoahaz had been king of Israel for almost two years”
2KI 14 1 nnl6 0 Amaziah son of Joash, king of Judah, began to reign Alternate translation: “Amaziah son of Joash, became the king of Judah”
2KI 14 2 s314 translate-numbers 0 He was twenty-five years old when he began to reign “He was 25 years old when he became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 14 27 tjk3 figs-metonymy 0 he saved them by the hand of Jeroboam son of Jehoash Here “hand” is a metonym for power. Also, “Jehoash” is a synecdoche representing Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: “he enabled King Jeroboam and his army to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 14 28 ka1r figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? This question is used to remind the reader that the acts of Jehoahaz are recorded in another book. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 14 29 eq5q figs-euphemism 0 Jeroboam slept with his ancestors, with the kings of Israel This is a polite way to say that he died and was buried. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam died, and was buried where the other kings of Israel were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Kings 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s evil<br>Israel assassinated one king after another. The Assyrians began attacking Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Kings 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s evil<br>Israel assassinated one king after another. The Assyrians began attacking Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 15 1 e5x2 figs-explicit 0 In the twenty-seventh year of Jeroboam It can be stated clearly that this is the twenty-seventh year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 27 of the reign of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 15 1 kyq4 0 Azariah This king is better known today by the name “Uzziah.”
2KI 15 2 ric2 translate-names 0 Jekoliah This is the name of Azariah’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 15 37 sx2e translate-names 0 Pekah … Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:37](../15/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 15 38 nar5 figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Jotham died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2KI 15 38 qj1b figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ahaz<br>Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ahaz<br>Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 16 1 x9n9 figs-explicit 0 In the seventeenth year of Pekah son of Remaliah It can be stated clearly that this is the seventeenth year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 17 of the reign of Pekah son of Remaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 16 1 ja6f translate-names 0 Pekah … Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:25](../15/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 16 2 rm3i figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh his God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what was right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh his God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 16 20 c5rk figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died as his ancestors had” or “like his ancestors, Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2KI 16 20 wbc9 figs-activepassive 0 was buried with his ancestors If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 16 20 y1p2 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Kings 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story about the kingdom of Israel and continues with Judah alone.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idol worship<br><br>Israel continued to worship idols, so God punished them by allowing Assyria to conquer them and take them away. Assyria brought people from other lands and settled them in what used to be Israel’s territory and the new people worshiped their own gods in addition to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2KI 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Kings 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story about the kingdom of Israel and continues with Judah alone.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idol worship<br><br>Israel continued to worship idols, so God punished them by allowing Assyria to conquer them and take them away. Assyria brought people from other lands and settled them in what used to be Israel’s territory and the new people worshiped their own gods in addition to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2KI 17 1 jz6k 0 Hoshea son of Elah Hoshea became the king of the northern kingdom of Israel.
2KI 17 1 b3fa translate-names 0 Elah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 17 1 y37g translate-names 0 He ruled in Samaria Samaria was the capital city of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 17 40 j2h1 figs-metaphor 0 They would not listen “Listen” here is a metaphor for paying attention and acting on the command. Alternate translation: “They did not obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 17 41 ne8y 0 these nations feared Yahweh These nations feared Yahweh only to the point of appeasing him the same way they treated their own gods.
2KI 17 41 zh69 0 up to this day “and have continued ever since.” The phrase “this day” refers to the time period in which the writer lived.
2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 18 1 an23 0 General Information: Hezekiah becomes king over Judah in place of his father King Ahaz.
2KI 18 1 b49b translate-names 0 Hoshea … Elah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 18 2 u8q8 translate-names 0 Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 18 37 ve84 0 who was over the household Alternate translation: “who managed the king’s palace”
2KI 18 37 ew4c 0 the recorder Alternate translation: “the history keeper”
2KI 18 37 k5bu 0 chief commander and is the translation of the Hebrew; some see this as a personal name, “Rabshakeh”
2KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Kings 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s power<br>God is in control of everything. God caused the Assyrian king to fail in conquering Jerusalem because he mocked God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>“The virgin daughter of Zion” here is an idiom meaning the people of Jerusalem. “The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn” means that “the people of Jerusalem know that Assyria will fail because they have mocked God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Kings 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s power<br>God is in control of everything. God caused the Assyrian king to fail in conquering Jerusalem because he mocked God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>“The virgin daughter of Zion” here is an idiom meaning the people of Jerusalem. “The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn” means that “the people of Jerusalem know that Assyria will fail because they have mocked God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 19 1 kae1 0 house of Yahweh This is another way of saying “temple of Yahweh.”
2KI 19 2 aw2h translate-names 0 Eliakim … Shebna … Isaiah … Amoz These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 19 2 vdb3 0 He sent Eliakim Alternate translation: “Hezekiah sent Eliakim”
@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 19 35 g563 translate-numbers 0 185,000 soldiers “one hundred eighty-five thousand soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 19 35 d5f2 0 When the men arose Alternate translation: “When the men who were left alive got up”
2KI 19 37 txi6 translate-names 0 Adrammelek … Sharezer … Esarhaddon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Kings 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter finishes the story of Hezekiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hezekiah’s additional time<br>God hears the distressed call of his faithful believers. Hezekiah was dying but when he prayed, God gave him 15 more years of life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
2KI 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Kings 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter finishes the story of Hezekiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hezekiah’s additional time<br>God hears the distressed call of his faithful believers. Hezekiah was dying but when he prayed, God gave him 15 more years of life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
2KI 20 1 dhm5 figs-metonymy 0 Set your house in order “House” is metonymy for what was under Hezekiah’s control. Alternate translation: “Give final instructions to your household and government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 20 3 y2ay figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is a common way of speaking, an idiom, urging Yahweh to remember. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 20 3 vts1 figs-idiom 0 walked This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “lived my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 20 20 fgv7 0 pool A small area of still water for storage
2KI 20 20 xm9s 0 conduit A tunnel for carrying the water
2KI 20 20 v69i figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? This question is used to remind the reader that these things are recorded. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the history of the kings of Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Kings 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s judgment<br>God judges sin. When Manasseh worshiped idols and did many evil things, God said he would cause Judah to be destroyed by its enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>“I will wipe Jerusalem clean, as a man wipes a dish, wiping it and turning it upside down” means “God would completely destroy Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Kings 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s judgment<br>God judges sin. When Manasseh worshiped idols and did many evil things, God said he would cause Judah to be destroyed by its enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>“I will wipe Jerusalem clean, as a man wipes a dish, wiping it and turning it upside down” means “God would completely destroy Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 21 1 cuc4 translate-names 0 Hephzibah The mother of King Manasseh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 21 2 k3ux figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 21 2 qx6p 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.”
@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 21 24 nj33 0 conspired against “made plans and worked together to harm.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:23](../21/23.md).
2KI 21 25 zcb6 figs-activepassive 0 are they not written … Judah? This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written … Judah.” or “you can find them … Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 21 26 zpi6 translate-names 0 the garden of Uzza This could mean: (1) “the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza” or (2) “Uzza Garden.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The law<br>The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The law<br>The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 22 1 gp47 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 22 1 ne6n translate-names 0 Jedidah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 22 1 wgp7 translate-names 0 Adaiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 22 20 qgs2 figs-metonymy 0 Your eyes will not see Here “will not see” represents not experiencing something. Alternate translation: “You will not experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 22 20 mc6n figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes Here “eyes” represents the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 22 20 j2cn figs-metaphor 0 the disaster that I will bring upon this place Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that Yahweh would bring to a place. Alternate translation: “the terrible things I will cause to happen in this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ending idolatry<br>Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.
2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ending idolatry<br>Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.
2KI 23 2 yx5s figs-hyperbole 0 all the men of Judah and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2KI 23 2 bw8g figs-merism 0 from small to great This merism includes everyone in between. Alternate translation: “from the least important to the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2KI 23 2 k1ai 0 He then read in their hearing Alternate translation: “Then the king read aloud so that they could hear”
@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 23 36 gz76 translate-names 0 Pedaiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 23 36 j958 translate-names 0 Rumah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 23 37 b992 figs-metaphor 0 did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### God’s punishment<br>God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### God’s punishment<br>God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 24 1 n2cj 0 In Jehoiakim’s days Alternate translation: “During the time that Jehoiakim ruled Judah”
2KI 24 1 wre8 figs-explicit 0 attacked Judah You may need to make explicit what happened after Nebuchadnezzar attacked Judah. Alternate translation: “attacked and defeated Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 24 2 bf6x figs-activepassive 0 This was in conformity with the word of Yahweh that had been spoken through his servants the prophets This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “This was according to the word of Yahweh that his servants the prophets had spoken” or “This was exactly what Yahweh had told his servants the prophets to say would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 24 18 zy1q translate-names 0 Jeremiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 24 18 fxr8 translate-names 0 Libnah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 24 19 wr7q figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Kings 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zedekiah’s revolt<br>Zedekiah revolted against the Babylonians, so they came and completely destroyed Jerusalem. They tore down the city walls and took the rest of the people to Babylon as slaves, except the very poorest people remained.
2KI 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Kings 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zedekiah’s revolt<br>Zedekiah revolted against the Babylonians, so they came and completely destroyed Jerusalem. They tore down the city walls and took the rest of the people to Babylon as slaves, except the very poorest people remained.
2KI 25 1 pl4l translate-ordinal 0 in the ninth year (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 25 1 j1c4 translate-ordinal 0 in the tenth month, and on the tenth day of the month This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of December on Western calendars. This is during the cold season when there may be rain and snow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
2KI 25 1 ty29 figs-metonymy 0 came with all his army against Jerusalem The name “Jerusalem” is a metonym for the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “came with his whole army to fight against the people of Jerusalem” or “came with his whole army to conquer Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

Can't render this file because it has a wrong number of fields in line 777.

60
en_tn_13-1CH.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Chronicles<br><br>1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)<br> * From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)<br> * Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)<br>1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)<br> * Saul dies (10:1–14)<br> * David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)<br> * David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)<br> * David prospers (13:1–22:1)<br> * David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God”?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.
1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Chronicles<br><br>1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)<br> * From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)<br> * Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)<br>1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)<br> * Saul dies (10:1–14)<br> * David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)<br> * David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)<br> * David prospers (13:1–22:1)<br> * David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God”?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.
1CH 1 1 qvq6 translate-names 0 Adam … Seth … Enosh These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 2 mh4h translate-names 0 Kenan … Mahalalel … Jared These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 3 x77a translate-names 0 Enoch … Methuselah … Lamech These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 1 53 ft8b translate-names 0 Kenaz … Teman … Mibzar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 54 ngb5 translate-names 0 Magdiel … Iram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 54 w9ln translate-names 0 Edom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.
1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.
1CH 2 1 lm7q translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 2 l5ef translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 3 p67t translate-names 0 Er … Onan … Shelah … Shua … Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 2 55 hrk8 translate-names 0 Tirathites … Shimeathites … Sucathites … Kenites These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 55 dsa5 0 the Kenites who came from Hammath Alternate translation: “the Kenites who descended from Hamath”
1CH 2 55 z9wj translate-names 0 Hammath … Rekab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David.
1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David.
1CH 3 1 n4fh 0 David David was a son of Jesse, who was a descendant of Judah ([1 Chronicles 2:15](../02/15.md)).
1CH 3 1 h2yg translate-names 0 Ahinoam … Abigail These are the names of women who were David’s wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 1 q1dn 0 Daniel This man has the same name as an Israelite prophet but is a different person.
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 3 22 wn1j translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 23 yi1a translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 24 j188 translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.
1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.
1CH 4 1 w6gl translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 4 2 p39w translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list except the Zorathites are the names of men. Zorathites is the name of a people group who took their name from the town of Zorah where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 4 3 v5yg translate-names 0 Jezreel … Ishma … Idbash These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 4 43 i11u 0 the rest of the Amalekite refugees Alternate translation: “the remaining Amalekite refugees”
1CH 4 43 k9d1 0 refugees people who are forced to leave their home country
1CH 4 43 nrm3 0 to this day “from then until now.” This refers to the day when the author was writing this account.
1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.
1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.
1CH 5 1 kd1d writing-background 0 now Reuben The word “now” is used here to mark the change from the lists of descendants to background information about Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1CH 5 1 p3es figs-activepassive 0 but his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph son of Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but Israel gave Reuben’s birthright to the sons of Joseph, another of Israel’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 5 1 lbr7 figs-euphemism 0 Reuben had defiled his father’s couch This is a polite way to speak about Reuben sleeping with his father’s secondary wife. The couch is the place where a man and his wife would have slept together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 5 26 gxm9 translate-names 0 Halah … Habor … Hara These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 5 26 f4rf translate-names 0 Gozan This is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 5 26 hz4s 0 to this day See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md)
1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi.
1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi.
1CH 6 1 cs3c translate-names 0 Gershon … Kohath … Merari These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 2 rcj5 translate-names 0 Kohath … Amram … Izhar … Hebron … Uzziel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 3 bpp5 translate-names 0 Amram … Nadab … Abihu … Eleazar … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 6 80 d6jk translate-names 0 Ramoth … Mahanaim These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 80 gx7f 0 its pasturelands the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
1CH 6 81 f9ky translate-names 0 Heshbon … Jazer These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.
1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.
1CH 7 1 njl6 translate-names 0 Issachar … Tola, Puah, Jashub … Shimron These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 7 2 pz27 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 7 2 hd81 0 heads of their fathers’ houses The words “father’s houses” refers to extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.”
@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 7 40 d65u 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans”
1CH 7 40 t3ep 0 distinguished men Alternate translation: “important men”
1CH 7 40 e5yi translate-numbers 0 There were twenty-six thousand men listed who were fit for military service, according to their numbered lists “According to the clan records, there were 26,000 men who were able to serve in the military” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.
1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.
1CH 8 1 p5r1 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 2 wp4y translate-names 0 Nohah … Rapha These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 3 gg1f translate-names 0 Bela … Addar, Gera, Abihud These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 8 39 h9lx translate-ordinal 0 Jeush the second, and Eliphelet the third “Jeush, who was born after Ulam, and Eliphelet, who was born after Jeush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1CH 8 40 mp4f translate-names 0 Ulam This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 40 s4sc translate-numbers 0 many sons and grandsons, a total of 150 “a total of one hundred fifty sons and grandsons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.
1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.
1CH 9 1 yxr5 figs-activepassive 0 all Israel was recorded in genealogies This can be translated in active form. The reader should understand that the people who wrote the genealogies included the names of the people who had already died. Alternate translation: “The Israelites recorded all of themselves in genealogies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 9 1 d39v 0 genealogies family records that name ancestors and descendants
1CH 9 1 s5jc figs-activepassive 0 They were recorded in the book … Israel This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote the names in the book … Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 9 42 n1j7 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 9 43 r6ya translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 9 44 tv24 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Saul<br><br>Saul died because he disobeyed God.
1CH 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Saul<br><br>Saul died because he disobeyed God.
1CH 10 1 ws2j figs-explicit 0 Every man of Israel fled from before the Philistines and fell down dead on Mount Gilboa It is implied that these men were Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “The whole army of Israel ran away from the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1CH 10 1 fcs6 figs-hyperbole 0 Every man of Israel … fell down dead This is probably a generalization. It seems that while all the soldiers did run away, not all of them died. Alternate translation: “Every man of Israel … most of them died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1CH 10 2 yet5 translate-names 0 Abinadab … Malki-Shua See how you translated these men’s names in [1 Chronicles 8:33](../08/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 10 14 mkp9 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here.
1CH 10 14 abd5 0 did not seek guidance from Yahweh Alternate translation: “did not ask Yahweh to guide him”
1CH 10 14 cy4v figs-idiom 0 turned over the kingdom to David son of Jesse Here “turned over the kingdom” is an idiom that means to give someone authority over a kingdom. Alternate translation: “made David, son of Jesse, king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
1CH 11 1 s7nb figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel came to David This is a generalization that means people from every tribe in Israel came to David, but not every individual. Alternate translation: “people from throughout Israel came to David” or “people from every tribe in Israel came to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1CH 11 1 anu1 figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This idiom means that they are relatives. Alternate translation: “we are your relatives” or “we have the same ancestors as you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1CH 11 2 es5t writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 11 45 eec9 translate-names 0 This concludes the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 11 46 wbw5 translate-names 0 This continues the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 11 47 kg9q translate-names 0 This ends the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.
1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.
1CH 12 1 d1cb figs-activepassive 0 while he was still banished from the presence of If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time when he could not be in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 12 2 c47x 0 could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows Alternate translation: “could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows”
1CH 12 2 vl3q 0 slinging stones The sling was a strip of leather that a person would use to throw a stone long distances.
@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 12 39 v2h7 0 They were there with David Alternate translation: “These soldiers were there with David”
1CH 12 39 ezv1 translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 12 40 av3z figs-synecdoche 0 Israel was celebrating The word “Israel” represents the people who make up the nation. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
1CH 13 1 ba28 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 13 2 b7bp figs-explicit 0 all the assembly of Israel This refers to all of the Israelites who were assembled in this place. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites who were assembled there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1CH 13 2 ie4x figs-idiom 0 if this comes from Yahweh our God This idiom means that this action is something that Yahweh approves. Alternate translation: “if this is something that Yahweh our God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 13 14 a576 0 in Obed Edom’s household in his house Alternate translation: “with Obed Edom’s family in his house”
1CH 13 14 v7sp translate-numbers 0 three months “3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 13 14 t1je figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh blessed his house Here the word “house” is a metonym for his family. Alternate translation: “Yahweh blessed his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him.
1CH 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him.
1CH 14 1 cbx4 translate-names 0 Hiram This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 14 1 fm3f 0 carpenters people who make things with wood
1CH 14 1 d13q 0 masons people make things with stone or brick
@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 14 15 y5kt figs-metaphor 0 When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: “When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CH 14 16 pwb6 translate-names 0 Gezer This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 14 17 jy1f figs-personification 0 David’s fame went out into all lands People in every land hearing of David’s reputation is spoken of as if David’s fame traveled to those lands. Alternate translation: “People far away heard about David’s fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 15 1 bu8k figs-metonymy 0 David built houses for himself … He prepared It might be best to translate this so that the reader understands that David had other people do this for him. Alternate translation: “David had workers build houses for him … He had them prepare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 15 2 n56n figs-activepassive 0 they had been chosen by Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had chosen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 15 3 ew5y figs-hyperbole 0 David assembled all Israel at Jerusalem Here the word “all” is a generalization. The phrase “all Israel” means that David assembled people from all over Israel, not that he assembled every person in Israel. Alternate translation: “David assembled at Jerusalem people from all over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 15 29 hd59 0 as the ark of the covenant of Yahweh came to the city of David Alternate translation: “as the people brought the ark of the covenant of Yahweh to the city of David”
1CH 15 29 vj56 translate-names 0 Michal This is the name of David’s wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 15 29 miz6 figs-metonymy 0 she despised him in her heart Here “heart” represents thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “she despised him” or “she hated him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s psalm<br>As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh.
1CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s psalm<br>As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh.
1CH 16 1 p8df 0 General Information: The word “they” in these verses refers to the priests and Levites.
1CH 16 1 p6yr 0 before God Alternate translation: “to God”
1CH 16 2 jb7f figs-metonymy 0 When David had finished sacrificing the burnt offering and the fellowship offerings This is a metonym for David directing the priests, who performed the actual sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 16 41 dc3e translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 16 42 tp6u translate-unknown 0 cymbals These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1CH 16 42 aw82 figs-explicit 0 guarded the gate The implied information is that they were to guard the entrance to the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “guarded the tabernacle gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
1CH 17 1 h1g5 writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1CH 17 1 p2as 0 settled comfortable and happy, without the desire to move or change
1CH 17 1 fbn8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 17 27 qhn5 figs-123person 0 your servant’s house David speaks of himself in the third person. This can be expressed in the first person. Alternate translation: “my house” or “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1CH 17 27 ip6n figs-parallelism 0 You, Yahweh, have blessed it, and it will be blessed forever These two phrases have about the same meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1CH 17 27 b2st figs-activepassive 0 it will be blessed forever If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will continue to bless it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s victories<br>David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1CH 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s victories<br>David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1CH 18 1 d4bc 0 After this Alternate translation: “After God’s promise to bless David”
1CH 18 1 rze7 0 it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1CH 18 3 il58 figs-metonymy 0 David then defeated Hadadezer Here David and Hadadezer are spoken of as if they were alone, but the reader should understand that these kings represent their armies that were with them. Alternate translation: “David and his army then defeated the army of Hadadezer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 18 16 iz88 0 Ahimelech This spelling represents a correction of the spelling “Abimelech,” which some versions follow. The corrected spelling makes this verse agree with [2 Samuel 8:17](../08/17.md).
1CH 18 17 x55d translate-names 0 Benaiah … Jehoiada These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 18 17 gp59 translate-names 0 Kerethites … Pelethites These are the names of foreign people groups who became David’s bodyguards. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Insults<br><br>The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries.
1CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Insults<br><br>The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries.
1CH 19 1 i9za 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1CH 19 1 b5fi translate-names 0 Nahash This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 19 2 dn3v translate-names 0 Nahash … Hanun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 19 19 k6iq 0 Connecting Statement: This verse finishes describing a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
1CH 19 19 lej2 figs-activepassive 0 they were defeated by Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Israel had defeated them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 19 19 w6z2 0 they made peace with David and served them They made the peace agreement with David as the king, and served the Israelites.
1CH 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of the war with Ammon and tells of giants being killed by David’s soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “When kings normally go to war”<br>It was advantageous for kings to go to war in the springtime. This was possibly due to the weather being neither too hot nor too cold.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It came about”<br>This is a phrase used to indicate the next event in a series. It can often be translated as “after,” “then” or “next.”
1CH 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of the war with Ammon and tells of giants being killed by David’s soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “When kings normally go to war”<br>It was advantageous for kings to go to war in the springtime. This was possibly due to the weather being neither too hot nor too cold.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It came about”<br>This is a phrase used to indicate the next event in a series. It can often be translated as “after,” “then” or “next.”
1CH 20 1 n3jh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1CH 20 1 syx2 writing-background 0 at the time when kings normally go to war This is background information from the author. It was harder to fight wars in the cold winter, so kings normally waited for spring to attack their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1CH 20 1 b2iq figs-metonymy 0 kings normally go to war … Joab led the army into battle Here “kings” is a metonym that means the kings sent their armies into battle. Joab was the commander of David’s army. Alternate translation: “kings normally send their armies to war … Joab led David’s army into battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 20 7 epr3 0 Jehonadab … Shimea These are names of men.
1CH 20 8 bhd7 0 These were descendants of the Rephaim of Gath Here “these” refer to Sippai in [1 Chronicles 20:4](../20/04.md), Lahmi in [1 Chronicles 20:5](../20/05.md), and the giant in verse 6.
1CH 20 8 kv74 figs-synecdoche 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers David and his soldiers are referred to by the part of their bodies used to hold a sword. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed the descendants of the Rephaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1CH 21 1 dfl4 0 An adversary arose against Israel Possible meanings of **adversary** are: (1) this refers to Satan who decided to cause trouble for Israel or (2) this refers to an enemy army that began to threaten Israel.
1CH 21 1 t4tl 0 incited David to count Israel “caused David to do wrong, to count Israel.” If your language has a word for getting someone to become angry and do something he knows is wrong, you should use it here.
1CH 21 2 qcp8 0 count the people of Israel … that I may know their number It is apparent from [1 Chronicles 21:5](../21/05.md) that David wanted to count only the men who were able to fight.
@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 21 30 q136 writing-background 0 Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1CH 21 30 znd4 0 to ask for God’s direction Alternate translation: “to ask God to tell him what he should do”
1CH 21 30 d6s2 figs-metonymy 0 afraid of the sword of the angel of Yahweh Here “sword” represents being killed by the angel of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “afraid he would be killed by the angel of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.
1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.
1CH 22 1 b7lu 0 This is where Alternate translation: “This threshing floor is where”
1CH 22 2 f6ly 0 stonecutters persons who gathered large stones and cut them to the correct size so builders could use the rocks in walls and buildings
1CH 22 3 j9lr 0 braces items that connect two things together. “clamps” or “hinges”
@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 22 19 b3t4 figs-synecdoche 0 with all your heart and your soul Here “heart” and “soul” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1CH 22 19 qhu2 figs-metonymy 0 Get up and build the holy place It is understood that Solomon will not do the work personally, but he will direct others to do it. Alternate translation: “Get up and direct the workers as they build the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 22 19 jia8 figs-metonymy 0 the house built for Yahweh’s name Here “name” refers to honor. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the temple you will build to honor Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 23 1 adi9 0 General Information: David appoints Solomon as his successor and organizes Levitical priests and staff for temple service.
1CH 23 3 g6et figs-activepassive 0 The Levites who were thirty years old and older were counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Some of David’s men counted the Levites who were 30 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 23 3 f7mf translate-numbers 0 They numbered thirty-eight thousand “There were 38,000 of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 23 31 rw21 0 new moon festivals These holidays marked the beginning of each new month.
1CH 23 31 pa7b 0 A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh Alternate translation: “A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh”
1CH 23 32 pkq6 0 They were in charge of Alternate translation: “The Levites were responsible for”
1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 24 1 hmi6 0 General Information: This chapter describes how the Levites in the previous chapter were divided into work groups with different assignments.
1CH 24 1 swd6 0 Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md).
1CH 24 3 blw1 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 24 30 t5a5 0 Mushi Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
1CH 24 30 ek5n translate-names 0 Mahli … Eder … Jerimoth These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 24 31 km4k 0 Ahimelech Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.
1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.
1CH 25 1 x5mj 0 this service Alternate translation: “the work done at the tabernacle”
1CH 25 1 xnr2 translate-unknown 0 cymbals This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1CH 25 1 lu1w translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 25 31 nb7m translate-ordinal 0 the twenty-fourth This refers to the twenty-fourth lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 24” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1CH 25 31 vy25 translate-names 0 Romamti-Ezer Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 25 31 ed4w translate-numbers 0 twelve persons in number “12 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.
1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.
1CH 26 1 w2xj 0 General Information: This begins the list of the gatekeepers.
1CH 26 1 e9f7 0 divisions groups
1CH 26 1 g7cp translate-names 0 Korahites See how you translated the name of this people group in [1 Chronicles 19:19](../19/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 26 31 pz7d 0 men of ability Alternate translation: “capable men”
1CH 26 31 hqn8 translate-names 0 Jazer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 26 32 eq1n translate-numbers 0 2,700 relatives “two thousand seven hundred family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1CH 27 1 azm6 0 This is the list Alternate translation: “These are the names”
1CH 27 1 j7ta translate-numbers 0 commanders of thousands and hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 27 1 ms1c 0 in various ways Alternate translation: “in different ways” or “in many ways”
@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 27 33 iz6y translate-names 0 Ahithophel … Hushai These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 27 33 d46f translate-names 0 Arkite This is the name of a tribe or clan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 27 34 r3m1 translate-names 0 Ahithophel … Jehoiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s instructions<br>David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death.
1CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s instructions<br>David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death.
1CH 28 1 y878 0 assembled called together
1CH 28 1 u8rq 0 scheduled work Work that needs to be repeated, for example every day or every month.
1CH 28 1 k8yf translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 28 21 pp3r 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes speaking to Solomon.
1CH 28 21 k3yt 0 See, here are the divisions “Here are the divisions.” David uses the word “see” here to refer back to the listings of the divisions of the Levites and their duties for the temple.
1CH 28 21 k3f2 0 the divisions of the priests and Levites See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 28:13](../28/13.md).
1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.
1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.
1CH 29 1 qu77 0 whom alone God has chosen Alternate translation: “the one whom God has chosen”
1CH 29 2 dp3z 0 Connecting Statement: David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
1CH 29 2 w79s figs-activepassive 0 gold for the things to be made of gold … to be made of wood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gold so the craftsmen may make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, bronze so they may make the bronze things, iron so they may make the iron things, and wood so they may make the wooden things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Chronicles<br><br>1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)<br> * From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)<br> * Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)<br>1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)<br> * Saul dies (10:1–14)<br> * David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)<br> * David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)<br> * David prospers (13:1–22:1)<br> * David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God”?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25. # Introduction to 1 Chronicles<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Chronicles<br><br>1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)<br> * From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)<br> * Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)<br>1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)<br> * Saul dies (10:1–14)<br> * David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)<br> * David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)<br> * David prospers (13:1–22:1)<br> * David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God”?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
3 1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom. # 1 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.
4 1CH 1 1 qvq6 translate-names 0 Adam … Seth … Enosh These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 1CH 1 2 mh4h translate-names 0 Kenan … Mahalalel … Jared These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 1CH 1 3 x77a translate-names 0 Enoch … Methuselah … Lamech These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
54 1CH 1 53 ft8b translate-names 0 Kenaz … Teman … Mibzar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
55 1CH 1 54 ngb5 translate-names 0 Magdiel … Iram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
56 1CH 1 54 w9ln translate-names 0 Edom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
57 1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob. # 1 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.
58 1CH 2 1 lm7q translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
59 1CH 2 2 l5ef translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
60 1CH 2 3 p67t translate-names 0 Er … Onan … Shelah … Shua … Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
151 1CH 2 55 hrk8 translate-names 0 Tirathites … Shimeathites … Sucathites … Kenites These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
152 1CH 2 55 dsa5 0 the Kenites who came from Hammath Alternate translation: “the Kenites who descended from Hamath”
153 1CH 2 55 z9wj translate-names 0 Hammath … Rekab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
154 1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David. # 1 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David.
155 1CH 3 1 n4fh 0 David David was a son of Jesse, who was a descendant of Judah ([1 Chronicles 2:15](../02/15.md)).
156 1CH 3 1 h2yg translate-names 0 Ahinoam … Abigail These are the names of women who were David’s wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
157 1CH 3 1 q1dn 0 Daniel This man has the same name as an Israelite prophet but is a different person.
181 1CH 3 22 wn1j translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
182 1CH 3 23 yi1a translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
183 1CH 3 24 j188 translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
184 1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah. # 1 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.
185 1CH 4 1 w6gl translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
186 1CH 4 2 p39w translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list except the Zorathites are the names of men. Zorathites is the name of a people group who took their name from the town of Zorah where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
187 1CH 4 3 v5yg translate-names 0 Jezreel … Ishma … Idbash These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
259 1CH 4 43 i11u 0 the rest of the Amalekite refugees Alternate translation: “the remaining Amalekite refugees”
260 1CH 4 43 k9d1 0 refugees people who are forced to leave their home country
261 1CH 4 43 nrm3 0 to this day “from then until now.” This refers to the day when the author was writing this account.
262 1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh. # 1 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.
263 1CH 5 1 kd1d writing-background 0 now Reuben The word “now” is used here to mark the change from the lists of descendants to background information about Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
264 1CH 5 1 p3es figs-activepassive 0 but his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph son of Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but Israel gave Reuben’s birthright to the sons of Joseph, another of Israel’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
265 1CH 5 1 lbr7 figs-euphemism 0 Reuben had defiled his father’s couch This is a polite way to speak about Reuben sleeping with his father’s secondary wife. The couch is the place where a man and his wife would have slept together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
305 1CH 5 26 gxm9 translate-names 0 Halah … Habor … Hara These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
306 1CH 5 26 f4rf translate-names 0 Gozan This is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
307 1CH 5 26 hz4s 0 to this day See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md)
308 1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi. # 1 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi.
309 1CH 6 1 cs3c translate-names 0 Gershon … Kohath … Merari These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
310 1CH 6 2 rcj5 translate-names 0 Kohath … Amram … Izhar … Hebron … Uzziel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
311 1CH 6 3 bpp5 translate-names 0 Amram … Nadab … Abihu … Eleazar … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
424 1CH 6 80 d6jk translate-names 0 Ramoth … Mahanaim These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
425 1CH 6 80 gx7f 0 its pasturelands the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
426 1CH 6 81 f9ky translate-names 0 Heshbon … Jazer These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
427 1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River. # 1 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.
428 1CH 7 1 njl6 translate-names 0 Issachar … Tola, Puah, Jashub … Shimron These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
429 1CH 7 2 pz27 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
430 1CH 7 2 hd81 0 heads of their fathers’ houses The words “father’s houses” refers to extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.”
489 1CH 7 40 d65u 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans”
490 1CH 7 40 t3ep 0 distinguished men Alternate translation: “important men”
491 1CH 7 40 e5yi translate-numbers 0 There were twenty-six thousand men listed who were fit for military service, according to their numbered lists “According to the clan records, there were 26,000 men who were able to serve in the military” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
492 1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family. # 1 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.
493 1CH 8 1 p5r1 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
494 1CH 8 2 wp4y translate-names 0 Nohah … Rapha These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
495 1CH 8 3 gg1f translate-names 0 Bela … Addar, Gera, Abihud These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
552 1CH 8 39 h9lx translate-ordinal 0 Jeush the second, and Eliphelet the third “Jeush, who was born after Ulam, and Eliphelet, who was born after Jeush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
553 1CH 8 40 mp4f translate-names 0 Ulam This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
554 1CH 8 40 s4sc translate-numbers 0 many sons and grandsons, a total of 150 “a total of one hundred fifty sons and grandsons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
555 1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul. # 1 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.
556 1CH 9 1 yxr5 figs-activepassive 0 all Israel was recorded in genealogies This can be translated in active form. The reader should understand that the people who wrote the genealogies included the names of the people who had already died. Alternate translation: “The Israelites recorded all of themselves in genealogies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
557 1CH 9 1 d39v 0 genealogies family records that name ancestors and descendants
558 1CH 9 1 s5jc figs-activepassive 0 They were recorded in the book … Israel This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote the names in the book … Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
625 1CH 9 42 n1j7 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
626 1CH 9 43 r6ya translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
627 1CH 9 44 tv24 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
628 1CH 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Saul<br><br>Saul died because he disobeyed God. # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Saul<br><br>Saul died because he disobeyed God.
629 1CH 10 1 ws2j figs-explicit 0 Every man of Israel fled from before the Philistines and fell down dead on Mount Gilboa It is implied that these men were Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “The whole army of Israel ran away from the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
630 1CH 10 1 fcs6 figs-hyperbole 0 Every man of Israel … fell down dead This is probably a generalization. It seems that while all the soldiers did run away, not all of them died. Alternate translation: “Every man of Israel … most of them died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
631 1CH 10 2 yet5 translate-names 0 Abinadab … Malki-Shua See how you translated these men’s names in [1 Chronicles 8:33](../08/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
654 1CH 10 14 mkp9 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here.
655 1CH 10 14 abd5 0 did not seek guidance from Yahweh Alternate translation: “did not ask Yahweh to guide him”
656 1CH 10 14 cy4v figs-idiom 0 turned over the kingdom to David son of Jesse Here “turned over the kingdom” is an idiom that means to give someone authority over a kingdom. Alternate translation: “made David, son of Jesse, king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
657 1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
658 1CH 11 1 s7nb figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel came to David This is a generalization that means people from every tribe in Israel came to David, but not every individual. Alternate translation: “people from throughout Israel came to David” or “people from every tribe in Israel came to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
659 1CH 11 1 anu1 figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This idiom means that they are relatives. Alternate translation: “we are your relatives” or “we have the same ancestors as you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
660 1CH 11 2 es5t writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
729 1CH 11 45 eec9 translate-names 0 This concludes the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
730 1CH 11 46 wbw5 translate-names 0 This continues the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
731 1CH 11 47 kg9q translate-names 0 This ends the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
732 1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David. # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.
733 1CH 12 1 d1cb figs-activepassive 0 while he was still banished from the presence of If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time when he could not be in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
734 1CH 12 2 c47x 0 could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows Alternate translation: “could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows”
735 1CH 12 2 vl3q 0 slinging stones The sling was a strip of leather that a person would use to throw a stone long distances.
811 1CH 12 39 v2h7 0 They were there with David Alternate translation: “These soldiers were there with David”
812 1CH 12 39 ezv1 translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
813 1CH 12 40 av3z figs-synecdoche 0 Israel was celebrating The word “Israel” represents the people who make up the nation. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
814 1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
815 1CH 13 1 ba28 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
816 1CH 13 2 b7bp figs-explicit 0 all the assembly of Israel This refers to all of the Israelites who were assembled in this place. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites who were assembled there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
817 1CH 13 2 ie4x figs-idiom 0 if this comes from Yahweh our God This idiom means that this action is something that Yahweh approves. Alternate translation: “if this is something that Yahweh our God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
841 1CH 13 14 a576 0 in Obed Edom’s household in his house Alternate translation: “with Obed Edom’s family in his house”
842 1CH 13 14 v7sp translate-numbers 0 three months “3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
843 1CH 13 14 t1je figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh blessed his house Here the word “house” is a metonym for his family. Alternate translation: “Yahweh blessed his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
844 1CH 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him. # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him.
845 1CH 14 1 cbx4 translate-names 0 Hiram This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
846 1CH 14 1 fm3f 0 carpenters people who make things with wood
847 1CH 14 1 d13q 0 masons people make things with stone or brick
874 1CH 14 15 y5kt figs-metaphor 0 When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: “When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
875 1CH 14 16 pwb6 translate-names 0 Gezer This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
876 1CH 14 17 jy1f figs-personification 0 David’s fame went out into all lands People in every land hearing of David’s reputation is spoken of as if David’s fame traveled to those lands. Alternate translation: “People far away heard about David’s fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
877 1CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
878 1CH 15 1 bu8k figs-metonymy 0 David built houses for himself … He prepared It might be best to translate this so that the reader understands that David had other people do this for him. Alternate translation: “David had workers build houses for him … He had them prepare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
879 1CH 15 2 n56n figs-activepassive 0 they had been chosen by Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had chosen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
880 1CH 15 3 ew5y figs-hyperbole 0 David assembled all Israel at Jerusalem Here the word “all” is a generalization. The phrase “all Israel” means that David assembled people from all over Israel, not that he assembled every person in Israel. Alternate translation: “David assembled at Jerusalem people from all over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
918 1CH 15 29 hd59 0 as the ark of the covenant of Yahweh came to the city of David Alternate translation: “as the people brought the ark of the covenant of Yahweh to the city of David”
919 1CH 15 29 vj56 translate-names 0 Michal This is the name of David’s wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
920 1CH 15 29 miz6 figs-metonymy 0 she despised him in her heart Here “heart” represents thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “she despised him” or “she hated him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
921 1CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s psalm<br>As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh. # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s psalm<br>As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh.
922 1CH 16 1 p8df 0 General Information: The word “they” in these verses refers to the priests and Levites.
923 1CH 16 1 p6yr 0 before God Alternate translation: “to God”
924 1CH 16 2 jb7f figs-metonymy 0 When David had finished sacrificing the burnt offering and the fellowship offerings This is a metonym for David directing the priests, who performed the actual sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
996 1CH 16 41 dc3e translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
997 1CH 16 42 tp6u translate-unknown 0 cymbals These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
998 1CH 16 42 aw82 figs-explicit 0 guarded the gate The implied information is that they were to guard the entrance to the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “guarded the tabernacle gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
999 1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
1000 1CH 17 1 h1g5 writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1001 1CH 17 1 p2as 0 settled comfortable and happy, without the desire to move or change
1002 1CH 17 1 fbn8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1090 1CH 17 27 qhn5 figs-123person 0 your servant’s house David speaks of himself in the third person. This can be expressed in the first person. Alternate translation: “my house” or “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1091 1CH 17 27 ip6n figs-parallelism 0 You, Yahweh, have blessed it, and it will be blessed forever These two phrases have about the same meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1092 1CH 17 27 b2st figs-activepassive 0 it will be blessed forever If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will continue to bless it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1093 1CH 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s victories<br>David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s victories<br>David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1094 1CH 18 1 d4bc 0 After this Alternate translation: “After God’s promise to bless David”
1095 1CH 18 1 rze7 0 it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1096 1CH 18 3 il58 figs-metonymy 0 David then defeated Hadadezer Here David and Hadadezer are spoken of as if they were alone, but the reader should understand that these kings represent their armies that were with them. Alternate translation: “David and his army then defeated the army of Hadadezer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1129 1CH 18 16 iz88 0 Ahimelech This spelling represents a correction of the spelling “Abimelech,” which some versions follow. The corrected spelling makes this verse agree with [2 Samuel 8:17](../08/17.md).
1130 1CH 18 17 x55d translate-names 0 Benaiah … Jehoiada These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1131 1CH 18 17 gp59 translate-names 0 Kerethites … Pelethites These are the names of foreign people groups who became David’s bodyguards. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1132 1CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Insults<br><br>The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries. # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Insults<br><br>The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries.
1133 1CH 19 1 i9za 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1134 1CH 19 1 b5fi translate-names 0 Nahash This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1135 1CH 19 2 dn3v translate-names 0 Nahash … Hanun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1178 1CH 19 19 k6iq 0 Connecting Statement: This verse finishes describing a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
1179 1CH 19 19 lej2 figs-activepassive 0 they were defeated by Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Israel had defeated them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1180 1CH 19 19 w6z2 0 they made peace with David and served them They made the peace agreement with David as the king, and served the Israelites.
1181 1CH 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of the war with Ammon and tells of giants being killed by David’s soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “When kings normally go to war”<br>It was advantageous for kings to go to war in the springtime. This was possibly due to the weather being neither too hot nor too cold.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It came about”<br>This is a phrase used to indicate the next event in a series. It can often be translated as “after,” “then” or “next.” # 1 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of the war with Ammon and tells of giants being killed by David’s soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “When kings normally go to war”<br>It was advantageous for kings to go to war in the springtime. This was possibly due to the weather being neither too hot nor too cold.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It came about”<br>This is a phrase used to indicate the next event in a series. It can often be translated as “after,” “then” or “next.”
1182 1CH 20 1 n3jh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1183 1CH 20 1 syx2 writing-background 0 at the time when kings normally go to war This is background information from the author. It was harder to fight wars in the cold winter, so kings normally waited for spring to attack their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1184 1CH 20 1 b2iq figs-metonymy 0 kings normally go to war … Joab led the army into battle Here “kings” is a metonym that means the kings sent their armies into battle. Joab was the commander of David’s army. Alternate translation: “kings normally send their armies to war … Joab led David’s army into battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1207 1CH 20 7 epr3 0 Jehonadab … Shimea These are names of men.
1208 1CH 20 8 bhd7 0 These were descendants of the Rephaim of Gath Here “these” refer to Sippai in [1 Chronicles 20:4](../20/04.md), Lahmi in [1 Chronicles 20:5](../20/05.md), and the giant in verse 6.
1209 1CH 20 8 kv74 figs-synecdoche 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers David and his soldiers are referred to by the part of their bodies used to hold a sword. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed the descendants of the Rephaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1210 1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1211 1CH 21 1 dfl4 0 An adversary arose against Israel Possible meanings of **adversary** are: (1) this refers to Satan who decided to cause trouble for Israel or (2) this refers to an enemy army that began to threaten Israel.
1212 1CH 21 1 t4tl 0 incited David to count Israel “caused David to do wrong, to count Israel.” If your language has a word for getting someone to become angry and do something he knows is wrong, you should use it here.
1213 1CH 21 2 qcp8 0 count the people of Israel … that I may know their number It is apparent from [1 Chronicles 21:5](../21/05.md) that David wanted to count only the men who were able to fight.
1270 1CH 21 30 q136 writing-background 0 Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1271 1CH 21 30 znd4 0 to ask for God’s direction Alternate translation: “to ask God to tell him what he should do”
1272 1CH 21 30 d6s2 figs-metonymy 0 afraid of the sword of the angel of Yahweh Here “sword” represents being killed by the angel of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “afraid he would be killed by the angel of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1273 1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary. # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.
1274 1CH 22 1 b7lu 0 This is where Alternate translation: “This threshing floor is where”
1275 1CH 22 2 f6ly 0 stonecutters persons who gathered large stones and cut them to the correct size so builders could use the rocks in walls and buildings
1276 1CH 22 3 j9lr 0 braces items that connect two things together. “clamps” or “hinges”
1331 1CH 22 19 b3t4 figs-synecdoche 0 with all your heart and your soul Here “heart” and “soul” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1332 1CH 22 19 qhu2 figs-metonymy 0 Get up and build the holy place It is understood that Solomon will not do the work personally, but he will direct others to do it. Alternate translation: “Get up and direct the workers as they build the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1333 1CH 22 19 jia8 figs-metonymy 0 the house built for Yahweh’s name Here “name” refers to honor. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the temple you will build to honor Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1334 1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1335 1CH 23 1 adi9 0 General Information: David appoints Solomon as his successor and organizes Levitical priests and staff for temple service.
1336 1CH 23 3 g6et figs-activepassive 0 The Levites who were thirty years old and older were counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Some of David’s men counted the Levites who were 30 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1337 1CH 23 3 f7mf translate-numbers 0 They numbered thirty-eight thousand “There were 38,000 of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1380 1CH 23 31 rw21 0 new moon festivals These holidays marked the beginning of each new month.
1381 1CH 23 31 pa7b 0 A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh Alternate translation: “A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh”
1382 1CH 23 32 pkq6 0 They were in charge of Alternate translation: “The Levites were responsible for”
1383 1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1384 1CH 24 1 hmi6 0 General Information: This chapter describes how the Levites in the previous chapter were divided into work groups with different assignments.
1385 1CH 24 1 swd6 0 Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md).
1386 1CH 24 3 blw1 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1453 1CH 24 30 t5a5 0 Mushi Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
1454 1CH 24 30 ek5n translate-names 0 Mahli … Eder … Jerimoth These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1455 1CH 24 31 km4k 0 Ahimelech Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
1456 1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve. # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.
1457 1CH 25 1 x5mj 0 this service Alternate translation: “the work done at the tabernacle”
1458 1CH 25 1 xnr2 translate-unknown 0 cymbals This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1459 1CH 25 1 lu1w translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1567 1CH 25 31 nb7m translate-ordinal 0 the twenty-fourth This refers to the twenty-fourth lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 24” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1568 1CH 25 31 vy25 translate-names 0 Romamti-Ezer Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1569 1CH 25 31 ed4w translate-numbers 0 twelve persons in number “12 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1570 1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots. # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.
1571 1CH 26 1 w2xj 0 General Information: This begins the list of the gatekeepers.
1572 1CH 26 1 e9f7 0 divisions groups
1573 1CH 26 1 g7cp translate-names 0 Korahites See how you translated the name of this people group in [1 Chronicles 19:19](../19/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1660 1CH 26 31 pz7d 0 men of ability Alternate translation: “capable men”
1661 1CH 26 31 hqn8 translate-names 0 Jazer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1662 1CH 26 32 eq1n translate-numbers 0 2,700 relatives “two thousand seven hundred family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1663 1CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1664 1CH 27 1 azm6 0 This is the list Alternate translation: “These are the names”
1665 1CH 27 1 j7ta translate-numbers 0 commanders of thousands and hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1666 1CH 27 1 ms1c 0 in various ways Alternate translation: “in different ways” or “in many ways”
1765 1CH 27 33 iz6y translate-names 0 Ahithophel … Hushai These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1766 1CH 27 33 d46f translate-names 0 Arkite This is the name of a tribe or clan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1767 1CH 27 34 r3m1 translate-names 0 Ahithophel … Jehoiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1768 1CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s instructions<br>David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death. # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s instructions<br>David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death.
1769 1CH 28 1 y878 0 assembled called together
1770 1CH 28 1 u8rq 0 scheduled work Work that needs to be repeated, for example every day or every month.
1771 1CH 28 1 k8yf translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1824 1CH 28 21 pp3r 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes speaking to Solomon.
1825 1CH 28 21 k3yt 0 See, here are the divisions “Here are the divisions.” David uses the word “see” here to refer back to the listings of the divisions of the Levites and their duties for the temple.
1826 1CH 28 21 k3f2 0 the divisions of the priests and Levites See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 28:13](../28/13.md).
1827 1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God. # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.
1828 1CH 29 1 qu77 0 whom alone God has chosen Alternate translation: “the one whom God has chosen”
1829 1CH 29 2 dp3z 0 Connecting Statement: David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
1830 1CH 29 2 w79s figs-activepassive 0 gold for the things to be made of gold … to be made of wood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gold so the craftsmen may make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, bronze so they may make the bronze things, iron so they may make the iron things, and wood so they may make the wooden things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

72
en_tn_14-2CH.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br> * Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br> * Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br> * Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br> * The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br> * From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br> * The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br> * Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br> * Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br> * Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br> * The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br> * From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br> * The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another
2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story.
2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom Alternate translation: “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3,600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand … eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build … He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build … They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named Alternate translation: “Solomon named”
2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits … ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers … were all made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps.
2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors … were made of gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors … out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored
2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel”
@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **covenant loyalty**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 6 42 y5ew figs-metonymy 0 your anointed “your anointed one.” Being anointed is a metonym for being chosen by God. King Solomon may have been speaking specifically about himself. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed” or “me, the one you chose to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 6 42 fdg8 0 Keep in mind your acts of covenant loyalty for David, your servant The phrase “your acts” can be expressed with the phrase “what you have done.” Alternate translation: “Remember what you have done for David, your servant, because of your covenant loyalty”
2CH 6 42 kr6g 0 Keep in mind Alternate translation: “Remember”
2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 7 1 ffl2 0 the house Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s house” or “the temple”
2CH 7 3 xie8 translate-symaction 0 they bowed down with their faces to the ground on the stone pavement This is a position of humility and worship. Alternate translation: “they lay down on the ground with their faces touching the stone pavement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2CH 7 3 ti2r figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant loyalty endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **covenant loyalty**, you could express the same idea with the adjective “loyal” and the verb “promise.” Alternate translation: “God will always be loyal to us because of his covenant” or “God will always faithfully do for us what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 7 22 vzk4 figs-distinguish 0 who had brought their ancestors out of the land of Egypt This phrase tells why they should have worshiped God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
2CH 7 22 j4e4 figs-metaphor 0 they laid hold of other gods Here “laid hold of” represents choosing to be loyal to them. Alternate translation: “they chose to be loyal to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 7 22 t5tf figs-parallelism 0 bowed down to them and worshiped them These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.
2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.
2CH 8 1 e9fh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
2CH 8 1 abj4 translate-numbers 0 at the end of twenty years “after 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 8 1 v6bz figs-metonymy 0 Solomon had built the house of Yahweh and his own house The author writes of Solomon commanding the people to build the temple and palace and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built them. Alternate translation: “Solomon caused the house of Yahweh and his own house to be built” or “Solomon directed the building of the temple and his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 8 17 i7h5 translate-names 0 Ezion Geber and then to Elath on the coast These are towns along the Sea of Reeds. They had ports where people who had ships could stop. Alternate translation: “the towns of Ezion Geber and Elath, on the coast of the Sea of Reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 8 18 y96s translate-names 0 Ophir This is the name of a place. Its location is not known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 8 18 lq1h translate-numbers 0 450 talents of gold “four hundred and fifty talents of gold.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about sixteen thousand kilograms of gold” or “about fifteen metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
2CH 9 1 vdf5 0 She came with a very long caravan Alternate translation: “a very large group of servants” or “a very long line of servants”
2CH 9 1 z364 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 9 2 jyn4 figs-doublenegatives 0 there was no question that he did not answer This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he answered every question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 9 29 a674 0 Ahijah the Shilonite This is a prophet from Shiloh who predicted that the nation of Israel would be divided into two kingdoms.
2CH 9 29 ae38 translate-names 0 Shilonite This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 9 31 bi64 figs-euphemism 0 He slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. Alternate translation: “He died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rehoboam’s taxes<br>The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rehoboam’s taxes<br>The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 10 1 e14t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” is a metonym for the men of Israel. The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 10 2 ihc3 translate-names 0 Jeroboam … Nebat These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [2 Chronicles 9:29](../09/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 10 3 muy4 0 they sent and called him Alternate translation: “the men of Israel sent for Jeroboam”
@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 10 18 lr8h 0 stoned him to death with stones Alternate translation: “killed Adoniram by stoning him”
2CH 10 19 hz9k figs-metonymy 0 against the house of David Here “the house of David” represents the kings who were descendants of David. Alternate translation: “against the kings descended from David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 10 19 bk6f 0 to this day This refers to the general time when the author wrote this book. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “even now”
2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.
2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.
2CH 11 1 eq9s figs-metonymy 0 the house of Judah and Benjamin Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants and refers specifically to the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 11 1 b7w5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 chosen men “one hundred and eighty thousand chosen men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 11 1 w8fs figs-idiom 0 chosen men who were soldiers “choice men who were soldiers.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “of the best soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 11 21 m2ue translate-numbers 0 eighteen wives and sixty concubines … twenty-eight sons and sixty daughters “18 wives and 60 concubines…28 sons and 60 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 11 22 c4mf 0 he had the thought of making him king Alternate translation: “he had thought of making Abijah king”
2CH 11 23 dy54 0 he scattered all his sons throughout all the land of Judah and Benjamin to every fortified city Alternate translation: “he sent all his sons throughout all the land to every fortified city of Judah and Benjamin”
2CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping Yahweh<br><br>The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up.
2CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping Yahweh<br><br>The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up.
2CH 12 1 tjl2 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
2CH 12 1 gxk5 figs-activepassive 0 when Rehoboam’s reign was established This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “when Rehoboam had established his reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 12 1 z28t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel with him Here the words “all Israel” refer specifically to the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, over which Rehoboam was king. The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite people whom he ruled also abandoned the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 12 16 xt65 figs-metaphor 0 Rehoboam slept with his ancestors Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 12 16 b4ei figs-activepassive 0 was buried in the city of David If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 12 16 nn6z figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 13 1 i77c figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “In the eighteenth year that Jeroboam was king” or “in year 18 of King Jeroboam’s reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2CH 13 2 ruf6 translate-names 0 Macaiah, the daughter of Uriel of Gibeah “Macaiah” is the name of a woman. “Uriel” is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 13 2 ks67 figs-synecdoche 0 There was war between Abijah and Jeroboam The names of the kings represent the armies that they led. Alternate translation: “There was war between the army of Abijah and the army of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 13 21 giq9 translate-numbers 0 fourteen wives … twenty-two sons and sixteen daughters “14 wives…22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 13 22 n2y7 0 his behavior, and words Alternate translation: “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said”
2CH 13 22 du9n figs-activepassive 0 are written in the history of the prophet Iddo If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in the history that the prophet Iddo wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 14 1 m185 figs-metaphor 0 Abijah slept with his ancestors Abijah dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Abijah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 14 1 y47c 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him”
2CH 14 1 j1xa figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 14 13 j42c figs-euphemism 0 So many Cushites fell Here to “fall” is a euphemism for dying in battle. Alternate translation: “So many Cushites died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 14 13 y95c figs-activepassive 0 for they were completely destroyed before Yahweh and his army If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 14 14 a7vh figs-metaphor 0 for terror of Yahweh had come on the inhabitants The inhabitants of the villages being terrified is spoken of as if terror were an object that came upon them. This could mean: (1) “terror of Yahweh” refers to terror from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh had caused the inhabitants to be terrified” or (2) “terror of Yahweh” refers to being terrified of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for the inhabitants were terrified of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 1 a8dj figs-idiom 0 The Spirit of God came on Azariah This is an idiom which means that the spirit of God influenced Azariah and enabled him to prophesy. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God gave Azariah the ability to prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 1 jvp5 translate-names 0 Oded This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 15 2 n1gv figs-activepassive 0 he will be found by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will find him” or “he will permit you to find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 15 17 q7kg figs-idiom 0 all his days This refers to the whole period of time that Asa lived. Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 18 tv71 figs-metonymy 0 the house of God Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 15 19 s2k8 translate-ordinal 0 the thirty-fifth year “year 35” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2CH 16 1 rpk1 translate-numbers 0 the thirty-sixth year “year 36” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 16 1 jjy7 figs-explicit 0 built up Ramah It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 16 1 a748 0 so that he might not allow anyone to Alternate translation: “so that no one could”
@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 16 14 w49e 0 bier A bier is a table on which a dead body is placed at a funeral.
2CH 16 14 zkv1 figs-explicit 0 sweet odors and various kinds of spices prepared by skilled perfumers Putting plants that smell good with the dead body was one of the burial customs of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “sweet smelling plants prepared by people skilled in this custom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 16 14 b5fm figs-activepassive 0 prepared by skilled perfumers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that skilled perfumers had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 17 1 hul7 0 in his place Alternate translation: “after his father”
2CH 17 1 dv9h figs-synecdoche 0 strengthened himself against Israel Jehoshaphat prepared the army for battle. Alternate translation: “prepared the army to be able to battle Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CH 17 2 w4rq 0 He placed forces Alternate translation: “He places soldiers”
@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 17 18 gt7s translate-names 0 Jehozabad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 17 18 tzr5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 “one hundred and eighty thousand men” or “180,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CH 17 19 rb3n 0 besides those Alternate translation: “in addition to”
2CH 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
2CH 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
2CH 18 1 r6yh writing-background 0 Now Jehoshaphat had great riches and honor; he allied himself with Ahab The word “now” is used here to mark background information. This happened before Ahab went down to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2CH 18 1 xea2 0 he allied himself with Ahab Alternate translation: “he aligned himself with Ahab” or “he made himself a friend of Ahab”
2CH 18 2 brr6 figs-explicit 0 Ahab killed many sheep and oxen for him and the people This means that he had these animals slaughtered to prepare a feast for the people. Also, Ahab himself would not have prepared the animals, but rather would have commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Ahab commanded his workers to slaughter many sheep and oxen for a feast for Jehoshaphat and the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 18 33 xs83 0 drew his bow at random This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind.
2CH 18 33 ggx8 0 between the joints of his armor This is a place where two pieces of armor meet and is susceptible to arrows and swords.
2CH 18 34 qv2q figs-activepassive 0 the king of Israel was held up in his chariot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone held the king of Israel up in his chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
2CH 19 2 qk59 translate-names 0 Hanani, the seer “Hanani” is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 16:7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 19 2 ms7g 0 went out to meet him Here the word “him” refers to Jehoshaphat.
2CH 19 2 utb7 figs-rquestion 0 Should you be helping the wicked? Should you be loving those who hate Yahweh? These questions expect negative answers to make the point that Jehoshaphat should not have helped Ahab. Alternate translation: “You should not help the wicked! You should not love those who hate Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 19 11 k733 translate-names 0 Amariah … Zebadiah … Ishmael These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 19 11 v1uj 0 is over you Alternate translation: “is in charge of you”
2CH 19 11 ad3r figs-123person 0 of all the matters of the king Here Jehoshaphat speaks of himself in the third person. This can be translated in the first person. Alternate translation: “of all my royal matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
2CH 20 1 j8yx 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
2CH 20 1 lg2y translate-names 0 Meunites This was a people group from the region of Meun which was near Edom, east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 20 1 mj86 figs-synecdoche 0 came against Jehoshaphat to do battle Here “Jehoshaphat” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “came against Jehoshaphat’s army to do battle” or “came to fight against Jehoshaphat and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 20 37 yz7g translate-names 0 Mareshah Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 11:8](../11/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 20 37 pjq3 figs-activepassive 0 The ships were wrecked so that If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The ships became ruined and” or “The ships wrecked so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 20 37 nwz7 0 they were not able to sail Alternate translation: “no one was able to sail them”
2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 21 1 fj5a figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 21 1 d8x6 figs-idiom 0 city of David This is the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 21 2 ts51 translate-names 0 Azariah, Jehiel, Zechariah, Azariahu, Michael, and Shephatiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 21 19 b2kq figs-idiom 0 in due time This is an idiom that refers to a set or appointed time. Alternate translation: “in the proper time” or “when the time was right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 21 19 d8dk figs-explicit 0 made no fire in his honor as they had done for his ancestors The custom of the Israelites was to make a bonfire to honor the king who had died. They did not do this for Jehoram to express their contempt for him. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not make a bonfire to honor him as they normally did to honor kings when they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 21 20 y2kv 0 when he departed no one mourned him Alternate translation: “no one was sad that he died”
2CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
2CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
2CH 22 1 mmm8 writing-background 0 for the band of men … had killed all his older sons This is background information about the events of [2 Chronicles 21:16](../21/16.md) and [2 Chronicles 21:17](../21/17.md). Ahaziah was called “Jehoahaz” in that earlier account. It is possible he changed his name when he became king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2CH 22 1 r4vf 0 all his older sons Alternate translation: “all Jehoram’s older sons”
2CH 22 2 nym9 translate-numbers 0 twenty-two years old “22 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 22 11 fw3s 0 into a bedroom Verse 12 makes it clear that this bedroom was located in the temple. Jehosheba could access that room because she was married to Jehoiada who was a priest.
2CH 22 11 kdl4 translate-names 0 Jehoiada This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 22 12 z5ls 0 He was with them Alternate translation: “Joash was with Jehosheba and Jehoiada”
2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
2CH 23 1 sr8q figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 23 1 j4s2 translate-names 0 Jehoiada the chief priest who served in the temple and was faithful to God. He was an advisor to Joash. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 23 1 s3ap 0 showed his strength He decided it was time to challenge Athaliah’s rule and reveal that Joash was alive and ready to be king. Alternate translation: “decided to act”
@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 23 20 tc95 0 the throne of the kingdom Alternate translation: “the royal throne”
2CH 23 21 cu4z figs-hyperbole 0 So all the people of the land This is generalization to say that most of the people rejoiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 23 21 yrp6 figs-metonymy 0 the city was quiet Here “the city” represents the people of the city, and “quiet” represents peace, since no one opposed Joash after Athaliah died. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were at peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joash repairs the temple<br><br>Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### Joash becomes evil<br><br>When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joash repairs the temple<br><br>Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### Joash becomes evil<br><br>When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 24 1 v56j 0 began to reign Alternate translation: “became king of Judah”
2CH 24 1 qs6q translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 24 1 rsd4 translate-names 0 Zibiah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 24 27 ua6b 0 the important prophecies that were spoken about him Alternate translation: “the important things the prophets spoke about him”
2CH 24 27 j35b 0 see, they are written Here “see” alerts the reader to pay special attention to the information that follows.
2CH 24 27 sg2c 0 the commentary on the book of the kings This is a book which no longer exists.
2CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 25 1 ng3y translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years … twenty-nine years “25 years…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 25 1 bg2h translate-names 0 Jehoaddan This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 25 2 sad2 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here the word “eyes” represents sight, and sight represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 25 28 p98d 0 They brought The text does not state to whom the word “They” refers. Retain the generic “they” in your translation if possible.
2CH 25 28 m98i 0 brought him back Alternate translation: “brought back his body”
2CH 25 28 x3ai 0 city of Judah This was another name for Jerusalem, which was also called the city of David.
2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
2CH 26 1 yr6f figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of Judah took Uzziah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah The word “All” is a generalization. Some people may not have wanted him to be king. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah took the 16 year-old Uzziah and made him king after his father, Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 26 1 dq8x translate-numbers 0 sixteen “16” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 26 2 ej5d figs-synecdoche 0 It was he who rebuilt Elath Uzziah did not do this alone. Alternate translation: “It was he who ordered Elath to be rebuilt” or “It was he who supervised the rebuilding of Elath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 26 23 qc4c figs-euphemism 0 So Uzziah slept with his ancestors This is polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: “So Uzziah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 26 23 z88d 0 they buried him with his ancestors Alternate translation: “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried”
2CH 26 23 y9w8 0 Jotham, his son, became king in his place Alternate translation: “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah”
2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 27 1 ua41 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … sixteen years “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 27 1 d5aq translate-names 0 Jerushah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 27 2 ghj2 figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jotham’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “He did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “He did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 27 9 rz6e figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Jotham dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 27 9 ipz3 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him”
2CH 27 9 mbl8 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Ahaz’s idolatry<br><br>Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Ahaz’s idolatry<br><br>Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 28 1 q5fy translate-numbers 0 twenty years old … sixteen years “20 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 28 1 vk31 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Ahaz’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 28 2 yfe8 figs-metaphor 0 he walked in the ways of the kings of Israel Walking represents behavior and actions. Alternate translation: “he acted the same way that the kings of Israel had acted” or “he did the things that the kings of Israel had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 28 27 ik3s figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Ahaz dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 28 27 db2g 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him”
2CH 28 27 i4nk figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 29 intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cleansing the temple<br><br>King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
2CH 29 intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cleansing the temple<br><br>King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
2CH 29 1 at93 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … twenty-nine years “25 years old…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 29 1 r1vb translate-names 0 Abijah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 29 2 jk4r figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The word “eyes” here represents seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Hezekiah’s actions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:1](../14/01.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 30 27 mi6e figs-parallelism 0 Their voice was heard … their prayer went up to heaven, the holy place where God lives These two phrases mean the same thing and imply that God responded favorably to their prayer. Alternate translation: “God responded favorably to their prayer, which he heard in heaven, the holy place where he lives” or “God, who lives in the holy heaven, heard their prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2CH 30 27 wny8 figs-activepassive 0 Their voice was heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God heard their voice” or “God heard what they said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 30 27 pdh5 figs-metaphor 0 their prayer went up to heaven Their prayer going up to heaven represents God in heaven paying attention to them praying on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 31 intro abcv 0 # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 31 intro abcv 0 # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 31 1 gd96 0 who were there Alternate translation: “who were in Jerusalem”
2CH 31 1 wb97 figs-genericnoun 0 to his own possession Here “possession” means possessions in general. Alternate translation: “to his own property” or “to his own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
2CH 31 2 rdy8 figs-activepassive 0 Hezekiah assigned the divisions of the priests and the Levites organized by their divisions, each man assigned to his work, both the priests and the Levites If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah organized the priests and the Levites into groups. He assigned each priest and Levite to their duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 31 19 a2jb figs-activepassive 0 to all who were listed in the records If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to all whose names were in the records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 31 21 xn3s figs-metaphor 0 to seek his God Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to obey his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 31 21 hpa7 figs-metonymy 0 he performed it with all his heart Here the word “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “he performed it with all his will” or “he was completely committed to what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 32 1 cr8m figs-abstractnouns 0 After these things and these acts of faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “After Hezekiah faithfully did all the things Yahweh commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CH 32 1 kg14 figs-synecdoche 0 Sennacherib, king of Assyria, came … He camped Here Sennacherib represents his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib, king of Assyria, and his army came … They camped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CH 32 1 ql5r figs-go 0 came and entered Judah Here “came” can be stated as “went.” Alternate translation: “went and entered Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 32 31 pf9p figs-activepassive 0 the miraculous sign that had been done in the land If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the miracle that Yahweh had performed in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 32 31 gzw6 figs-metonymy 0 to know all that was in his heart Here “heart” represents a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “to reveal Hezekiah’s true character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 32 33 feg7 figs-euphemism 0 Hezekiah slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 9:31](../09/31.md). Alternate translation: “Hezekiah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 33 intro abcx 0 # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Manasseh<br><br>Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 33 intro abcx 0 # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Manasseh<br><br>Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 33 2 new5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “things that Yahweh said were evil” or “the things that Yahweh considers evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 33 2 jsg3 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.”
2CH 33 3 ii16 figs-metonymy 0 he rebuilt the high places … he built altars … he made Asherah poles Manasseh would have commanded his workers to do the building for him. Alternate translation: “he had the high places rebuilt … he had altars built … he had Asherah poles made” or “he had his workers rebuild the high places … he had them build altars … he had them make Asherah poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 33 24 d226 figs-idiom 0 put him to death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 33 24 ii8t 0 conspired against him Alternate translation: “planned in secret to kill him”
2CH 33 25 i411 figs-idiom 0 king in his place This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “became the next king” or “became the king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 34 intro abcy 0 # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Returning the people to Yahweh<br><br>Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
2CH 34 intro abcy 0 # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Returning the people to Yahweh<br><br>Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
2CH 34 1 ek19 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 34 2 xd2k figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “the things that Yahweh said were right” or “the things that Yahweh considers right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 34 2 mad6 figs-metaphor 0 walked in the ways of David his ancestor Josiah behaving as David did is spoken of as if he walked on the same road or way as David. Alternate translation: “lived the way David his ancestor had lived” or “followed the example of David his ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 34 33 ma9c figs-metonymy 0 Josiah took away all Josiah would have commanded his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “Josiah commanded his workers to take away all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 34 33 w2ik figs-explicit 0 the disgusting things These are the idols that were repulsive to God. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 34 33 fu8n figs-synecdoche 0 For all of his days Josiah’s life is represented by his “days.” Alternate translation: “For all of his life” or “As long as Josiah was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
2CH 35 1 fxr9 0 Josiah kept a Passover to Yahweh Josiah commanded the people to celebrate the Passover that Yahweh had commanded their ancestors to celebrate.
2CH 35 1 bg3u 0 in Jerusalem Yahweh had commanded Moses that all the people of Israel were to go to Jerusalem to celebrate the Passover.
2CH 35 1 ha3p translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourteenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 35 27 p9ah figs-activepassive 0 and his deeds … are written in the book If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and men have written of all his deeds … in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 35 27 dg5g figs-merism 0 his deeds, from beginning to end, This refers to all of the significant things that he did from the beginning of his reign as king to the end of his life. Alternate translation: “all of his deeds” or “everything he did from the beginning of his reign to when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2CH 35 27 bzc6 0 the book of the kings of Judah and Israel This is a book that no longer exists.
2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
2CH 36 1 l5tm translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 36 1 uya6 figs-metaphor 0 in his father’s place The phrase “in his … place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “instead of his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 36 2 wjc8 translate-numbers 0 twenty-three years old … three months “23 years old…3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br> * Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br> * Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br> * Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br> * The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br> * From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br> * The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25. # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br> * Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br> * Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br> * Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br> * The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br> * From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br> * The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
3 2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
4 2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5 2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39 2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
40 2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
41 2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another
42 2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
43 2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story.
44 2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
45 2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom Alternate translation: “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
75 2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3,600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
76 2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand … eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
77 2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
78 2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location. # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
79 2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build … He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build … They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
80 2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
81 2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
115 2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named Alternate translation: “Solomon named”
116 2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
117 2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
118 2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way. # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
119 2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
120 2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits … ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
121 2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
172 2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers … were all made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
173 2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps.
174 2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors … were made of gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors … out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
175 2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
176 2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
177 2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored
178 2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel”
195 2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
196 2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **covenant loyalty**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
197 2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
198 2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
199 2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
200 2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201 2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
325 2CH 6 42 y5ew figs-metonymy 0 your anointed “your anointed one.” Being anointed is a metonym for being chosen by God. King Solomon may have been speaking specifically about himself. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed” or “me, the one you chose to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
326 2CH 6 42 fdg8 0 Keep in mind your acts of covenant loyalty for David, your servant The phrase “your acts” can be expressed with the phrase “what you have done.” Alternate translation: “Remember what you have done for David, your servant, because of your covenant loyalty”
327 2CH 6 42 kr6g 0 Keep in mind Alternate translation: “Remember”
328 2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) # 2 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
329 2CH 7 1 ffl2 0 the house Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s house” or “the temple”
330 2CH 7 3 xie8 translate-symaction 0 they bowed down with their faces to the ground on the stone pavement This is a position of humility and worship. Alternate translation: “they lay down on the ground with their faces touching the stone pavement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
331 2CH 7 3 ti2r figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant loyalty endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **covenant loyalty**, you could express the same idea with the adjective “loyal” and the verb “promise.” Alternate translation: “God will always be loyal to us because of his covenant” or “God will always faithfully do for us what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
384 2CH 7 22 vzk4 figs-distinguish 0 who had brought their ancestors out of the land of Egypt This phrase tells why they should have worshiped God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
385 2CH 7 22 j4e4 figs-metaphor 0 they laid hold of other gods Here “laid hold of” represents choosing to be loyal to them. Alternate translation: “they chose to be loyal to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
386 2CH 7 22 t5tf figs-parallelism 0 bowed down to them and worshiped them These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
387 2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king. # 2 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.
388 2CH 8 1 e9fh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
389 2CH 8 1 abj4 translate-numbers 0 at the end of twenty years “after 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
390 2CH 8 1 v6bz figs-metonymy 0 Solomon had built the house of Yahweh and his own house The author writes of Solomon commanding the people to build the temple and palace and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built them. Alternate translation: “Solomon caused the house of Yahweh and his own house to be built” or “Solomon directed the building of the temple and his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
425 2CH 8 17 i7h5 translate-names 0 Ezion Geber and then to Elath on the coast These are towns along the Sea of Reeds. They had ports where people who had ships could stop. Alternate translation: “the towns of Ezion Geber and Elath, on the coast of the Sea of Reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
426 2CH 8 18 y96s translate-names 0 Ophir This is the name of a place. Its location is not known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
427 2CH 8 18 lq1h translate-numbers 0 450 talents of gold “four hundred and fifty talents of gold.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about sixteen thousand kilograms of gold” or “about fifteen metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
428 2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # 2 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
429 2CH 9 1 vdf5 0 She came with a very long caravan Alternate translation: “a very large group of servants” or “a very long line of servants”
430 2CH 9 1 z364 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
431 2CH 9 2 jyn4 figs-doublenegatives 0 there was no question that he did not answer This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he answered every question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
493 2CH 9 29 a674 0 Ahijah the Shilonite This is a prophet from Shiloh who predicted that the nation of Israel would be divided into two kingdoms.
494 2CH 9 29 ae38 translate-names 0 Shilonite This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
495 2CH 9 31 bi64 figs-euphemism 0 He slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. Alternate translation: “He died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
496 2CH 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rehoboam’s taxes<br>The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rehoboam’s taxes<br>The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
497 2CH 10 1 e14t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” is a metonym for the men of Israel. The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
498 2CH 10 2 ihc3 translate-names 0 Jeroboam … Nebat These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [2 Chronicles 9:29](../09/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
499 2CH 10 3 muy4 0 they sent and called him Alternate translation: “the men of Israel sent for Jeroboam”
533 2CH 10 18 lr8h 0 stoned him to death with stones Alternate translation: “killed Adoniram by stoning him”
534 2CH 10 19 hz9k figs-metonymy 0 against the house of David Here “the house of David” represents the kings who were descendants of David. Alternate translation: “against the kings descended from David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
535 2CH 10 19 bk6f 0 to this day This refers to the general time when the author wrote this book. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “even now”
536 2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel. # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.
537 2CH 11 1 eq9s figs-metonymy 0 the house of Judah and Benjamin Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants and refers specifically to the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
538 2CH 11 1 b7w5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 chosen men “one hundred and eighty thousand chosen men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
539 2CH 11 1 w8fs figs-idiom 0 chosen men who were soldiers “choice men who were soldiers.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “of the best soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
566 2CH 11 21 m2ue translate-numbers 0 eighteen wives and sixty concubines … twenty-eight sons and sixty daughters “18 wives and 60 concubines…28 sons and 60 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
567 2CH 11 22 c4mf 0 he had the thought of making him king Alternate translation: “he had thought of making Abijah king”
568 2CH 11 23 dy54 0 he scattered all his sons throughout all the land of Judah and Benjamin to every fortified city Alternate translation: “he sent all his sons throughout all the land to every fortified city of Judah and Benjamin”
569 2CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping Yahweh<br><br>The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up. # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping Yahweh<br><br>The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up.
570 2CH 12 1 tjl2 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
571 2CH 12 1 gxk5 figs-activepassive 0 when Rehoboam’s reign was established This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “when Rehoboam had established his reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
572 2CH 12 1 z28t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel with him Here the words “all Israel” refer specifically to the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, over which Rehoboam was king. The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite people whom he ruled also abandoned the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
610 2CH 12 16 xt65 figs-metaphor 0 Rehoboam slept with his ancestors Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
611 2CH 12 16 b4ei figs-activepassive 0 was buried in the city of David If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
612 2CH 12 16 nn6z figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
613 2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
614 2CH 13 1 i77c figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “In the eighteenth year that Jeroboam was king” or “in year 18 of King Jeroboam’s reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
615 2CH 13 2 ruf6 translate-names 0 Macaiah, the daughter of Uriel of Gibeah “Macaiah” is the name of a woman. “Uriel” is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
616 2CH 13 2 ks67 figs-synecdoche 0 There was war between Abijah and Jeroboam The names of the kings represent the armies that they led. Alternate translation: “There was war between the army of Abijah and the army of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
651 2CH 13 21 giq9 translate-numbers 0 fourteen wives … twenty-two sons and sixteen daughters “14 wives…22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
652 2CH 13 22 n2y7 0 his behavior, and words Alternate translation: “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said”
653 2CH 13 22 du9n figs-activepassive 0 are written in the history of the prophet Iddo If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in the history that the prophet Iddo wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
654 2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
655 2CH 14 1 m185 figs-metaphor 0 Abijah slept with his ancestors Abijah dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Abijah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
656 2CH 14 1 y47c 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him”
657 2CH 14 1 j1xa figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
681 2CH 14 13 j42c figs-euphemism 0 So many Cushites fell Here to “fall” is a euphemism for dying in battle. Alternate translation: “So many Cushites died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
682 2CH 14 13 y95c figs-activepassive 0 for they were completely destroyed before Yahweh and his army If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
683 2CH 14 14 a7vh figs-metaphor 0 for terror of Yahweh had come on the inhabitants The inhabitants of the villages being terrified is spoken of as if terror were an object that came upon them. This could mean: (1) “terror of Yahweh” refers to terror from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh had caused the inhabitants to be terrified” or (2) “terror of Yahweh” refers to being terrified of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for the inhabitants were terrified of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
684 2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
685 2CH 15 1 a8dj figs-idiom 0 The Spirit of God came on Azariah This is an idiom which means that the spirit of God influenced Azariah and enabled him to prophesy. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God gave Azariah the ability to prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
686 2CH 15 1 jvp5 translate-names 0 Oded This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
687 2CH 15 2 n1gv figs-activepassive 0 he will be found by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will find him” or “he will permit you to find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
717 2CH 15 17 q7kg figs-idiom 0 all his days This refers to the whole period of time that Asa lived. Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
718 2CH 15 18 tv71 figs-metonymy 0 the house of God Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
719 2CH 15 19 s2k8 translate-ordinal 0 the thirty-fifth year “year 35” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
720 2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
721 2CH 16 1 rpk1 translate-numbers 0 the thirty-sixth year “year 36” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
722 2CH 16 1 jjy7 figs-explicit 0 built up Ramah It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
723 2CH 16 1 a748 0 so that he might not allow anyone to Alternate translation: “so that no one could”
758 2CH 16 14 w49e 0 bier A bier is a table on which a dead body is placed at a funeral.
759 2CH 16 14 zkv1 figs-explicit 0 sweet odors and various kinds of spices prepared by skilled perfumers Putting plants that smell good with the dead body was one of the burial customs of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “sweet smelling plants prepared by people skilled in this custom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
760 2CH 16 14 b5fm figs-activepassive 0 prepared by skilled perfumers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that skilled perfumers had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
761 2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
762 2CH 17 1 hul7 0 in his place Alternate translation: “after his father”
763 2CH 17 1 dv9h figs-synecdoche 0 strengthened himself against Israel Jehoshaphat prepared the army for battle. Alternate translation: “prepared the army to be able to battle Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
764 2CH 17 2 w4rq 0 He placed forces Alternate translation: “He places soldiers”
791 2CH 17 18 gt7s translate-names 0 Jehozabad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
792 2CH 17 18 tzr5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 “one hundred and eighty thousand men” or “180,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
793 2CH 17 19 rb3n 0 besides those Alternate translation: “in addition to”
794 2CH 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
795 2CH 18 1 r6yh writing-background 0 Now Jehoshaphat had great riches and honor; he allied himself with Ahab The word “now” is used here to mark background information. This happened before Ahab went down to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
796 2CH 18 1 xea2 0 he allied himself with Ahab Alternate translation: “he aligned himself with Ahab” or “he made himself a friend of Ahab”
797 2CH 18 2 brr6 figs-explicit 0 Ahab killed many sheep and oxen for him and the people This means that he had these animals slaughtered to prepare a feast for the people. Also, Ahab himself would not have prepared the animals, but rather would have commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Ahab commanded his workers to slaughter many sheep and oxen for a feast for Jehoshaphat and the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
846 2CH 18 33 xs83 0 drew his bow at random This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind.
847 2CH 18 33 ggx8 0 between the joints of his armor This is a place where two pieces of armor meet and is susceptible to arrows and swords.
848 2CH 18 34 qv2q figs-activepassive 0 the king of Israel was held up in his chariot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone held the king of Israel up in his chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
849 2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
850 2CH 19 2 qk59 translate-names 0 Hanani, the seer “Hanani” is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 16:7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
851 2CH 19 2 ms7g 0 went out to meet him Here the word “him” refers to Jehoshaphat.
852 2CH 19 2 utb7 figs-rquestion 0 Should you be helping the wicked? Should you be loving those who hate Yahweh? These questions expect negative answers to make the point that Jehoshaphat should not have helped Ahab. Alternate translation: “You should not help the wicked! You should not love those who hate Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
883 2CH 19 11 k733 translate-names 0 Amariah … Zebadiah … Ishmael These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
884 2CH 19 11 v1uj 0 is over you Alternate translation: “is in charge of you”
885 2CH 19 11 ad3r figs-123person 0 of all the matters of the king Here Jehoshaphat speaks of himself in the third person. This can be translated in the first person. Alternate translation: “of all my royal matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
886 2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
887 2CH 20 1 j8yx 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
888 2CH 20 1 lg2y translate-names 0 Meunites This was a people group from the region of Meun which was near Edom, east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
889 2CH 20 1 mj86 figs-synecdoche 0 came against Jehoshaphat to do battle Here “Jehoshaphat” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “came against Jehoshaphat’s army to do battle” or “came to fight against Jehoshaphat and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
962 2CH 20 37 yz7g translate-names 0 Mareshah Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 11:8](../11/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
963 2CH 20 37 pjq3 figs-activepassive 0 The ships were wrecked so that If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The ships became ruined and” or “The ships wrecked so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
964 2CH 20 37 nwz7 0 they were not able to sail Alternate translation: “no one was able to sail them”
965 2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
966 2CH 21 1 fj5a figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
967 2CH 21 1 d8x6 figs-idiom 0 city of David This is the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
968 2CH 21 2 ts51 translate-names 0 Azariah, Jehiel, Zechariah, Azariahu, Michael, and Shephatiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1006 2CH 21 19 b2kq figs-idiom 0 in due time This is an idiom that refers to a set or appointed time. Alternate translation: “in the proper time” or “when the time was right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1007 2CH 21 19 d8dk figs-explicit 0 made no fire in his honor as they had done for his ancestors The custom of the Israelites was to make a bonfire to honor the king who had died. They did not do this for Jehoram to express their contempt for him. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not make a bonfire to honor him as they normally did to honor kings when they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1008 2CH 21 20 y2kv 0 when he departed no one mourned him Alternate translation: “no one was sad that he died”
1009 2CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
1010 2CH 22 1 mmm8 writing-background 0 for the band of men … had killed all his older sons This is background information about the events of [2 Chronicles 21:16](../21/16.md) and [2 Chronicles 21:17](../21/17.md). Ahaziah was called “Jehoahaz” in that earlier account. It is possible he changed his name when he became king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1011 2CH 22 1 r4vf 0 all his older sons Alternate translation: “all Jehoram’s older sons”
1012 2CH 22 2 nym9 translate-numbers 0 twenty-two years old “22 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1040 2CH 22 11 fw3s 0 into a bedroom Verse 12 makes it clear that this bedroom was located in the temple. Jehosheba could access that room because she was married to Jehoiada who was a priest.
1041 2CH 22 11 kdl4 translate-names 0 Jehoiada This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1042 2CH 22 12 z5ls 0 He was with them Alternate translation: “Joash was with Jehosheba and Jehoiada”
1043 2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
1044 2CH 23 1 sr8q figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1045 2CH 23 1 j4s2 translate-names 0 Jehoiada the chief priest who served in the temple and was faithful to God. He was an advisor to Joash. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1046 2CH 23 1 s3ap 0 showed his strength He decided it was time to challenge Athaliah’s rule and reveal that Joash was alive and ready to be king. Alternate translation: “decided to act”
1097 2CH 23 20 tc95 0 the throne of the kingdom Alternate translation: “the royal throne”
1098 2CH 23 21 cu4z figs-hyperbole 0 So all the people of the land This is generalization to say that most of the people rejoiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1099 2CH 23 21 yrp6 figs-metonymy 0 the city was quiet Here “the city” represents the people of the city, and “quiet” represents peace, since no one opposed Joash after Athaliah died. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were at peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1100 2CH 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joash repairs the temple<br><br>Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### Joash becomes evil<br><br>When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joash repairs the temple<br><br>Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### Joash becomes evil<br><br>When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1101 2CH 24 1 v56j 0 began to reign Alternate translation: “became king of Judah”
1102 2CH 24 1 qs6q translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1103 2CH 24 1 rsd4 translate-names 0 Zibiah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1152 2CH 24 27 ua6b 0 the important prophecies that were spoken about him Alternate translation: “the important things the prophets spoke about him”
1153 2CH 24 27 j35b 0 see, they are written Here “see” alerts the reader to pay special attention to the information that follows.
1154 2CH 24 27 sg2c 0 the commentary on the book of the kings This is a book which no longer exists.
1155 2CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1156 2CH 25 1 ng3y translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years … twenty-nine years “25 years…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1157 2CH 25 1 bg2h translate-names 0 Jehoaddan This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1158 2CH 25 2 sad2 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here the word “eyes” represents sight, and sight represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1227 2CH 25 28 p98d 0 They brought The text does not state to whom the word “They” refers. Retain the generic “they” in your translation if possible.
1228 2CH 25 28 m98i 0 brought him back Alternate translation: “brought back his body”
1229 2CH 25 28 x3ai 0 city of Judah This was another name for Jerusalem, which was also called the city of David.
1230 2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
1231 2CH 26 1 yr6f figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of Judah took Uzziah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah The word “All” is a generalization. Some people may not have wanted him to be king. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah took the 16 year-old Uzziah and made him king after his father, Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1232 2CH 26 1 dq8x translate-numbers 0 sixteen “16” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1233 2CH 26 2 ej5d figs-synecdoche 0 It was he who rebuilt Elath Uzziah did not do this alone. Alternate translation: “It was he who ordered Elath to be rebuilt” or “It was he who supervised the rebuilding of Elath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1283 2CH 26 23 qc4c figs-euphemism 0 So Uzziah slept with his ancestors This is polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: “So Uzziah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1284 2CH 26 23 z88d 0 they buried him with his ancestors Alternate translation: “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried”
1285 2CH 26 23 y9w8 0 Jotham, his son, became king in his place Alternate translation: “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah”
1286 2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1287 2CH 27 1 ua41 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … sixteen years “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1288 2CH 27 1 d5aq translate-names 0 Jerushah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1289 2CH 27 2 ghj2 figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jotham’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “He did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “He did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1306 2CH 27 9 rz6e figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Jotham dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1307 2CH 27 9 ipz3 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him”
1308 2CH 27 9 mbl8 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1309 2CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Ahaz’s idolatry<br><br>Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Ahaz’s idolatry<br><br>Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1310 2CH 28 1 q5fy translate-numbers 0 twenty years old … sixteen years “20 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1311 2CH 28 1 vk31 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Ahaz’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1312 2CH 28 2 yfe8 figs-metaphor 0 he walked in the ways of the kings of Israel Walking represents behavior and actions. Alternate translation: “he acted the same way that the kings of Israel had acted” or “he did the things that the kings of Israel had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1358 2CH 28 27 ik3s figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Ahaz dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1359 2CH 28 27 db2g 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him”
1360 2CH 28 27 i4nk figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1361 2CH 29 intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cleansing the temple<br><br>King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cleansing the temple<br><br>King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
1362 2CH 29 1 at93 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … twenty-nine years “25 years old…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1363 2CH 29 1 r1vb translate-names 0 Abijah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1364 2CH 29 2 jk4r figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The word “eyes” here represents seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Hezekiah’s actions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:1](../14/01.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1477 2CH 30 27 mi6e figs-parallelism 0 Their voice was heard … their prayer went up to heaven, the holy place where God lives These two phrases mean the same thing and imply that God responded favorably to their prayer. Alternate translation: “God responded favorably to their prayer, which he heard in heaven, the holy place where he lives” or “God, who lives in the holy heaven, heard their prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1478 2CH 30 27 wny8 figs-activepassive 0 Their voice was heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God heard their voice” or “God heard what they said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1479 2CH 30 27 pdh5 figs-metaphor 0 their prayer went up to heaven Their prayer going up to heaven represents God in heaven paying attention to them praying on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1480 2CH 31 intro abcv 0 # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1481 2CH 31 1 gd96 0 who were there Alternate translation: “who were in Jerusalem”
1482 2CH 31 1 wb97 figs-genericnoun 0 to his own possession Here “possession” means possessions in general. Alternate translation: “to his own property” or “to his own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1483 2CH 31 2 rdy8 figs-activepassive 0 Hezekiah assigned the divisions of the priests and the Levites organized by their divisions, each man assigned to his work, both the priests and the Levites If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah organized the priests and the Levites into groups. He assigned each priest and Levite to their duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1515 2CH 31 19 a2jb figs-activepassive 0 to all who were listed in the records If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to all whose names were in the records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1516 2CH 31 21 xn3s figs-metaphor 0 to seek his God Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to obey his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1517 2CH 31 21 hpa7 figs-metonymy 0 he performed it with all his heart Here the word “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “he performed it with all his will” or “he was completely committed to what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1518 2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1519 2CH 32 1 cr8m figs-abstractnouns 0 After these things and these acts of faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “After Hezekiah faithfully did all the things Yahweh commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1520 2CH 32 1 kg14 figs-synecdoche 0 Sennacherib, king of Assyria, came … He camped Here Sennacherib represents his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib, king of Assyria, and his army came … They camped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1521 2CH 32 1 ql5r figs-go 0 came and entered Judah Here “came” can be stated as “went.” Alternate translation: “went and entered Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1569 2CH 32 31 pf9p figs-activepassive 0 the miraculous sign that had been done in the land If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the miracle that Yahweh had performed in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1570 2CH 32 31 gzw6 figs-metonymy 0 to know all that was in his heart Here “heart” represents a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “to reveal Hezekiah’s true character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1571 2CH 32 33 feg7 figs-euphemism 0 Hezekiah slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 9:31](../09/31.md). Alternate translation: “Hezekiah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1572 2CH 33 intro abcx 0 # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Manasseh<br><br>Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Manasseh<br><br>Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1573 2CH 33 2 new5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “things that Yahweh said were evil” or “the things that Yahweh considers evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1574 2CH 33 2 jsg3 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.”
1575 2CH 33 3 ii16 figs-metonymy 0 he rebuilt the high places … he built altars … he made Asherah poles Manasseh would have commanded his workers to do the building for him. Alternate translation: “he had the high places rebuilt … he had altars built … he had Asherah poles made” or “he had his workers rebuild the high places … he had them build altars … he had them make Asherah poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1618 2CH 33 24 d226 figs-idiom 0 put him to death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1619 2CH 33 24 ii8t 0 conspired against him Alternate translation: “planned in secret to kill him”
1620 2CH 33 25 i411 figs-idiom 0 king in his place This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “became the next king” or “became the king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1621 2CH 34 intro abcy 0 # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Returning the people to Yahweh<br><br>Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Returning the people to Yahweh<br><br>Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
1622 2CH 34 1 ek19 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1623 2CH 34 2 xd2k figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “the things that Yahweh said were right” or “the things that Yahweh considers right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1624 2CH 34 2 mad6 figs-metaphor 0 walked in the ways of David his ancestor Josiah behaving as David did is spoken of as if he walked on the same road or way as David. Alternate translation: “lived the way David his ancestor had lived” or “followed the example of David his ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1700 2CH 34 33 ma9c figs-metonymy 0 Josiah took away all Josiah would have commanded his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “Josiah commanded his workers to take away all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1701 2CH 34 33 w2ik figs-explicit 0 the disgusting things These are the idols that were repulsive to God. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1702 2CH 34 33 fu8n figs-synecdoche 0 For all of his days Josiah’s life is represented by his “days.” Alternate translation: “For all of his life” or “As long as Josiah was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1703 2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
1704 2CH 35 1 fxr9 0 Josiah kept a Passover to Yahweh Josiah commanded the people to celebrate the Passover that Yahweh had commanded their ancestors to celebrate.
1705 2CH 35 1 bg3u 0 in Jerusalem Yahweh had commanded Moses that all the people of Israel were to go to Jerusalem to celebrate the Passover.
1706 2CH 35 1 ha3p translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourteenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1768 2CH 35 27 p9ah figs-activepassive 0 and his deeds … are written in the book If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and men have written of all his deeds … in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1769 2CH 35 27 dg5g figs-merism 0 his deeds, from beginning to end, This refers to all of the significant things that he did from the beginning of his reign as king to the end of his life. Alternate translation: “all of his deeds” or “everything he did from the beginning of his reign to when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1770 2CH 35 27 bzc6 0 the book of the kings of Judah and Israel This is a book that no longer exists.
1771 2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
1772 2CH 36 1 l5tm translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1773 2CH 36 1 uya6 figs-metaphor 0 in his father’s place The phrase “in his … place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “instead of his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1774 2CH 36 2 wjc8 translate-numbers 0 twenty-three years old … three months “23 years old…3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

12
en_tn_17-EST.tsv
View File

@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ EST 1 22 jd41 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 according to its
EST 1 22 jj9n לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת כָּל־אִישׁ֙ שֹׂרֵ֣ר בְּ⁠בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 that every man should be ruling in his house This meant that all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children.
EST 1 22 jd43 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 22 agj7 figs-explicit כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people The implication is that the husband ought to be able to give orders to his wife in his own native language and that she should understand and obey him, even if she had to learn his language to do so. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event that happened some time later, but we do not know how much later. You can show this with a phrase like “After some time had passed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 2 1 e4lp כְּ⁠שֹׁ֕ךְ חֲמַ֖ת הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 when the rage of the king Ahasuerus subsided Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was not angry any more” or “when King Ahasuerus became less angry”
EST 2 1 agj9 זָכַ֤ר אֶת־וַשְׁתִּי֙ 1 he remembered Vashti This means that he started to think about Vashti. He probably thought about the things that he liked about her, meaning that he missed her.
@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ EST 4 16 abs3 אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־כַ⁠דָּ֔ת 1 which is not accordi
EST 4 16 abs4 וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָבַ֖דְתִּי אָבָֽדְתִּי 1 and if I perish, I perish Alternate translation: “then if they kill me, they kill me”
EST 4 17 abs5 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֖ר מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 So Mordecai went The implication is that Mordecai did this after Hathak brought Esther’s reply back to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so after Hathak told this to Mordecai, he went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 17 abs6 כְּ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוְּתָ֥ה עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 according to the whole charge that Esther had laid upon him Alternate translation: “everything that Esther had told him to do”
EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 1 j53r writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י 1 Now it happened on the third day This introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “three days later” or “when Esther had been fasting for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 5 1 abs7 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **royalty**, you could express the same idea with an adjective and a concrete noun. Alternate translation: “Esther put on the robes that showed that she was the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 5 1 abs8 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty It is clear from the story that before she went to see the king, Esther got a banquet ready so that she could invite him and Haman to come to it right away. If it is confusing to leave that out, you can explain that here. Alternate translation, add: “Esther prepared a grand banquet and then put on her royal robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ EST 5 14 abw8 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בֹֽא…אֶל הַ⁠מּ
EST 5 14 bbs9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן 1 And the word was good before the face of Haman The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 5 14 i8is וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 and he made the tree Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows”
EST 5 14 j83r translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
EST 6 1 j85r writing-newevent בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא 1 That night This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way of introducing a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 6 1 abw9 figs-personification נָדְדָ֖ה שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the sleep of the king fled away Here, **sleep** is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could flee away. Alternate translation: “the king could not sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 6 1 abx1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר לְ⁠הָבִ֞יא 1 And he said to bring **He** means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ EST 6 14 j4d1 grammar-connect-time-background עוֹדָ⁠ם֙ מְדַבְּר
EST 6 14 aca4 translate-unknown וְ⁠סָרִיסֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 when the eunuchs of the king See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 14 aca5 וַ⁠יַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן 1 And they hurried to bring Haman Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly”
EST 6 14 aca6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשְׂתָ֥ה אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 that Esther had made Esther’s servants would have done most of the work of preparing the banquet. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Esther and her servants had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 1 n8vb figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠הָמָ֔ן לִ⁠שְׁתּ֖וֹת עִם־אֶסְתֵּ֥ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּֽה 1 So the king came with Haman to drink with Esther the queen. Esther hosted Ahasuerus and Haman for more than just drinks. This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. An entire banquet is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “so the king and Haman went to the second banquet that Queen Esther had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 7 2 xt9f translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 on the second day This refers to the day after the first banquet, as mentioned in [5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “at that second banquet” or “on that second day of feasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 7 2 s5ae בְּ⁠מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 during the banquet of wine Alternate translation: “while they were drinking wine” or “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them”
@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ EST 7 9 sre1 translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֖הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַ
EST 7 9 acc7 figs-explicit תְּלֻ֥⁠הוּ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 Hang him on it **Him** means Haman. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 10 j8d3 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה 1 and the rage of the king subsided Here the story figuratively compares the king’s anger to floodwaters, which can cause great destruction. “Subside” means for waters to drain away and for their level to go down. You could express the meaning by saying something like “Then the king’s rage lessened,” or “Then the king was not so angry.” Or you could use a different metaphor that would be meaningful in your language, such as, “Then the king cooled off.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
EST 8 1 j8d5 writing-newevent בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 On that day This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used figuratively to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן 1 the king Ahasuerus gave to Esther the queen the house of Haman Here, **house** figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 the adversary of the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ EST 9 31 rgr9 figs-distinguish הַ⁠יְּהוּדִי֙ 1 the Jew This phrase
EST 9 31 acr5 וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר קִיְּמ֥וּ עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠צֹּמ֖וֹת וְ⁠זַעֲקָתָֽ⁠ם 1 according to what they had set up concerning their lives and concerning their seed, to matters of the fasts and their outcry This is referring to background information that the original audience would have known. They would have known what the fasting was about. It could be either: (1) fasting as a part of Purim. We know that some Jews fasted on the 13th day of the month of Adar to commemorate the day that Haman intended to destroy them, or (2) other times of fasting. Ever since the destruction of Jerusalem, the Jews had been fasting and mourning in the fifth month of the year to show their sorrow over what had happened. (The story refers to the Babylonian conquest of Jerusalem in [2:6](../02/06.md).) You could put this information in a footnote if it would help your readers to understand this.
EST 9 31 rl2s figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם 1 and concerning their seed Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning the offspring or descendants of the Jews. Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 32 acr7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְתָּ֖ב בַּ⁠סֵּֽפֶר 1 and it was written in the book You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the royal scribes made an official record of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 10 intro h4m4 0 # Esther 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai’s new position<br><br>Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews.
EST 10 intro h4m4 0 # Esther 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai’s new position<br><br>Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews.
EST 10 1 j157 writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩ הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֧וֹשׁ 1 Then the king Ahasuerus set This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way to introduce a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 10 1 b5ht וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩…מַ֛ס 1 Then … set a tribute Alternate translation: “Then … levied a tax”
EST 10 1 acr8 figs-merism עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the land and the islands of the sea The purpose of this chapter is to describe the greatness of Mordecai. It does that by showing that he was second in command to a very powerful emperor. Referring to both the land and the sea is a way to include everything that lives in a very large area of the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “everyone throughout his empire.” Alternate translation: “on all the people in the empire … even the people who lived on the islands in the Mediterranean Sea” or “on everyone throughout the land and even the far-away islands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
141 EST 1 22 jj9n לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת כָּל־אִישׁ֙ שֹׂרֵ֣ר בְּ⁠בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 that every man should be ruling in his house This meant that all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children.
142 EST 1 22 jd43 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
143 EST 1 22 agj7 figs-explicit כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people The implication is that the husband ought to be able to give orders to his wife in his own native language and that she should understand and obey him, even if she had to learn his language to do so. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
144 EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her. # Esther 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
145 EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event that happened some time later, but we do not know how much later. You can show this with a phrase like “After some time had passed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
146 EST 2 1 e4lp כְּ⁠שֹׁ֕ךְ חֲמַ֖ת הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 when the rage of the king Ahasuerus subsided Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was not angry any more” or “when King Ahasuerus became less angry”
147 EST 2 1 agj9 זָכַ֤ר אֶת־וַשְׁתִּי֙ 1 he remembered Vashti This means that he started to think about Vashti. He probably thought about the things that he liked about her, meaning that he missed her.
498 EST 4 16 abs4 וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָבַ֖דְתִּי אָבָֽדְתִּי 1 and if I perish, I perish Alternate translation: “then if they kill me, they kill me”
499 EST 4 17 abs5 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֖ר מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 So Mordecai went The implication is that Mordecai did this after Hathak brought Esther’s reply back to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so after Hathak told this to Mordecai, he went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
500 EST 4 17 abs6 כְּ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוְּתָ֥ה עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 according to the whole charge that Esther had laid upon him Alternate translation: “everything that Esther had told him to do”
501 EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Esther 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
502 EST 5 1 j53r writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י 1 Now it happened on the third day This introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “three days later” or “when Esther had been fasting for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
503 EST 5 1 abs7 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **royalty**, you could express the same idea with an adjective and a concrete noun. Alternate translation: “Esther put on the robes that showed that she was the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
504 EST 5 1 abs8 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty It is clear from the story that before she went to see the king, Esther got a banquet ready so that she could invite him and Haman to come to it right away. If it is confusing to leave that out, you can explain that here. Alternate translation, add: “Esther prepared a grand banquet and then put on her royal robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
581 EST 5 14 bbs9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן 1 And the word was good before the face of Haman The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
582 EST 5 14 i8is וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 and he made the tree Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows”
583 EST 5 14 j83r translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
584 EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king. # Esther 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
585 EST 6 1 j85r writing-newevent בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא 1 That night This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way of introducing a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
586 EST 6 1 abw9 figs-personification נָדְדָ֖ה שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the sleep of the king fled away Here, **sleep** is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could flee away. Alternate translation: “the king could not sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
587 EST 6 1 abx1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר לְ⁠הָבִ֞יא 1 And he said to bring **He** means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
659 EST 6 14 aca4 translate-unknown וְ⁠סָרִיסֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 when the eunuchs of the king See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
660 EST 6 14 aca5 וַ⁠יַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן 1 And they hurried to bring Haman Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly”
661 EST 6 14 aca6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשְׂתָ֥ה אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 that Esther had made Esther’s servants would have done most of the work of preparing the banquet. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Esther and her servants had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
662 EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Esther 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
663 EST 7 1 n8vb figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠הָמָ֔ן לִ⁠שְׁתּ֖וֹת עִם־אֶסְתֵּ֥ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּֽה 1 So the king came with Haman to drink with Esther the queen. Esther hosted Ahasuerus and Haman for more than just drinks. This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. An entire banquet is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “so the king and Haman went to the second banquet that Queen Esther had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
664 EST 7 2 xt9f translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 on the second day This refers to the day after the first banquet, as mentioned in [5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “at that second banquet” or “on that second day of feasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
665 EST 7 2 s5ae בְּ⁠מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 during the banquet of wine Alternate translation: “while they were drinking wine” or “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them”
723 EST 7 9 acc7 figs-explicit תְּלֻ֥⁠הוּ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 Hang him on it **Him** means Haman. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
724 EST 7 10 j8d3 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
725 EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה 1 and the rage of the king subsided Here the story figuratively compares the king’s anger to floodwaters, which can cause great destruction. “Subside” means for waters to drain away and for their level to go down. You could express the meaning by saying something like “Then the king’s rage lessened,” or “Then the king was not so angry.” Or you could use a different metaphor that would be meaningful in your language, such as, “Then the king cooled off.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
726 EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people. # Esther 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
727 EST 8 1 j8d5 writing-newevent בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 On that day This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used figuratively to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
728 EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן 1 the king Ahasuerus gave to Esther the queen the house of Haman Here, **house** figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
729 EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 the adversary of the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1050 EST 9 31 acr5 וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר קִיְּמ֥וּ עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠צֹּמ֖וֹת וְ⁠זַעֲקָתָֽ⁠ם 1 according to what they had set up concerning their lives and concerning their seed, to matters of the fasts and their outcry This is referring to background information that the original audience would have known. They would have known what the fasting was about. It could be either: (1) fasting as a part of Purim. We know that some Jews fasted on the 13th day of the month of Adar to commemorate the day that Haman intended to destroy them, or (2) other times of fasting. Ever since the destruction of Jerusalem, the Jews had been fasting and mourning in the fifth month of the year to show their sorrow over what had happened. (The story refers to the Babylonian conquest of Jerusalem in [2:6](../02/06.md).) You could put this information in a footnote if it would help your readers to understand this.
1051 EST 9 31 rl2s figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם 1 and concerning their seed Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning the offspring or descendants of the Jews. Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1052 EST 9 32 acr7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְתָּ֖ב בַּ⁠סֵּֽפֶר 1 and it was written in the book You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the royal scribes made an official record of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1053 EST 10 intro h4m4 0 # Esther 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai’s new position<br><br>Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews. # Esther 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai’s new position<br><br>Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews.
1054 EST 10 1 j157 writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩ הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֧וֹשׁ 1 Then the king Ahasuerus set This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way to introduce a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1055 EST 10 1 b5ht וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩…מַ֛ס 1 Then … set a tribute Alternate translation: “Then … levied a tax”
1056 EST 10 1 acr8 figs-merism עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the land and the islands of the sea The purpose of this chapter is to describe the greatness of Mordecai. It does that by showing that he was second in command to a very powerful emperor. Referring to both the land and the sea is a way to include everything that lives in a very large area of the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “everyone throughout his empire.” Alternate translation: “on all the people in the empire … even the people who lived on the islands in the Mediterranean Sea” or “on everyone throughout the land and even the far-away islands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

84
en_tn_18-JOB.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Job<br><br>1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)<br> * Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)<br> * Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)<br>1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)<br> * Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each<br>1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)<br> * Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each<br>1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)<br> * Eliphaz and BildadJob replies to each<br>1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)<br>1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)<br>1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)<br>1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)<br>1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)<br><br>### What is the Book of Job about?<br><br>The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Job?<br><br>We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does sin cause suffering?<br><br>When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?<br><br>Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.<br><br>### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?<br><br>We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?<br><br>The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.<br><br>### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?<br><br>The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.
JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wealth<br>Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Feasts<br>Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Job’s faith<br>Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wealth<br>Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Feasts<br>Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Job’s faith<br>Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JOB 1 1 k5g4 translate-names 0 land of Uz Possible locations are: (1) a place in ancient Edom east of the Jordan River in modern western Jordan or (2) a place east of the Euphrates River in modern Iran. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 1 1 r5aj figs-doublet 0 blameless and upright The words “blameless” and “upright” share similar meanings and emphasize that Job was a righteous man. Alternate translation: “one who did what was right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOB 1 1 qj15 0 one who feared God Alternate translation: “one who honored God”
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JOB 1 20 d1w8 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe, shaved his head These were r
JOB 1 21 wph4 0 I was naked when I came out of my mother’s womb, and I will be naked when I will return there Alternate translation: “At my birth, I brought nothing into the world, and at my death I will return to the earth with nothing”
JOB 1 22 l3ef 0 In all this matter Alternate translation: “Regarding all this that happened”
JOB 1 22 xns1 0 accuse God of wrongdoing Alternate translation: “say that God had done wrong”
JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JOB 2 1 rz1x 0 General Information: This verse is almost exactly the same as [Job 1:6](../01/06.md) and can probably be translated in the same way.
JOB 2 1 r1zs 0 Then it was the day See how you translated this in [Job 1:6](../01/06.md).
JOB 2 1 hst1 0 the day when This is not a specific day. The gathering happened often. Alternate translation: “at the time when” or “one day when”
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ JOB 2 12 kle6 0 they did not recognize him This probably means that Job’s vi
JOB 2 12 jd72 figs-idiom 0 They raised their voices and wept Here “raised their voices” is an idiom that means they became loud. Alternate translation: “They wept out loud” or “They wept loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 2 12 ira1 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe This was a sign of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 2 12 zzf1 translate-symaction 0 threw dust into the air and upon his own head These were signs of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 3 1 hmv8 figs-idiom 0 opened his mouth This idiom means he began to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 3 3 z3eb figs-personification 0 May the day on which I was born perish, the night Job speaks of that day and night as if they were people. Alternate translation: “I wish that I had never been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 3 3 zca2 figs-ellipsis 0 the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived.’ This expression intensifies the statement of Job’s grief by going even further back in time from his birth to his conception. Alternate translation: “the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived’ perish.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JOB 3 24 ya6w 0 my sighing happens instead of eating Alternate translation:
JOB 3 24 jp2u figs-metaphor 0 my groaning is poured out like water Moral qualities and emotions such as grief are often spoken of as if they were water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 3 25 pvp2 figs-parallelism 0 the thing that I feared has come on me; what I was afraid of has come to me These two phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “what I feared most has happened to me” or “my worst fear has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 3 26 f53t figs-parallelism 0 I am not at ease, I am not quiet, and I have no rest Job expresses his anguish in three separate phrases. Alternate translation: “I am very anxious” or “I am emotionally and physically tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 1 e5n4 translate-names 0 Eliphaz Eliphaz is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 4 1 c3fq translate-names 0 Temanite A Temanite belongs to the tribe of Teman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 4 2 y6k8 figs-rquestion 0 will you be impatient? Eliphaz asks this question in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely be impatient.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ JOB 4 20 m44u figs-metaphor 0 Between morning and evening they are destroyed Th
JOB 4 20 znp6 figs-activepassive 0 they are destroyed This may also be put into active form. Alternate translation: “they die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 4 21 n9su figs-rquestion 0 Are not their tent cords plucked up among them? This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Have not their enemies plucked up their tent cords from among them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 21 ugp9 figs-synecdoche 0 their tent cords Here tent cords represent a tent. Sometimes a person’s home and family are pictured as his tent, which can also represent all his possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Sickness and sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Sickness and sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 1 gaw4 figs-rquestion 0 To which of the holy ones will you turn? Eliphaz poses this question to make the point that there is no one Job can turn to for help. Alternate translation: “Is there a holy one to whom you may turn?” or “There is no holy one to whom you can turn for help.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 1 n2rw 0 holy ones This refers to supernatural beings of some kind, whether angels or other spirits.
JOB 5 2 v7ip 0 jealousy kills the silly one Alternate translation: “jealousy kills anyone who acts ignorantly and impulsively”
@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ JOB 5 25 f961 figs-simile 0 your offspring will be like the grass on the ground
JOB 5 26 a9gt 0 You will come to your grave at a full age Alternate translation: “You will die at a very old age”
JOB 5 26 w6jt figs-explicit 0 like a stack of grain bundles that goes up at its time You may need to make explicit that the grain in this simile is fully ripe but not overly ripe. He would neither die young nor become weak in his old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 5 27 uwj5 figs-exclusive 0 See, we have examined this matter; it is like this; listen to it, and know it for yourself The words “we” refers to Job’s friends but not to Job. Alternate translation: “Look, we have thought about this matter. Listen to what I am saying and know that it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 2 use6 figs-parallelism 0 if only my anguish were weighed; if only all my calamity were laid in the balance Here the writer uses two different statements to convey a single idea, the burden of Job’s suffering. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if only I could weigh my anguish and all my calamities in the balance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 6 2 cqr6 0 in the balance Alternate translation: “on a scale”
JOB 6 3 l5j1 figs-simile 0 For now it would be heavier than the sand of the seas Job compares the burden of his suffering to the weight of wet sand; both can crush a person. Alternate translation: “For my anguish and calamities would be heavier than the sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ JOB 6 29 hka9 0 Indeed, relent Alternate translation: “Please relent.”
JOB 6 30 km3f figs-rquestion 0 Is there evil on my tongue? “Do I say wicked things?” Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he is not wicked. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not say wicked things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 30 z316 figs-metonymy 0 on my tongue Here Job’s speech is represented by his “tongue.” Alternate translation: “in my speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 6 30 f1ga figs-rquestion 0 Cannot my mouth detect malicious things? Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he can tell the difference between right and wrong. Here Job refers to himself by his “mouth” to emphasize his speech. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know what is right to say and what is wrong to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 1 nz5u figs-rquestion 0 Does not man have hard labor on earth? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people experience hard work. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “There is hard labor for every person on earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 1 a1c6 figs-hyperbole 0 on earth This is a generalization that means for the time people are living on the earth. Alternate translation: “while he lives on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOB 7 1 m3yt figs-rquestion 0 Are not his days like the days of a hired man? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people struggle in life. Alternate translation: “And their days are like the days of a hired man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ JOB 7 21 gzz5 figs-parallelism 0 Why do you not pardon my transgression and tak
JOB 7 21 ek8a 0 take away Alternate translation: “remove”
JOB 7 21 yf7g figs-metonymy 0 now will I lie down in the dust The phrase “lie down in the dust” is a metonym that represents dying. Alternate translation: “now I will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 7 21 uz1p 0 I will not exist Alternate translation: “I will not be here” or “I will be gone”
JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 8 1 emj8 figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Verses 2 and 3 each consist of two different questions that have the same meaning. Bildad uses these questions to rebuke Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 8 1 xwz1 0 Connecting Statement: In this chapter, Bildad begins to speak about Job’s complaints.
JOB 8 1 y8y8 translate-names 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ JOB 8 21 e5gp figs-ellipsis 0 your lips with shouting The verb “fill” is un
JOB 8 22 tc4g figs-metaphor 0 Those who hate you will be clothed with shame Here “shame” is spoken of as if it were clothing that God will cause Job’s enemies to wear. This means they will be very ashamed. Alternate translation: “God will cause those who hate you to be very ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 8 22 k5y9 0 the tent of the wicked will be no more Here “tent” refers to the homes of the wicked. Alternate translation: “the houses of the wicked will be destroyed”
JOB 8 22 uz63 0 will be no more Alternate translation: “will not last” or “will be destroyed”
JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 9 2 e369 0 I truly know that this is so Alternate translation: “I know that what you say is true”
JOB 9 2 a9ku 0 this is so Here the word “this” refers to what Bildad said.
JOB 9 2 r4pi 0 how can a person be in the right with God? Alternate translation: “how can anyone be innocent before God?”
@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ JOB 9 34 cc5r figs-metonymy 0 take God’s rod off me Here “God’s rod” is
JOB 9 34 vs1b figs-abstractnouns 0 keep his terror from frightening me If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **terror**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “terrify.” Alternate translation: “keep him from terrifying and frightening me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 9 35 fa78 0 Then would I speak up Alternate translation: “Then I would speak”
JOB 9 35 ug86 0 as things are now Alternate translation: “because this is how things are now”
JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 10 1 ch7h 0 I am weary of my life Alternate translation: “I am tired of living”
JOB 10 1 p5cl figs-abstractnouns 0 I will give free expression to my complaint The abstract nouns “expression” and “complaint” can be translated as the verbs “express” and “complain.” Alternate translation: “I will freely express what I have to complain about” or “I will argue freely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 10 1 zk1f figs-metaphor 0 I will speak in the bitterness of my soul How Job feels is compared to a bitter taste. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **bitterness**, you could express the same idea with the adverb “bitterly.” Alternate translation: “My inner being will speak bitterly” or “I will bitterly speak out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ JOB 10 21 zq3v 0 the shadow of death See how you translated this in [Job 3:5](
JOB 10 22 xkq9 figs-simile 0 as dark as midnight The darkness of the place where the spirits of dead people go is compared to the darkness of midnight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 10 22 r9u5 figs-litotes 0 without any order This negative phrase can be expressed in positive form. Alternate translation: “full of confusion” or “where all is confused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOB 10 22 a8nx figs-simile 0 where the light is like midnight The light of the place where the spirits of dead people go is compared to midnight. Alternate translation: “where there is no light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 11 intro m1vt 0 # Job 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br><br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He even questions the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Zophar uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Zophar’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 11 intro m1vt 0 # Job 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br><br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He even questions the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Zophar uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Zophar’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 11 1 mbq7 translate-names 0 Zophar the Naamathite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “Zophar from the region of Naamah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 11 2 cq18 figs-rquestion 0 Should not such a multitude of words be answered? Zophar is asking a question in the negative to emphasize that Job’s words must be challenged. Alternate translation: “We must answer all of these words!” or “Someone should respond to all these words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 11 2 ua2s figs-rquestion 0 Should this man, so full of talk, be believed? Zophar uses this question to emphasize that they should not believe what Job was saying. Alternate translation: “This man is so full of talk, but the people should not believe him!” or “Your many words alone do not mean you are innocent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ JOB 11 18 f1be figs-idiom 0 would take your rest in safety “Take your rest”
JOB 11 19 fm2w figs-parallelism 0 Also you would lie down in rest … your favor. Zophar repeats the same idea for emphasis and describes the possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOB 11 19 hc18 figs-abstractnouns 0 you would lie down in rest If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rest**, you could express the same idea with the verb “rest.” Alternate translation: “you would lie down and rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 11 20 s359 figs-metaphor 0 the eyes of wicked people will fail Their eyes represent their understanding. Alternate translation: “the understanding of the wicked people will fail” or “the wicked people will not be able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 12 2 dpz4 figs-irony 0 No doubt you are the people; wisdom will die with you Job mocks how they are acting and shows how ridiculous they sound. Alternate translation: “Surely you are such important people that wisdom cannot exist without you” or “You all act like you are the only wise people and that when you die, wisdom will disappear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 12 2 ba96 0 No doubt Alternate translation: “Surely”
JOB 12 2 dk3z figs-you 0 you This is plural in verses 2 and 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ JOB 12 24 n4ta figs-metaphor 0 He takes away understanding from the leaders of
JOB 12 24 w1re figs-metaphor 0 to wander in a wilderness where there is no path Wandering in a wilderness where there is no path represents being in a difficult situation and not knowing what to do. Alternate translation: “to be unsure of what to do like a person wandering in a wasteland with no path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 12 25 x7t2 figs-metaphor 0 They grope in the dark without light Being in the dark without light represents lacking knowledge. Alternate translation: “They struggle to make decisions without knowledge as people struggle to walk in the dark without light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 12 25 a21u figs-simile 0 he makes them stagger like a drunk man Staggering or wandering like a drunk man represents living without purpose. Alternate translation: “he makes them live without purpose like a drunk person who staggers as he walks” or “they wander aimlessly like a drunk person who staggers back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 13 1 i5ce 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues to speak to his friends.
JOB 13 1 i4pc 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
JOB 13 1 d8w1 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye has seen all this Job referred to himself as his eye since it is with his eyes that he saw these things. Alternate translation: “I have seen all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ JOB 13 27 x3kd figs-synecdoche 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my f
JOB 13 27 l15n figs-metaphor 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my feet have walked Examining this ground represents examining all that Job has done. Alternate translation: “it is as though you examine the ground where I have walked” or “you examine everything I do like a person examining someone’s footprints on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 13 28 mlj8 figs-simile 0 like a rotten thing that wastes away Job compares his life to something that is decaying. He is slowly dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 13 28 fq5k figs-simile 0 like a garment that moths have eaten Job compares himself to clothes that are full of holes because the moths have eaten parts of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection<br>The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection<br>The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 14 1 d6in figs-gendernotations 0 Man, who is born of woman This refers to all people, both men and women; all are born into this world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JOB 14 1 u162 figs-hyperbole 0 lives only a few days This is an exaggeration to emphasize that people live only a short time. Alternate translation: “lives only a very short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOB 14 1 pfe3 figs-explicit 0 is full of trouble Being “full of trouble” represents experiencing much trouble. Alternate translation: “has many troubles” or “suffers much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ JOB 14 20 uah1 figs-euphemism 0 he passes away Passing away represents dying. A
JOB 14 20 p3dh 0 you change his face This could mean: (1) the pain just before dying makes his face contract or (2) when a person dies, God makes the person’s face look different.
JOB 14 20 lq7f figs-metaphor 0 send him away to die This represents causing him to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 14 21 m7cw figs-metaphor 0 if they are brought low Being brought low represents being shamed. Alternate translation: “if they are disgraced” or “if people shame them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 15 1 v5mb translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite This is the name of a man. People from Teman are known as Temanites. See how you translated this in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 15 2 mw8h figs-rquestion 0 Should a wise man answer with useless knowledge and fill himself with the east wind? Eliphaz uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Job. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “A wise man should not answer with useless knowledge nor fill himself with the east wind.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 15 2 hd46 figs-metaphor 0 fill himself with the east wind The wind represents emptiness. This phrase speaks of a person speaking empty and meaningless words as if that person were full of the wind. Alternate translation: “fill himself with empty words” or “only have meaningless words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ JOB 15 34 rr5n 0 the company of godless people Alternate translation: “the g
JOB 15 34 v3q1 figs-possession 0 fire will consume their tents of bribery The phrase “tents of bribery” means that the wicked people bought these tents with the money they made by bribery. Alternate translation: “the tents they bought with their bribes will be burned by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JOB 15 35 x22k figs-parallelism 0 They conceive mischief and give birth to iniquity; their womb conceives deceit The same thought is repeated three times to emphasize how much evil these people produce. This speaks of a person planning to do evil things and doing them as if the person were conceiving and giving birth to these things as a woman conceives and gives birth to a child. Alternate translation: “They plan to cause mischief and do evil things; they are always planning to deceive others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 15 35 u7sb figs-synecdoche 0 their womb conceives Here the “womb” is used to refer to the person to emphasize conception, as it is in the womb that conception takes place. Alternate translation: “they conceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s response<br>Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s response<br>Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 16 2 t7wj 0 you are all miserable comforters Alternate translation: “instead of comforting me, you all make me more miserable”
JOB 16 3 p7ga figs-rquestion 0 Will useless words ever have an end? Job uses this rhetorical question to express that he wishes that they would stop speaking useless words. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “How I wish your useless words would end!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 16 3 g4tp figs-rquestion 0 What is wrong with you that you answer like this? Job uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Eliphaz. Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Eliphaz, who just finished speaking to Job. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Eliphaz, you should stop answering me like this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ JOB 16 20 v43g figs-hyperbole 0 my eye pours out tears Job describes how strong
JOB 16 21 izh8 figs-123person 0 for this man “for me.” Here Job refers to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JOB 16 21 kk12 figs-simile 0 as a man does with his neighbor! “as a man does for his neighbor.” Job describes how he wants that one in heaven to plead for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 16 22 z81v figs-explicit 0 I will go to a place Here Job is referring to himself dying. Alternate translation: “I will die and go to a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s grief<br>Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s grief<br>Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 17 1 c8r6 figs-synecdoche 0 My spirit is consumed Job refers to himself by his “spirit” to emphasize his inner emotions. He speaks of not having any strength left as if he were something that has been used up. Alternate translation: “I am consumed” or “I have lost all of my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 17 1 yjx4 0 my days are over Alternate translation: “my time is over” or “I am going to die soon”
JOB 17 1 awv1 figs-personification 0 the grave is ready for me This phrase describes “the grave” as if it is a person who will receive Job as a guest. Alternate translation: “soon I will be dead and buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ JOB 17 16 h77p figs-rquestion 0 Will hope go down with me … dust? The implici
JOB 17 16 yx83 figs-metaphor 0 gates of Sheol Sheol does not really have gates, but it is a metaphor for Job entering Sheol. Alternate translation: “when I go into Sheol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 17 16 ajw5 0 when we “when I and the things that I hope for” or “when I and my hopes.” The word “we” refers to Job and his hope.
JOB 17 16 z16e figs-idiom 0 descend to the dust This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “die and are buried” or “go to the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 18 intro qk5f 0 # Job 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOB 18 intro qk5f 0 # Job 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOB 18 1 g41k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Bildad the Shuhite is speaking to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 18 1 b2sb 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered and said “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. See how you translated this in [Job 8:1](../08/01.md).
JOB 18 2 b4en figs-rquestion 0 When will you stop your talk? This rhetorical question means that Job has been talking for too long. Alternate translation: “Stop talking!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ JOB 18 19 asp3 0 kinfolk Alternate translation: “relatives”
JOB 18 20 wn9y figs-merism 0 Those who live in the west … those who live in the east will be frightened by it The phrases “in the west” and “in the east” are together a merism that refers to all people living everywhere. This is an exaggeration as not everyone on the earth will hear about what happened to a specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “Everyone in the whole world will be horrified and frightened when they see what happens to the wicked person” or “Many people who live in the east and in the west will be horrified and frightened when they see what happens to the wicked person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOB 18 20 r4pt 0 one day Alternate translation: “someday”
JOB 18 21 da3s figs-parallelism 0 the homes of unrighteous people, the places of those who do not know God These two phrases have the same meaning and refer to the same people. Here these people are referred to by the places where they live. Alternate translation: “unrighteous people, those who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 19 intro vq57 0 # Job 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>Verses 25-27 are very important to this book. They show the great depth of Job’s faith in Yahweh after his most difficult time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
JOB 19 intro vq57 0 # Job 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>Verses 25-27 are very important to this book. They show the great depth of Job’s faith in Yahweh after his most difficult time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
JOB 19 1 rlm3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JOB 19 1 u8kd 0 Connecting Statement: Job speaks to his three friends.
JOB 19 2 xxa9 figs-rquestion 0 How long will you make me suffer and break me into pieces with words? Job uses this question to complain about how his friends are treating him. Alternate translation: “Stop making me suffer and breaking me into pieces with words.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ JOB 19 29 tw35 figs-metonymy 0 then be afraid of the sword Possible meanings ar
JOB 19 29 t8gg figs-abstractnouns 0 because wrath brings the punishment of the sword The abstract nouns “wrath” and “punishment” can be expressed with the adjective “angry” and the verb “punish.” This could mean: (1) God’s anger results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because God will be angry with you and punish you” or (2) the anger of Job’s friends results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because if you are so angry with me, God will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 19 29 yy9j 0 brings Alternate translation: “causes” or “results in”
JOB 19 29 n1i1 figs-abstractnouns 0 there is a judgment If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **judgment**, you could express the same idea with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God judges people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 20 1 p292 0 General Information: Zophar replies to Job.
JOB 20 1 chh1 0 Zophar the Naamathite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). Since this is the second time that Zophar speaks, some translations omit “the Naamathite” here.
JOB 20 2 eef1 figs-metaphor 0 My thoughts make me answer quickly The idea of Zophar’s thoughts making him do something represents his strong desire to do something. Alternate translation: “I want very much to answer you quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ JOB 20 28 wi73 0 his goods Alternate translation: “his possessions”
JOB 20 28 e2e8 figs-metonymy 0 the day of God’s wrath Here “wrath” represents punishment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wrath**, you could express the same idea with the verb punish. Alternate translation: “the day when God punishes people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 20 29 d9w5 figs-metaphor 0 This is the wicked man’s portion from God Here “portion from God” represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him. Alternate translation: “This is what God has decided should happen to the wicked man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 20 29 a1s8 figs-metaphor 0 the heritage reserved for him by God This represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “what God has planned to give to him” or “what God has planned should happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ancestor’s sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ancestor’s sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 21 1 l3vp 0 Connecting Statement: Job begins to answer Zophar’s accusations.
JOB 21 3 x7gy 0 Put up with me Alternate translation: “Allow me” or “Be patient with me”
JOB 21 3 w3a4 figs-irony 0 mock on “you can continue mocking me.” Job is using sarcasm to imply that his friends would ignore what he would say and continue to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ JOB 21 33 eqt1 figs-synecdoche 0 The clods of the valley will be sweet to him J
JOB 21 33 p9wd figs-hypo 0 all people will follow after him, as there were innumerable people before him Job emphasizes that a large crowd of people will be in the funeral procession of this imaginary wicked man to honor him. Alternate translation: “a huge number of people go to the grave site; some go in front of the procession and some come behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOB 21 34 aa8a 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Job’s speech to his friends.
JOB 21 34 j6yy figs-rquestion 0 How then do you comfort me with nonsense, since in your answers there is nothing but falsehood? Job uses a question to scold his friends. Alternate translation: “You cannot comfort me with nonsense. All of your answers are false.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br>Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br>Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 1 cea8 translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 22 2 r9kd figs-parallelism 0 Can a man be useful to God? Can a wise man be useful to him? Both questions mean basically the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that a person’s actions and wisdom do not benefit God. Alternate translation: “A man cannot be useful to God. A wise man cannot be useful to him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 3 h3pe figs-parallelism 0 Is it any pleasure to the Almighty if you are righteous? Is it gain to him if you make your ways blameless? Both of these statements mean the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that Job’s actions do not help God. Alternate translation: “The Almighty does not receive any pleasure if you are righteous. He does not gain anything if you make your ways blameless.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ JOB 22 29 yck5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Eliphaz’s speech to Jo
JOB 22 29 xgw4 figs-idiom 0 the one with lowered eyes Here “lowered eyes” refers to humility. Alternate translation: “the humble person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 22 30 f84n figs-metaphor 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Job being innocent is spoken of as if his hands were physically clean. The phrase “who will be rescued” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will rescue even the person who is not innocent because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 22 30 wrz4 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Some versions of the Bible read, “He rescues the innocent person; so he will rescue you when your hands are clean”
JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 23 2 fi9s 0 Even today my complaint is bitter Here “Even today” emphasizes that his friends arguments have not changed Job’s situation at all. Alternate translation: “In spite of what you have said, my complaint is still bitter”
JOB 23 2 ke1p figs-idiom 0 my complaint is bitter Job speaks of his unanswered complaint against God as if it was a bitter taste in his mouth. Alternate translation: “my unanswered complaint is as bad as bitter food in my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 23 2 cm2j figs-metonymy 0 my hand … heavy because of my groaning This could mean: (1) “I can barely lift my hand because of my groaning” or (2) “God’s hand continues to make me suffer in spite of my groaning” where “hand” refers to God’s power to punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ JOB 23 16 p6ma figs-parallelism 0 For God has made my heart weak; the Almighty
JOB 23 16 d4fw figs-idiom 0 made my heart weak A person whose heart is weak is a person who is timid or fearful. Alternate translation: “made me afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 23 17 dng4 figs-explicit 0 I have not been brought to an end by darkness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) “The thick darkness in front of me has not made me silent” or (2) “Darkness has not stopped me” or “God has stopped me, not the darkness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 23 17 qpa8 figs-synecdoche 0 the gloom of my face Here Job refers to himself by his “face.” Alternate translation: “my sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 24 1 mg7h 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues speaking.
JOB 24 1 thc8 figs-rquestion 0 Why are times for judging wicked people not set by the Almighty? Job uses this question to express his frustration that God has not judged evil. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I do not understand why God does not set a time when he will judge wicked people.” or “The Almighty should set a time when he will judge wicked people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 24 1 ej3y figs-rquestion 0 Why do not those who are faithful to God see his days of judgment come? Job uses this question to express his frustration that the righteous have not seen God judge evil. Alternate translation: “It seems that those who obey him never get to see him judge the wicked.” or “God should show the day he will judge the wicked to those who know him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ JOB 24 24 ix1v figs-activepassive 0 they will be gathered up like all the other
JOB 24 24 mqt2 figs-simile 0 they will be cut off like the tops of ears of grain These wicked people will be cut off in the same way heads of grain are cut off during harvest. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will cut them off like a farmer cuts off the top of a stalk of grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 24 25 cfk7 figs-rquestion 0 If it is not so, who can prove me to be a liar; who can make my speech worth nothing? Job uses this question to express the certainty of his argument. The implicit answer is: “no one.” Alternate translation: “This is true, and no one can prove that I am a liar; no one can prove me wrong.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 24 25 iy58 0 make my speech worth nothing Alternate translation: “prove what I say is wrong”
JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s holiness and man’s sin<br>Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s holiness and man’s sin<br>Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 25 1 vb52 0 Bildad the Shuhite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md).
JOB 25 2 cz5c figs-abstractnouns 0 Dominion and fear are with him Here “him” refers to God. The abstract nouns “dominion” and “fear” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “God rules over all and people should fear only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 25 2 t8t1 0 he makes order in his high places of heaven Alternate translation: “he makes peace in the high heaven”
@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ JOB 25 5 kt4v 0 the stars are not pure in his sight Here “pure” means “p
JOB 25 6 c7kh figs-parallelism 0 How much less man … a son of man, who is a worm These two lines say the same thing and are used together to emphasize that man is not perfect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 25 6 h6x7 figs-metaphor 0 who is a worm Bildad states that human beings are as worthless as worms. Alternate translation: “who is as worthless as a worm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 25 6 l7b7 figs-metonymy 0 a son of man This is another way of referring to a person. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s power<br>While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br>Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s power<br>While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br>Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 26 2 lud4 figs-irony 0 How you have helped one … the arm that has no strength In these statements, Job is accusing Bildad. The word “one” refers to Job. And, the word “arm” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am powerless and have no strength, but you act like you have helped me; but really, you have not helped me at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 26 3 s1r5 figs-irony 0 How you have advised one who has no wisdom and announced to him sound knowledge Job is saying that Bildad has not provided him with good advice and knowledge. Alternate translation: “You act like I have no wisdom and that you have advised me, that you have given me good advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 26 3 y2kk 0 announced to him sound knowledge Alternate translation: “given him good advice”
@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ JOB 26 13 c2jc 0 the fleeing serpent “the serpent as it was trying to escape
JOB 26 14 qb3u figs-metaphor 0 See, these are but the fringes of his ways Here “fringes” represents a small part that we can see of something that is much bigger. Alternate translation: “See, these things that God has done show only a small part of his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 26 14 k819 figs-exclamations 0 how small a whisper do we hear of him! This is an exclamation that expresses Job’s amazement of all the great things that God does that we do not even know about. Seeing what God does is spoken of as hearing God’s voice. Alternate translation: “it is as if we heard only his quiet whisper!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 26 14 b468 figs-rquestion 0 Who can understand the thunder of his power? The “thunder of his power” represents God’s greatness. Job uses this question to emphasize that God’s power is so great that no one can understand it. Alternate translation: “The thunder displays the greatness of his power which no one can understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 27 intro mkb5 0 # Job 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JOB 27 intro mkb5 0 # Job 27 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JOB 27 2 vm9g 0 As surely as God lives This phrase shows that Job is taking an oath. Job compares the certainty that God is alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I swear by God”
JOB 27 2 zm2r figs-metaphor 0 has taken away my justice Justice is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away or given. Taking it away represents refusing to treat Job with justice. Alternate translation: “has refused to treat me justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 27 2 tp23 figs-metonymy 0 made my life bitter Job’s “life” being bitter represents Job feeling resentful toward God. Alternate translation: “has caused me to become resentful” or “has made me feel angry because of the unfair way he has treated me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ JOB 27 22 xs2l figs-personification 0 It throws itself at him Here the phrase
JOB 27 22 fa8c figs-personification 0 he tries to flee out of its hand Here “hand” represents the power or control that the wind has over the wicked man. Alternate translation: “he tries to flee out of its control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 27 23 kvs2 translate-symaction 0 It claps its hands at him Clapping the hands is a way of mocking someone. Here it represents the wind making loud noises. Alternate translation: “It makes loud noises like someone clapping his hands to mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 27 23 r28v translate-symaction 0 hisses him from his place The wind makes a noise as it blows him out of his place, and the noise is like the hissing sound that people make to mock someone. Alternate translation: “it makes a hissing noise as it causes him to leave his home” or “it blows him out of his place and makes a hissing noise like someone who hisses at him to mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 28 intro i55c 0 # Job 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s wisdom<br><br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s wisdom and authority. This chapter especially focuses on Yahweh’s wisdom as he controls the circumstances of Job’s life. Men cannot understand because they do not have Yahweh’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
JOB 28 intro i55c 0 # Job 28 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s wisdom<br><br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s wisdom and authority. This chapter especially focuses on Yahweh’s wisdom as he controls the circumstances of Job’s life. Men cannot understand because they do not have Yahweh’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
JOB 28 1 fb4g 0 mine This is a place where people dig rocks out of the earth. These rocks have metal in them.
JOB 28 1 zr9q 0 refine This is the process of heating a metal to remove all of the impurities that are in it.
JOB 28 2 a9j8 figs-activepassive 0 Iron is taken out of the earth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People take iron out of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ JOB 28 25 l7lk figs-metaphor 0 parceled out the waters by measure This describe
JOB 28 26 qy1s 0 a path for the thunder Alternate translation: “he decided how the thunder can be heard” or “he decided the path of the thunderstorm”
JOB 28 28 l4bu figs-abstractnouns 0 See, the fear of the Lord—that is wisdom If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **fear**, you could express the same idea with the verbs “fear” or “respect.” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wisdom**, you could express the same idea with another word such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “Listen, if you fear the Lord, you will be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 28 28 m7dq figs-metaphor 0 to depart from evil is understanding Here “depart from evil” means refusing to do evil things. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **understanding**, you could express the same idea with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “if you refuse to do evil, then you will understand many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 29 intro eli2 0 # Job 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job recalls the days before Yahweh’s blessings were taken from him. This is only one part of Job’s argument that continues for the next 3 chapters.
JOB 29 intro eli2 0 # Job 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job recalls the days before Yahweh’s blessings were taken from him. This is only one part of Job’s argument that continues for the next 3 chapters.
JOB 29 2 h8k3 figs-exclamations 0 Oh, that I were as I was in the past months Job uses this exclamation to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that I were as I was in past months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
JOB 29 3 n6gg figs-metaphor 0 when his lamp shined on my head God’s lamp shining on Job represents God blessing Job. Alternate translation: “when God’s blessing was like a lamp shining its light on my head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 29 3 z42n figs-metaphor 0 when I walked through darkness by his light Walking through darkness represents experiencing difficult situations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ JOB 29 25 gh9m figs-metonymy 0 sat as their chief Here “sat” represents rul
JOB 29 25 azd4 figs-metonymy 0 sat as their chief Job was their chief. Alternate translation: “led them because I was their chief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 29 25 dv86 figs-simile 0 I lived like a king in his army Job speaks of how he led the people and how they obeyed him as if he were a king and they were his army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 29 25 nmq6 figs-explicit 0 like one who comforts mourners This phrase means that Job actually was one who comforted people. Alternate translation: “I comforted them when they mourned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 30 intro u96h 0 # Job 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job laments his current condition as others insult him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
JOB 30 intro u96h 0 # Job 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job laments his current condition as others insult him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
JOB 30 1 ghr9 figs-explicit 0 whose fathers I would have refused to allow to work beside the dogs of my flock This shows how much he despised those fathers. They were not even good enough to be with his dogs. Alternate translation: “whose fathers I despised and would not have allowed to work beside the dogs of my flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 30 1 bw8l figs-explicit 0 the dogs of my flock The dogs’ relationship to the flock can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the dogs that guarded my flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 30 2 dkd7 figs-rquestion 0 Indeed, the strength of their fathers’ hands, how could it have helped me … perished? Job uses this question to mock the weakness of those men. Alternate translation: “The strength of their fathers’ hands could not have helped me … perished.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ JOB 30 30 udu9 figs-synecdoche 0 my bones are burned with heat Here “bones”
JOB 30 31 qj9s figs-metonymy 0 my harp is tuned for songs of mourning Here “my harp” represents Job himself, and also represents his desire to sing only songs of mourning. Alternate translation: “I play only songs of mourning on my harp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 30 31 v1kr figs-metonymy 0 my flute for the singing of those who wail Here “my flute” represents Job himself, and also his desire to sing only songs of crying. Alternate translation: “I play only songs of wailing on my flute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 30 31 d2w2 0 wail To wail is to cry very loudly because of terrible sadness or pain.
JOB 31 intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement and it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job presents his case to Yahweh that he is upright and not guilty of the sins he is being accused of. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOB 31 intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement and it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job presents his case to Yahweh that he is upright and not guilty of the sins he is being accused of. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOB 31 1 ka6e figs-metaphor 0 I have made a covenant with my eyes Job speaks of making a promise about what he would look at as though his eyes were a person and he made a covenant with them. Alternate translation: “I have made a firm promise about what I will look at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 31 1 af9x figs-explicit 0 I have made a covenant with my eyes What job promised can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I made a promise that I will not look lustfully on a virgin” or “I promised that I will not look lustfully on a virgin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 31 1 sxi9 figs-rquestion 0 how then should I look with desire on a virgin? Job uses this question to emphasize that he would never break his promise. Alternate translation: “So I certainly will not look with lust at a virgin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ JOB 31 38 g2jv figs-hypo 0 General Information: This concludes Job’s descript
JOB 31 38 r91t figs-personification 0 If my land ever cries out against me, and its furrows weep together Job speaks of being guilty as if his land were a person who cries out against Job because of the wrong Job has done to the land. Alternate translation: “If I have done wrong concerning my land” or “If I have stolen my land from someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 31 39 vfe3 figs-metonymy 0 to lose their lives This represents dying. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 31 40 k93z figs-ellipsis 0 weeds instead of barley The words “let” and “grow” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “let weeds grow instead of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOB 32 intro pq4v 0 # Job 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Job’s friends give up on trying to convince him that he is being punished for sinning. This chapter introduces Elihu who was a witness to these interactions between Job and his friends. According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the first of Elihu’s four statements. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 32:6-22, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This quotation continues through the next chapter.
JOB 32 intro pq4v 0 # Job 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Job’s friends give up on trying to convince him that he is being punished for sinning. This chapter introduces Elihu who was a witness to these interactions between Job and his friends. According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the first of Elihu’s four statements. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 32:6-22, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This quotation continues through the next chapter.
JOB 32 1 k2f6 figs-metaphor 0 he was righteous in his own eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “he considered himself righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 32 2 cr7d figs-metaphor 0 Then was kindled the anger of Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram; it was kindled against Job This compares Elihu’s anger to someone starting a fire. Also, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram, became very angry with Job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 32 2 hxc1 translate-names 0 Elihu … Barakel … Ram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ JOB 32 20 w6zz figs-synecdoche 0 open my lips Here the “lips” represent the
JOB 32 21 mi73 0 neither will I give honorific titles to any man Alternate translation: “neither will I praise any man or give him titles of honor”
JOB 32 22 nb65 0 my Maker This is a name referring to God. Alternate translation: “God who made me”
JOB 32 22 i4r2 figs-euphemism 0 take me away This means that he would destroy him. Alternate translation: “destroy me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JOB 33 intro t7rx 0 # Job 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the first of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This quotation is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s mercy<br>While Job has been complaining about the lack of justice and response from Yahweh, Elihu shows Job that Yahweh has shown him great mercy along the way. He is still alive because of Yahweh’s mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
JOB 33 intro t7rx 0 # Job 33 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the first of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This quotation is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s mercy<br>While Job has been complaining about the lack of justice and response from Yahweh, Elihu shows Job that Yahweh has shown him great mercy along the way. He is still alive because of Yahweh’s mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
JOB 33 1 m7lu figs-parallelism 0 hear my speech; listen to all my words These two phrases mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that Job must listen carefully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 33 2 j572 figs-parallelism 0 I have opened my mouth … my tongue has spoken in my mouth These mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that he is now ready to speak. His “tongue” speaking represents himself speaking. Alternate translation: “I have opened my mouth and I have begun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 33 3 u1kk figs-synecdoche 0 My words come from the uprightness of my heart Here Elihu refers to himself by his “heart” as he speaks of being upright. Alternate translation: “I will speak with uprightness” or “I will speak with complete honesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ JOB 33 30 qg5z figs-metaphor 0 the pit The place where people go when they die
JOB 33 30 myd4 figs-activepassive 0 he may be enlightened with the light of life This is an idiom and may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he may be happy to still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 33 31 z1l9 figs-doublet 0 Pay attention, Job, and listen to me These phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully to me, Job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOB 33 32 g3l6 figs-idiom 0 that you are in the right This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “that you are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 34 intro b9ku 0 # Job 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the second of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>Elihu defends the justice of Yahweh after Job claimed that Yahweh was being unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 34 intro b9ku 0 # Job 34 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the second of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>Elihu defends the justice of Yahweh after Job claimed that Yahweh was being unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 34 1 h9vc 0 Moreover, Elihu Alternate translation: “Then, Elihu”
JOB 34 1 yw36 translate-names 0 Elihu See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 32:2](../32/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 34 2 k8a4 0 Listen to my words Alternate translation: “Listen to what I say”
@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ JOB 34 36 w7eb 0 of his talking like wicked men Alternate translation: “of h
JOB 34 37 jr4v figs-explicit 0 he adds rebellion This refers to rebellion against God. Alternate translation: “he adds rebellion against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 34 37 fm5k figs-explicit 0 he claps his hands in mockery in our midst In this accusation, this means that Job clapped his hands to strengthen his mockery of God. Alternate translation: “he claps his hands as he mocks God in our midst” or “he mocks God right in front of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 34 37 g7nc figs-metaphor 0 he piles up words against God Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br>Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br>Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
JOB 35 2 s9jw figs-rquestion 0 Do you think this is just…‘My right before God’? Elihu uses questions to challenge Job. Alternate translation: “You must think you are right…‘My right before God.’” or “It is not just…‘My right before God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 35 2 yh9l 0 Do you think this is just when you say Alternate translation: “Do you think it is right for you to say”
JOB 35 2 g7jg figs-you 0 Do you think Here “you” is singular and refers to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ JOB 35 14 c513 0 you are waiting for him Alternate translation: “you are wai
JOB 35 15 ub2k 0 Now you say that his anger does not punish, and he does not take even a litte notice of transgression Because Job is saying these things about God that are untrue, it is even less likely that God will answer Job’s prayers.
JOB 35 15 kpu8 figs-metonymy 0 his anger does not punish Here “his anger” is a metonym for “him.” Alternate translation: “he never punishes anyone because he is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 35 16 ben3 figs-metaphor 0 he piles up words without knowledge Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. The word “knowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words without knowing what he is talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 36 intro pp2j 0 # Job 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the last of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 36 intro pp2j 0 # Job 36 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the last of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 36 2 h1hx figs-metaphor 0 I will show you some things Elihu speaks of explaining things to Job as if he were going to show those things to Job. Alternate translation: “I will explain some things to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 36 3 c3pd figs-metaphor 0 I will obtain my knowledge from far off Elihu speaks of having knowledge of many different subjects as if it were getting his knowledge from far away places. Alternate translation: “I will show you my great knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 36 3 u4g9 figs-abstractnouns 0 that righteousness belongs to my Maker Here the word “righteousness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “that my Maker is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ JOB 36 30 e9es figs-metaphor 0 and covers the roots of the sea Elihu speaks of
JOB 36 32 tsi9 figs-metaphor 0 He fills his hands with the lightning Elihu speaks of the lightning that storms cause as if God were holding the lightning in his hand and directing it to strike where he wills. This could mean: (1) that God holds the lightning bolts in his hands in order to throw them, or (2) that God hides the lightning bolts in his hands until he is ready to use them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 36 33 k3qk 0 Its thunder Alternate translation: “The thunder caused by the lightning” or “The thunder”
JOB 36 33 se83 0 hear it is coming Alternate translation: “hear that the storm is coming”
JOB 37 intro ccm7 0 # Job 37 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the previous chapter and the last of Elihu’s four statements, and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 37 intro ccm7 0 # Job 37 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the previous chapter and the last of Elihu’s four statements, and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 37 1 mup1 figs-parallelism 0 my heart trembles … it is moved out of its place These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 37 1 eid2 0 my heart trembles at this The word “this” refers to the storm in [Job 36:33](../36/33.md).
JOB 37 1 nhy8 figs-metaphor 0 it is moved out of its place Elihu speaks of his heart beating violently as if it were to jump out of his chest. Alternate translation: “it moves out of its place” or “it beats violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ JOB 37 20 x2hn figs-metaphor 0 to be swallowed up Elihu speaks of a person bein
JOB 37 22 l64j figs-metaphor 0 over God is fearsome majesty The word “fearsome” means that it causes fear. Elihu speaks of God’s majesty as if it were something that rests upon God. Alternate translation: “God’s majesty causes people to fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 37 23 c4sd figs-metaphor 0 we cannot find him This could mean: (1) “we cannot approach him” or (2) this is a metaphor in which Elihu speaks of a person’s being unable to fully understand God as if he could not find God. Alternate translation: “we cannot comprehend him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 37 24 n2pv figs-metonymy 0 those who are wise in their own minds Here “minds” represents the person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “those who are wise in their own thinking” or “those who consider themselves to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 1 b53y 0 Then Yahweh called Here, the word “then” marks the beginning of a new part of the book. See if your language has a similar way to introduce a new scene. Alternate translation: “After all that had happened, Yahweh called.
JOB 38 1 zh2u 0 called to Job Alternate translation: “answered Job” or “responded to Job”
JOB 38 1 zk13 0 out of a fierce storm Alternate translation: “from a powerful storm”
@ -2237,7 +2237,7 @@ JOB 38 41 hc2b 0 ravens large birds with shiny black feathers that feed on dea
JOB 38 41 y9ey figs-explicit 0 cry out to God The implied information is that the ravens are crying out for food. Alternate translation: “cry to God for help” or “cry out for God to give them food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 38 41 nde9 0 stagger about This means to walk around in an unsteady way.
JOB 38 41 i8kr 0 for lack of food Alternate translation: “because they have no food” or “because they have nothing to eat”
JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
JOB 39 1 b1wa figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Yahweh uses four questions to emphasize that he is greater than Job because Yahweh takes care of the wild mountain goats and deer and Job does not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 39 1 sw6i 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
JOB 39 1 m8kw figs-rquestion 0 Do you know at what time … bear their young? If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not know when … bear their young!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@ JOB 39 30 e2b5 0 His young It may be helpful to state that this happens after
JOB 39 30 s29l 0 drink up blood Alternate translation: “drink the blood of the animal that he killed”
JOB 39 30 iv5j 0 where killed people are “where there are dead people.” This phrase refers to dead bodies that are lying out in the open, not to bodies that are buried in the ground.
JOB 39 30 nx3p figs-explicit 0 there he is It can be made explicit that he comes to eat the dead bodies. Alternate translation: “he is there to eat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Irony<br>Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Irony<br>Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 40 1 jlf1 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
JOB 40 2 kpm1 figs-rquestion 0 Should anyone who wishes to criticize try to correct the Almighty? Yahweh is rebuking Job. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one who wants to criticize me should try to argue with me, for I am Almighty God.” or “You, a person, want to criticize me, Almighty God, but you should not try to correct me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 40 2 p78z figs-pronouns 0 He who argues with God, let him answer Yahweh speaks of Job and himself as if they were two other people to remind Job that no person anywhere should argue with God. Alternate translation: “You want to argue with me, so answer me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ JOB 40 22 k86u 0 willows of the brook Willows are large trees that grow in dam
JOB 40 23 vbe3 0 banks sides of the river
JOB 40 23 x8nv 0 though the Jordan should surge up to his mouth Alternate translation: “even if the flood of the Jordan should come up to his mouth”
JOB 40 24 uyb7 figs-rquestion 0 Can anyone capture him with a hook … snare? If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can capture him with a hook or pierce his nose through with a snare.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 41 1 tg8a figs-rquestion 0 Can you draw out Leviathan with a fishhook? God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot draw out Leviathan with a fishhook.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 41 1 f9dw 0 draw out pull out of the water
JOB 41 1 li7c figs-ellipsis 0 Or tie up his jaws with a cord? The words “can you” are understood from the previous question. They can be repeated here. God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Or can you tie up his jaws with a cord?” or “And you know that you cannot tie up his jaws with a cord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ JOB 41 33 f5nc 0 him Leviathan
JOB 41 34 b5cm 0 He sees everything that is proud Alternate translation: “He is very, very proud”
JOB 41 34 c959 figs-personification 0 he is king over all the sons of pride Leviathan is spoken of as if he were a person who is able to become king and be proud. Alternate translation: “Leviathan has more reason to be proud than anyone else on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 41 34 n88z 0 He … he Leviathan
JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JOB 42 2 bdu3 figs-ellipsis 0 I know that you can do all things, that no purpose of yours can be stopped You may want to repeat the words “I know.” Alternate translation: “I know that you can do all things. I know that no purpose of yours can be stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOB 42 2 wu37 figs-activepassive 0 no purpose of yours can be stopped This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one can stop any of your plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 42 3 b75d figs-rquestion 0 Who is this The ULT and most modern versions agree that Job is loosely quoting God’s own words from [Job 38:2](../38/02.md). You may decide, as does the UST, to make it clear that God asked this question of Job and that Job is now remembering it. Alternate translation: “You said to me, ‘Who is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

302
en_tn_19-PSA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

64
en_tn_20-PRO.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Proverbs<br><br>1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)<br>1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)<br>1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)<br>1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)<br>1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)<br>1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)<br>1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)<br>1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)<br>1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)<br><br>### What is the book of Proverbs about?<br><br>A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.<br><br>The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?<br><br>Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?<br><br>“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What form do the individual proverbs have?<br><br>Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>### How should personification be represented in translation?<br><br>In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Proverbs<br><br>1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)<br>1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)<br>1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)<br>1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)<br>1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)<br>1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)<br>1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)<br>1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)<br>1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)<br><br>### What is the book of Proverbs about?<br><br>A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.<br><br>The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?<br><br>Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?<br><br>“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What form do the individual proverbs have?<br><br>Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>### How should personification be represented in translation?<br><br>In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 1 1 q6pn writing-poetry 0 General Information: Verses 2-33 are poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
PRO 1 2 iaq1 figs-abstractnouns 0 to teach wisdom and instruction This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns “wisdom” and “instruction” can be stated as adjectives or verbs. Alternate translation: “to teach you how to be wise and to instruct you about how to live moral lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 1 2 rs3p 0 to teach words of insight Alternate translation: “to help you understand wise teachings”
@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ PRO 1 32 t8af 0 naive inexperienced or immature
PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **indifference**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something
PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words Alternate translation: “if you listen to what I am teaching you”
PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ PRO 2 20 fiw6 figs-metaphor 0 you will walk in the way … follow the paths A p
PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked … the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked … those who are faithless” or “wicked people … faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ PRO 3 33 q866 figs-metonymy 0 he blesses the home of righteous people The word
PRO 3 34 kb65 figs-metaphor 0 he gives his favor to humble people The writer speaks of Yahweh’s favor as if it were an object that he gives to people. Alternate translation: “he shows his favor to humble people” or “he is gracious to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 3 35 y7vz figs-metaphor 0 Wise people inherit honor The writer speaks of wise people obtaining a reputation of honor as if they inherited honor as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Wise people will obtain honor” or “Wise people will gain an honorable reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 3 35 b6jx figs-metaphor 0 fools will be lifted up in their shame The writer speaks of Yahweh making the shame of fools evident to everyone as if Yahweh were lifting fools up for everyone to see them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause everyone to see the shame of fools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 4 1 hqv1 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
PRO 4 1 zck6 0 pay attention Alternate translation: “listen carefully”
PRO 4 1 s4lm 0 you will know what understanding is Alternate translation: “you will know how to understand” or “you will gain understanding”
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ PRO 4 26 g2a2 0 a level path Alternate translation: “a smooth path” or “
PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md).
@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ PRO 5 22 u9ya figs-personification 0 A wicked person will be seized by his own
PRO 5 22 he5d figs-metaphor 0 the cords of his sin will hold him tight The writer speaks of a wicked person being unable to avoid the consequences of his sin as if that sin were a trap made of cords in which the person is caught. Alternate translation: “because of his sin, he will be like an animal caught in a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 23 x16k figs-activepassive 0 he is led astray by his great foolishness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his great foolishness leads him astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 5 23 n1a7 0 by his great foolishness Alternate translation: “because he is very foolish”
PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 6 1 sb1b figs-explicit 0 set aside your money Implied here is that your promise and the circumstances forced you to save up your money. Alternate translation: “had to save up some of your money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 6 1 z256 0 a guarantee for your neighbor’s loan This could mean: (1) your neighbor may come to you to ask for a loan or (2) your neighbor wants to take out a loan from someone else, but you promise to pay the lender back if your neighbor cannot.
PRO 6 1 p3wd 0 neighbor This same Hebrew word can also mean “friend.”
@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ PRO 6 34 tk3n 0 takes his revenge If a person takes revenge, it is to cause hu
PRO 6 35 b2ym 0 compensation payment by one who does wrong to the person to whom he has done wrong
PRO 6 35 fly2 figs-activepassive 0 he cannot be bought off If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you cannot pay him enough money to change his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 6 35 pc8x 0 off, though Alternate translation: “off. This will be true even if”
PRO 7 intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her.
PRO 7 intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her.
PRO 7 1 at6w figs-metaphor 0 keep my words Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 7 1 k635 figs-metaphor 0 store up my commands within yourself Here God’s commands are spoken of as if they were objects that someone could put into a storeroom. Alternate translation: “memorize my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 7 2 a8m4 figs-metaphor 0 keep my instruction Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ PRO 7 26 xx9k figs-metonymy 0 She has caused many people to fall down pierced B
PRO 7 27 g21s 0 Her house is on the paths to Sheol … they go down Here “paths” represents the kinds of behavior that foolish people participate in. Sheol was the name for the world of the dead.
PRO 7 27 ry42 figs-parallelism 0 on the paths to Sheol … down to the dark bedrooms of death These two phrases basically mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize that the woman’s victims will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 7 27 prr1 figs-metaphor 0 the dark bedrooms of death This expression pictures the dead as sleeping in many different rooms in Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 8 1 qsc7 figs-personification 0 General Information: In chapter 8 wisdom is spoken of as a woman who teaches people how to be wise. Many verses in chapter 8 have parallelisms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 8 1 v9h5 figs-rquestion 0 Does not Wisdom call out? This question is used to remind the readers of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “Wisdom calls out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 8 1 i9hu figs-personification 0 Does not Wisdom call out? Here wisdom is imagined as a woman. If a language does not allow this kind of metaphor, other possible translations are: (1) “Is not wisdom like a woman who calls out?” (2) “Does not a woman named Wisdom call out?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ PRO 8 35 z6lm figs-personification 0 finds me This is still wisdom talking abou
PRO 8 36 hfn9 figs-personification 0 hate me This is still wisdom talking about herself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 8 36 yl6t figs-explicit 0 he who fails The complete thought is, “he who fails to find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 8 36 w73k figs-metonymy 0 his own life Here “life” represents the person’s self. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
PRO 9 1 m12a figs-personification 0 General Information: These verses begin a parable in which wisdom is imagined to be a woman who is giving good advice to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 9 1 s64d figs-personification 0 Wisdom has built The writer speaks about wisdom as if it were a woman who has built her own house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 9 2 x5sw figs-metonymy 0 She has slaughtered her animals This refers to animals whose meat will be eaten in the dinner that Wisdom will give. Alternate translation: “She has killed the animals for meat at dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ PRO 9 16 lfx9 0 those who have no sense Alternate translation: “those who do
PRO 9 17 jsi6 figs-metaphor 0 Stolen waters are sweet, and bread of secrecy is delicious The foolish woman speaks of the pleasure of stolen waters and bread of secrecy to tell men that if they sleep with her, they will have pleasure. This can be stated clearly in a simile: “You can enjoy me just as you enjoy water that you have stolen or bread that is secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 9 18 kg4h 0 that the dead are there Alternate translation: “that the men who have gone to her are now dead”
PRO 9 18 k1fh 0 in the depths of Sheol “Sheol” refers to the world of the dead.
PRO 10 intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 10 intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 10 1 i2yb figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 10 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 10 1 tab7 0 The proverbs of Solomon After the introduction of Chapters 1-9, Chapter 10 begins the collection of the proverbs; short sayings that teach wisdom.
PRO 10 2 ffz8 0 accumulated acquired over time
@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ PRO 10 31 f7hy figs-metonymy 0 Out of the mouth of the righteous person “Mout
PRO 10 31 amx2 figs-metonymy 0 the perverse tongue will be cut out “Tongue” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “God will shut the mouths of people who say what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 10 32 y79y figs-metonymy 0 lips of the righteous person know what is acceptable “Lips” represent what a person says. Alternate translation: “righteous person knows how to speak acceptably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 10 32 ay8q figs-metonymy 0 mouth of the wicked “Mouth” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words of the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 11 intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 11 intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 11 1 hzq7 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 11 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 11 1 g3jt figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh hates scales that are not accurate “Scales” represent measuring accurately in negotiating. Alternate translation: “God hates deceiving scales” or “God hates it when people are deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 11 1 pe2q 0 but he delights in a precise weight Here, **precise weight** represents accuracy in negotiating. Alternate translation: “but he delights in honest ways” or “but he is happy when people are honest”
@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ PRO 11 29 p1pb figs-metaphor 0 inherit the wind The “wind” is a metaphor fo
PRO 11 30 q7ul figs-simile 0 The righteous person will be like a tree of life A person who does what is right is compared to a tree that produces life as its fruit. Alternate translation: “Those who do right will bring life to themselves and others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PRO 11 30 hlz7 0 tree of life See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:18](../03/18.md).
PRO 11 31 s8p9 0 how much more Alternate translation: “even more so”
PRO 12 intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 12 intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 12 1 ktr2 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The author uses [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] throughout this chapter. Verses 1-15 contrast wisdom and foolishness.
PRO 12 1 r7h6 0 Whoever Alternate translation: “Any person who”
PRO 12 1 tz7m 0 the one who hates correction Alternate translation: “the person who does not want to be told what to do”
@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ PRO 12 25 n82f figs-metaphor 0 weighs him down “Weighing down” represents t
PRO 12 25 z6n9 figs-abstractnouns 0 but a good word makes him glad If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **word**, you could express the same idea with the verb “speak.” Alternate translation: “but when others speak kindly to him, he is cheerful again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 12 27 gdt7 0 would not roast their own game “Game” means animals caught and killed while hunting. And “roast” is a way of cooking food.
PRO 12 27 vz9v 0 precious wealth Alternate translation: “valuable treasure”
PRO 13 intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 13 intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 13 1 ugs5 figs-metonymy 0 A wise son hears Here “hears” represents listening in order to do it. Alternate translation: “A wise son obeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 13 1 sy9c figs-metonymy 0 will not listen to rebuke Here “listen” represents paying attention in order to do it. Alternate translation: “will not learn from rebuke” or “will not obey, despite rebuke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 13 2 zu98 figs-metonymy 0 From the fruit of his mouth Here “fruit” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “From the words of his mouth” or “From what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ PRO 13 23 h46l figs-metaphor 0 but it is swept away by injustice “Swept away
PRO 13 24 jp8a 0 is careful to instruct him Alternate translation: “makes sure to instruct him”
PRO 13 25 a593 0 he satisfies his appetite Alternate translation: “he has satisfied himself” or “he fulfills his desires”
PRO 13 25 azl9 figs-metonymy 0 the stomach of the wicked is always hungry Here “stomach” represents the desires of a person. Alternate translation: “the wicked person is always hungry for more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 14 intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 14 intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 14 1 r3rp 0 builds her house Alternate translation: “builds up her house” or “makes her house better”
PRO 14 1 tv3l 0 house This could mean: (1) this may refer to her actual house, that is the building she lives in or (2) this may refer to her family.
PRO 14 1 l2y8 figs-synecdoche 0 with her own hands The woman is represented by her “hands.” Alternate translation: “by herself” or “by the way she behaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ PRO 14 33 xi3x figs-personification 0 she The word “she” refers to wisdom.
PRO 14 34 dl6h 0 is a disgrace Alternate translation: “brings shame upon to any people” or “should cause any people to be ashamed”
PRO 14 35 qjf7 0 who acts prudently Alternate translation: “who acts wisely” or “who makes sure bad things do not happen”
PRO 14 35 vi56 0 the one who Alternate translation: “the servant who”
PRO 15 intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 15 intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 15 1 x2lh figs-metaphor 0 A gentle answer turns away wrath Causing a person to stop being angry is spoken of as if it were turning that person’s wrath away. Alternate translation: “Answering a person gently will calm that person’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 15 1 hu6m figs-metaphor 0 but a harsh word stirs up anger Causing a person to become more angry is spoken of as if it were stirring up or awakening anger. Alternate translation: “but speaking harshly causes that person to become more angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 15 2 w6ic figs-synecdoche 0 The tongue of wise people compliments knowledge Here the word “tongue” refers to the person who speaks. Alternate translation: “Wise people compliment knowledge when they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ PRO 15 32 l9cd figs-abstractnouns 0 listens to correction The word “correctio
PRO 15 33 nhk9 figs-abstractnouns 0 The fear of Yahweh teaches wisdom The words “fear” and “wisdom” can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “When one fears Yahweh, he will learn to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 15 33 t56g 0 The fear of Yahweh See how you translated this phrase in [Proverbs 1:7](../01/07.md).
PRO 15 33 w2h2 0 humility comes before honor This means that a person must first learn humility before Yahweh will honor him.
PRO 16 intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King and royalty<br><br>Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 16 intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King and royalty<br><br>Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 16 1 bqu9 figs-metonymy 0 The plans of the heart belong to a person Here the word “heart” represents the person’s mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: “A person makes plans in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 16 1 hf8a figs-metaphor 0 from Yahweh comes the answer from his tongue This could mean: (1) Yahweh speaks his answer to a person’s plans, which is a metaphor meaning that Yahweh determines the outcome of that person’s plans or (2) Yahweh enables a person to speak words about the plans that he has made. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 16 1 j1hu figs-synecdoche 0 the answer from his tongue The person is represented by his “tongue” to emphasize his speech. Alternate translation: “the answer that he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ PRO 16 31 y1am figs-activepassive 0 it is gained If your language does not use
PRO 16 32 x3rg figs-metaphor 0 one who rules his spirit The writer speaks of a person being able to control his own temper and emotions as if he ruled over his spirit like a king rules his people. Alternate translation: “one who controls his temper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 16 33 ei8c figs-activepassive 0 The lots are cast into the lap If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A person throws the lots into his lap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 16 33 js5x 0 the decision is from Yahweh This could mean: (1) Yahweh decides how the lots will land or (2) it is not the lots, but Yahweh who determines what will happen.
PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 17 1 ecu4 figs-metonymy 0 to have quiet Here “quiet” refers to “peace.” Alternate translation: “to have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 17 1 p2y8 figs-ellipsis 0 than a house full of feasting with strife The words “to have” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “than to have a house full of feasting with strife” or “than to be in a house full of feasting where there is strife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 17 3 fh66 figs-explicit 0 The crucible is for silver and the furnace is for gold This refers to how gold and silver are refined. A metal is refined by heating it to a high temperature so that it melts and the impurities may be removed. Alternate translation: “The crucible is used to refine silver and the furnace is used to refine gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ PRO 17 27 je2b figs-explicit 0 uses few words This refers to the way he speaks.
PRO 17 28 b5ay figs-activepassive 0 Even a fool is thought to be wise This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “People even think a fool is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 17 28 i81a figs-idiom 0 keeps his mouth shut This means that he does not speak. Alternate translation: “does not speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PRO 17 28 q1jm figs-activepassive 0 he is considered to be intelligent This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “people consider him to be intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 18 intro k5qz 0 # Proverbs 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 18 intro k5qz 0 # Proverbs 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 18 1 n34r 0 isolates himself Alternate translation: “keeps away from other people”
PRO 18 1 vun3 figs-personification 0 quarrels with all sound judgment This speaks of a person disagreeing with sound judgment as if “sound judgment” were a person he fought with. Alternate translation: “he disagrees with all sound judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 18 1 r3yq 0 sound judgment Alternate translation: “good judgment” or “wise choices”
@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ PRO 18 21 n65f figs-metonymy 0 by the tongue … love the tongue Here the “to
PRO 18 21 l141 figs-metaphor 0 will eat its fruit This speaks of a person receiving the consequence for what he says as if the consequences were fruit that he receives. Alternate translation: “will receive its consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 18 24 wg3n figs-activepassive 0 many friends is brought to ruin by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many friends--they will bring him to ruin” or “many friends--his friends will destroy him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 18 24 zc7f 0 comes closer than Alternate translation: “is more faithful than” or “stays more loyal than”
PRO 19 intro nbz8 0 # Proverbs 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 19 intro nbz8 0 # Proverbs 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 19 1 ev8n 0 Better is a poor person Alternate translation: “It is better to be a poor person”
PRO 19 1 bpi4 figs-idiom 0 who walks in his integrity This is an idiom. Here walking refers to living. Alternate translation: “who lives in his integrity” or “who lives an honest life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PRO 19 1 wj4i figs-abstractnouns 0 is perverse in speech The word “speech” may be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “speaks perversely” or “speaks in an evil way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ PRO 19 28 g9y4 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alter
PRO 19 29 d4f3 figs-abstractnouns 0 Condemnation is ready for mockers and flogging for The words “condemnation” and “flogging” may be expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is ready to condemn mockers and to flog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 19 29 ray2 figs-ellipsis 0 flogging for the backs of fools The words “is ready” are understood from the previous phrase and may be repeated. Alternate translation: “flogging is ready for the backs of fools” or “he is ready to flog the backs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 19 29 r21d 0 flogging beating with a whip or stick
PRO 20 intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 20 intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 20 1 p893 figs-parallelism 0 Wine is a mocker and strong drink is a brawler These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize the danger of too much alcohol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 20 1 v7zx figs-metonymy 0 Wine is a mocker Here “wine” refers to the person who is drunk with wine. Alternate translation: “A person who is drunk with wine mocks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 20 1 qa7m figs-metonymy 0 strong drink is a brawler Here “strong drink” refers to a person who is drunk with strong drink. Alternate translation: “a person who is drunk with strong drink starts fights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ PRO 20 28 f9he figs-activepassive 0 Covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness p
PRO 20 28 dyd6 0 preserve the king keep the king safe from harm
PRO 20 28 dym8 figs-metonymy 0 his throne is made secure by love Here “throne” represents the king’s power to rule. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Also, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a king ensures that he will rule for a long time by loving others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 20 30 g7u1 figs-parallelism 0 Blows that make a wound cleanse away evil and beatings make the innermost parts clean Both statements mean the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Using physical punishment to correct a person is spoken of as if the evil were dirt and the beatings cleansed him. Alternate translation: “Beating a person who has done wrong will correct him and cause him to be a better person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 21 intro ge8s 0 # Proverbs 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 21 intro ge8s 0 # Proverbs 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 21 1 w5md figs-metaphor 0 The king’s heart is a stream of water in the hand of Yahweh The writer speaks of the king’s heart as if it were an irrigation ditch in a dry area through which people direct water to plants that need it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh controls the king’s heart as a man directs water for irrigation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 21 1 t1m8 figs-metonymy 0 The king’s heart The heart is a metaphor for what a person thinks and what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “The king’s thoughts and actions” or “What the king thinks and what he wants to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 21 2 yz3c figs-metaphor 0 Every person’s way is right in his own eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. The writer speaks of what a person does as if it that person were walking down a path. Alternate translation: “Every person thinks that what he does is good” or “Every person judges what he does as good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ PRO 21 30 n8kt figs-abstractnouns 0 There is no wisdom, there is no understandi
PRO 21 30 k3pe 0 stand against Yahweh Alternate translation: “defeat Yahweh” or “work against what Yahweh wants to do” or “show that he is right and Yahweh is wrong”
PRO 21 31 j1hq figs-activepassive 0 The horse is prepared for the day of battle These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soldiers prepare horses for the day of battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 21 31 i6w8 figs-idiom 0 the day of battle The word “day” refers to time that may be longer or shorter than a day. Alternate translation: “when there is a battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PRO 22 intro t5zj 0 # Proverbs 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 22 intro t5zj 0 # Proverbs 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 22 1 but9 figs-activepassive 0 A good name is to be chosen over great riches These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A person should choose a good name rather than great riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 22 1 m8c7 0 A good name Alternate translation: “To have others think that one is a good person”
PRO 22 3 nt9p 0 A prudent man “A man who is wise” or “A man who has good sense.” See how you translated “prudent” in [Proverbs 12:16](../12/16.md).
@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ PRO 22 28 djq5 0 boundary stone a large stone that shows where one person’s
PRO 22 28 j4id 0 fathers ancestors
PRO 22 29 y4ub figs-rquestion 0 Do you see a man skilled at his work? This rhetorical question is actually a command. Alternate translation: “Think of someone you know who is skilled at his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 22 29 e6ii figs-metonymy 0 stand before This represents becoming a servant of the important person. Kings and other important people will think so highly of him that they will use his services. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 23 intro eva7 0 # Proverbs 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 23 intro eva7 0 # Proverbs 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 23 1 z181 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
PRO 23 2 lu62 figs-hyperbole 0 put a knife to your throat Possible meanings of this exaggeration are: (1) “be very careful not to eat too much” or (2) “do not eat anything at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PRO 23 3 zfk9 0 Do not crave “Do not strongly desire.” See how you translated “craves” in [Proverbs 21:9](../21/09.md).
@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ PRO 23 34 q7lv figs-idiom 0 lies on the top of a mast The place on the mast whe
PRO 23 34 lxy2 0 mast the long wooden pole to which are attached the sails of a sailing ship
PRO 23 35 c4na 0 They hit me,…but I was not hurt. They beat me, but I did not feel it. Because the drunk person is not thinking clearly, he is imagining that people are hitting and beating him, yet he feels no pain and cannot remember anything.
PRO 23 35 d6ej 0 When will I wake up? The drunk person is wondering when he will be sober again; when the effect of the wine will stop.
PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 24 1 d1dq 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
PRO 24 2 dw7g figs-synecdoche 0 their hearts The words “their hearts” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PRO 24 2 m8px figs-synecdoche 0 their lips The words “their lips” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ PRO 24 32 u9za 0 received instruction Alternate translation: “learned a less
PRO 24 34 d7gx figs-ellipsis 0 and poverty comes This finishes a thought begun with the words “A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest” (Proverbs 24:33). You may need to fill in the omitted words. “You may say to yourself, ‘A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest,’ but then poverty will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 24 34 v85w figs-personification 0 poverty comes marching upon you Some translations read, “poverty comes upon you like a robber.” Poverty is spoken of as if it were a person or animal that can attack a lazy person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 24 34 zx1y figs-simile 0 your needs like an armed soldier Needs are spoken of as if they were a person who could attack the lazy person. Alternate translation: “your needs will come to you like an armed soldier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 25 intro l94s 0 # Proverbs 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 25 intro l94s 0 # Proverbs 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 25 2 x2ec 0 to conceal a matter Alternate translation: “to keep some things secret”
PRO 25 2 cj4p figs-ellipsis 0 but the glory The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “but it is the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 25 2 dg6e 0 search it out Alternate translation: “search that matter out” or “search for those things that God has concealed”
@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ PRO 25 27 x6in figs-litotes 0 It is not good This can be stated positively. Alt
PRO 25 27 ea11 0 that is like searching for honor after honor The meaning of the original language is uncertain. Some versions of the Bible translate this as “that is like speaking too many compliments to people.” Alternate translation: “that is like always thinking about how others should honor you”
PRO 25 28 gl3p figs-simile 0 A person without self-control is like a city breached and without walls. Both a person without self-control and a city without walls are weak and vulnerable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PRO 25 28 jh45 0 breached and without walls Alternate translation: “whose walls an army has knocked down and destroyed”
PRO 26 intro juh9 0 # Proverbs 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 26 intro juh9 0 # Proverbs 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 26 1 w8yc figs-simile 0 Like snow in summer or rain in harvest Normally snow does not fall during the summer and rain does not fall during the harvest. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Just as it would be very strange to have snow in summer or rain during the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 26 2 kdg7 figs-simile 0 so an undeserved curse does not alight A curse that does not harm a person is spoken of as if it were a bird that does not land. Alternate translation: “so an undeserved curse does not land on its mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PRO 26 2 mf19 figs-activepassive 0 an undeserved curse This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “a curse on a person who does not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ PRO 26 27 nj1w figs-explicit 0 the stone will roll back on the one who pushed i
PRO 26 28 wvw9 figs-synecdoche 0 A lying tongue hates the people it crushes The phrase “a lying tongue” represents a person who tells lies. Crushing people represents causing them trouble. Alternate translation: “A liar hates those he hurts by his lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 26 28 dfi2 figs-synecdoche 0 a flattering mouth brings about ruin The phrase “a flattering mouth” represents a person who flatters people. This could mean: (1) a person who flatters others causes trouble or (2) a person who flatters others ruins them (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PRO 26 28 qp8a 0 flattering praising someone in a manner that is not sincere, or praising someone about things that are not true
PRO 27 intro ec7g 0 # Proverbs 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 27 intro ec7g 0 # Proverbs 27 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 27 1 f85w figs-explicit 0 Do not boast about tomorrow This is a warning not to brag about what you expect to happen tomorrow. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not speak proudly about your plans for tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 27 1 t368 figs-metaphor 0 what a day may bring Something happening on a certain day is spoken of as if the day were to bring that event. Alternate translation: “what will happen on a day” or “what will happen tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 27 2 cyj6 figs-ellipsis 0 and not your own mouth … and not your own lips The words “let praise you” are understood from the first phrase. They can be repeated. Here a person is represented by his “mouth” and “lips” because those are the parts of the body used to speak. Alternate translation: “and do not let your own mouth praise you … and do not let your own lips praise you” or “and do not praise yourself … and do not praise yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ PRO 27 26 dar8 figs-explicit 0 Those lambs will provide your clothing The impli
PRO 27 26 j2vp figs-explicit 0 the goats will provide the price of the field The implied information is that the money received by selling the goats will be enough to buy a field. Alternate translation: “selling your goats will provide the price of the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 27 27 q28m figs-explicit 0 nourishment for your servant girls The implied information is that there will also be enough goats’ milk to feed the servant girls. Alternate translation: “there will be goat’s milk to nourish your servant girls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 27 27 xjw4 0 nourishment Alternate translation: “food”
PRO 28 intro g91u 0 # Proverbs 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 28 intro g91u 0 # Proverbs 28 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 28 2 b4c7 figs-abstractnouns 0 Because of the transgression of a land If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **transgression**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Because of how a land transgresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 28 2 qks4 figs-metonymy 0 the transgression of a land This is a metonym for the sins of the people living in a land. Alternate translation: “the transgression of the people of a land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 28 2 ivf7 figs-explicit 0 with a man of understanding and knowledge The implied information is that this man is a ruler or leader. The abstract nouns “understanding” and “knowledge” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “with a man who understands and knows how to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ PRO 28 28 ku38 figs-idiom 0 When the wicked arise This is an idiom that means w
PRO 28 28 xc51 figs-hyperbole 0 people hide themselves This is an exaggeration for doing everything they can to avoid having wicked people harm them. Alternate translation: “people go into hiding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
PRO 28 28 vjp8 0 perish This could mean: (1) “go away” or (2) “fall from power” or (3) “are destroyed.”
PRO 28 28 pd87 0 increase This could mean: (1) “multiply” or (2) “rise to power.”
PRO 29 intro pkl4 0 # Proverbs 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 29 intro pkl4 0 # Proverbs 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 29 1 rl7a figs-metaphor 0 who stiffens his neck A person becoming stubborn is spoken of as if he stiffens his neck. Alternate translation: “who becomes stubborn” or “who refuses to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 29 1 nb5z figs-activepassive 0 will be broken in a moment If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will suddenly break him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 29 1 y5ft figs-metaphor 0 beyond healing “and no one will be able to heal him.” Sickness is a metaphor for any kind of bad situation. Alternate translation: “and no one will be able to help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ PRO 29 25 t3gk figs-activepassive 0 the one who trusts in Yahweh will be protec
PRO 29 26 sa3k figs-metonymy 0 Many are those who seek the face of the ruler The word “face” is a metonym for the ruler listening to people telling him what they want him to do and then doing it. Alternate translation: “Many people want their ruler to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 29 26 w96b figs-abstractnouns 0 from Yahweh is justice for a person It is Yahweh, not human rulers, who will see that people treat a person justly. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “just.” Alternate translation: “it is Yahweh who is truly just towards a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 29 27 c4s9 0 detestable a person who should be hated. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:32](../03/32.md).
PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 30 1 u8l9 translate-names 0 Agur … Jakeh … Ithiel … Ucal These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
PRO 30 1 v8qt 0 Agur son of Jakeh This is the literal son of Jakeh, not a grandchild.
PRO 30 1 ic3d 0 the utterance Alternate translation: “the message”
@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ PRO 30 29 dc44 0 stately majestic or dignified, like a king
PRO 30 31 e3z8 0 strutting rooster an adult male chicken that walks proudly
PRO 30 33 kgm4 0 churning strongly stirring
PRO 30 33 nj7p 0 butter Animal milk that someone has stirred and made thick.
PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 31 2 nw5l figs-rquestion 0 What, my son? What is it, son of my womb? What do you want, son of my vows? The rhetorical question **What** could mean: (1) “What are you doing?” or “You should not be doing what you are doing” or (2) “What shall I tell you?” or “Listen to what I am telling you” or (3) “Do not do the things I am about to warn you against.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 31 2 ag7f 0 my son … son of my womb … son of my vows The speaker wants the hearer to notice carefully and to respect the one who is talking to him.
PRO 31 2 ye5f 0 son of my womb The womb is a synecdoche for the person. It is best to use a polite term for the body part in which babies grow before they are born.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Proverbs<br><br>1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)<br>1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)<br>1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)<br>1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)<br>1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)<br>1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)<br>1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)<br>1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)<br>1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)<br><br>### What is the book of Proverbs about?<br><br>A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.<br><br>The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?<br><br>Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?<br><br>“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What form do the individual proverbs have?<br><br>Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>### How should personification be represented in translation?<br><br>In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) # Introduction to Proverbs<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Proverbs<br><br>1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)<br>1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)<br>1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)<br>1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)<br>1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)<br>1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)<br>1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)<br>1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)<br>1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)<br><br>### What is the book of Proverbs about?<br><br>A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.<br><br>The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?<br><br>Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?<br><br>“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What form do the individual proverbs have?<br><br>Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>### How should personification be represented in translation?<br><br>In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3 PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) # Proverbs 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4 PRO 1 1 q6pn writing-poetry 0 General Information: Verses 2-33 are poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
5 PRO 1 2 iaq1 figs-abstractnouns 0 to teach wisdom and instruction This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns “wisdom” and “instruction” can be stated as adjectives or verbs. Alternate translation: “to teach you how to be wise and to instruct you about how to live moral lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6 PRO 1 2 rs3p 0 to teach words of insight Alternate translation: “to help you understand wise teachings”
71 PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72 PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **indifference**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
73 PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something
74 PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son. # Proverbs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
75 PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
76 PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words Alternate translation: “if you listen to what I am teaching you”
77 PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
119 PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
120 PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked … the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked … those who are faithless” or “wicked people … faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
121 PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
122 PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # Proverbs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
123 PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
124 PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
125 PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
177 PRO 3 34 kb65 figs-metaphor 0 he gives his favor to humble people The writer speaks of Yahweh’s favor as if it were an object that he gives to people. Alternate translation: “he shows his favor to humble people” or “he is gracious to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178 PRO 3 35 y7vz figs-metaphor 0 Wise people inherit honor The writer speaks of wise people obtaining a reputation of honor as if they inherited honor as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Wise people will obtain honor” or “Wise people will gain an honorable reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
179 PRO 3 35 b6jx figs-metaphor 0 fools will be lifted up in their shame The writer speaks of Yahweh making the shame of fools evident to everyone as if Yahweh were lifting fools up for everyone to see them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause everyone to see the shame of fools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
180 PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # Proverbs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
181 PRO 4 1 hqv1 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
182 PRO 4 1 zck6 0 pay attention Alternate translation: “listen carefully”
183 PRO 4 1 s4lm 0 you will know what understanding is Alternate translation: “you will know how to understand” or “you will gain understanding”
236 PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
237 PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
238 PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
239 PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) # Proverbs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
240 PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
241 PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
242 PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md).
293 PRO 5 22 he5d figs-metaphor 0 the cords of his sin will hold him tight The writer speaks of a wicked person being unable to avoid the consequences of his sin as if that sin were a trap made of cords in which the person is caught. Alternate translation: “because of his sin, he will be like an animal caught in a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
294 PRO 5 23 x16k figs-activepassive 0 he is led astray by his great foolishness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his great foolishness leads him astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
295 PRO 5 23 n1a7 0 by his great foolishness Alternate translation: “because he is very foolish”
296 PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # Proverbs 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
297 PRO 6 1 sb1b figs-explicit 0 set aside your money Implied here is that your promise and the circumstances forced you to save up your money. Alternate translation: “had to save up some of your money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
298 PRO 6 1 z256 0 a guarantee for your neighbor’s loan This could mean: (1) your neighbor may come to you to ask for a loan or (2) your neighbor wants to take out a loan from someone else, but you promise to pay the lender back if your neighbor cannot.
299 PRO 6 1 p3wd 0 neighbor This same Hebrew word can also mean “friend.”
383 PRO 6 35 b2ym 0 compensation payment by one who does wrong to the person to whom he has done wrong
384 PRO 6 35 fly2 figs-activepassive 0 he cannot be bought off If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you cannot pay him enough money to change his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
385 PRO 6 35 pc8x 0 off, though Alternate translation: “off. This will be true even if”
386 PRO 7 intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. # Proverbs 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her.
387 PRO 7 1 at6w figs-metaphor 0 keep my words Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
388 PRO 7 1 k635 figs-metaphor 0 store up my commands within yourself Here God’s commands are spoken of as if they were objects that someone could put into a storeroom. Alternate translation: “memorize my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
389 PRO 7 2 a8m4 figs-metaphor 0 keep my instruction Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
436 PRO 7 27 g21s 0 Her house is on the paths to Sheol … they go down Here “paths” represents the kinds of behavior that foolish people participate in. Sheol was the name for the world of the dead.
437 PRO 7 27 ry42 figs-parallelism 0 on the paths to Sheol … down to the dark bedrooms of death These two phrases basically mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize that the woman’s victims will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
438 PRO 7 27 prr1 figs-metaphor 0 the dark bedrooms of death This expression pictures the dead as sleeping in many different rooms in Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
439 PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # Proverbs 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
440 PRO 8 1 qsc7 figs-personification 0 General Information: In chapter 8 wisdom is spoken of as a woman who teaches people how to be wise. Many verses in chapter 8 have parallelisms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
441 PRO 8 1 v9h5 figs-rquestion 0 Does not Wisdom call out? This question is used to remind the readers of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “Wisdom calls out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
442 PRO 8 1 i9hu figs-personification 0 Does not Wisdom call out? Here wisdom is imagined as a woman. If a language does not allow this kind of metaphor, other possible translations are: (1) “Is not wisdom like a woman who calls out?” (2) “Does not a woman named Wisdom call out?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
516 PRO 8 36 hfn9 figs-personification 0 hate me This is still wisdom talking about herself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
517 PRO 8 36 yl6t figs-explicit 0 he who fails The complete thought is, “he who fails to find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
518 PRO 8 36 w73k figs-metonymy 0 his own life Here “life” represents the person’s self. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
519 PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her. # Proverbs 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
520 PRO 9 1 m12a figs-personification 0 General Information: These verses begin a parable in which wisdom is imagined to be a woman who is giving good advice to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
521 PRO 9 1 s64d figs-personification 0 Wisdom has built The writer speaks about wisdom as if it were a woman who has built her own house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
522 PRO 9 2 x5sw figs-metonymy 0 She has slaughtered her animals This refers to animals whose meat will be eaten in the dinner that Wisdom will give. Alternate translation: “She has killed the animals for meat at dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
566 PRO 9 17 jsi6 figs-metaphor 0 Stolen waters are sweet, and bread of secrecy is delicious The foolish woman speaks of the pleasure of stolen waters and bread of secrecy to tell men that if they sleep with her, they will have pleasure. This can be stated clearly in a simile: “You can enjoy me just as you enjoy water that you have stolen or bread that is secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
567 PRO 9 18 kg4h 0 that the dead are there Alternate translation: “that the men who have gone to her are now dead”
568 PRO 9 18 k1fh 0 in the depths of Sheol “Sheol” refers to the world of the dead.
569 PRO 10 intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
570 PRO 10 1 i2yb figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 10 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
571 PRO 10 1 tab7 0 The proverbs of Solomon After the introduction of Chapters 1-9, Chapter 10 begins the collection of the proverbs; short sayings that teach wisdom.
572 PRO 10 2 ffz8 0 accumulated acquired over time
614 PRO 10 31 amx2 figs-metonymy 0 the perverse tongue will be cut out “Tongue” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “God will shut the mouths of people who say what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
615 PRO 10 32 y79y figs-metonymy 0 lips of the righteous person know what is acceptable “Lips” represent what a person says. Alternate translation: “righteous person knows how to speak acceptably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
616 PRO 10 32 ay8q figs-metonymy 0 mouth of the wicked “Mouth” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words of the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
617 PRO 11 intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
618 PRO 11 1 hzq7 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 11 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
619 PRO 11 1 g3jt figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh hates scales that are not accurate “Scales” represent measuring accurately in negotiating. Alternate translation: “God hates deceiving scales” or “God hates it when people are deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
620 PRO 11 1 pe2q 0 but he delights in a precise weight Here, **precise weight** represents accuracy in negotiating. Alternate translation: “but he delights in honest ways” or “but he is happy when people are honest”
662 PRO 11 30 q7ul figs-simile 0 The righteous person will be like a tree of life A person who does what is right is compared to a tree that produces life as its fruit. Alternate translation: “Those who do right will bring life to themselves and others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
663 PRO 11 30 hlz7 0 tree of life See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:18](../03/18.md).
664 PRO 11 31 s8p9 0 how much more Alternate translation: “even more so”
665 PRO 12 intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
666 PRO 12 1 ktr2 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The author uses [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] throughout this chapter. Verses 1-15 contrast wisdom and foolishness.
667 PRO 12 1 r7h6 0 Whoever Alternate translation: “Any person who”
668 PRO 12 1 tz7m 0 the one who hates correction Alternate translation: “the person who does not want to be told what to do”
702 PRO 12 25 z6n9 figs-abstractnouns 0 but a good word makes him glad If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **word**, you could express the same idea with the verb “speak.” Alternate translation: “but when others speak kindly to him, he is cheerful again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
703 PRO 12 27 gdt7 0 would not roast their own game “Game” means animals caught and killed while hunting. And “roast” is a way of cooking food.
704 PRO 12 27 vz9v 0 precious wealth Alternate translation: “valuable treasure”
705 PRO 13 intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
706 PRO 13 1 ugs5 figs-metonymy 0 A wise son hears Here “hears” represents listening in order to do it. Alternate translation: “A wise son obeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
707 PRO 13 1 sy9c figs-metonymy 0 will not listen to rebuke Here “listen” represents paying attention in order to do it. Alternate translation: “will not learn from rebuke” or “will not obey, despite rebuke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
708 PRO 13 2 zu98 figs-metonymy 0 From the fruit of his mouth Here “fruit” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “From the words of his mouth” or “From what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
753 PRO 13 24 jp8a 0 is careful to instruct him Alternate translation: “makes sure to instruct him”
754 PRO 13 25 a593 0 he satisfies his appetite Alternate translation: “he has satisfied himself” or “he fulfills his desires”
755 PRO 13 25 azl9 figs-metonymy 0 the stomach of the wicked is always hungry Here “stomach” represents the desires of a person. Alternate translation: “the wicked person is always hungry for more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
756 PRO 14 intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
757 PRO 14 1 r3rp 0 builds her house Alternate translation: “builds up her house” or “makes her house better”
758 PRO 14 1 tv3l 0 house This could mean: (1) this may refer to her actual house, that is the building she lives in or (2) this may refer to her family.
759 PRO 14 1 l2y8 figs-synecdoche 0 with her own hands The woman is represented by her “hands.” Alternate translation: “by herself” or “by the way she behaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
829 PRO 14 34 dl6h 0 is a disgrace Alternate translation: “brings shame upon to any people” or “should cause any people to be ashamed”
830 PRO 14 35 qjf7 0 who acts prudently Alternate translation: “who acts wisely” or “who makes sure bad things do not happen”
831 PRO 14 35 vi56 0 the one who Alternate translation: “the servant who”
832 PRO 15 intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
833 PRO 15 1 x2lh figs-metaphor 0 A gentle answer turns away wrath Causing a person to stop being angry is spoken of as if it were turning that person’s wrath away. Alternate translation: “Answering a person gently will calm that person’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
834 PRO 15 1 hu6m figs-metaphor 0 but a harsh word stirs up anger Causing a person to become more angry is spoken of as if it were stirring up or awakening anger. Alternate translation: “but speaking harshly causes that person to become more angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
835 PRO 15 2 w6ic figs-synecdoche 0 The tongue of wise people compliments knowledge Here the word “tongue” refers to the person who speaks. Alternate translation: “Wise people compliment knowledge when they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
895 PRO 15 33 nhk9 figs-abstractnouns 0 The fear of Yahweh teaches wisdom The words “fear” and “wisdom” can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “When one fears Yahweh, he will learn to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
896 PRO 15 33 t56g 0 The fear of Yahweh See how you translated this phrase in [Proverbs 1:7](../01/07.md).
897 PRO 15 33 w2h2 0 humility comes before honor This means that a person must first learn humility before Yahweh will honor him.
898 PRO 16 intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King and royalty<br><br>Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King and royalty<br><br>Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
899 PRO 16 1 bqu9 figs-metonymy 0 The plans of the heart belong to a person Here the word “heart” represents the person’s mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: “A person makes plans in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
900 PRO 16 1 hf8a figs-metaphor 0 from Yahweh comes the answer from his tongue This could mean: (1) Yahweh speaks his answer to a person’s plans, which is a metaphor meaning that Yahweh determines the outcome of that person’s plans or (2) Yahweh enables a person to speak words about the plans that he has made. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
901 PRO 16 1 j1hu figs-synecdoche 0 the answer from his tongue The person is represented by his “tongue” to emphasize his speech. Alternate translation: “the answer that he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
959 PRO 16 32 x3rg figs-metaphor 0 one who rules his spirit The writer speaks of a person being able to control his own temper and emotions as if he ruled over his spirit like a king rules his people. Alternate translation: “one who controls his temper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
960 PRO 16 33 ei8c figs-activepassive 0 The lots are cast into the lap If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A person throws the lots into his lap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
961 PRO 16 33 js5x 0 the decision is from Yahweh This could mean: (1) Yahweh decides how the lots will land or (2) it is not the lots, but Yahweh who determines what will happen.
962 PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
963 PRO 17 1 ecu4 figs-metonymy 0 to have quiet Here “quiet” refers to “peace.” Alternate translation: “to have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
964 PRO 17 1 p2y8 figs-ellipsis 0 than a house full of feasting with strife The words “to have” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “than to have a house full of feasting with strife” or “than to be in a house full of feasting where there is strife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
965 PRO 17 3 fh66 figs-explicit 0 The crucible is for silver and the furnace is for gold This refers to how gold and silver are refined. A metal is refined by heating it to a high temperature so that it melts and the impurities may be removed. Alternate translation: “The crucible is used to refine silver and the furnace is used to refine gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1020 PRO 17 28 b5ay figs-activepassive 0 Even a fool is thought to be wise This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “People even think a fool is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1021 PRO 17 28 i81a figs-idiom 0 keeps his mouth shut This means that he does not speak. Alternate translation: “does not speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1022 PRO 17 28 q1jm figs-activepassive 0 he is considered to be intelligent This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “people consider him to be intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1023 PRO 18 intro k5qz 0 # Proverbs 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1024 PRO 18 1 n34r 0 isolates himself Alternate translation: “keeps away from other people”
1025 PRO 18 1 vun3 figs-personification 0 quarrels with all sound judgment This speaks of a person disagreeing with sound judgment as if “sound judgment” were a person he fought with. Alternate translation: “he disagrees with all sound judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1026 PRO 18 1 r3yq 0 sound judgment Alternate translation: “good judgment” or “wise choices”
1088 PRO 18 21 l141 figs-metaphor 0 will eat its fruit This speaks of a person receiving the consequence for what he says as if the consequences were fruit that he receives. Alternate translation: “will receive its consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1089 PRO 18 24 wg3n figs-activepassive 0 many friends is brought to ruin by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many friends--they will bring him to ruin” or “many friends--his friends will destroy him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1090 PRO 18 24 zc7f 0 comes closer than Alternate translation: “is more faithful than” or “stays more loyal than”
1091 PRO 19 intro nbz8 0 # Proverbs 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1092 PRO 19 1 ev8n 0 Better is a poor person Alternate translation: “It is better to be a poor person”
1093 PRO 19 1 bpi4 figs-idiom 0 who walks in his integrity This is an idiom. Here walking refers to living. Alternate translation: “who lives in his integrity” or “who lives an honest life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1094 PRO 19 1 wj4i figs-abstractnouns 0 is perverse in speech The word “speech” may be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “speaks perversely” or “speaks in an evil way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1162 PRO 19 29 d4f3 figs-abstractnouns 0 Condemnation is ready for mockers and flogging for The words “condemnation” and “flogging” may be expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is ready to condemn mockers and to flog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1163 PRO 19 29 ray2 figs-ellipsis 0 flogging for the backs of fools The words “is ready” are understood from the previous phrase and may be repeated. Alternate translation: “flogging is ready for the backs of fools” or “he is ready to flog the backs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1164 PRO 19 29 r21d 0 flogging beating with a whip or stick
1165 PRO 20 intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1166 PRO 20 1 p893 figs-parallelism 0 Wine is a mocker and strong drink is a brawler These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize the danger of too much alcohol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1167 PRO 20 1 v7zx figs-metonymy 0 Wine is a mocker Here “wine” refers to the person who is drunk with wine. Alternate translation: “A person who is drunk with wine mocks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1168 PRO 20 1 qa7m figs-metonymy 0 strong drink is a brawler Here “strong drink” refers to a person who is drunk with strong drink. Alternate translation: “a person who is drunk with strong drink starts fights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1236 PRO 20 28 dyd6 0 preserve the king keep the king safe from harm
1237 PRO 20 28 dym8 figs-metonymy 0 his throne is made secure by love Here “throne” represents the king’s power to rule. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Also, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a king ensures that he will rule for a long time by loving others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1238 PRO 20 30 g7u1 figs-parallelism 0 Blows that make a wound cleanse away evil and beatings make the innermost parts clean Both statements mean the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Using physical punishment to correct a person is spoken of as if the evil were dirt and the beatings cleansed him. Alternate translation: “Beating a person who has done wrong will correct him and cause him to be a better person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1239 PRO 21 intro ge8s 0 # Proverbs 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1240 PRO 21 1 w5md figs-metaphor 0 The king’s heart is a stream of water in the hand of Yahweh The writer speaks of the king’s heart as if it were an irrigation ditch in a dry area through which people direct water to plants that need it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh controls the king’s heart as a man directs water for irrigation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1241 PRO 21 1 t1m8 figs-metonymy 0 The king’s heart The heart is a metaphor for what a person thinks and what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “The king’s thoughts and actions” or “What the king thinks and what he wants to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1242 PRO 21 2 yz3c figs-metaphor 0 Every person’s way is right in his own eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. The writer speaks of what a person does as if it that person were walking down a path. Alternate translation: “Every person thinks that what he does is good” or “Every person judges what he does as good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1305 PRO 21 30 k3pe 0 stand against Yahweh Alternate translation: “defeat Yahweh” or “work against what Yahweh wants to do” or “show that he is right and Yahweh is wrong”
1306 PRO 21 31 j1hq figs-activepassive 0 The horse is prepared for the day of battle These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soldiers prepare horses for the day of battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1307 PRO 21 31 i6w8 figs-idiom 0 the day of battle The word “day” refers to time that may be longer or shorter than a day. Alternate translation: “when there is a battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1308 PRO 22 intro t5zj 0 # Proverbs 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Proverbs 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1309 PRO 22 1 but9 figs-activepassive 0 A good name is to be chosen over great riches These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A person should choose a good name rather than great riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1310 PRO 22 1 m8c7 0 A good name Alternate translation: “To have others think that one is a good person”
1311 PRO 22 3 nt9p 0 A prudent man “A man who is wise” or “A man who has good sense.” See how you translated “prudent” in [Proverbs 12:16](../12/16.md).
1374 PRO 22 28 j4id 0 fathers ancestors
1375 PRO 22 29 y4ub figs-rquestion 0 Do you see a man skilled at his work? This rhetorical question is actually a command. Alternate translation: “Think of someone you know who is skilled at his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1376 PRO 22 29 e6ii figs-metonymy 0 stand before This represents becoming a servant of the important person. Kings and other important people will think so highly of him that they will use his services. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1377 PRO 23 intro eva7 0 # Proverbs 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1378 PRO 23 1 z181 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
1379 PRO 23 2 lu62 figs-hyperbole 0 put a knife to your throat Possible meanings of this exaggeration are: (1) “be very careful not to eat too much” or (2) “do not eat anything at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1380 PRO 23 3 zfk9 0 Do not crave “Do not strongly desire.” See how you translated “craves” in [Proverbs 21:9](../21/09.md).
1454 PRO 23 34 lxy2 0 mast the long wooden pole to which are attached the sails of a sailing ship
1455 PRO 23 35 c4na 0 They hit me,…but I was not hurt. They beat me, but I did not feel it. Because the drunk person is not thinking clearly, he is imagining that people are hitting and beating him, yet he feels no pain and cannot remember anything.
1456 PRO 23 35 d6ej 0 When will I wake up? The drunk person is wondering when he will be sober again; when the effect of the wine will stop.
1457 PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1458 PRO 24 1 d1dq 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
1459 PRO 24 2 dw7g figs-synecdoche 0 their hearts The words “their hearts” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1460 PRO 24 2 m8px figs-synecdoche 0 their lips The words “their lips” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1525 PRO 24 34 d7gx figs-ellipsis 0 and poverty comes This finishes a thought begun with the words “A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest” (Proverbs 24:33). You may need to fill in the omitted words. “You may say to yourself, ‘A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest,’ but then poverty will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1526 PRO 24 34 v85w figs-personification 0 poverty comes marching upon you Some translations read, “poverty comes upon you like a robber.” Poverty is spoken of as if it were a person or animal that can attack a lazy person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1527 PRO 24 34 zx1y figs-simile 0 your needs like an armed soldier Needs are spoken of as if they were a person who could attack the lazy person. Alternate translation: “your needs will come to you like an armed soldier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1528 PRO 25 intro l94s 0 # Proverbs 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1529 PRO 25 2 x2ec 0 to conceal a matter Alternate translation: “to keep some things secret”
1530 PRO 25 2 cj4p figs-ellipsis 0 but the glory The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “but it is the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1531 PRO 25 2 dg6e 0 search it out Alternate translation: “search that matter out” or “search for those things that God has concealed”
1573 PRO 25 27 ea11 0 that is like searching for honor after honor The meaning of the original language is uncertain. Some versions of the Bible translate this as “that is like speaking too many compliments to people.” Alternate translation: “that is like always thinking about how others should honor you”
1574 PRO 25 28 gl3p figs-simile 0 A person without self-control is like a city breached and without walls. Both a person without self-control and a city without walls are weak and vulnerable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1575 PRO 25 28 jh45 0 breached and without walls Alternate translation: “whose walls an army has knocked down and destroyed”
1576 PRO 26 intro juh9 0 # Proverbs 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1577 PRO 26 1 w8yc figs-simile 0 Like snow in summer or rain in harvest Normally snow does not fall during the summer and rain does not fall during the harvest. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Just as it would be very strange to have snow in summer or rain during the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1578 PRO 26 2 kdg7 figs-simile 0 so an undeserved curse does not alight A curse that does not harm a person is spoken of as if it were a bird that does not land. Alternate translation: “so an undeserved curse does not land on its mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1579 PRO 26 2 mf19 figs-activepassive 0 an undeserved curse This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “a curse on a person who does not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1634 PRO 26 28 wvw9 figs-synecdoche 0 A lying tongue hates the people it crushes The phrase “a lying tongue” represents a person who tells lies. Crushing people represents causing them trouble. Alternate translation: “A liar hates those he hurts by his lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1635 PRO 26 28 dfi2 figs-synecdoche 0 a flattering mouth brings about ruin The phrase “a flattering mouth” represents a person who flatters people. This could mean: (1) a person who flatters others causes trouble or (2) a person who flatters others ruins them (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1636 PRO 26 28 qp8a 0 flattering praising someone in a manner that is not sincere, or praising someone about things that are not true
1637 PRO 27 intro ec7g 0 # Proverbs 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 27 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1638 PRO 27 1 f85w figs-explicit 0 Do not boast about tomorrow This is a warning not to brag about what you expect to happen tomorrow. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not speak proudly about your plans for tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1639 PRO 27 1 t368 figs-metaphor 0 what a day may bring Something happening on a certain day is spoken of as if the day were to bring that event. Alternate translation: “what will happen on a day” or “what will happen tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1640 PRO 27 2 cyj6 figs-ellipsis 0 and not your own mouth … and not your own lips The words “let praise you” are understood from the first phrase. They can be repeated. Here a person is represented by his “mouth” and “lips” because those are the parts of the body used to speak. Alternate translation: “and do not let your own mouth praise you … and do not let your own lips praise you” or “and do not praise yourself … and do not praise yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1703 PRO 27 26 j2vp figs-explicit 0 the goats will provide the price of the field The implied information is that the money received by selling the goats will be enough to buy a field. Alternate translation: “selling your goats will provide the price of the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1704 PRO 27 27 q28m figs-explicit 0 nourishment for your servant girls The implied information is that there will also be enough goats’ milk to feed the servant girls. Alternate translation: “there will be goat’s milk to nourish your servant girls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1705 PRO 27 27 xjw4 0 nourishment Alternate translation: “food”
1706 PRO 28 intro g91u 0 # Proverbs 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 28 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1707 PRO 28 2 b4c7 figs-abstractnouns 0 Because of the transgression of a land If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **transgression**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Because of how a land transgresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1708 PRO 28 2 qks4 figs-metonymy 0 the transgression of a land This is a metonym for the sins of the people living in a land. Alternate translation: “the transgression of the people of a land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1709 PRO 28 2 ivf7 figs-explicit 0 with a man of understanding and knowledge The implied information is that this man is a ruler or leader. The abstract nouns “understanding” and “knowledge” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “with a man who understands and knows how to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1804 PRO 28 28 xc51 figs-hyperbole 0 people hide themselves This is an exaggeration for doing everything they can to avoid having wicked people harm them. Alternate translation: “people go into hiding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1805 PRO 28 28 vjp8 0 perish This could mean: (1) “go away” or (2) “fall from power” or (3) “are destroyed.”
1806 PRO 28 28 pd87 0 increase This could mean: (1) “multiply” or (2) “rise to power.”
1807 PRO 29 intro pkl4 0 # Proverbs 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1808 PRO 29 1 rl7a figs-metaphor 0 who stiffens his neck A person becoming stubborn is spoken of as if he stiffens his neck. Alternate translation: “who becomes stubborn” or “who refuses to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1809 PRO 29 1 nb5z figs-activepassive 0 will be broken in a moment If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will suddenly break him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1810 PRO 29 1 y5ft figs-metaphor 0 beyond healing “and no one will be able to heal him.” Sickness is a metaphor for any kind of bad situation. Alternate translation: “and no one will be able to help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1847 PRO 29 26 sa3k figs-metonymy 0 Many are those who seek the face of the ruler The word “face” is a metonym for the ruler listening to people telling him what they want him to do and then doing it. Alternate translation: “Many people want their ruler to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1848 PRO 29 26 w96b figs-abstractnouns 0 from Yahweh is justice for a person It is Yahweh, not human rulers, who will see that people treat a person justly. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “just.” Alternate translation: “it is Yahweh who is truly just towards a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1849 PRO 29 27 c4s9 0 detestable a person who should be hated. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:32](../03/32.md).
1850 PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1851 PRO 30 1 u8l9 translate-names 0 Agur … Jakeh … Ithiel … Ucal These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1852 PRO 30 1 v8qt 0 Agur son of Jakeh This is the literal son of Jakeh, not a grandchild.
1853 PRO 30 1 ic3d 0 the utterance Alternate translation: “the message”
1911 PRO 30 31 e3z8 0 strutting rooster an adult male chicken that walks proudly
1912 PRO 30 33 kgm4 0 churning strongly stirring
1913 PRO 30 33 nj7p 0 butter Animal milk that someone has stirred and made thick.
1914 PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1915 PRO 31 2 nw5l figs-rquestion 0 What, my son? What is it, son of my womb? What do you want, son of my vows? The rhetorical question **What** could mean: (1) “What are you doing?” or “You should not be doing what you are doing” or (2) “What shall I tell you?” or “Listen to what I am telling you” or (3) “Do not do the things I am about to warn you against.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1916 PRO 31 2 ag7f 0 my son … son of my womb … son of my vows The speaker wants the hearer to notice carefully and to respect the one who is talking to him.
1917 PRO 31 2 ye5f 0 son of my womb The womb is a synecdoche for the person. It is best to use a polite term for the body part in which babies grow before they are born.

26
en_tn_21-ECC.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

18
en_tn_22-SNG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs Alternate translation: “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song”
SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.”
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ SNG 1 16 xed8 0 The lush plants plants that are green, moist, and grow abundan
SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams … rafters This could mean: (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials.
SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars … firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers
@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ SNG 2 17 d8mw 0 like a gazelle or a young stag See how you translated this in
SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md).
SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer
SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains Alternate translation: “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains”
SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him … could not find him Alternate translation: “I had a strong desire to be with him … loves, but he was not there”
SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city Alternate translation: “walk through the city”
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ SNG 3 11 i961 0 daughters of Zion Alternate translation: “you young women wh
SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling.
SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown Alternate translation: “wearing the crown”
SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md).
@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ SNG 4 16 kdi9 0 may give off their fragrance Alternate translation: “may sen
SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved … choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit Alternate translation: “wonderful fruit”
SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking.
SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ SNG 5 16 w3vr 0 he is completely lovely Alternate translation: “every part o
SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like”
SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here.
SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone Alternate translation: “Which way did your beloved go”
SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love”
@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ SNG 6 13 za54 figs-pronouns 0 we may gaze Some versions understand the plural t
SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time
SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman … armies Possible meanings here are: (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies Alternate translation: “as if she were dancing between two armies”
SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions.
SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.”
@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ SNG 7 13 xbk7 figs-explicit 0 at the door The doors belong to their house. Alte
SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old Alternate translation: “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit”
SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you Alternate translation: “saved so I can give to you”
SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside Alternate translation: “you in public”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3 SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger. # Song of Songs 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
4 SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
5 SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs Alternate translation: “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song”
6 SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.”
58 SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
59 SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams … rafters This could mean: (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials.
60 SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars … firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
61 SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) # Song of Songs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
62 SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
63 SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
64 SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers
143 SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md).
144 SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer
145 SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains Alternate translation: “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains”
146 SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Song of Songs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him … could not find him Alternate translation: “I had a strong desire to be with him … loves, but he was not there”
148 SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
149 SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city Alternate translation: “walk through the city”
187 SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling.
188 SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown Alternate translation: “wearing the crown”
189 SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
190 SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. # Song of Songs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
191 SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
192 SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
193 SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md).
267 SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved … choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
268 SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
269 SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit Alternate translation: “wonderful fruit”
270 SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. # Song of Songs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
271 SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
272 SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking.
273 SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
345 SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like”
346 SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
347 SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
348 SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Song of Songs 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
349 SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here.
350 SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone Alternate translation: “Which way did your beloved go”
351 SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love”
398 SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time
399 SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman … armies Possible meanings here are: (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
400 SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies Alternate translation: “as if she were dancing between two armies”
401 SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) # Song of Songs 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
402 SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions.
403 SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
404 SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.”
457 SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old Alternate translation: “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit”
458 SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you Alternate translation: “saved so I can give to you”
459 SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
460 SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person. # Song of Songs 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
461 SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
462 SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
463 SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside Alternate translation: “you in public”

132
en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

104
en_tn_24-JER.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)<br> * Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)<br> * Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)<br> * Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)<br> * Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)<br>1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)<br> * Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)<br> * Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)<br> * The people will come back (32:1–44)<br> * Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)<br>1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)<br> * Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)<br> * While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)<br> * After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)<br> * Egypt (46:1–28)<br> * Philistia (47:1–28)<br> * Moab (48:1–47)<br> * Ammon (49:1–6)<br> * Edom (49:7–22)<br> * Damascus (49:23–27)<br> * Kedar (49:28–33)<br> * Elam (49:34–39)<br> * Babylonia (50:1–51:64)<br>1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?<br><br>The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.<br><br>Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.<br><br>King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.<br><br>Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?<br><br>Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.<br><br>### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?<br><br>Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.”
JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah appointed as prophet<br><br>God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Northern kingdom<br>This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.<br><br>### Opposition<br>The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah appointed as prophet<br><br>God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Northern kingdom<br>This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.<br><br>### Opposition<br>The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 1 1 zm8t 0 Jeremiah son of Hilkiah, one of the priests Alternate translation: “Jeremiah son of Hilkiah. Jeremiah was one of the priests”
JER 1 1 ynh2 translate-names 0 Hilkiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 1 1 hbs3 translate-names 0 Anathoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JER 1 18 l1sl figs-metaphor 0 iron … bronze These were the strongest material
JER 1 18 u7cf figs-metonymy 0 the whole land This represents all the people of the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 1 19 zp53 0 They will fight against you This refers to the people of Judah.
JER 1 19 c3xx figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people refuse to learn<br><br>The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people refuse to learn<br><br>The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 2 1 n8ww figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came to me, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 2 2 g2d8 0 Go and proclaim in the hearing of Jerusalem Alternate translation: “Go and speak where the people in Jerusalem can hear you”
JER 2 2 mz95 0 I have called to mind on your behalf Alternate translation: “I remember about you”
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JER 2 36 f9em figs-ellipsis 0 just as you were by Assyria The word “disappoin
JER 2 37 e943 0 You will also go out from there Alternate translation: “You will go out from Egypt”
JER 2 37 tk5j translate-symaction 0 with your hands on your head This is a symbol of shame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JER 2 37 dzs3 figs-activepassive 0 so you will not be helped by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so they will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah told to repent<br><br>If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Adultery<br>Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah told to repent<br><br>If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Adultery<br>Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
JER 3 1 b8c6 figs-rquestion 0 will he return to her again? God uses this question to remind the people that a man would never return to his wife if another man marries her. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would not return to her again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 3 1 wfd2 figs-rquestion 0 Would that land not be greatly polluted? God uses this question to remind the people that a married man would not return to his wife if she married another man, because he knows that the land would become ceremonially unclean. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “He knows that if he did, the land would be greatly polluted.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 3 1 f5ac figs-metaphor 0 greatly polluted This is a metaphor for being terribly unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “completely unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ JER 3 25 qy9p figs-parallelism 0 Let us lie down in shame. May our shame cover
JER 3 25 ny7e figs-metaphor 0 May our shame cover us Being fully aware of their shame is spoken of as if shame were covering them like a blanket or a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 3 25 x6vr figs-metaphor 0 from the time of our youthfulness This could mean: (1) “the time of our youthfulness” refers to when each person was young. Alternate translation: “from when we were young” or (2) “the time of our youthfulness” is a metaphor that refers to when Israel was first becoming a nation. Alternate translation: “from when we were first becoming a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 3 25 u638 figs-metonymy 0 have not listened to the voice of Yahweh our God Here “listened” represents obeying, and “the voice of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh has said. Alternate translation: “have not obeyed what Yahweh our God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s punishment<br>This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s punishment<br>This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
JER 4 1 nmt1 figs-metonymy 0 then it should be to me that you return This could mean: (1) this is a command that emphasizes who they should return to. Alternate translation: “then come back to me” or “then worship me” (2) this is a repetition of the first phrase, which expresses a condition. Alternate translation: “if you will come back to me” or “if you will start worshiping me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 4 1 q5zm figs-metonymy 0 If you remove your detestable things from before me Here “detestable things” refers to idols, which God hates. Alternate translation: “If you remove your disgusting idols from my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 4 1 g7zg figs-metaphor 0 do not wander from me again Here “wander” is a metaphor for being unfaithful. Alternate translation: “if you remain faithful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ JER 4 31 fqh9 figs-simile 0 distress as in the birth This simile is used to sho
JER 4 31 l6l7 figs-metaphor 0 the daughter of Zion God shows his love for the people of Jerusalem by speaking of them as a daughter. Alternate translation: “my dear daughter, Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 4 31 j9ka 0 Woe to me Alternate translation: “I am in great danger”
JER 4 31 r56w 0 I am fainting Alternate translation: “I am becoming weak”
JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Hyperbole<br>It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Hyperbole<br>It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 5 1 wtq8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 5 1 a164 0 Rush about through the streets Alternate translation: “Go quickly through the streets”
JER 5 1 ig3t 0 Then look and think about this Alternate translation: “look and find out”
@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ JER 5 31 m6tl 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit, and the priests rule with t
JER 5 31 jd9n 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit Alternate translation: “The prophets prophesy lies” or “The prophets tell lies when they prophesy”
JER 5 31 md9e figs-explicit 0 the priests rule with their own power This could mean: (1) the priests do not submit to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “the priests rule by their own authority” or (2) the priests rule according to the directions of the prophets (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 5 31 lf6j figs-rquestion 0 but what will happen in the end? “but what will you do at the end of all of this?” Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the people will regret being wicked when he punishes them for it. Alternate translation: “but in the end I will punish you and you will be regret your wicked behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gods and battle<br>In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gods and battle<br>In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JER 6 1 h511 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
JER 6 1 f21l figs-idiom 0 Find safety … by leaving Jerusalem Here “Find safety” represents doing what they can in order to be safe. Alternate translation: “Be safe … by leaving Jerusalem” or “Leave Jerusalem … so that you can be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 6 1 a8g6 0 people of Benjamin This is who Yahweh was speaking to.
@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ JER 6 29 a9dw figs-explicit 0 the lead is consumed in the flames The silver has
JER 6 29 fd3z figs-activepassive 0 The refining continues among them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will continue to refine them” or “You will continue to try to purify them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 6 29 ujx6 figs-activepassive 0 because the evil is not removed God speaks of Israel continuing to be evil as if they were silver and the impurities remained in the silver. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the evil remains” or “the impurities remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 6 30 q4md figs-activepassive 0 They will be called rejected silver, for If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will say about the people of Israel, ‘They are rejected silver,’ for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice in society<br>Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Do not pray for this people”<br>Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice in society<br>Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Do not pray for this people”<br>Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 7 1 y68e figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 7 2 bj92 0 all you of Judah Alternate translation: “all you people of Judah”
JER 7 3 vlv3 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues giving Jeremiah his message to the people of Judah.
@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ JER 7 34 cm8g 0 I will put an end to Alternate translation: “I will remove f
JER 7 34 w3gl figs-doublet 0 the sound of joy and the sound of gladness These two phrases mean almost the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. The abstract nouns “joy” and “gladness” can be translated using the verb “rejoicing” and the adjective “glad.” Alternate translation: “the sounds of people rejoicing and being glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 7 34 mbc1 figs-metonymy 0 the sound of the groom and the sound of the bride This is a metonym for what happens at marriage ceremonies. Alternate translation: “and people celebrating marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 7 34 t5xh figs-abstractnouns 0 will become a desolation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **desolation**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “desolate.” Alternate translation: “will become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br>The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br>The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JER 8 1 w8bg 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to speak of his judgment on the people of Judah.
JER 8 1 x5ig 0 they will bring This word “they” here refers to the enemies of the people of Judah.
JER 8 1 c3wu 0 its officials Alternate translation: “its princes” or “its rulers”
@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ JER 8 20 ey1x 0 The harvest has passed on Alternate translation: “Harvest ti
JER 8 20 d3mu figs-activepassive 0 But we have not been saved Jeremiah tells what the people of Judah are saying. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh has not saved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 8 21 epc5 figs-parallelism 0 I am hurt because of the hurt of the daughter of my people. I mourn at the horrible things that have happened to her; I am dismayed These statements express the same idea in more than one way for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 8 22 j9cz figs-rquestion 0 Is there no medicine in Gilead? Is there no healer there? Why will the healing of the daughter of my people not happen? These questions are asked to make the point that the people of Judah have not been saved. Alternate translation: “There is medicine in Gilead, and there are healers there, so tell me why the healing of my dear people will not happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Funeral<br>This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.<br><br>### Circumcision<br>Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Funeral<br>This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.<br><br>### Circumcision<br>Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 1 dw2v 0 General Information: Yahweh and Jeremiah continue talking about the people of Judah.
JER 9 1 rjn7 figs-parallelism 0 If only my head could produce water, and my eyes be a fountain of tears This is Jeremiah speaking. These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize how much Jeremiah is weeping. Alternate translation: “I wish I could make more tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 1 f1ez figs-merism 0 day and night By mentioning both “day” and “night” this phrase means all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ JER 9 25 k6yc figs-metaphor 0 all the circumcised who are such only in their bo
JER 9 26 qn15 0 all the people who cut the hair on their heads very short This probably refers to people who cut their hair short in order to honor a pagan god. Some modern versions interpret this Hebrew expression as “all the people who live on the edge of the wilderness.”
JER 9 26 siw4 figs-metonymy 0 For all these nations are uncircumcised The word “nations” refers to the people who live in these places. Foreigners being uncircumcised was a sign that they were not in Yahweh’s covenant. Alternate translation: “For the people of these nations did not enter into a covenant with Yahweh through circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 9 26 l471 figs-metonymy 0 all the house of Israel has an uncircumcised heart The “heart” represents a person’s will and desires. An “uncircumcised heart” represents the character of a person that does not follow Yahweh and his laws. Also, the “house” of Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel are only circumcised on the outside and have not changed their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 10 intro v6xy 0 # Jeremiah 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:1-25 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s power<br>This chapter contrasts the great power of Yahweh with the powerlessness of any other false god. It is intended to question why the Jews would worship any other god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JER 10 intro v6xy 0 # Jeremiah 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:1-25 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s power<br>This chapter contrasts the great power of Yahweh with the powerlessness of any other false god. It is intended to question why the Jews would worship any other god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JER 10 1 v6qy 0 General Information: Yahweh has just reminded the people of Judah, as well as Egypt, Edom, Ammon, Moab and all people, that they will be punished.
JER 10 1 d4ld 0 Hear the word Alternate translation: “Hear the message”
JER 10 1 str3 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel Here the “house” of Israel represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ JER 10 25 kfn6 figs-metaphor 0 Pour your fury on the nations Here “the nation
JER 10 25 pi1m figs-idiom 0 that do not call on your name This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “that do not worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 10 25 b1zn figs-parallelism 0 For they have devoured Jacob and consumed him so as to completely destroy him These three phrases have the same meaning. Jeremiah repeats this idea three times to emphasize the utter destruction of Israel. This speaks of the enemy armies attacking the people of Israel as if the armies were a fierce animal attacking and devouring its prey. Alternate translation: “For they have fiercely attacked the people of Israel and consumed them so as to completely destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 10 25 z8p8 0 demolish his habitation Alternate translation: “demolish their homes”
JER 11 intro tg7m 0 # Jeremiah 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:15-17, 20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The covenant<br><br>The covenant Yahweh made with Moses is prominent in this chapter. Because the people disobeyed this covenant, God will not help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
JER 11 intro tg7m 0 # Jeremiah 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:15-17, 20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The covenant<br><br>The covenant Yahweh made with Moses is prominent in this chapter. Because the people disobeyed this covenant, God will not help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
JER 11 1 l9ym figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 11 2 q9d8 0 the inhabitants of Jerusalem Alternate translation: “the people who live in Jerusalem”
JER 11 3 d8vl figs-activepassive 0 Cursed is anyone If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will curse anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ JER 11 22 kn5i 0 vigorous young men men at the strongest time of their lives
JER 11 22 hgu8 figs-metonymy 0 will die by the sword Here the “sword” represents battle. Alternate translation: “will die in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 11 23 k7a8 figs-activepassive 0 None of them will be left If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will leave none of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 11 23 wlv1 figs-idiom 0 a year of their punishment The word “year” here is a idiom that describes a specific period of time that Yahweh decides. Alternate translation: “in the time of their punishment” or “for the time of their punishment is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 12 intro mtm9 0 # Jeremiah 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper<br><br>Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper. He questions Yahweh’s justice. Yahweh’s response: if Jeremiah is upset by the people of Anathoth, how will he face enemies in Jerusalem? (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Yahweh’s grace to the other nations<br><br>Yahweh gives a gracious offer to the Gentile nations. If the other nations who have been against Judah leave their idols and worship God, then God will allow them to return to their lands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JER 12 intro mtm9 0 # Jeremiah 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper<br><br>Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper. He questions Yahweh’s justice. Yahweh’s response: if Jeremiah is upset by the people of Anathoth, how will he face enemies in Jerusalem? (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Yahweh’s grace to the other nations<br><br>Yahweh gives a gracious offer to the Gentile nations. If the other nations who have been against Judah leave their idols and worship God, then God will allow them to return to their lands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JER 12 1 h7ur 0 General Information: Jeremiah speaks to Yahweh.
JER 12 1 v383 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “wicked people” or “those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JER 12 2 xd5m figs-metaphor 0 You planted them and they took root. They continue to produce fruit Here Jeremiah speaks of the wicked as if they were fruit trees. Alternate translation: “They are like fruit trees that you planted, that you allow to prosper and to produce lots of fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ JER 12 16 j3ji figs-idiom 0 As Yahweh lives “As surely as Yahweh is alive.”
JER 12 16 uph7 figs-metaphor 0 they will be built up in the midst of my people This speaks of the people becoming prosperous as if they were a building that was being built. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will build them up in the midst of my people” or “I will make them wealthy and they will live among my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 12 16 pe5g 0 midst middle
JER 12 17 w4yd figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.<br><br>===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===<br><br>### Symbolism<br><br>The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.<br><br>===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===<br><br>### Symbolism<br><br>The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 13 1 yq1d 0 linen a type of very fine cloth
JER 13 1 puq2 0 undergarment clothing that people wear under their clothes; underwear
JER 13 1 d4jw 0 waist the middle part of the body, usually the narrowest, between the hips and chest
@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ JER 13 23 m8ie figs-irony 0 If so, then you yourself, although accustomed to wi
JER 13 24 rw5p figs-simile 0 I will scatter them like chaff that perishes in the desert wind “I will scatter them like chaff that is blown away by the wind.” Yahweh is saying He will scatter His people throughout the world just as chaff is scattered by the wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 13 26 pid5 figs-metaphor 0 I myself will strip your skirts off you, and your private parts will be seen. This means that Yahweh will make them feel ashamed. It does not in any way mean that he will rape them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is as though I myself will strip your skirts off of you so that everyone will see your private parts and you will be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 13 27 r896 figs-metaphor 0 neighing This is the sound of a male horse desiring a female horse. Alternate translation: “lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 14 intro pqn1 0 # Jeremiah 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:1-10, 17-22.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False prophets<br><br>The false prophets promised there would not be any war or drought. They gave people a false sense of hope, when they needed to repent. Because of this, Yahweh sent a drought and said that the false prophets would die of drought and war. This showed that these were not true prophets of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 14 intro pqn1 0 # Jeremiah 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:1-10, 17-22.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False prophets<br><br>The false prophets promised there would not be any war or drought. They gave people a false sense of hope, when they needed to repent. Because of this, Yahweh sent a drought and said that the false prophets would die of drought and war. This showed that these were not true prophets of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 14 1 dvb6 0 General Information: Yahweh, through the prophet Jeremiah, has just talked about the adultery of the people.
JER 14 1 c8lt figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 14 2 cn9g figs-metonymy 0 Let Judah mourn Here “Judah” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “Let the people of Judah mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ JER 14 20 z8n3 0 We admit, Yahweh, our offenses, the iniquity of our ancestors
JER 14 21 ur4i figs-metonymy 0 For the sake of your name Here Yahweh’s “name” refers to his reputation. Alternate translation: “For the sake of your reputation” or “In order that everyone can see that you are very great and keep your promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 14 21 h4sh figs-metonymy 0 your glorious throne Yahweh’s “throne” is represented by Zion, that is Jerusalem. His “throne” also represents the place where he rules as king. Alternate translation: “do disgrace Zion where you glorious throne is” or “do not disgrace Zion, where you rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 14 22 my15 0 can the skies themselves send down showers Alternate translation: “Can the skies decide when they make the rain to fall?”
JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Do not pray for the people<br><br>God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Yahweh uses Gentile nations<br>Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Do not pray for the people<br><br>God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Yahweh uses Gentile nations<br>Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 15 1 w1rn 0 General Information: Jeremiah has just been praying to Yahweh.
JER 15 1 az7b figs-explicit 0 were standing in front of me, I would still not be in favor of this people This implies that they are pleading for Yahweh to spare the people. Alternate translation: “were standing in front of me pleading for these people, I would still not be in favor of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 15 1 g56c figs-parallelism 0 Send them out from before me, for them to go away Yahweh repeats this idea of sending away his people to add emphasis to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ JER 15 21 bet8 figs-parallelism 0 rescue you from … and redeem you from These
JER 15 21 z99x figs-metonymy 0 the hand of the wicked … the hand of the tyrant Here the word “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the wicked … the control of the tyrant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 15 21 lwc5 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “wicked people” or “those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JER 15 21 mm5k 0 tyrant a ruler who demands absolute obedience and is not friendly for the people under his rule
JER 16 intro mts4 0 # Jeremiah 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:19-21. This poem also continues in chapter 17, and these should be seen as one section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Coming punishment<br><br>The punishment that is prophesied in this chapter will happen quickly. The author gives many illustrations which describe how quickly this punishment will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Israel restored<br><br>God will bring his people back from captivity. Even though the punishment of Judah will be great, Yahweh promised a future restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
JER 16 intro mts4 0 # Jeremiah 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:19-21. This poem also continues in chapter 17, and these should be seen as one section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Coming punishment<br><br>The punishment that is prophesied in this chapter will happen quickly. The author gives many illustrations which describe how quickly this punishment will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Israel restored<br><br>God will bring his people back from captivity. Even though the punishment of Judah will be great, Yahweh promised a future restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
JER 16 1 iq2r figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to me, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated it in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 16 4 bdx2 0 They will die diseased deaths Alternate translation: “They will die from deadly diseases”
JER 16 4 nm5s figs-activepassive 0 They will not be mourned or buried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will mourn for them or bury them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ JER 16 21 gwn6 0 Therefore see “Therefore, indeed.” Here Yahweh begins spe
JER 16 21 fz8r 0 I will cause them to know Here the word “them” refers to the people from the nations. Yahweh repeats this phrase for emphasis.
JER 16 21 cs55 figs-metonymy 0 my hand and my power Here the word “hand” refers to power and authority. The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize Yahweh’s great power. Alternate translation: “my great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JER 16 21 hl7n figs-metonymy 0 they will know that Yahweh is my name Here the word “name” refers to Yahweh’s entire person. Alternate translation: “they will know that I am Yahweh, the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 17 intro l48r 0 # Jeremiah 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 17:1-18. This poem is a continuation of 16:19-21, and these should be seen as one section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trusting God or humans<br><br>Trust is an important part of this chapter. Those who trust in human wisdom will not prosper. Those who trust in God will have all of their needs met. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The person who depends on the power of other people is compared to a bush in the desert which always has to struggle for life. But the person who trusts in God is like a tree growing by a stream and has all his needs supplied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 17 intro l48r 0 # Jeremiah 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 17:1-18. This poem is a continuation of 16:19-21, and these should be seen as one section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trusting God or humans<br><br>Trust is an important part of this chapter. Those who trust in human wisdom will not prosper. Those who trust in God will have all of their needs met. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The person who depends on the power of other people is compared to a bush in the desert which always has to struggle for life. But the person who trusts in God is like a tree growing by a stream and has all his needs supplied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 17 1 f2as writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 17 1 qcz2 figs-metaphor 0 The sin of Judah is written … on the horns of your altars Yahweh speaks of Judah’s sins being so great that they cannot stop committing them as if someone had engraved their sin permanently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 17 1 ntb1 figs-activepassive 0 The sin of Judah is written Here the word “Judah” represents the people of Judah. This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone has written the sin of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ JER 17 25 i3jj figs-metonymy 0 those who sit on David’s throne Here the thron
JER 17 25 r4s3 figs-activepassive 0 this city will be inhabited forever If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will inhabit this city forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 17 27 xjp9 0 I will light a fire in its gates Alternate translation: “I will set the gates of Jerusalem on fire”
JER 17 27 r5tg figs-activepassive 0 it cannot be put out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cannot put it out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Attacking Jeremiah<br>Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Attacking Jeremiah<br>Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 18 1 ad7f figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said, ‘Arise” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah: ‘Arise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 18 2 ww5x 0 the potter’s house “the workshop of the potter.” A potter is someone who makes pots from clay.
JER 18 3 z9ps 0 behold! The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ JER 18 22 pxk9 figs-synecdoche 0 have hidden traps for my feet Here the word
JER 18 23 yh1m figs-parallelism 0 Do not wipe their sins away from you Jeremiah speaks of Yahweh forgiving his enemies’ sins as if someone had written their sins down and Yahweh would erase them. This phrase means the same thing as the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “Do not pardon their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 18 23 fin3 figs-activepassive 0 let them be overthrown before you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let people overthrow them in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 18 23 jrr6 figs-abstractnouns 0 in the time of your wrath The word “wrath” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “when you are still angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 19 intro e68t 0 # Jeremiah 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### People horrified<br><br>The destruction of Jerusalem will be so complete that it will leave dead bodies everywhere and horrify people who see it.
JER 19 intro e68t 0 # Jeremiah 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### People horrified<br><br>The destruction of Jerusalem will be so complete that it will leave dead bodies everywhere and horrify people who see it.
JER 19 2 r77q 0 Valley of Ben Hinnom This is the name of a valley south of the city of Jerusalem, where people sacrificed to false gods. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:31](../07/31.md).
JER 19 3 lse3 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 19 3 tn4j 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ JER 19 13 u9v5 figs-metaphor 0 the unclean people People who are not acceptable
JER 19 15 ut7s 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 19 15 d4pr 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
JER 19 15 rv5y figs-parallelism 0 stiffened their neck and refused to listen These two phrases both speak of the people being stubborn. In the first phrase, Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had made their necks stiff. Alternate translation: “stubbornly refused to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pashhur<br>This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### Jeremiah’s reaction<br>Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pashhur<br>This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### Jeremiah’s reaction<br>Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JER 20 1 l4ka writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 20 1 xjd1 translate-names 0 Pashhur … Immer These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 20 2 h7fz figs-metonymy 0 Pashhur beat Jeremiah This could mean: (1) that Pashhur himself beat Jeremiah or (2) that Pashhur ordered other men to beat Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ JER 20 17 z5dt figs-metaphor 0 a womb that was pregnant forever Jeremiah speaks
JER 20 18 zc9e figs-rquestion 0 Why is it that I came out from the womb to see troubles and agony … shame? Jeremiah uses this rhetorical question to complain that there was no good reason for him to be born. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There was no reason for me to be born only to see troubles and agony … shame.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 20 18 szf6 figs-doublet 0 to see troubles and agony The words “troubles” and “agony” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the amount and severity of suffering. Alternate translation: “to experience so much suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JER 20 18 fz2s figs-synecdoche 0 my days are filled with shame Here the word “days” represents all the days of Jeremiah’s life. Alternate translation: “my life is filled with shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JER 21 intro d7pt 0 # Jeremiah 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:12-14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jerusalem doomed<br><br>God will fight against Jerusalem and will use the nation of Babylon to fight his battle. If the Jews wanted to live, they needed to surrender to Babylon. Most of the Jews would have rather died than to surrender to Babylon. Usually, fighting against a Gentile nation was a sign of trust in Yahweh’s power. In this instance, it was a sign of trust in Yahweh to surrender. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JER 21 intro d7pt 0 # Jeremiah 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:12-14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jerusalem doomed<br><br>God will fight against Jerusalem and will use the nation of Babylon to fight his battle. If the Jews wanted to live, they needed to surrender to Babylon. Most of the Jews would have rather died than to surrender to Babylon. Usually, fighting against a Gentile nation was a sign of trust in Yahweh’s power. In this instance, it was a sign of trust in Yahweh to surrender. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JER 21 1 tf6j figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke a message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 21 1 ur9x 0 Pashhur This is not the same Pashhur that was mentioned in [Jeremiah 20:1](../20/01.md).
JER 21 1 ad5j translate-names 0 Pashhur … Malkijah … Maaseiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ JER 21 13 h96i 0 I am against Alternate translation: “I oppose” or “I am
JER 21 13 dxt4 figs-rquestion 0 Who will come down to attack us?…Who will enter our houses? These questions are used to state their confidence that they can resist attack. Alternate translation: “No one will attack us!…No one will enter our houses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 21 14 uf3g figs-metaphor 0 I have assigned the fruit of your practices to come against you The result of their evil deeds is spoken of as fruit which grew from those practices. Alternate translation: “I will punish you as you deserve because of the things you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 21 14 nf8v figs-metaphor 0 in the thickets This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor for the columns of wood that supported the palace or (2) these are literal patches of brush. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 22 intro in1u 0 # Jeremiah 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 22:6-10, 13-28, 28-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Luxury and oppression<br><br>Because the king lived in luxury and oppressed the poor, God was sending him and his mother into captivity unless he repented. The king lacked justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JER 22 intro in1u 0 # Jeremiah 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 22:6-10, 13-28, 28-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Luxury and oppression<br><br>Because the king lived in luxury and oppressed the poor, God was sending him and his mother into captivity unless he repented. The king lacked justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JER 22 1 z5bz 0 the house of the king of Judah “the palace of the king of Judah.” The word “house” has a range of possible meanings. In this case it refers to the royal palace where the king lived.
JER 22 1 qfg5 0 proclaim this word Alternate translation: “proclaim this message”
JER 22 2 qj9k figs-explicit 0 your people who come through these gates These gates are the gates of the king’s palace. Alternate translation: “your people who come to visit the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ JER 22 28 vh5v figs-metaphor 0 have poured them out Jehoiachin and his descenda
JER 22 29 ac8x figs-apostrophe 0 Land, Land, Land Yahweh speaks his message to all the people of the land by calling out to the land where they live. The title is repeated to call attention to the message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
JER 22 30 ll6p figs-explicit 0 He will be childless Jehoiachin has several sons. This phrase, then, means it is as if he was childless. His children will not succeed him as king. Alternate translation: “It will be as if he did not have any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 22 30 h57d figs-metonymy 0 sit on David’s throne Sitting on a throne is a metonym for ruling as king. Alternate translation: “become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 23 intro u767 0 # Jeremiah 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:5-6, 9-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophesying lies<br><br>The false prophets had encouraged people to continue sinning by saying everything will be alright. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wordplay<br><br>In Hebrew, the word for “message” can also mean “burden.” In translations that are using footnotes, you may want to explain the wordplay in a footnote. In translations that are not using footnotes or which will primarily be distributed in an oral form, you may need a sentence like “What message has the Lord burdened you with now?” or “You (plural) call God’s message a heavy burden on you.”
JER 23 intro u767 0 # Jeremiah 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:5-6, 9-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophesying lies<br><br>The false prophets had encouraged people to continue sinning by saying everything will be alright. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wordplay<br><br>In Hebrew, the word for “message” can also mean “burden.” In translations that are using footnotes, you may want to explain the wordplay in a footnote. In translations that are not using footnotes or which will primarily be distributed in an oral form, you may need a sentence like “What message has the Lord burdened you with now?” or “You (plural) call God’s message a heavy burden on you.”
JER 23 1 q9nk figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In verses 1-4, Yahweh refers to Israel as his pasture, the people of Israel as his sheep, and the leaders of Israel as the shepherds. Shepherds have a duty to protect the sheep, but the leaders were not doing that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 23 1 z9sb figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 23 2 hus7 figs-doublet 0 You have scattered my flock and have driven them away These two phrases have similar meanings. The second one strengthens the thought in the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ JER 23 39 ad6n 0 the city that I gave you This refers to Jerusalem.
JER 23 40 bq3w figs-you 0 insult on you This instance of “you” is plural and refers to the priests and false prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JER 23 40 t2qe 0 I will put everlasting shame and insult on you that will not be forgotten “I will cover you with shame that will last forever and insult that you will never forget” or “I will cause people to make fun of you forever. People will never forget that you were disgraced.” Yahweh speaks of the humiliation of the priests and false prophets as if he would put shame and insult on them like clothing.
JER 23 40 p6n8 figs-activepassive 0 that will not be forgotten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 24 intro fru9 0 # Jeremiah 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The exiles are blessed and the others punished<br><br>God will bless the people who were taken away into Babylon but punish the people left in the land because they still did not repent and turn to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 24 intro fru9 0 # Jeremiah 24 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The exiles are blessed and the others punished<br><br>God will bless the people who were taken away into Babylon but punish the people left in the land because they still did not repent and turn to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 24 1 dy22 0 me All instances of this pronoun refer to Jeremiah.
JER 24 1 gh4c 0 Behold The word “Behold” here shows that Jeremiah saw something interesting.
JER 24 1 mx54 writing-background 0 This vision happened … them to Babylon This part of the story is used to provide historical information to show when the events of the happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ JER 24 10 f8lu 0 I will send out sword, famine, and plague against them Altern
JER 24 10 j4rn figs-metonymy 0 I will send out sword Here “sword” refers to war or enemy armies. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies” or “I will send out war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 24 10 k2as figs-personification 0 sword, famine, and plague These things are spoken of as if they were living things that could attack the people of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JER 24 10 l4fs 0 they are destroyed from the land Alternate translation: “none of them remain in the land”
JER 25 intro uf7k 0 # Jeremiah 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 25:30-38.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seventy years<br><br>Babylon will rule over Judah for seventy years. Because Yahweh is just, he will soon punish Babylon for their evil actions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>Jeremiah uses the idiom of drinking the cup of wine of God’s punishment to say that Babylon will destroy all the surrounding nations and then be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 25 intro uf7k 0 # Jeremiah 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 25:30-38.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seventy years<br><br>Babylon will rule over Judah for seventy years. Because Yahweh is just, he will soon punish Babylon for their evil actions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>Jeremiah uses the idiom of drinking the cup of wine of God’s punishment to say that Babylon will destroy all the surrounding nations and then be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 25 1 jgw9 figs-idiom 0 This is the word that came to Jeremiah It is implied that the word that came to Jeremiah was from Yahweh. This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 25 1 a9rv translate-ordinal 0 the fourth … the first (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 25 3 q39g translate-names 0 Amon This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ JER 25 37 nz1v figs-activepassive 0 the peaceful pastures will be devastated be
JER 25 38 gc84 figs-metaphor 0 Like a young lion, he has left his den Yahweh punishing his people in his extreme wrath is spoken of as if Yahweh were a lion who leaves his den in search of prey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 25 38 tr4c figs-abstractnouns 0 their land will become a horror The word “horror” may be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “their land will become something that horrifies people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 25 38 ef4f 0 the oppressor’s anger This refers to the anger of Israel’s enemies.
JER 26 intro m6jw 0 # Jeremiah 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people want to kill Jeremiah<br><br>The people wanted to kill Jeremiah but other people intervened and said that they should listen to Jeremiah and repent. They represent the remnant of the faithful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
JER 26 intro m6jw 0 # Jeremiah 26 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people want to kill Jeremiah<br><br>The people wanted to kill Jeremiah but other people intervened and said that they should listen to Jeremiah and repent. They represent the remnant of the faithful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
JER 26 1 hc6c figs-idiom 0 this word came from Yahweh, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 18:1](../18/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This message came from Yahweh. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 26 1 v8wh figs-explicit 0 this word came from Yahweh, saying It can be stated clearly who Yahweh gave this message to. Alternate translation: “this word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 26 2 f1ff figs-metaphor 0 cities of Judah The word “cities” is a metonym for the people who live in the city. Alternate translation: “people from the cities of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ JER 26 23 dgv1 0 corpse dead body
JER 26 24 d2pc figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Ahikam … was with Jeremiah The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. Ahikam was not a soldier, so he probably was able to talk to people and change their minds. Alternate translation: “Ahikam … was able to help Jeremiah” or “Ahikam … was able to keep the people from harming Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 26 24 t71n translate-names 0 Ahikam … Shaphan men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 26 24 y6jk figs-metonymy 0 he was not given into the hand of the people to be put to death The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Ahikam did not allow the people to have the power to put Jeremiah to death” or “the people could not kill Jeremiah because Ahikam did not give them the power to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 27 intro ka54 0 # Jeremiah 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The nations should serve Babylon<br><br>Jeremiah told the king of Judah, and all the surrounding nations, to serve the Babylonians and live in their land. If they refused, Babylon would take them as captives to another land.
JER 27 intro ka54 0 # Jeremiah 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The nations should serve Babylon<br><br>Jeremiah told the king of Judah, and all the surrounding nations, to serve the Babylonians and live in their land. If they refused, Babylon would take them as captives to another land.
JER 27 2 w3cz 0 fetters things that keep a person from moving freely
JER 27 3 ak1w 0 Then send them out This seems to mean that Jeremiah was to send a set of fetters and yoke to each king listed. But some versions of the Bible translate this as “Then send out messages.”
JER 27 3 tkx8 figs-synecdoche 0 Send them by the hand of those kings’ ambassadors who … Judah The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Have those kings’ ambassadors, who … Judah, take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ JER 27 21 trv4 0 the house of the king of Judah The word “house” has a ran
JER 27 22 s56l figs-activepassive 0 They will be brought to Babylon This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will bring them to Babylon” or “I will bring them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 27 22 au73 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 27 22 jjc7 0 I will bring them up The reader should understand that Yahweh will have people carry them up.
JER 28 intro r9mb 0 # Jeremiah 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False prophecies continue<br><br>A false prophet prophesied that the captives would return from Babylon with all the temple vessels. Jeremiah told the false prophet that he would die that year for prophesying lies, and he did die. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
JER 28 intro r9mb 0 # Jeremiah 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False prophecies continue<br><br>A false prophet prophesied that the captives would return from Babylon with all the temple vessels. Jeremiah told the false prophet that he would die that year for prophesying lies, and he did die. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
JER 28 1 eue8 0 General Information: Hananiah claims to speak for God.
JER 28 1 uk8e translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the fourth year and the fifth month This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the dry season. It is during the last part of July and the first part of August on Western calendars. This was after Zedekiah had been king for three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 28 1 i5s1 translate-names 0 Azzur This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1909,7 +1909,7 @@ JER 28 14 u3bq 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words
JER 28 14 y7rs figs-metaphor 0 I have placed a yoke of iron on the neck of all of these nations to serve Nebuchadnezzar Yahweh speaks of making nations to be slaves of Nebuchadnezzar as if he were putting yokes on oxen to make them do heavy work. Alternate translation: “I have made all of these nations slaves, and they will have to serve Nebuchadnezzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 28 16 mdf5 figs-123person 0 you proclaimed rebellion against Yahweh It is not clear why Yahweh speaks of himself by name. Alternate translation: “you urged people to rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 28 17 gp9j translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 29 intro l6ne 0 # Jeremiah 29 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Two letters<br><br>Jeremiah sent a letter to Babylon telling the exiles to prepare for a long stay. A false prophet in Babylon wrote back to the chief priest telling him to punish Jeremiah. Even though Jeremiah had prophesied the exile, the Jews still did not believe him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
JER 29 intro l6ne 0 # Jeremiah 29 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Two letters<br><br>Jeremiah sent a letter to Babylon telling the exiles to prepare for a long stay. A false prophet in Babylon wrote back to the chief priest telling him to punish Jeremiah. Even though Jeremiah had prophesied the exile, the Jews still did not believe him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
JER 29 1 j1gt 0 sent out from Jerusalem Alternate translation: “proclaimed from Jerusalem”
JER 29 1 kv6v 0 remaining elders Alternate translation: “elders who were still alive”
JER 29 2 ici1 0 Jehoiachin The Hebrew text has “Jeconiah,” which is a variation of the name “Jehoiachin.” Many modern versions have “Jehoiachin” in order to make it clear that the same king is being referred to.
@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ JER 29 31 ysp9 0 Shemaiah the Nehelamite See how you translated this man’s n
JER 29 32 h1dk figs-nominaladj 0 the good This can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JER 29 32 q7ck figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 29 32 bs4i figs-123person 0 he has proclaimed rebellion against Yahweh It is not clear why Yahweh speaks of himself by name. Alternate translation: “he has urged people to rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God promises restoration<br><br>Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel.
JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God promises restoration<br><br>Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel.
JER 30 1 f64q figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 30 3 iwm1 0 For look “For listen carefully.” This phrase brings attention to what Yahweh is going to say next.
JER 30 3 s2us figs-metaphor 0 days are coming … when I will restore the fortunes Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future … I will restore the fortunes” or “there will be a time … when I will restore the fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@ JER 30 20 tnn9 figs-activepassive 0 their assembly will be established before m
JER 30 21 nyu6 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translates this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 30 23 u8p2 figs-metaphor 0 See, the tempest of Yahweh, his fury, has gone out This speaks of God’s anger and punishment as if it were a storm. This emphasizes his power and ability to destroy wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 30 24 wc7x figs-abstractnouns 0 his heart’s intentions If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **intentions**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “intends.” The heart is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “what he intends to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.<br><br>The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.<br><br>This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group.
JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.<br><br>The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.<br><br>This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group.
JER 31 1 p3h6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 31 2 ht7e figs-idiom 0 The people who have survived the sword have found favor in the wilderness The phrase “found favor” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “While the people who have survived the sword have been in the wilderness, I have had grace on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 31 2 ml2j figs-metonymy 0 who have survived the sword The word “sword” is a metonym for war. Alternate translation: “who have survived the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ JER 31 40 bf2f figs-activepassive 0 The whole valley … will be set apart for
JER 31 40 z7hx translate-names 0 Kidron Valley … Horse Gate These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 31 40 j8yq 0 set apart Alternate translation: “made holy”
JER 31 40 gu9q figs-metaphor 0 The city will not be pulled up or overthrown again The city is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone could pull out of the ground or a building that someone could break down. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not allow anyone to pull up or overthrow the city again” or “No one will tear the city down or destroy it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Israel<br>The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter.
JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Israel<br>The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter.
JER 32 1 xs6y figs-idiom 0 This is the word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Jeremiah. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:2](../01/02.md) Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave messages to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 32 1 mul1 0 in the tenth year of Zedekiah king of Judah, the eighteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar Alternate translation: “after Zedekiah had been king of Judah for more than nine years and Nebuchadnezzar had been king for more than seventeen years”
JER 32 2 nkx2 figs-activepassive 0 Jeremiah the prophet was imprisoned This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were keeping Jeremiah as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ JER 32 43 s9q4 figs-you 0 you are saying Here “you” refers to the people of
JER 32 43 mhj8 figs-metonymy 0 It has been given into the hand of the Chaldeans Here “hand” is a metonym for power or control. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has given it to the Chaldeans” or “Yahweh has given the Chaldeans power over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 32 44 ytf6 0 write in sealed scrolls. They will assemble witnesses The “sealed scrolls” are the deeds that a person would sign to purchase land. Other people would be witnesses to confirm the purchase.
JER 32 44 tg5c figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
JER 33 1 zhp8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 33 1 rj9y figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Jeremiah a second time, while he was … guard, saying, The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah a second time, while Jeremiah was … guard. He said,” or “While Jeremiah was … guard, Yahweh spoke this second message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 33 1 wa3r figs-123person 0 came to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ JER 33 26 x6zy figs-hypo 0 The hypothetical statement that begins with the wor
JER 33 26 w9mt figs-hypo 0 then I will reject … and not bring The hypothetical statement that begins with the words “If I have not established the covenant” in verse 25 ends here. This is a situation that Yahweh never expects to be true. Alternate translation: “I have established the covenant … so I will never reject … and I will bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JER 33 26 z156 0 I will restore their fortunes “I will cause things to go well for them again” or “I will cause them to live well again” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md).
JER 33 26 e4m9 0 show mercy to Translate as “have compassion on” is translated in ([Jeremiah 30:18](../30/18.md)).
JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Law of Moses<br>According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Actions with cultural meaning<br><br>When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Law of Moses<br>According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Actions with cultural meaning<br><br>When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 34 1 z8xz figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, when Nebuchadnezzar … her cities, saying: This idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah when Nebuchadnezzar … her cities. He said,” or “When Nebuchadnezzar … her cities, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 34 1 d4fn figs-123person 0 to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name in this chapter. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 34 1 p1vd 0 waging war Alternate translation: “fighting”
@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ JER 34 20 gan7 figs-euphemism 0 seeking their lives This is a polite way to say
JER 34 20 sjp1 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of their enemies Here the word “hands” represents control. Alternate translation: “to be conquered by their enemies” or “over to the control of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 34 21 wl9t 0 risen up Alternate translation: “come to fight”
JER 34 22 ug2t 0 bring them bring the Babylonian armies
JER 35 intro jt1x 0 # Jeremiah 35 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Rechabites<br><br>The actions of the Rechabites contrasted with the actions of the Jews. The Rechabites obeyed the commands their ancestor had give while living in Canaan, but Judah did not obey Yahweh’s commands. Because the Rechabites were obedient, Yahweh preserved their clan. The Rechabites’ history is found in the book of Judges.
JER 35 intro jt1x 0 # Jeremiah 35 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Rechabites<br><br>The actions of the Rechabites contrasted with the actions of the Jews. The Rechabites obeyed the commands their ancestor had give while living in Canaan, but Judah did not obey Yahweh’s commands. Because the Rechabites were obedient, Yahweh preserved their clan. The Rechabites’ history is found in the book of Judges.
JER 35 1 pt2v figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh in the days … of Judah, saying, The idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah in the days … of Judah. He said,” or “In the days … of Judah, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 35 1 x1f1 figs-123person 0 to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. You may translate using first person, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 35 2 t4d9 translate-names 0 Rekabites This is a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ JER 35 18 ijd5 0 Rekabites This is the name of the people group. See how you t
JER 35 18 i21g 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 35 18 nqf5 0 Jonadab a man’s name. See how you translated it in [Jeremiah 35:5](../35/05.md).
JER 35 19 ehq6 0 Jonadab … Rekab These are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Jeremiah 35:5](../35/05.md).
JER 36 intro f643 0 # Jeremiah 36 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Opposition to Jeremiah<br><br>Jeremiah wrote God’s prophesies on a scroll but the king burned it. It is possible that this action was intended to be understood as representing the definitiveness of these prophecies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 36 intro f643 0 # Jeremiah 36 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Opposition to Jeremiah<br><br>Jeremiah wrote God’s prophesies on a scroll but the king burned it. It is possible that this action was intended to be understood as representing the definitiveness of these prophecies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 36 1 w23y writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 36 1 a3lh 0 It came about “It happened.” This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
JER 36 1 v3ak translate-ordinal 0 in the fourth year of Jehoiakim … king of Judah Jehoiakim had been king of Judah for more than three years. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 25:1](../25/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ JER 36 32 k5z6 figs-123person 0 Jeremiah took … Jeremiah’s dictation Jeremi
JER 36 32 k1wh figs-abstractnouns 0 Baruch wrote on it at Jeremiah’s dictation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **dictation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 36:4](../36/04.md). Alternate translation: “while Jeremiah was speaking, Baruch wrote on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 36 32 b4kt 0 burned by Jehoiakim king of Judah Alternate translation: “that Jehoiakim king of Judah had burned in the fire”
JER 36 32 mev6 figs-activepassive 0 Furthermore, many other similar words were added to this scroll This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Furthermore, Jeremiah and Baruch added to this scroll many more words which were similar to the words that had been in the first scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 37 intro du3z 0 # Jeremiah 37 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br><br>Jeremiah was thrown into prison and beaten for prophesying the word of God. Then the king asked him, “Is there any word from Yahweh?” This is a type of irony. The king simply did not agree with God’s original word. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])
JER 37 intro du3z 0 # Jeremiah 37 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br><br>Jeremiah was thrown into prison and beaten for prophesying the word of God. Then the king asked him, “Is there any word from Yahweh?” This is a type of irony. The king simply did not agree with God’s original word. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])
JER 37 1 c5u8 0 Jehoiachin The Hebrew text has “Coniah,” which is a variation of the name “Jehoiachin.” Many modern versions have “Jehoiachin” in order to make it clear that the same king is being referred to.
JER 37 2 vt3f 0 of the land Alternate translation: “of the land of Judah”
JER 37 2 j785 figs-synecdoche 0 he proclaimed by the hand of Jeremiah the prophet The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “he had Jeremiah the prophet proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -2492,7 +2492,7 @@ JER 37 20 e2hq 0 the house of Jonathan the scribe “the house of Jonathan, wh
JER 37 21 pss2 0 the courtyard of the guard This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md).
JER 37 21 s566 figs-activepassive 0 A loaf of bread was given him This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “His servants also gave Jeremiah a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 37 21 v6xa 0 from the street of the bakers Alternate translation: “from the street where the bakers worked”
JER 38 intro eu3f 0 # Jeremiah 38 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Surrender and live<br><br>If the king obeyed God and surrendered to the Babylonians, he would be allowed to live and the city would not be burned. But if he refused, he would be captured and the city burned. This took faith that Yahweh was using this ungodly, Gentile nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
JER 38 intro eu3f 0 # Jeremiah 38 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Surrender and live<br><br>If the king obeyed God and surrendered to the Babylonians, he would be allowed to live and the city would not be burned. But if he refused, he would be captured and the city burned. This took faith that Yahweh was using this ungodly, Gentile nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
JER 38 1 gl7q translate-names 0 Shephatiah … Mattan, Gedaliah … Pashhur, Jehukal … Shelemiah … Pashhur … Malkijah men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 38 2 p2xn figs-activepassive 0 Anyone staying in this city will be killed by sword, famine, and plague This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Anyone staying in this city will die by sword, famine, and plague” or “I will kill anyone staying in this city with sword, famine, and plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 38 2 izt9 0 He will escape with his own life The one who surrenders to the Babylonians will escape alive, even though he will lose all his possessions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 21:9](../21/09.md).
@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ JER 38 26 l1fb 0 Jonathan See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremia
JER 38 27 e9tl figs-abstractnouns 0 the conversation between Jeremiah and the king If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **conversation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what Jeremiah and the king said to each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 38 28 kaj5 0 the courtyard of the guard This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md).
JER 38 28 l5rj figs-activepassive 0 until the day Jerusalem was captured This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “until the day that the Babylonian army captured Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 39 intro i9ad 0 # Jeremiah 39 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophesied destruction of Jerusalem is over and the actual conquering of the Promised Land by Babylon begins in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 39 intro i9ad 0 # Jeremiah 39 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophesied destruction of Jerusalem is over and the actual conquering of the Promised Land by Babylon begins in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 39 1 bc1u 0 came … against Jerusalem Alternate translation: “came to attack Jerusalem”
JER 39 1 dap3 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the ninth year and tenth month of Zedekiah king of Judah This is after Zedekiah had been king of Judah for eight years, in the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of December and the first part of January on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the tenth month of the ninth year that Zedekiah was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
JER 39 1 yh1s translate-ordinal 0 ninth … tenth See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]
@ -2577,7 +2577,7 @@ JER 39 16 pb72 0 For they will all come true before you on that day Alternate
JER 39 17 d4fl figs-metonymy 0 you will not be given into the hand of the men whom you fear Here “hand” refers to power or control. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men you fear will not harm you” or “I will not allow anyone to put you under the control of the people whom you fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 39 18 y55h figs-euphemism 0 You will not fall by the sword The sword is a metonym for dying in war. Alternate translation: “No one will kill you with their sword” or “You will not die in war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 39 18 h19r 0 with your life Alternate translation: “alive”
JER 40 intro rx94 0 # Jeremiah 40 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Peace in Judah<br><br>After Babylon conquered Jerusalem, this chapter reveals an unfolding peace in the area. Ammon, who was supposed to be Judah’s ally against Babylon, probably sought to distract Babylon from attacking them by ruining the peace in the region of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 40 intro rx94 0 # Jeremiah 40 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Peace in Judah<br><br>After Babylon conquered Jerusalem, this chapter reveals an unfolding peace in the area. Ammon, who was supposed to be Judah’s ally against Babylon, probably sought to distract Babylon from attacking them by ruining the peace in the region of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 40 1 vp76 figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Jeremiah. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:1](../32/01.md) Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave messages to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 40 1 nzv7 translate-names 0 Nebuzaradan This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 39:9](../39/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 40 1 w77l figs-activepassive 0 who were being carried into exile to Babylon If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers were about to take to Babylon as exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2621,7 +2621,7 @@ JER 40 15 mj6g figs-activepassive 0 to be scattered This can be translated in a
JER 40 15 pxq9 figs-activepassive 0 the remnant of Judah destroyed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “allow the Chaldeans to destroy the remnant of Judah” or “and allow the remnant of Judah to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JER 40 15 zr8s 0 remnant of Judah “remnant of the people of Judah.” See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 40:11](../40/11.md).
JER 40 16 gc11 0 Ahikam See how you translated this name in [Jeremiah 26:24](../26/24.md).
JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Judah<br>This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Judah<br>This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 41 1 mz9m 0 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
JER 41 1 rce7 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 41 1 va8n translate-names 0 Ishmael son of Nethaniah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:8](../40/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -2663,7 +2663,7 @@ JER 41 17 b8j8 0 they went Alternate translation: “Johanan, his companions,
JER 41 17 di1c translate-names 0 Geruth Kimham This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 41 18 k3qd figs-explicit 0 because of the Chaldeans It is implied that they were afraid that the Chaldeans would attack them. Alternate translation: “because they thought the Chaldeans may attack them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 41 18 iuc2 figs-metonymy 0 in charge of the land Here “land” represents the people. Alternate translation: “in charge of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Babylon<br>The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Babylon<br>The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 42 1 jc5i translate-names 0 Johanan … Kareah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:13](../40/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 42 1 w479 translate-names 0 Jezaniah … Hoshaiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 42 1 h1f8 figs-merism 0 all the people from the least to the greatest This is a way to refer to people from every social status. Here “least” and “greatest” represent those who are least important and those who are most important. Alternate translation: “all the people from every social status” or “all the people, including the least important and the most important people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ JER 42 21 bn7i figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here “voice”
JER 42 22 ewj3 0 now The word “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
JER 42 22 ah9a figs-metonymy 0 you will die by sword Here “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “you will die in warfare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 42 22 b8em figs-explicit 0 in the place where you desired to go to live They desired to live in Egypt. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Egypt, where you thought you would be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### They did not believe Jeremiah<br>After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Babylon invades Egypt<br>Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.<br><br>## Other possible translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Symbolic actions<br>Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### They did not believe Jeremiah<br>After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Babylon invades Egypt<br>Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.<br><br>## Other possible translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Symbolic actions<br>Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 43 1 ufu5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
JER 43 2 wg2c translate-names 0 Azariah This could mean: (1) this is another name for Jezaniah in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md) or (2) this is a different son of Hoshaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 43 2 a3qd translate-names 0 Hoshaiah See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -2736,7 +2736,7 @@ JER 43 12 yqt6 figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar will … He will Here Nebuchadnez
JER 43 12 nms7 0 burn them or capture them Alternate translation: “burn the Egyptian idols or take them”
JER 43 12 e3qj figs-simile 0 He will clean out the land of Egypt just as shepherds clean vermin off their clothes Taking or destroying everything in Egypt is compared to how a shepherd carefully cleans off his clothes. Alternate translation: “He will take or destroy everything valuable in Egypt just as a shepherd is careful to get every insect off of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 43 13 pyt4 translate-names 0 Heliopolis This is the name of a city. The name means “city of the sun.” In this city was a temple where they worshiped a sun god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 44 intro xf8j 0 # Jeremiah 44 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people called Ashtoreth the goddess of the Canaanites, “the queen of heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 44 intro xf8j 0 # Jeremiah 44 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people called Ashtoreth the goddess of the Canaanites, “the queen of heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 44 1 s5cz figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah It is implied that the word that came to Jeremiah was from Yahweh. This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 44 1 gzg8 translate-names 0 Migdol This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 44 1 a4bd translate-names 0 Tahpanhes … Memphis Translate the names of these cities as you did in [Jeremiah 2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ JER 44 30 wm1f 0 Look Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention
JER 44 30 fk1y figs-metonymy 0 I am about to give Pharaoh Hophra king of Egypt into the hand of his enemies and into the hand of those who seek to kill him Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “I will allow the enemies who want to kill Pharaoh Hophra, the king of Egypt, to defeat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 44 30 k1p8 translate-names 0 Hophra This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 44 30 sf5s figs-metonymy 0 when I gave Zedekiah king of Judah into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, his enemy who sought his life Here “hand” represents power or control. And, Nebuchadnezzar represents his whole army. The phrase “sought his life” is an idiom that means to want to kill someone. Alternate translation: “when I allowed the army of Nebuchadnezzar to defeat Zedekiah king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 45 intro m5sy 0 # Jeremiah 45 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a break in the narrative sequence. It records prophecies that have already occurred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 45 intro m5sy 0 # Jeremiah 45 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a break in the narrative sequence. It records prophecies that have already occurred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 45 1 n8gv 0 this was in the fourth year of Jehoiakim son of Josiah This information can be placed at the beginning of 45:1 as in the UST.
JER 45 1 uid7 figs-ellipsis 0 in the fourth year of Jehoiakim The words “of the rule” are understood. Alternate translation: “in the fourth year of the rule of Jehoiakim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JER 45 1 d24t translate-ordinal 0 fourth year The word “fourth” is the ordinal form of the number four. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -2823,7 +2823,7 @@ JER 45 5 jtj1 figs-rquestion 0 But are you hoping for great things for yourself
JER 45 5 m1dh 0 For see Alternate translation: “For understand” or “Be aware”
JER 45 5 n1jc figs-metaphor 0 your life as your plunder everywhere you will go Allowing Baruch to escape and remain alive is spoken of as if his life were plunder that he would take after a battle. Alternate translation: “but wherever you go, I will protect you and allow you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 45 5 a5tu 0 plunder things stolen from a place by force
JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.<br><br>This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Justice<br>Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Battle preparations<br>Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh.
JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.<br><br>This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Justice<br>Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Battle preparations<br>Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh.
JER 46 1 sfw3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 46 1 e496 figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 46 2 q4ql 0 For Egypt This phrase indicates this message is intended for the nation of Egypt.
@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@ JER 46 27 cfi7 figs-parallelism 0 my servant Jacob, do not fear. Do not be dism
JER 46 27 n8yh 0 from the land of their captivity Alternate translation: “from the land where they are captives”
JER 46 28 r2ij figs-abstractnouns 0 I will bring complete destruction against all the nations If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you could express the same idea with the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 46 28 h92x figs-doublenegatives 0 will certainly not leave you unpunished This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “will certainly punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Flood waters<br>This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Flood waters<br>This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 47 1 up7u figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah The idiom “the word of Yahweh that came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 47 1 z4d3 figs-idiom 0 This word came to him The idiom “this word came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave this message to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 47 1 n7b3 figs-metonymy 0 before Pharaoh Here “Pharaoh” represents the Egyptians army. Alternate translation: “before Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2920,7 +2920,7 @@ JER 47 6 r4br figs-idiom 0 you become silent A sword makes a noise as it slashe
JER 47 6 hg5n 0 scabbard This is the case used to protect the blade of a sword.
JER 47 7 x3p6 figs-personification 0 How can it rest … along the sea? Here Jeremiah is speaking. He continues speaking of the sword of Yahweh as if it were a person who could rest. Yahweh punishing the Philistines by sending the army of the north is spoken of as if Yahweh were striking the people with a sword. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot rest … along the sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 47 7 w3uj figs-rquestion 0 How can it rest when Yahweh has commanded it, when he has ordered … the sea? Jeremiah uses a question to mean that the sword cannot stop since Yahweh has commanded it to continue killing. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot stop, for Yahweh has commanded it. He has ordered … the sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 48 intro d44i 0 # Jeremiah 48 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 48:1-25, 28-33, 39-47.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying Yahweh<br><br>Moab worshiped and served other gods. Despite this, Yahweh expected every nation to worship and serve him and him alone. They were punished because of it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JER 48 intro d44i 0 # Jeremiah 48 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 48:1-25, 28-33, 39-47.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying Yahweh<br><br>Moab worshiped and served other gods. Despite this, Yahweh expected every nation to worship and serve him and him alone. They were punished because of it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JER 48 1 r24j writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 48 1 kuu3 figs-metonymy 0 To Moab Here “Moab” represents the people. Alternate translation: “To the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 48 1 tu4z 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
@ -3051,7 +3051,7 @@ JER 48 46 k4g8 figs-activepassive 0 your sons are taken as captives and your da
JER 48 47 b2it 0 I will restore the fortunes of Moab “I will cause things to go well for Moab again” or “I will cause Moab to live well again.” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md).
JER 48 47 ei27 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 48 47 i5t1 0 The judgment on Moab ends here Alternate translation: “That is the end of what Jeremiah prophesied about Moab”
JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Covenant with Abraham<br>Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Covenant with Abraham<br>Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 49 1 q42f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 49 1 tz36 0 Yahweh says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 49 1 rj3z figs-rquestion 0 Does Israel have no children? Is there no one to inherit anything in Israel? Why does Molech occupy Gad, and his people live in its cities? Yahweh uses a question to express that the people of Israel should be living in Gad rather than those who worship Molech. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are plenty of Israelites to inherit the land of Israel. The people who worship the false idol, Molech, should not live in Gad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ JER 49 37 l2b9 figs-metaphor 0 I will bring disaster against them Yahweh causin
JER 49 37 kkm4 figs-metonymy 0 the sword after them Here “sword” represents the enemy army carrying their weapons. Alternate translation: “the enemy army to pursue and kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 49 38 we6b figs-metonymy 0 I will put my throne in Elam Here “throne” represents Yahweh’s right to rule and judge as the king. Alternate translation: “I will judge the people of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 49 39 s61m 0 in later days Alternate translation: “in the future”
JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Israel<br>The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Israel<br>The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 50 1 mzg3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God gives Jeremiah a message about Babylon. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 50 1 je71 figs-idiom 0 This is the word that Yahweh declared This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 50 1 k291 figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Jeremiah the prophet The hand is a synecdoche for the person. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 37:2](../37/02.md). Alternate translation: “through Jeremiah, who was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -3361,7 +3361,7 @@ JER 50 45 fwh2 figs-metaphor 0 Their pasturelands will be turned into ruined pl
JER 50 46 q28h figs-metaphor 0 At the sound of conquered Babylon the earth shakes This phrase compares the fall of the once powerful nation of Babylon to the extremely loud noise of an earthquake. Alternate translation: “The fall of Babylon will sound like a mighty earthquake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 50 46 sue1 0 distress pain or unhappiness
JER 50 46 y112 0 their shout of distress Alternate translation: “their shout of pain”
JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.<br><br>The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])<br><br>### Covenant with Abraham<br>Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.<br><br>The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])<br><br>### Covenant with Abraham<br>Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JER 51 1 bz33 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 51 1 mgs4 0 See This draws attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” or “Pay attention”
JER 51 1 az5v 0 a wind of destruction This could mean: (1) “a wind that destroys” or (2) “the spirit of a destroyer.” This would mean that Yahweh would cause or inspire the enemy army to go and attack Babylon.
@ -3514,7 +3514,7 @@ JER 51 62 ctw9 0 animal If your language has a word for animals that normally
JER 51 64 rl23 figs-simile 0 Babylon will sink like this The stone and scroll will disappear in the water, the water will destroy the scroll, and Babylon will no longer look like a city or have buildings for people to live in. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 51 64 eg18 0 will not arise Alternate translation: “will never again be a city”
JER 51 64 xm91 0 they will fall This means the Babylonians will fall because they are exhausted. Many translations do not include these words.
JER 52 intro izf6 0 # Jeremiah 52 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter returns to a previous sequence of events and records Babylon’s conquering of Judah. It also records the destruction of the temple in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
JER 52 intro izf6 0 # Jeremiah 52 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter returns to a previous sequence of events and records Babylon’s conquering of Judah. It also records the destruction of the temple in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
JER 52 1 f3ew 0 General Information: Because of the words “Jeremiah’s words end here” in [Jeremiah 51:64](../51/64.md) and because the words here appear in other books of the Bible, many scholars believe that this chapter was written by someone other than Jeremiah and attached to the scroll that Jeremiah and Baruch wrote.
JER 52 1 pmi6 translate-names 0 Hamutal This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 52 1 w8zc translate-names 0 Libnah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

12
en_tn_25-LAM.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br> * The people grieve (3:1–20)<br> * Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br> * Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br> * Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br> * The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br> * Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br> * Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br> * The people grieve (3:1–20)<br> * Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br> * Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br> * Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br> * The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br> * Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br> * Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
LAM 1 1 mx9e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Various poetic forms are used throughout this book. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 1 1 i4kk figs-metaphor 0 is now sitting all alone This speaks of the city of Jerusalem being empty, as if it were a woman who was sitting alone. Alternate translation: “is now empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 1 1 azd1 figs-personification 0 She The writer of Lamentations writes about the city of Jerusalem as if it were a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ LAM 1 21 cir1 figs-explicit 0 now let them become like me This is a request for
LAM 1 22 qsw5 figs-idiom 0 Let all their wickedness come before you This is a request for Yahweh to judge Jerusalem’s enemies for their wickedness. The phrase “come before you” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to all of the wickedness they have committed” or “Judge them for all of their wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 1 22 j42r figs-explicit 0 deal with them as you have dealt with me This is a request for Yahweh to punish Jerusalem’s enemies as he punished the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “punish them as you have punished me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LAM 1 22 e4g5 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart is faint Here the “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am faint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.
LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.
LAM 2 1 r7dk writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. The writer of Lamentations uses many different ways to express that the people of Israel have lost God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 2 1 gee6 figs-metaphor 0 The Lord has covered the daughter of Zion under the cloud of his anger This speaks of the Lord’s anger against Jerusalem (Zion) as if it were a dark cloud. This could mean: (1) God is threatening to harm the people of Jerusalem or (2) God has already harmed the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 2 1 ddb5 figs-personification 0 the daughter of Zion This is a poetic name for Jerusalem, which is spoken of here as if it were a woman. Translate as you did in [Lamentations 1:6](../01/06.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ LAM 2 22 re1y figs-simile 0 as you would call the people to a feast day “as i
LAM 2 22 bq2q figs-metonymy 0 my terrors Here the people the author fears are referred to as his “terrors.” Alternate translation: “the attackers I was afraid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LAM 2 22 d9ky figs-idiom 0 on every side This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to attack from every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 2 22 vzm7 figs-idiom 0 on the day of the anger of Yahweh Here “day” is used as an idiom that refers to a general period of time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Yahweh acted in his anger” or “during the time that Yahweh displayed his anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.
LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.
LAM 3 1 q73v writing-poetry 0 A new poem begins. Here the author speaks of the sufferings that his people experienced. He speaks about them as if God had personally attacked only him. However, the writer intends to speak for everyone in the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LAM 3 1 z56p figs-metaphor 0 who has seen misery Here “has seen” represents has experienced. Alternate translation: “who has experienced misery” or “who has suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 3 1 w5zk figs-metonymy 0 under the rod of Yahweh’s fury Being “under the rod” represents being beaten with a rod. The author speaks of God’s punishment as if God had beaten him with a rod. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh was very angry and has beaten me with a rod” or “because Yahweh was very angry and has punished me severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ LAM 3 64 h9mv figs-metaphor 0 Pay back to them, Yahweh, according to what they
LAM 3 65 x92m figs-metonymy 0 You will let their hearts be shameless Here the “heart” is a metonym that represents their attitudes and emotions, and being “shameless” means not feeling ashamed of their sins even though they should. Their not being ashamed would give even more reason for God to punish them. Alternate translation: “You will let them feel no shame for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LAM 3 65 w3iz figs-abstractnouns 0 May your condemnation be upon them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **condemnation**, you could express the same idea with the verbs “condemn” or “curse.” Alternate translation: “Condemn them” or “Curse them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LAM 3 66 zs3c figs-metonymy 0 from under the heavens Here “from under the heavens” represents everywhere on earth. Alternate translation: “wherever they are on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
LAM 4 1 rhc4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
LAM 4 1 su7t figs-metaphor 0 The gold has become tarnished; how the purest gold has changed The people of Jerusalem are spoken of as if they were gold that is no longer shiny, and therefore no longer valuable. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem are like gold that is no longer shiny. They are like pure gold that is no longer beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 4 1 v4ij figs-exclamations 0 how the purest gold has changed This is an exclamation that shows the author’s sadness that this has happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ LAM 4 22 i7ub figs-personification 0 Daughter of Zion The people of Jerusalem a
LAM 4 22 y3mu figs-abstractnouns 0 your punishment will come to an end “your punishment will end.” The abstract noun punishment can be expressed with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will stop punishing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LAM 4 22 jt3i 0 he will not extend your exile Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not make your time in exile longer” or “Yahweh will not make you stay in exile longer”
LAM 4 22 c3zn figs-metaphor 0 he will uncover your sins Here the sins not being known by others are spoken of as if they are under a cover. Removing the cover represents letting other people know about them. Alternate translation: “he will expose your sins” or “he will cause other people to know how you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
LAM 5 1 hj48 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
LAM 5 1 a5gv figs-idiom 0 Remember, Yahweh, what has happened to us “Remember” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, think about what has happened to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 5 1 q2dv 0 look and see our disgrace Alternate translation: “look at the shameful state we are in”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br> * The people grieve (3:1–20)<br> * Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br> * Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br> * Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br> * The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br> * Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br> * Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) # Introduction to Lamentations<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br> * The people grieve (3:1–20)<br> * Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br> * Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br> * Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br> * The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br> * Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br> * Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3 LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # Lamentations 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
4 LAM 1 1 mx9e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Various poetic forms are used throughout this book. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5 LAM 1 1 i4kk figs-metaphor 0 is now sitting all alone This speaks of the city of Jerusalem being empty, as if it were a woman who was sitting alone. Alternate translation: “is now empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6 LAM 1 1 azd1 figs-personification 0 She The writer of Lamentations writes about the city of Jerusalem as if it were a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
112 LAM 1 22 qsw5 figs-idiom 0 Let all their wickedness come before you This is a request for Yahweh to judge Jerusalem’s enemies for their wickedness. The phrase “come before you” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to all of the wickedness they have committed” or “Judge them for all of their wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
113 LAM 1 22 j42r figs-explicit 0 deal with them as you have dealt with me This is a request for Yahweh to punish Jerusalem’s enemies as he punished the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “punish them as you have punished me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
114 LAM 1 22 e4g5 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart is faint Here the “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am faint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
115 LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them. # Lamentations 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.
116 LAM 2 1 r7dk writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. The writer of Lamentations uses many different ways to express that the people of Israel have lost God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
117 LAM 2 1 gee6 figs-metaphor 0 The Lord has covered the daughter of Zion under the cloud of his anger This speaks of the Lord’s anger against Jerusalem (Zion) as if it were a dark cloud. This could mean: (1) God is threatening to harm the people of Jerusalem or (2) God has already harmed the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
118 LAM 2 1 ddb5 figs-personification 0 the daughter of Zion This is a poetic name for Jerusalem, which is spoken of here as if it were a woman. Translate as you did in [Lamentations 1:6](../01/06.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
205 LAM 2 22 bq2q figs-metonymy 0 my terrors Here the people the author fears are referred to as his “terrors.” Alternate translation: “the attackers I was afraid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
206 LAM 2 22 d9ky figs-idiom 0 on every side This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to attack from every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
207 LAM 2 22 vzm7 figs-idiom 0 on the day of the anger of Yahweh Here “day” is used as an idiom that refers to a general period of time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Yahweh acted in his anger” or “during the time that Yahweh displayed his anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
208 LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him. # Lamentations 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.
209 LAM 3 1 q73v writing-poetry 0 A new poem begins. Here the author speaks of the sufferings that his people experienced. He speaks about them as if God had personally attacked only him. However, the writer intends to speak for everyone in the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
210 LAM 3 1 z56p figs-metaphor 0 who has seen misery Here “has seen” represents has experienced. Alternate translation: “who has experienced misery” or “who has suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
211 LAM 3 1 w5zk figs-metonymy 0 under the rod of Yahweh’s fury Being “under the rod” represents being beaten with a rod. The author speaks of God’s punishment as if God had beaten him with a rod. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh was very angry and has beaten me with a rod” or “because Yahweh was very angry and has punished me severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
322 LAM 3 65 x92m figs-metonymy 0 You will let their hearts be shameless Here the “heart” is a metonym that represents their attitudes and emotions, and being “shameless” means not feeling ashamed of their sins even though they should. Their not being ashamed would give even more reason for God to punish them. Alternate translation: “You will let them feel no shame for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
323 LAM 3 65 w3iz figs-abstractnouns 0 May your condemnation be upon them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **condemnation**, you could express the same idea with the verbs “condemn” or “curse.” Alternate translation: “Condemn them” or “Curse them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
324 LAM 3 66 zs3c figs-metonymy 0 from under the heavens Here “from under the heavens” represents everywhere on earth. Alternate translation: “wherever they are on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
325 LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) # Lamentations 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
326 LAM 4 1 rhc4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
327 LAM 4 1 su7t figs-metaphor 0 The gold has become tarnished; how the purest gold has changed The people of Jerusalem are spoken of as if they were gold that is no longer shiny, and therefore no longer valuable. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem are like gold that is no longer shiny. They are like pure gold that is no longer beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
328 LAM 4 1 v4ij figs-exclamations 0 how the purest gold has changed This is an exclamation that shows the author’s sadness that this has happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
399 LAM 4 22 y3mu figs-abstractnouns 0 your punishment will come to an end “your punishment will end.” The abstract noun punishment can be expressed with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will stop punishing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
400 LAM 4 22 jt3i 0 he will not extend your exile Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not make your time in exile longer” or “Yahweh will not make you stay in exile longer”
401 LAM 4 22 c3zn figs-metaphor 0 he will uncover your sins Here the sins not being known by others are spoken of as if they are under a cover. Removing the cover represents letting other people know about them. Alternate translation: “he will expose your sins” or “he will cause other people to know how you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
402 LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) # Lamentations 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
403 LAM 5 1 hj48 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
404 LAM 5 1 a5gv figs-idiom 0 Remember, Yahweh, what has happened to us “Remember” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, think about what has happened to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
405 LAM 5 1 q2dv 0 look and see our disgrace Alternate translation: “look at the shameful state we are in”

96
en_tn_26-EZK.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezekiel<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)<br>1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)<br>1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)<br>1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)<br>1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)<br> * A new shepherd (34:1–31)<br> * Edom destroyed (35:1–15)<br> * Israel restored (36:1–37:28)<br> * Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)<br> * Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)<br><br><br>### What is Ezekiel about?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?<br><br>Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Ezekiel’s temple?<br><br>Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.<br><br>### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?<br><br>The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.<br><br>Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.<br><br>### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?<br><br>This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.”
EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Ezekiel’s call<br><br>Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Ezekiel’s call<br><br>Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 1 1 xqf6 translate-ordinal 0 In the thirtieth year This is the thirtieth year of Ezekiel’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 1 1 ad2n translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourth month, and the fifth day of the month “the fifth day of the fourth month.” This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifth day is around the end of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 1 1 q33s 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ EZK 1 28 qe4p 0 rainbow the colorful strip of light that appears in the rain w
EZK 1 28 eww3 figs-abstractnouns 0 It was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of Yahweh Here, **likeness** means that what Ezekiel saw looked like the glory of Yahweh. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas behind the words **appearance** and **likeness**, you could express the same idea with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “It appeared to be what looked like the glory of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 1 28 x337 figs-idiom 0 I fell on my face “I bowed down to the ground” or “I lay on the ground.” Ezekiel did not fall by accident. He went down to the ground to show that he respected and feared Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 1 28 xf7s figs-metonymy 0 I heard a voice speaking The word “voice” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking” or “Someone spoke, and I heard his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 2 1 jk2d 0 He said to me If your language has to identify the one speaking, it would be best to identify the speaker as the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)). It was not “the Spirit.”
EZK 2 1 djp4 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 2 2 nf31 0 the Spirit Other This could mean: (1) “a spirit” or (2) “a wind.”
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ EZK 2 9 h5d1 0 a written scroll Alternate translation: “a scroll that had wr
EZK 2 10 mxi2 0 He spread it out The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)).
EZK 2 10 h57t figs-activepassive 0 it had been written on both its front and back This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written on both its front and its back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 2 10 vh4l figs-abstractnouns 0 written on it were lamentations, mourning, and woe This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “lamentations,” “mourning,” and “woe.” Alternate translation: “someone had written on it that these people would lament, be sad the way they would be if someone they loved had died, and have bad things happen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])
EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])
EZK 3 1 brw3 0 He said to me The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)).
EZK 3 1 j5ix 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 3 1 ze6y 0 what you have found This refers to the scroll that God was giving him ([Ezekiel 2:9](../02/09.md)).
@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ EZK 3 26 z3pl figs-metonymy 0 house This is a metonym for the family that lives
EZK 3 27 pfr1 0 I will open your mouth Alternate translation: “I will make you able to speak”
EZK 3 27 sy4s 0 the one who will not listen will not listen Alternate translation: “the one who refuses to listen will not listen”
EZK 3 27 v6ss 0 Lord Yahweh See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:4](../02/04.md).
EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem.
EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem.
EZK 4 1 thl9 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 4 1 cn59 figs-explicit 0 carve the city of Jerusalem You may need to make explicit that Ezekiel is to carve a picture. Alternate translation: “carve a picture of the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 4 2 hk4u 0 lay siege against it Alternate translation: “surround the city in order to capture it”
@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ EZK 4 16 kdq7 0 rationing giving small amounts of something of which there is
EZK 4 16 xi3f figs-metonymy 0 rationing it in trembling The word “shaking” is a metaphor for being afraid and “trembling” represents fear. Alternate translation: “rationing it while shaking” or “rationing it in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 4 17 s15b figs-explicit 0 every man will be dismayed at his brother and waste away This could mean: (1) “everyone will look at his brother and worry about how much food his brother eats and waste away” or (2) “every one of them will be dismayed and waste away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 4 17 bv4j figs-metaphor 0 waste away The phrase “waste away” is usually used of flesh or wood rotting. Here it is a metaphor for wicked people becoming thin and dying because they have no food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war.
EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war.
EZK 5 1 wtm2 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 5 1 het3 0 barber’s razor Alternate translation: “blade for cutting hair”
EZK 5 1 p4tg 0 pass the razor over your head and your beard Alternate translation: “shave your head and your face” or “remove the hair from your head and the beard from your face”
@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ EZK 5 16 pk83 figs-metonymy 0 will send out harsh arrows of famine against you
EZK 5 16 tq5n 0 increase the famine on you Alternate translation: “make the famine more severe for you” or “make the famine last longer for you” or “make sure that there is less and less for you to eat”
EZK 5 16 y84u figs-metaphor 0 break your staff of bread A “staff” was something that people leaned upon to support them. This phrase is a metaphor that means removing the supply of food that the people were depending upon. See how “staff of bread” is translated in [Ezekiel 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “cut off your food supply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 5 17 k7kf figs-personification 0 Plague and blood will pass through you Sickness and violent death are spoken of as if they were soldiers going through the city killing everyone they could. Alternate translation: “Many people will die of disease, and many others will die in war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Shrines on the hill tops<br><br>God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines.
EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Shrines on the hill tops<br><br>God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines.
EZK 6 1 ih46 figs-apostrophe 0 General Information: Yahweh is telling Ezekiel to speak to the mountains as if they were people so that the people of Israel would hear the words and know that Ezekiel’s words were for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
EZK 6 1 x3yv figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 6 2 hip9 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ EZK 6 13 rr6w 0 hill—on all the mountain peaks, and under every flourishing
EZK 6 13 txr9 0 flourishing healthy and growing
EZK 6 13 v2z8 0 oak a large tree with strong wood that provided shade for worshipers
EZK 6 14 nw61 translate-names 0 Diblah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Now is the time for punishment<br><br>The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Now is the time for punishment<br><br>The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 7 1 y1pz 0 General Information: This starts God’s prophecy of judgment on Israel.
EZK 7 1 kts6 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 7 2 q227 figs-123person 0 the Lord Yahweh says this Yahweh speaks of himself by name to remind Ezekiel and the people that what he is saying is important. Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ EZK 7 26 f4qm 0 the law will perish from the priest and advice from the elders
EZK 7 27 t2rb 0 the prince This could mean: (1) “the king’s son” or (2) every male member of the royal family except the king.
EZK 7 27 gux5 figs-idiom 0 will dress in despair This could mean: (1) clothing is a metonym for what a person feels, “will have no hope,” or (2) “will dress in clothes that show he is mourning.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 7 27 zy7f figs-synecdoche 0 the hands of the people of the land will tremble in fear The word “hands” is a synecdoche for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the land will be so afraid that their hands will tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah’s sin<br><br>The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah’s sin<br><br>The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 8 1 vqq8 0 General Information: Ezekiel tells about another vision he saw.
EZK 8 1 b54y 0 So it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 8 1 r44k translate-ordinal 0 in the sixth year You may need to make explicit the time period of which this is the sixth year. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ EZK 8 18 ivi2 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye will not have compassion The eye is a sy
EZK 8 18 h7ic 0 I will not spare them Alternate translation: “I will still punish them”
EZK 8 18 ay27 0 Though they cry in my ears with a loud voice Alternate translation: “Though they yell their prayers to me with a loud voice”
EZK 8 18 d7vs 0 I will not hear them Alternate translation: “I will not listen to them”
EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sorrow over sin<br><br>God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sorrow over sin<br><br>God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
EZK 9 1 d5u4 0 he cried in my hearing Alternate translation: “I heard him call out”
EZK 9 1 jw3q 0 he cried the “figure like a man” ([Ezekiel 8:2](../08/02.md)) cried
EZK 9 1 ew8m 0 weapon of destruction weapon for destroying people or things
@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ EZK 9 10 ry6f 0 bring it all on their heads To bring someone’s conduct on hi
EZK 9 11 u3ij 0 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to say”
EZK 9 11 yrc2 translate-unknown 0 linen a strong, smooth cloth made from a plant. It is worn by many people in places that are hot. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:2](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “smooth cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZK 9 11 lgs3 0 He reported and said Alternate translation: “He reported to Yahweh and told him”
EZK 10 intro yaf7 0 # Ezekiel 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God left the temple<br><br>God now abandoned Judah, and left the temple. This was devastating to the religious life of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 10 intro yaf7 0 # Ezekiel 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God left the temple<br><br>God now abandoned Judah, and left the temple. This was devastating to the religious life of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 10 1 cpq3 0 toward the dome Alternate translation: “toward the curved roof”
EZK 10 1 scp4 0 cherubim See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:3](../09/03.md).
EZK 10 1 fk83 0 like a sapphire a valuable blue or green gemstone
@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ EZK 10 20 mjn1 0 the Kebar Canal This is a river that people in Chaldea had du
EZK 10 21 is6s figs-abstractnouns 0 the likeness of human hands Here, **likeness** means that what Ezekiel saw looked like human hands. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **likeness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “something that looked like human hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 10 22 vgn2 figs-abstractnouns 0 the likeness of their faces was like the faces that I had seen If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **likeness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “their faces looked like the faces that I had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 10 22 z9wt 0 went straight ahead Alternate translation: “faced forward” or “looked directly ahead”
EZK 11 intro p5z8 0 # Ezekiel 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Safety<br><br>The people were trusting Jerusalem to keep them safe. But God was going to pull them out of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people in Jerusalem used the metaphor “this city is the pot and we are the meat in the pot” meaning they were safe in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 11 intro p5z8 0 # Ezekiel 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Safety<br><br>The people were trusting Jerusalem to keep them safe. But God was going to pull them out of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people in Jerusalem used the metaphor “this city is the pot and we are the meat in the pot” meaning they were safe in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 11 1 fu8k 0 to the eastern gate of Yahweh’s house, facing east This gate was part of the wall that surrounded the temple area. Alternate translation: “the gate on the eastern side of the wall surrounding Yahweh’s house” or “the gate on the eastern wall of the temple courtyard”
EZK 11 1 vq4e 0 Yahweh’s house See how you translated this phrase in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md).
EZK 11 1 i38v 0 behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ EZK 11 21 el11 figs-metonymy 0 I will bring their conduct on their own heads He
EZK 11 22 el95 0 General Information: The cherubim and the glory of God leave the temple and city.
EZK 11 22 j4fr 0 cherubim See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:3](../09/03.md).
EZK 11 24 tg29 figs-metaphor 0 the vision that I had seen went up from upon me Ezekiel speaks of the vision ending as if the vision was an object that had been upon him and then left him. Alternate translation: “the vision that I had seen ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 12 intro f6uu 0 # Ezekiel 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br><br>God warned that very soon the people in Jerusalem would be exiled to Babylon.
EZK 12 intro f6uu 0 # Ezekiel 12 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br><br>God warned that very soon the people in Jerusalem would be exiled to Babylon.
EZK 12 1 k8p8 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 12 2 jq8g 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 12 2 hn5d figs-metonymy 0 a rebellious house The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “a rebellious people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ EZK 12 27 c293 0 Behold The word “Behold” here alerts us to pay attention
EZK 12 27 g561 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 12 27 e8hv figs-parallelism 0 The vision that he sees is for many days from now, and he prophesies of far off times These phrases are both ways the people of Israel are saying Ezekiel’s warnings will not happen in their lifetime but will happen far in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZK 12 28 t479 figs-activepassive 0 My words will not be delayed any longer If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will no longer delay the word I have spoken” or “I will no longer delay doing what I said I would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 13 intro g7xl 0 # Ezekiel 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### False prophets<br><br>God spoke against people who said they were prophesying but had not received any message from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>God said of people who encourage others to feel safe even when they continue to sin were not strengthening a wall but just putting whitewash on it to hide the imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 13 intro g7xl 0 # Ezekiel 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### False prophets<br><br>God spoke against people who said they were prophesying but had not received any message from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>God said of people who encourage others to feel safe even when they continue to sin were not strengthening a wall but just putting whitewash on it to hide the imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 13 1 eh7a figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 13 2 xk9v 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 13 2 wva8 0 prophesying out of their own imaginations Alternate translation: “prophesying only the things that they imagine”
@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ EZK 13 22 ua8v figs-synecdoche 0 discourage the heart of the righteous person H
EZK 13 22 j9vh figs-metaphor 0 turn from his way To stop doing something is referred to as turning in a different direction. Alternate translation: “stop what he is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 13 23 qq2h figs-parallelism 0 have false visions or continue to make predictions Both of these phrases refer to talking about what will happen in the future. Alternate translation: “continue to make false predictions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZK 13 23 vus2 figs-metonymy 0 I will rescue my people out of your hand Here the word “hand” represents power or control. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 13:21](../13/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will rescue my people from your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 14 intro q72w 0 # Ezekiel 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jerusalem deserves punishment<br><br>When the captives from Jerusalem arrive in Babylon, it will be obvious why God has punished them.
EZK 14 intro q72w 0 # Ezekiel 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jerusalem deserves punishment<br><br>When the captives from Jerusalem arrive in Babylon, it will be obvious why God has punished them.
EZK 14 1 vy2v figs-explicit 0 Some of the elders of Israel came to me and sat before me The elders sat before Ezekiel in order to inquire of the Lord through Ezekiel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 14 2 bz2f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 14 3 g57d 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ EZK 14 22 r9k7 0 left in her The word “her” refers to Jerusalem.
EZK 14 22 zf8a figs-activepassive 0 be comforted concerning the punishment If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will comfort you concerning the punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 14 23 kf7g 0 done against her The word “her” refers to Jerusalem.
EZK 14 23 u2vu figs-doublet 0 their ways and their actions Both of these phrases refer to what the people of Israel have done. Alternate translation: “the way they live” or “the things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZK 15 intro n4wz 0 # Ezekiel 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Useless<br><br>God said that the people of Jerusalem were useless to him. He uses a simile to show just how useless they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EZK 15 intro n4wz 0 # Ezekiel 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Useless<br><br>God said that the people of Jerusalem were useless to him. He uses a simile to show just how useless they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EZK 15 1 bfj3 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking to Ezekiel in this section.
EZK 15 1 pb75 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 15 2 mim8 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ EZK 15 7 f76q figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that peopl
EZK 15 7 m4ls figs-metaphor 0 Though they come out from the fire, yet the fire will consume them Yahweh speaks of the punishment that he will afflict upon the people as if it were a fire that burns them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 15 7 xw6u figs-metaphor 0 the fire will consume them Yahweh speaks of fire burning things as if the fire consumed them. Alternate translation: “the fire will destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 15 8 u34p figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 16 intro ll3w 0 # Ezekiel 16 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>God compared Judah to an adulteress because she worshiped idols instead of God who had done so much to help her. Adultery is a common image used to describe the worship of idols by Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 16 intro ll3w 0 # Ezekiel 16 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>God compared Judah to an adulteress because she worshiped idols instead of God who had done so much to help her. Adultery is a common image used to describe the worship of idols by Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 16 1 c6sa figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In this chapter, Yahweh speaks about Jerusalem as if the city were his unfaithful bride. He describes her growth from infancy to adulthood. The city represents the people who live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 16 1 rhc3 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 16 2 cb3d 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ EZK 16 60 n5fx figs-activepassive 0 made in the days of your youth If your lang
EZK 16 62 lz8g figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 16 63 khs3 figs-idiom 0 call everything to mind This idiom means to remember. Alternate translation: “remember everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 16 63 g9hm 0 you will no longer open your mouth to speak because of your shame This means that Jerusalem will be too ashamed to speak.
EZK 17 intro awq2 0 # Ezekiel 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Breaking allegiance<br><br>The king of Judah had vowed to obey Babylon but instead he followed Egypt. Therefore, God said he would not prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Judah is compared to a vine that grows one direction and then another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 17 intro awq2 0 # Ezekiel 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Breaking allegiance<br><br>The king of Judah had vowed to obey Babylon but instead he followed Egypt. Therefore, God said he would not prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Judah is compared to a vine that grows one direction and then another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 17 1 rn2f 0 General Information: Ezekiel reports a message that God gives him.
EZK 17 1 id6h figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 17 2 q397 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ EZK 17 23 mws7 0 bear branches Alternate translation: “grow new branches”
EZK 17 24 bv9g figs-personification 0 Then all the trees of the field will know that I am Yahweh Yahweh speaks of trees as if they are people who can know about him. The trees represent the nations and the people who live in them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 17 24 gh1n 0 I bring down the high trees and I raise up the low trees Alternate translation: “I cut down the tall trees and I cause the little trees to grow”
EZK 17 24 p5un 0 wither when a plant dries up and dies.
EZK 18 intro gvm6 0 # Ezekiel 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inherited Guilt<br><br>God does not punish children for the sins of their parents, but only punishes them for their own sins. Despite this, the parents’ sins may still have consequences for their children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 18 intro gvm6 0 # Ezekiel 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inherited Guilt<br><br>God does not punish children for the sins of their parents, but only punishes them for their own sins. Despite this, the parents’ sins may still have consequences for their children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 18 1 a2ir figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came to me again The phrase “the word of Yahweh came” is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke to me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 18 2 gk4f figs-rquestion 0 What do you mean, you who use this proverb…‘Fathers eat sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are made blunt’? Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Ezekiel something he already knows. The question is a rebuke for the people who use the proverb. Alternate translation: “The people in the land of Israel have this proverb…‘Fathers eat sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are made blunt’.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZK 18 2 wns2 figs-you 0 What do you mean, you who use this proverb Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ EZK 18 31 pv2w figs-metaphor 0 Throw away from yourselves all of the transgress
EZK 18 31 vlg7 figs-metonymy 0 make for yourselves a new heart and a new spirit Here the word “heart” represents the will and emotions and the word “spirit” represents the thoughts and disposition. Yahweh speaks of the people having new emotions and thoughts as if they were making a new heart and spirit for themselves. Alternate translation: “get for yourselves new emotions and a new way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 18 31 lt9c figs-rquestion 0 Why should you die, house of Israel? Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to comfort the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “There is no reason for you to die, house of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZK 18 31 x2a9 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 19 intro e5ek 0 # Ezekiel 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah destroyed<br><br>The first king was taken as a captive to Egypt, the next was taken as a captive to Babylon. Now Judah is not prospering.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The kings of Judah are compared to man-eating lions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 19 intro e5ek 0 # Ezekiel 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah destroyed<br><br>The first king was taken as a captive to Egypt, the next was taken as a captive to Babylon. Now Judah is not prospering.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The kings of Judah are compared to man-eating lions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 19 1 h1e2 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak to the people of Israel. He tells a story where the nation of Israel is a lioness and some of the past kings in the kingdom of Judah are her cubs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 19 1 ehw2 figs-idiom 0 take up a lamentation This idiom means to sing a lamentation. Alternate translation: “sing a lamentation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 19 2 ufs7 figs-rquestion 0 Who was your mother? Yahweh asks this ask a leading question in order to introduce the answer. Alternate translation: “This is who your mother is.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ EZK 19 12 uxu6 figs-activepassive 0 Its strong branches were broken off and wit
EZK 19 13 cc66 figs-metaphor 0 in a land of drought and thirst The very dry land is spoken of as if it were thirsty. Alternate translation: “in a very dry land of drought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 19 14 tj4h figs-explicit 0 no scepter to rule The implicit information may be supplied from [Ezekiel 19:11](../19/11.md). Alternate translation: “no branch strong enough for a ruler’s scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 19 14 yvu7 figs-activepassive 0 will be sung as a lamentation If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must sing it as a lamentation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 20 intro ivu9 0 # Ezekiel 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebels cannot ask for help<br><br>The people of Israel have rebelled against God again and again. Now they cannot come to God for help in their troubles.
EZK 20 intro ivu9 0 # Ezekiel 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebels cannot ask for help<br><br>The people of Israel have rebelled against God again and again. Now they cannot come to God for help in their troubles.
EZK 20 1 y5sk 0 It came about This phrase is used to mark the beginning of a new part of the story.
EZK 20 1 k5lv translate-ordinal 0 in the seventh year The implicit information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “in the seventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 20 1 hm54 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the tenth day of the fifth month This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the beginning of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ EZK 20 48 i6we figs-metonymy 0 all flesh will see Here the word “flesh” rep
EZK 20 48 ndc1 figs-activepassive 0 it will not be quenched If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will not go out” or “no one will quench it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 20 49 uy57 0 Alas a word that expresses distress or grief
EZK 20 49 c7jn figs-rquestion 0 Is he not a mere teller of parables? The people use this question to insult Ezekiel and dismiss what he is telling them. Alternate translation: “He is merely telling parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZK 21 intro w2g3 0 # Ezekiel 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Refusing to learn<br><br>Judah has refused to learn from their punishment, so God is about to destroy the nation in war.
EZK 21 intro w2g3 0 # Ezekiel 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Refusing to learn<br><br>Judah has refused to learn from their punishment, so God is about to destroy the nation in war.
EZK 21 1 hd7j figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 21 2 u51f 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity or “Mortal person” or “Human.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md).
EZK 21 2 m1q8 translate-symaction 0 set your face toward Jerusalem This is a command to stare at Jerusalem as a symbol of punishing the people there. Alternate translation: “stare at Jerusalem” or “stare at Jerusalem so that the people there will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ EZK 21 31 z1g9 0 craftsmen of destruction Alternate translation: “men who ca
EZK 21 32 cv2j 0 You will become fuel for the fire Alternate translation: “The fire will burn up your bodies”
EZK 21 32 w6d5 0 Your blood will be in the midst of the land Alternate translation: “Your blood will soak into the ground of your land”
EZK 21 32 h97t figs-activepassive 0 You will not be remembered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will remember you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 22 intro v9yg 0 # Ezekiel 22 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Continuous evil<br><br>Murder, idolatry and all sorts of evil have been done in Jerusalem; so God will destroy the city and scatter the people among the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
EZK 22 intro v9yg 0 # Ezekiel 22 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Continuous evil<br><br>Murder, idolatry and all sorts of evil have been done in Jerusalem; so God will destroy the city and scatter the people among the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
EZK 22 1 r5l7 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 22 2 v6kn figs-rquestion 0 Now you, son of man, will you judge? Will you judge the city of blood? This rhetorical question functions as a command. AT. “Son of man, go and judge. Go and judge the city of blood.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZK 22 2 eh7w 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ EZK 22 30 fph5 figs-metonymy 0 for the land so I would not destroy it Here the
EZK 22 31 v2tp figs-metaphor 0 pour out my indignation upon them This speaks of Yahweh punishing the people as if his indignation were a liquid that he poured out on them. Alternate translation: “I will punish the people because of my indignation for them” or “I will punish the people because of my anger against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 22 31 l4q3 0 indignation anger of a person who has suffered injustice
EZK 22 31 dh4t figs-metaphor 0 I will finish them with the fire of my indignation This speaks of how harsh Yahweh’s judgement is by comparing it to a fire. Here destroying the people is referred to as “finishing” them. Alternate translation: “I will destroy them with my wrath which is as intense as a blazing fire” or “I will destroy them with my wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
EZK 23 intro tr7w 0 # Ezekiel 23 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Israel and Judah have been unfaithful to God by worshiping idols. They are compared to two unfaithful wives who have repeatedly committed adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 23 intro tr7w 0 # Ezekiel 23 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Israel and Judah have been unfaithful to God by worshiping idols. They are compared to two unfaithful wives who have repeatedly committed adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 23 1 n9qw figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 23 2 z293 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 23 3 rn52 figs-activepassive 0 Their breasts were squeezed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Men squeezed their breasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ EZK 23 47 qul5 figs-idiom 0 cut them down This is an idiom. Alternate translati
EZK 23 49 lkh2 0 So they will set your “So the company will set your.” The word “they” refers to the “company” of people from [Ezekiel 23:47](../23/47.md).
EZK 23 49 fgf1 figs-idiom 0 set your shameful behavior against you This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause you to accept responsibility for your shameful behavior” or “punish you for your shameful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 23 49 uj93 figs-explicit 0 bear the guilt of your sins with your idols “accept responsibility for the guilt of your sins with your idols.” This implies that they will be punished for their sins. Alternate translation: “receive the punishment for sinning by worshiping your idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 24 intro ej5j 0 # Ezekiel 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Too many sins to be forgiven<br><br>The people of Jerusalem cannot be cleaned from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Jerusalem is compared to a pot, so rusted that it cannot be cleaned from its rust. They have been completely rotted by their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 24 intro ej5j 0 # Ezekiel 24 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Too many sins to be forgiven<br><br>The people of Jerusalem cannot be cleaned from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Jerusalem is compared to a pot, so rusted that it cannot be cleaned from its rust. They have been completely rotted by their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 24 1 s2z2 0 General Information: Yahweh speaks to Ezekiel.
EZK 24 1 e7xf figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 24 1 zmw7 translate-ordinal 0 in the ninth year “in year 9.” This refers to how long they had been in exile under King Jehoiachin. Alternate translation: “in the ninth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ EZK 24 27 xr34 figs-activepassive 0 your mouth will be opened up If your langua
EZK 24 27 t54k figs-litotes 0 you will speak—you will no longer be silent Both of these phrases mean that Ezekiel will speak. In the second phrase it is stated in negative form to emphasize that he will speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EZK 24 27 x42v figs-metaphor 0 You will be a sign for them Here the word “sign” refers to something that communicates a special warning to those who see it. Yahweh speaks of Ezekiel and his actions as being this warning. See how you translated this metaphor in [Ezekiel 12:6](../12/06.md). Alternate translation: “You will be a warning for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 24 27 v14c figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Prophecy against other nations<br>This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Prophecy against other nations<br>This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 25 1 fc5p figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 25 2 hr8s 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 25 2 t1h5 translate-symaction 0 set your face against the people of Ammon This is a command to stare at the people of Ammon as a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “stare at the people of Ammon” or “stare at the people of Ammon so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ EZK 25 16 f57y 0 Behold This tells the reader to pay special attention to what
EZK 25 16 y9w5 figs-metonymy 0 I will reach out with my hand against the Philistines Here Yahweh’s power is represented by his “hand.” Alternate translation: “I will turn my powerful hand against the Philistines” or “I will turn my great power against the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 25 16 td5r figs-idiom 0 I will cut off This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will destroy” or “I will get rid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 25 16 sc1u translate-names 0 Kerethites people who lived in the city of Kereth in Philistia (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 26 1 t2ex translate-ordinal 0 in the eleventh year “in year 11.” This means the eleventh year after King Jehoiachin was taken into exile in Babylon. Alternate translation: “in the eleventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 26 1 z8up translate-ordinal 0 on the first day of the month “on day 1 of the month.” It is uncertain which month of the Hebrew calendar Ezekiel meant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 26 1 qf5l figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ EZK 26 20 npm2 figs-personification 0 then I will bring you down to the people
EZK 26 20 k4z8 figs-metonymy 0 the pit This refers to the grave. Because the grave was thought to be the entrance to the world of the dead, the pit also represents that world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 26 20 c3ul figs-metaphor 0 stand in the land of the living This represents being restored to the city’s former existence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 26 21 lui3 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will place disaster on you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **disaster**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “terrible” or the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will bring you to a terrible end” or “I will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 27 1 w529 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 27 2 x6yp 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 27 2 zc5g figs-abstractnouns 0 begin a lamentation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lamentation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “lament.” Alternate translation: “begin to lament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ EZK 27 35 yhh2 0 shuddered Alternate translation: “shook, trembled with fear
EZK 27 35 l348 figs-metonymy 0 Their faces trembled Here “faces” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “They appear to be trembling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 27 36 vh13 translate-symaction 0 hiss at you Hissing was making a whistling sound through the teeth. It may have been out of dismay, grief, or surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZK 27 36 wj8x figs-abstractnouns 0 you have become a horror If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **horror**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “dreadful.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have become dreadful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 28 intro b1j6 0 # Ezekiel 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Tyre concludes in this chapter. Tyre will be destroyed because of its pride and unfair business practices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 28 intro b1j6 0 # Ezekiel 28 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Tyre concludes in this chapter. Tyre will be destroyed because of its pride and unfair business practices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 28 1 g4fl figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 28 2 c7sq 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 28 2 gi4w figs-metonymy 0 Your heart is arrogant Here “heart” represents the will or thoughts of the ruler of Tyre. Alternate translation: “You are arrogant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1801,7 +1801,7 @@ EZK 28 25 y9f5 0 so the nations may see Alternate translation: “in such a wa
EZK 28 25 n75q figs-metonymy 0 my servant Jacob Here “Jacob” represents the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “the descendants of my servant Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 28 26 m5nf 0 within her Alternate translation: “in the land”
EZK 28 26 cn86 figs-abstractnouns 0 when I execute justice on all If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “judge.” Alternate translation: “when I judge all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 29 intro qm8t 0 # Ezekiel 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a prophecy against Egypt and its king, Pharaoh. Because Egypt did not fulfill its promise of protecting Judah, it will be conquered by Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
EZK 29 intro qm8t 0 # Ezekiel 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a prophecy against Egypt and its king, Pharaoh. Because Egypt did not fulfill its promise of protecting Judah, it will be conquered by Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
EZK 29 1 nk1i translate-ordinal 0 In the tenth year It can be stated clearly that this was the tenth year of Jehoiachin’s exile. Alternate translation: “In the tenth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 29 1 h48u translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the tenth month on the twelfth day of the month “on the twelfth day of the tenth month.” This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twelfth day is near the beginning of January on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 29 1 kjl4 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ EZK 29 20 g36f figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh
EZK 29 21 i2nc figs-metonymy 0 I will make a horn sprout up for the house of Israel An animal horn represents the animal’s strength, so horn is a metonym for strength. God speaks of making Israel strong as if Israel were an animal, and he were to cause its horn to grow. Alternate translation: “I will make the people of Israel strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 29 21 uf1d figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. Here it refers to the people of Israel, the descendants of Jacob whom God called Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 29 21 hj6u 0 speak in their midst Alternate translation: “speak to them”
EZK 30 intro pp8x 0 # Ezekiel 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. Babylon will destroy all the towns of Egypt and their allies will not be able to help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 30 intro pp8x 0 # Ezekiel 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. Babylon will destroy all the towns of Egypt and their allies will not be able to help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 30 1 q2x2 0 General Information: Ezekiel tells about a message that Yahweh gave him.
EZK 30 1 fl7h figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 30 2 v8k8 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ EZK 30 25 wjm9 figs-metonymy 0 while Pharaoh’s arms will fall Here “Pharaoh
EZK 30 25 g2eq 0 Then they Here, the word **they** could refer to: (1) “the Egyptians” or (2) “all people who hear what Yahweh has done.”
EZK 30 25 mku4 0 for he will attack the land of Egypt with it Alternate translation: “and the king of Babylon will attack the land of Egypt with my sword”
EZK 30 26 mv68 figs-parallelism 0 scatter Egypt among the nations and disperse them through the lands These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated similar phrases in [Ezekiel 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZK 31 intro chn5 0 # Ezekiel 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. God told Egypt to remember what happened to Assyria when it became proud. This same things will now happen to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 31 intro chn5 0 # Ezekiel 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. God told Egypt to remember what happened to Assyria when it became proud. This same things will now happen to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 31 1 db1f 0 it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 31 1 t3pb translate-ordinal 0 in the eleventh year “in year 11.” This means the eleventh year after King Jehoiachin was taken into exile in Babylon. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 26:1](../26/01.md). Alternate translation: “in the eleventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 31 1 ghs3 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the third month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the third month.” This is the third month of the Hebrew calendar. This first day is near the beginning of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ EZK 31 18 qmp4 0 with the trees of Eden Alternate translation: “like the oth
EZK 31 18 yp8v 0 to the lowest parts of the earth Alternate translation: “to a place deep in the ground”
EZK 31 18 m128 0 among the uncircumcised Alternate translation: “where you will be with people who are not circumcised”
EZK 31 18 m3da figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 32 intro vpr6 0 # Ezekiel 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king concludes in this chapter. Egypt will have its army destroyed, just as happened to so many other nations. Beginning in verse 1, the land of Egypt is addressed through Pharaoh, its king, so God refers to Egypt as “he” and “him.” However, beginning in verse 12, Egypt is referred to as “she” and “her,” as if she were a woman. It was common in Hebrew for lands and countries to be referred to as if they were women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 32 intro vpr6 0 # Ezekiel 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king concludes in this chapter. Egypt will have its army destroyed, just as happened to so many other nations. Beginning in verse 1, the land of Egypt is addressed through Pharaoh, its king, so God refers to Egypt as “he” and “him.” However, beginning in verse 12, Egypt is referred to as “she” and “her,” as if she were a woman. It was common in Hebrew for lands and countries to be referred to as if they were women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 32 1 r6qy 0 Then it happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 32 1 esv2 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twelfth month … on the first of the month This is the twelfth and final month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the end of February. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 32 1 vh9u translate-ordinal 0 of the twelfth year This refers to the twelfth year of the reign of King Jehoiachin. Alternate translation: “of the twelfth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ EZK 32 31 u77n figs-explicit 0 Pharaoh will look It can be made explicit who Ph
EZK 32 31 gyv1 figs-explicit 0 be comforted about all his multitudes It is implied that Pharaoh will be comforted because the armies of other great kings also died. Alternate translation: “will comfort himself that he was not the only king whose entire army died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 32 32 gpa3 0 I put him as my terrifying one in the land of the living Alternate translation: “While Pharaoh was still alive, I made him to terrify people”
EZK 32 32 xw85 figs-activepassive 0 he will be laid down in the midst of the uncircumcised This can be put in active form. Alternate translation: “Others will lay him in the midst of the uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 33 intro bez7 0 # Ezekiel 33 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>God does not want sinners to die. He wants them to repent and live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
EZK 33 intro bez7 0 # Ezekiel 33 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>God does not want sinners to die. He wants them to repent and live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
EZK 33 1 zsm8 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 33 2 ncc7 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 33 2 u95d figs-metonymy 0 a sword against any land The word “sword” refers to an enemy army that attacks. Also, “land” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “an army to attack the people of any land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ EZK 33 32 ra8c figs-activepassive 0 that is well played on a stringed instrumen
EZK 33 32 b8sk 0 stringed instrument something that has strings and people use to make music
EZK 33 33 z7bj 0 behold! The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “indeed!”
EZK 33 33 h6fe 0 that a prophet has been among them Alternate translation: “that I really sent you as a prophet to them”
EZK 34 intro lc2c 0 # Ezekiel 34 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God protects the people<br><br>God is against those who exploit others. He will protect and take care of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people of Israel are compared to sheep and God and the son of David as good shepherds. This is a common metaphor in scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 34 intro lc2c 0 # Ezekiel 34 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God protects the people<br><br>God is against those who exploit others. He will protect and take care of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people of Israel are compared to sheep and God and the son of David as good shepherds. This is a common metaphor in scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 34 1 uc2g figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In chapter 34, Yahweh speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep and the leaders of Israel were the shepherds that were supposed to care for the flock but have not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 34 1 bhs2 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 34 2 ej5p 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ EZK 34 29 g731 figs-metonymy 0 they will not bear the scorn of the nations Here
EZK 34 30 s92f figs-idiom 0 I, Yahweh their God, am with them Here “I … am with them” is an idiom that means Yahweh helps them. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh their God, am helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 34 30 j3r4 0 with them. They are my people This can be stated as one sentence. Alternate translation: “with them, and that they are my people”
EZK 34 31 r38j figs-metaphor 0 For you are my sheep, the flock of my pasture This speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep and Yahweh is their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 35 intro nzj1 0 # Ezekiel 35 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Edom<br><br>Because the people of Edom rejoiced at the destruction of Israel, they too will be destroyed.
EZK 35 intro nzj1 0 # Ezekiel 35 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Edom<br><br>Because the people of Edom rejoiced at the destruction of Israel, they too will be destroyed.
EZK 35 1 e4ea 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak a prophecy. Ezekiel is to speak to Mount Seir, but the message is for all of the people of Edom.
EZK 35 1 ir7d figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 35 2 dl8l 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ EZK 35 14 bfc7 figs-metonymy 0 the entire earth rejoices Here “earth” repre
EZK 35 15 zg6c figs-metaphor 0 As you rejoiced over the inheritance of the people of Israel because of its desolation This speaks of the land that Yahweh gave to the Israelites as their inheritance. Alternate translation: “As you rejoiced when I made the land of the Israelites desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 35 15 et5r 0 I will do the same to you This could mean: (1) I will make your land desolate” or (2) “I will rejoice when your land is desolate” or (3) “I will make other people rejoice because of your desolation.”
EZK 35 15 d1la 0 Then they will know The word **they** possibly refers to (1) “the people of the earth” or (2) “the people of Israel and Judah.”
EZK 36 intro i2lt 0 # Ezekiel 36 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel restored<br><br>Israel is promised to be restored by Yahweh. Because of his honor, God will bring Israel back to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>### New hearts<br><br>God will forgive Israel’s sin and give them the desire to obey him. This is expressed by the metonym “heart.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 36 intro i2lt 0 # Ezekiel 36 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel restored<br><br>Israel is promised to be restored by Yahweh. Because of his honor, God will bring Israel back to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>### New hearts<br><br>God will forgive Israel’s sin and give them the desire to obey him. This is expressed by the metonym “heart.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 36 1 aj63 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak a prophecy. Ezekiel is to speak to the mountains of Israel, but the message is for all of the people of Israel.
EZK 36 1 zh9m 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 36 1 td84 figs-personification 0 prophesy to the mountains of Israel God wants Ezekiel to speak to the mountains as if they were people. The message is for the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ EZK 36 37 qz48 figs-metonymy 0 I will be asked by the house of Israel Here “h
EZK 36 37 l77n figs-metaphor 0 to increase them like a flock of people Yahweh causing the people to multiply greatly and quickly is spoken of as if they were a flock of sheep. Sheep multiply very quickly. Alternate translation: “to make them multiply like a flock of sheep” or “to make the people multiply quickly like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 36 38 e5pt figs-activepassive 0 Like the flock is set apart for sacrifices, like the flock in Jerusalem at her appointed feasts The phrase “is set apart” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Like the great number of sheep that the people set apart for sacrifices or bring to Jerusalem for the appointed feasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 36 38 g2vl figs-metaphor 0 so will the ruined cities be filled with flocks of people This speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so will the great number of people be who will be living in the cities that are now ruined but the people will rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel restored<br>God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel restored<br>God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 37 1 l68y 0 General Information: Ezekiel is speaking.
EZK 37 1 pqu1 figs-metonymy 0 The hand of Yahweh was upon me The word “hand” is often used to refer to someone’s power or action. A person with his hand on another person has power over that other person. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh was controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 37 1 j93q 0 in the midst Alternate translation: “in the middle”
@ -2542,7 +2542,7 @@ EZK 37 26 ad1d 0 my holy place Alternate translation: “my holy sanctuary”
EZK 37 26 x4w7 0 in their midst Alternate translation: “among them”
EZK 37 27 lwv7 0 My dwelling place Alternate translation: “The place where I live”
EZK 37 27 srg8 0 I will be their God, and they will be my people See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 11:20](../11/20.md).
EZK 38 intro fn3k 0 # Ezekiel 38 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section prophesying against Gog. Later Gog will try to conquer Israel.
EZK 38 intro fn3k 0 # Ezekiel 38 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section prophesying against Gog. Later Gog will try to conquer Israel.
EZK 38 1 y6kr figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 38 2 er1m translate-symaction 0 set your face toward Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince … Tubal This is a command to stare at Gog and Magog as a symbol of punishing the people there. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Stare at the land of Magog and at Gog, the chief prince … Tubal” or “Stare at Gog, the chief prince … Tubal, and at the land of Magog so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZK 38 2 f2v4 figs-metonymy 0 set your face Here “face” is a metonym for attention or gaze, and “set your face” represents staring. Alternate translation: “stare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@ EZK 38 22 hl4u 0 hailstones ice that falls out of the sky
EZK 38 23 b4wq figs-abstractnouns 0 show my greatness and my holiness The abstract nouns “greatness” and “holiness” can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “show that I am great and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 38 23 a9ff figs-metonymy 0 I will make myself known in the eyes of the many nations Here “eyes” refers to sight, which is a metonym for understanding. Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to understand who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 38 23 v92x figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 39 intro m8b8 0 # Ezekiel 39 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the prophecy against Gog. God will destroy Gog and his army.
EZK 39 intro m8b8 0 # Ezekiel 39 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the prophecy against Gog. God will destroy Gog and his army.
EZK 39 1 q3ya 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh gives Ezekiel his message to Gog.
EZK 39 1 f9pu 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 39 1 pml6 0 Behold! This tells the reader to pay special attention to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you!”
@ -2697,7 +2697,7 @@ EZK 39 29 rdl6 figs-idiom 0 I will no longer hide my face from them Here “no
EZK 39 29 lz2m figs-metaphor 0 when I pour out my Spirit on the house of Israel Here to give the Spirit abundantly is spoken of as to “pour out” the Spirit. Alternate translation: “when I generously give my Spirit to the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 39 29 z9b1 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 39 29 jha5 figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 40 intro w1r3 0 # Ezekiel 40 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The new temple and city<br><br>In a vision, Ezekiel saw a man measuring the wall of a new temple. The next chapters will give precise measurements for the construction of a temple to be built. This was not the temple of Ezra’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 40 intro w1r3 0 # Ezekiel 40 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The new temple and city<br><br>In a vision, Ezekiel saw a man measuring the wall of a new temple. The next chapters will give precise measurements for the construction of a temple to be built. This was not the temple of Ezra’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 40 1 c448 translate-ordinal 0 twenty-fifth … tenth … fourteenth These words are the ordinal forms of 25, 10, and 14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 40 1 i9cg figs-explicit 0 of our captivity Here “our” refers to Ezekiel and the Israelites who have been in Babylon since the Babylonians forced King Jehoiachin to leave Jerusalem, but not to the reader. Alternate translation: “after we became captives” or “after the Babylonians took us as captives to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZK 40 1 jqw4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the beginning of the year on the tenth day of the month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is in April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -2838,7 +2838,7 @@ EZK 40 48 kr6i 0 three cubits about 1.6 meters
EZK 40 49 tbs4 0 twenty cubits about 11 meters
EZK 40 49 yp5x 0 eleven cubits about 6 meters
EZK 40 49 q4z1 0 columns pieces of stone that were tall and narrow and supported the roof of the building
EZK 41 intro unn8 0 # Ezekiel 41 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on the courtyard of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 41 intro unn8 0 # Ezekiel 41 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on the courtyard of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 41 1 w4s3 0 the temple’s holy place the room in the temple in front of the “most holy place”
EZK 41 1 rh4q 0 six cubits in width on either side These cubits were the “long” cubits ([Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md)), 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). “they were six cubits in width on both sides”
EZK 41 1 f5xb translate-bdistance 0 six cubits about 3.2 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@ -2889,7 +2889,7 @@ EZK 41 24 p6xg 0 These doors had two hinged door panels each “Each door had
EZK 41 24 eq5j 0 two panels for one door and two panels for the other Alternate translation: “both of the doors for both the holy place and the most holy place had two parts”
EZK 41 25 ik75 0 just as the walls were decorated Alternate translation: “just as the walls also had carvings of cherubim and palm trees”
EZK 41 25 fd1y 0 portico covering in front of an entrance with columns or posts for support. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md).
EZK 42 intro u94p 0 # Ezekiel 42 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focused on the storerooms for keeping the holy things of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EZK 42 intro u94p 0 # Ezekiel 42 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focused on the storerooms for keeping the holy things of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EZK 42 1 i2dg 0 the outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md).
EZK 42 2 b17d translate-bdistance 0 one hundred cubits … fifty cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “100 cubits…50 cubits” or “about 54 meters … about 27 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 42 3 xw1y translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “20 cubits” or “about 11 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@ -2912,7 +2912,7 @@ EZK 42 16 e5i4 translate-bdistance 0 five hundred cubits Each long cubit was ab
EZK 42 20 b3mm 0 It had a wall around it Alternate translation: “The house had a wall all around it”
EZK 42 20 kh7v translate-bdistance 0 five hundred cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “500 cubits” or “about 270 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 42 20 cqu5 0 common not holy
EZK 43 intro n8nq 0 # Ezekiel 43 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. God entered the temple. He told the people not to defile the temple by being idol worshipers or by having the funerals of their kings in the temple courtyard. He also told them what offerings to make each day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 43 intro n8nq 0 # Ezekiel 43 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. God entered the temple. He told the people not to defile the temple by being idol worshipers or by having the funerals of their kings in the temple courtyard. He also told them what offerings to make each day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 43 2 qi98 0 Behold! The word “Behold” here alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
EZK 43 2 e4w7 0 many waters This simply means “a lot of water.” It could refer to a loud river or a large waterfall or the waves crashing at the ocean. All of these are very loud. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 1:24](../01/24.md).
EZK 43 2 m5fd 0 the earth shone with his glory Alternate translation: “the earth was full of bright light from his glory”
@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ EZK 43 25 kse4 figs-pronouns 0 You must prepare This is spoken to Ezekiel and s
EZK 43 27 w2ig 0 it will come about that This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the instructions. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 43 27 c3ch figs-pronouns 0 your burnt offerings … your peace offerings … accept you The words “your” and “you” are second person plural and refer to the people of Israel in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EZK 43 27 l94i 0 will accept you Alternate translation: “will gladly receive you”
EZK 44 intro jl5n 0 # Ezekiel 44 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. Foreigners and the Levites who have worshiped idols are not allowed in the temple. The priests alone will do the temple work. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZK 44 intro jl5n 0 # Ezekiel 44 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. Foreigners and the Levites who have worshiped idols are not allowed in the temple. The priests alone will do the temple work. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZK 44 1 zm7u 0 to the outer sanctuary gate that faced east Alternate translation: “to the outer sanctuary gate on the east side of the temple”
EZK 44 2 n9ff figs-activepassive 0 it will not be opened This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will open it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 44 2 zv5f 0 the God of Israel See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:4](../08/04.md).
@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@ EZK 44 28 p1ts 0 in Israel Alternate translation: “in the land of Israel”
EZK 44 30 f4lm 0 every contribution, anything from all of your contributions Alternate translation: “every gift of whatever kind from all your gifts” or “all gifts of every sort of all of your gifts”
EZK 44 30 k6ar figs-idiom 0 so that blessing may rest on your house This phrase means “so that I will bless your family and everything that belongs to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 44 31 ydb2 figs-activepassive 0 or animal torn by a beast, whether bird or beast This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “or any creature that a bird or a wild animal has torn apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 45 intro csg9 0 # Ezekiel 45 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There should be an area around the temple complex for the homes of the priests and Levites who work at the temple. People should celebrate the festivals. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZK 45 intro csg9 0 # Ezekiel 45 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There should be an area around the temple complex for the homes of the priests and Levites who work at the temple. People should celebrate the festivals. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZK 45 1 j186 translate-bdistance 0 twenty-five thousand cubits in length … ten thousand cubits in width Each cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits long…10,000 cubits wide” or “about 13.5 kilometers long … about 5.4 kilometers wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 45 1 rhe7 0 all its area round about Alternate translation: “all of the area inside of the borders around it”
EZK 45 2 ftd5 translate-bdistance 0 five hundred cubits … fifty cubits in width Each cubit was about 54 centimeters. Alternate translation: “500 cubits…50 cubits wide” or “about 270 meters … about 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@ -3052,7 +3052,7 @@ EZK 45 24 h4z8 translate-bvolume 0 a hin You may convert this to a modern measu
EZK 45 24 s3eh translate-bvolume 0 each ephah You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “each twenty-two liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
EZK 45 25 fn33 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the fifteenth day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of October. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 45 25 v9fx 0 at the festival This is a different festival from the festival Ezekiel was describing before.
EZK 46 intro b7h2 0 # Ezekiel 46 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on many of the temple’s rules. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 46 intro b7h2 0 # Ezekiel 46 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on many of the temple’s rules. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 46 1 pc25 figs-123person 0 The Lord Yahweh says this Yahweh speaks of himself by name to remind Ezekiel and the people that what he is saying is important. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 46 1 m74l 0 The gate of the inner courtyard, facing east Alternate translation: “the gate on the east side of the inner courtyard” or “the eastern gate of the inner courtyard”
EZK 46 1 w3m7 0 inner courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md).
@ -3073,7 +3073,7 @@ EZK 46 20 u2ic 0 outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5]
EZK 46 21 e6xs 0 outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md).
EZK 46 22 pwg8 translate-bdistance 0 forty cubits … thirty Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “40 cubits…30 cubits” or “about 21.6 meters … about 16.2 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 46 23 kg1g 0 cooking hearths places where people can build fire and cook food
EZK 47 intro m1ty 0 # Ezekiel 47 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There was a river flowing from the temple. The land was to be divided among the tribes. The landscape of Jerusalem will have changed in a significant way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 47 intro m1ty 0 # Ezekiel 47 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There was a river flowing from the temple. The land was to be divided among the tribes. The landscape of Jerusalem will have changed in a significant way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 47 1 ej9g 0 to the right of the altar This is the right side of the altar when a person looks at it while they are facing east, so it is on the south side of the altar. Alternate translation: “on the south side of the altar”
EZK 47 2 e7pw 0 the gate facing east Alternate translation: “the eastern gate” or “the eastern gate of the outer wall”
EZK 47 3 zm72 0 measuring line a string or a rope that people use to measure longer distances
@ -3100,7 +3100,7 @@ EZK 47 19 vu4h 0 the brook of Egypt a very large ravine in the northeast part
EZK 47 20 u2zi translate-names 0 Hamath This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZK 47 23 hhn8 0 Then it will happen that See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 21:7](../21/07.md).
EZK 47 23 w2zf figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well.
EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well.
EZK 48 1 d7s2 0 one portion of land Alternate translation: “one piece of the land that you will distribute”
EZK 48 1 tj9i 0 boundary will run … boundary will go Alternate translation: “boundary will be … boundary will be”
EZK 48 1 gf1l 0 Hethlon This is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 47:15](../47/15.md).

Can't render this file because it is too large.

24
en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Daniel<br><br>1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)<br>1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)<br>1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)<br>1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)<br>1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)<br>1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)<br>1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)<br>1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Daniel about?<br><br>The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.<br><br>The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?<br><br>Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?<br><br>Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### When did the seventy weeks begin?<br><br>The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.<br><br>### Who was Darius the Mede?<br><br>Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does Daniel use the word “king”?<br><br>Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.<br><br>### How many chapters does Daniel have?<br><br>Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DAN 1 1 x9t9 figs-synecdoche 0 Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia This refers to Nebuchadnezzar and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 1 1 cps4 0 to cut off all supplies to it Alternate translation: “to stop the people from receiving any supplies”
DAN 1 1 sxi6 figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoiakim king of Judah This refers to Jehoiakim and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ DAN 1 19 u1am figs-litotes 0 among the whole group there were none to compare w
DAN 1 19 e2m3 0 Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
DAN 1 20 f5x8 figs-hyperbole 0 ten times better Here “ten times” is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 1 21 jhp9 0 the first year of King Cyrus Alternate translation: “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
DAN 2 1 mns5 translate-ordinal 0 In the second year “In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 2 1 xtc6 0 he had dreams Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had dreams”
DAN 2 1 xw34 figs-metonymy 0 His mind was troubled Here “mind” refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ DAN 2 47 ifr1 0 the one who reveals mysteries Translate “the one who reveals
DAN 2 47 h6md 0 to reveal this mystery Alternate translation: “to reveal the mystery of my dream”
DAN 2 48 lz5p 0 He made him ruler Alternate translation: “The king made Daniel the ruler”
DAN 2 49 pp5r 0 Shadrach … Meshach … Abednego These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
DAN 3 1 vj2c figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar made a gold statue … He set it up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue … They set it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 1 l4e2 translate-bdistance 0 sixty cubits tall and six cubits wide A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
DAN 3 1 r51y translate-names 0 Plain of Dura This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ DAN 3 29 h7gq figs-metonymy 0 any people, nation, or language that speaks Here
DAN 3 29 qb3c 0 speaks anything against the God Alternate translation: “speaks words that do not respect the God”
DAN 3 29 t5vb 0 must be torn apart Alternate translation: “must have their bodies torn apart”
DAN 3 29 lw5h 0 there is no other god who is able to save like this This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this”
DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
DAN 4 1 s72g figs-123person 0 General Information: In this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 1 ykj3 figs-metonymy 0 King Nebuchadnezzar sent This phrase is referring to the king’s messenger as the king himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar sent his messengers with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 4 1 sx24 figs-metonymy 0 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ DAN 4 36 c3xy 0 my noblemen sought my favor Alternate translation: “my noble
DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought … greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of Alternate translation: “he drank wine in the presence of”
@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ DAN 5 29 uvj8 figs-activepassive 0 A chain of gold was put around his neck If y
DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom”
DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius Alternate translation: “King Darius decided”
DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ DAN 6 26 s6yl figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom shall not be destroyed If your l
DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end Alternate translation: “he will rule forever”
DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius.
DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ DAN 7 27 eti4 0 His kingdom Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the Most
DAN 7 27 t3ct 0 an everlasting kingdom Alternate translation: “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
DAN 7 28 v6mq 0 Here is the end of the matter This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision”
DAN 7 28 am3a 0 my face changed in appearance Alternate translation: “my face became pale”
DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
DAN 8 1 rft5 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 8 1 b6kb translate-ordinal 0 In the third year “In year three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 8 1 er4q 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ DAN 8 26 cer6 figs-metaphor 0 seal up the vision The angel speaks about the vis
DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days Alternate translation: “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business Alternate translation: “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision Alternate translation: “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ DAN 9 27 l267 0 someone who makes desolate Alternate translation: “a person
DAN 9 27 i8lk figs-activepassive 0 A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 9 27 x6c9 figs-doublet 0 A full end and destruction These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 27 t53m 0 the one who has made the desolation Alternate translation: “the person who caused the destruction”
DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DAN 10 1 if3j translate-ordinal 0 the third year of Cyrus king of Persia “year 3 of the rule of Cyrus the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 10 1 mci4 figs-activepassive 0 a message was revealed to Daniel This can also be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God revealed a message to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 10 1 vf8c 0 insight the ability to understand more than what can be seen
@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ DAN 10 21 f6mz 0 who shows himself to be strong Alternate translation: “who
DAN 10 21 x9us 0 There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince Alternate translation: “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them”
DAN 10 21 t5rl figs-you 0 Michael your prince The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DAN 10 21 p2z5 0 Michael your prince “Michael your guardian angel.” Translate “prince” when it refers to Michael as you did [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md).
DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DAN 11 1 iik8 0 General Information: In Daniel 11:1 through 12:4, the one who was speaking to Daniel in chapter 10 tells him what is written in the book of truth. This is as he said he would do in [Daniel 10:21](../10/21.md).
DAN 11 1 rm8a figs-explicit 0 In the first year of Darius Darius was the King of the Medes. “The first year” refers to the first year that he was king. Alternate translation: “In the first year of the reign of Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 11 2 eq9g 0 Three kings will arise in Persia Alternate translation: “Three kings will rule over Persia”
@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ DAN 11 44 dsf1 0 to set many apart for destruction Alternate translation: “t
DAN 11 45 cil2 0 the tent of his royal residence This refers to the king’s luxurious tents that he lived in when he was with his army in time of war.
DAN 11 45 dk8u 0 between the seas and the mountain of the beauty of holiness This probably refers to the region between the Mediterranean Sea and Temple Mount in Jerusalem.
DAN 11 45 k8sp figs-metonymy 0 the mountain of the beauty of holiness This refers to the hill in Jerusalem where God’s temple was. See how you translated somewhat similar phrases in [Daniel 9:16](../09/16.md) and [Daniel 9:20](../09/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
DAN 12 1 c4hl 0 Michael, the great prince Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
DAN 12 1 svv2 figs-idiom 0 Michael … will rise up Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael … will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 12 1 c1ic figs-activepassive 0 your people will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Daniel<br><br>1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)<br>1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)<br>1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)<br>1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)<br>1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)<br>1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)<br>1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)<br>1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Daniel about?<br><br>The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.<br><br>The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?<br><br>Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?<br><br>Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### When did the seventy weeks begin?<br><br>The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.<br><br>### Who was Darius the Mede?<br><br>Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does Daniel use the word “king”?<br><br>Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.<br><br>### How many chapters does Daniel have?<br><br>Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
3 DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) # Daniel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
4 DAN 1 1 x9t9 figs-synecdoche 0 Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia This refers to Nebuchadnezzar and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5 DAN 1 1 cps4 0 to cut off all supplies to it Alternate translation: “to stop the people from receiving any supplies”
6 DAN 1 1 sxi6 figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoiakim king of Judah This refers to Jehoiakim and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
39 DAN 1 19 e2m3 0 Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
40 DAN 1 20 f5x8 figs-hyperbole 0 ten times better Here “ten times” is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
41 DAN 1 21 jhp9 0 the first year of King Cyrus Alternate translation: “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
42 DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men. # Daniel 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
43 DAN 2 1 mns5 translate-ordinal 0 In the second year “In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
44 DAN 2 1 xtc6 0 he had dreams Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had dreams”
45 DAN 2 1 xw34 figs-metonymy 0 His mind was troubled Here “mind” refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
133 DAN 2 47 h6md 0 to reveal this mystery Alternate translation: “to reveal the mystery of my dream”
134 DAN 2 48 lz5p 0 He made him ruler Alternate translation: “The king made Daniel the ruler”
135 DAN 2 49 pp5r 0 Shadrach … Meshach … Abednego These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
136 DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born. # Daniel 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
137 DAN 3 1 vj2c figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar made a gold statue … He set it up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue … They set it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
138 DAN 3 1 l4e2 translate-bdistance 0 sixty cubits tall and six cubits wide A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
139 DAN 3 1 r51y translate-names 0 Plain of Dura This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
209 DAN 3 29 qb3c 0 speaks anything against the God Alternate translation: “speaks words that do not respect the God”
210 DAN 3 29 t5vb 0 must be torn apart Alternate translation: “must have their bodies torn apart”
211 DAN 3 29 lw5h 0 there is no other god who is able to save like this This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this”
212 DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him. # Daniel 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
213 DAN 4 1 s72g figs-123person 0 General Information: In this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
214 DAN 4 1 ykj3 figs-metonymy 0 King Nebuchadnezzar sent This phrase is referring to the king’s messenger as the king himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar sent his messengers with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
215 DAN 4 1 sx24 figs-metonymy 0 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
308 DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought … greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
309 DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
310 DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
311 DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet. # Daniel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
312 DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
313 DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
314 DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of Alternate translation: “he drank wine in the presence of”
383 DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
384 DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom”
385 DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
386 DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all. # Daniel 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
387 DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
388 DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius Alternate translation: “King Darius decided”
389 DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
450 DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end Alternate translation: “he will rule forever”
451 DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
452 DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius.
453 DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) # Daniel 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
454 DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
455 DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
456 DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
552 DAN 7 27 t3ct 0 an everlasting kingdom Alternate translation: “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
553 DAN 7 28 v6mq 0 Here is the end of the matter This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision”
554 DAN 7 28 am3a 0 my face changed in appearance Alternate translation: “my face became pale”
555 DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 8 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) # Daniel 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
556 DAN 8 1 rft5 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
557 DAN 8 1 b6kb translate-ordinal 0 In the third year “In year three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
558 DAN 8 1 er4q 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
619 DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days Alternate translation: “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
620 DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business Alternate translation: “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
621 DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision Alternate translation: “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
622 DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers. # Daniel 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
623 DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
624 DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
625 DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
709 DAN 9 27 i8lk figs-activepassive 0 A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
710 DAN 9 27 x6c9 figs-doublet 0 A full end and destruction These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
711 DAN 9 27 t53m 0 the one who has made the desolation Alternate translation: “the person who caused the destruction”
712 DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Daniel 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
713 DAN 10 1 if3j translate-ordinal 0 the third year of Cyrus king of Persia “year 3 of the rule of Cyrus the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
714 DAN 10 1 mci4 figs-activepassive 0 a message was revealed to Daniel This can also be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God revealed a message to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
715 DAN 10 1 vf8c 0 insight the ability to understand more than what can be seen
754 DAN 10 21 x9us 0 There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince Alternate translation: “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them”
755 DAN 10 21 t5rl figs-you 0 Michael your prince The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
756 DAN 10 21 p2z5 0 Michael your prince “Michael your guardian angel.” Translate “prince” when it refers to Michael as you did [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md).
757 DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Daniel 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
758 DAN 11 1 iik8 0 General Information: In Daniel 11:1 through 12:4, the one who was speaking to Daniel in chapter 10 tells him what is written in the book of truth. This is as he said he would do in [Daniel 10:21](../10/21.md).
759 DAN 11 1 rm8a figs-explicit 0 In the first year of Darius Darius was the King of the Medes. “The first year” refers to the first year that he was king. Alternate translation: “In the first year of the reign of Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
760 DAN 11 2 eq9g 0 Three kings will arise in Persia Alternate translation: “Three kings will rule over Persia”
892 DAN 11 45 cil2 0 the tent of his royal residence This refers to the king’s luxurious tents that he lived in when he was with his army in time of war.
893 DAN 11 45 dk8u 0 between the seas and the mountain of the beauty of holiness This probably refers to the region between the Mediterranean Sea and Temple Mount in Jerusalem.
894 DAN 11 45 k8sp figs-metonymy 0 the mountain of the beauty of holiness This refers to the hill in Jerusalem where God’s temple was. See how you translated somewhat similar phrases in [Daniel 9:16](../09/16.md) and [Daniel 9:20](../09/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
895 DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]]) # Daniel 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
896 DAN 12 1 c4hl 0 Michael, the great prince Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
897 DAN 12 1 svv2 figs-idiom 0 Michael … will rise up Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael … will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
898 DAN 12 1 c1ic figs-activepassive 0 your people will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

28
en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br> * Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br> * Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br> * The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br> * Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br> * Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br> * Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br> * Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])
HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 1 1 f238 translate-names 0 Uzziah … Jotham … Ahaz … Hezekiah … Jeroboam … Joash The events in this book happened during the time of these kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ HOS 1 10 lb2w figs-activepassive 0 it will be said to them If your language doe
HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity.
HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ HOS 2 23 jl7b figs-metaphor 0 I will plant her for myself in the land When God
HOS 2 23 z8da translate-names 0 Lo-Ruhamah This name means “no mercy.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “No Mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 2 23 l22q translate-names 0 Lo-Ammi This name means “not my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “Not My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 2 23 j39c translate-names 0 Ammi Attah This name means “you are my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. Alternate translation: “You Are My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
HOS 3 1 t4kg 0 Go again, love a woman, loved by her husband, but who is an adulteress This refers back to [Hosea 1:2](../01/02.md). Yahweh again tells Hosea to love an adulterous woman.
HOS 3 1 sa34 translate-symaction 0 Love her just as I, Yahweh, love the people of Israel By loving the adulterous woman, Hosea will be an example of Yahweh’s love for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
HOS 3 1 rvb9 0 they turn to other gods and love raisin cakes People ate raisin or fig cakes during festivals where they worshiped false gods.
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ HOS 3 5 klf5 0 seek Yahweh their God Here “seek” means they are asking God
HOS 3 5 ce6i figs-metonymy 0 David their king Here “David” represents all the descendants of David. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 3 5 plr4 0 in the last days Alternate translation: “in the future”
HOS 3 5 h6db figs-metonymy 0 they will come trembling before Yahweh and his goodness Here “trembling” represents feelings of awe and humility. Alternate translation: “they will come back to Yahweh and will humble themselves, honor him, and ask for his blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
HOS 4 1 k5fr 0 General Information: This chapter begins Yahweh’s argument against the unfaithful Israelites.
HOS 4 1 t2hu figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has a lawsuit against the inhabitants of the land Yahweh stating that the people of Israel have sinned against him and broken his covenant is spoken of as if Yahweh were accusing them in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 4 1 ste3 0 lawsuit This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md).
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ HOS 4 17 y9hs 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel.
HOS 4 17 vcx4 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim united himself with idols; leave him alone Here “Ephraim” represents the whole northern kingdom of Israel, which is a metonym for the people who live there. They chose to worship idols, instead of Yahweh. Yahweh is commanding Hosea to not try to correct them. The people of Israel will not listen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 4 18 t2qi 0 her rulers dearly love their shame The rulers are not ashamed of what they are doing when they worship idols and turn against Yahweh.
HOS 4 19 kwi7 figs-metaphor 0 The wind will wrap her up in its wings Here “wind” represents God’s judgment and anger against the nation of Israel. Yahweh will allow the enemy army to defeat the people of Israel and take them as captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
HOS 5 1 qy78 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is talking about Israel.
HOS 5 1 i4kf translate-names 0 You have been a snare at Mizpah and a net spread over Tabor A snare and a net are both objects used to catch prey. In this case, the priests and the royal household had devised ways to keep the people away from Yahweh, while enticing them into idolatry. Mizpah and Tabor were places for idol worship in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 5 2 e4c5 figs-metaphor 0 The rebels stand deep in slaughter Here “rebels” refers to all of those people who had turned away from Yahweh, and “deep in slaughter” could refer to the murder of innocent people, or to the slaughter of animals offered to pagan idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ HOS 5 14 rse7 0 I, even I Yahweh is emphasizing that he is the one that is bri
HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people.
HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent.
HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces … he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us … he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ HOS 6 10 f2vh 0 Israel has become unclean Israel has become unacceptable to Go
HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security
HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ HOS 7 16 k39m 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 7 16 r57a figs-simile 0 They are like a slack bow That is, a bow that has no bowstring, or that has no tension. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
HOS 7 16 q25q figs-metonymy 0 because of the insolence of their tongues Here “tongue” refers to what the officials say. Alternate translation: “because they insult me” or “because they curse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 7 16 r7lt figs-abstractnouns 0 This will become their mockery in the land of Egypt If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **mockery**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “This is why people in Egypt will mock and laugh at Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.
HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.
HOS 8 1 iyy7 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking about the coming of the Assyrian army to attack the northern kingdom.
HOS 8 1 rq62 figs-metaphor 0 An eagle is coming over the house of Yahweh The eagle, a bird of prey, is sometimes used to represent the enemies of Israel. Alternate translation: “As an eagle hunts another animal, the enemies of Israel are coming to capture my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 8 1 tc1q figs-metaphor 0 broken my covenant Here “broken” represents “disobeyed,” “violated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ HOS 8 12 ww4c figs-hypo 0 I could write down my law for them ten thousand times
HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians.
HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with.
@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ HOS 9 15 c3ji figs-metonymy 0 I will drive them out of my house Yahweh is stati
HOS 9 15 z8j7 0 their officials the men who serve the king
HOS 9 16 iyy3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking in verse 16. Hosea begins speaking in verse 17.
HOS 9 16 i7bg figs-metaphor 0 Ephraim is diseased, and their root is dried up; they bear no fruit Yahweh speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a diseased tree that does not produce fruit and is ready to be cut down. This is a statement that the people have become weak, and that soon their enemies will come and defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 10 intro yd8u 0 # Hosea 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 intro yd8u 0 # Hosea 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 1 px1g 0 General Information: Hosea is speaking about Israel.
HOS 10 1 rq8z figs-metaphor 0 Israel is a luxuriant vine that produces his fruit Israel is spoken of as a vine that was very fruitful. For a while the people prospered and were strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 10 1 z9ge 0 a luxuriant vine This vine produces more fruit than normal.
@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ HOS 10 14 yp1i 0 It will be as Shalman destroyed Beth Arbel on a day of battle
HOS 10 14 fc5f translate-names 0 Shalman This is the name of a king who destroyed the city of Beth Arbel around 740 BC. His army murdered women and children in the attack. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 14 ist7 translate-names 0 Beth Arbel This is likely the name of a city of the tribe of Naphtali. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 15 wql9 figs-metonymy 0 So it will happen to you, Bethel, because of your great wickedness Here “Bethel” represents the people who live there. The prophet addresses the people of Bethel as if they were there listening to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HOS 11 1 h8vd 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking of caring for Israel like a parent cares for a child.
HOS 11 1 w4nm figs-metaphor 0 When Israel was a young man Yahweh is speaking about the people of Israel as if they were a young man. Yahweh is referring to when he first started his relationship with the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 11 1 y9f3 figs-metaphor 0 I called my son out of Egypt “son” refers to the people of God the Father. Alternate translation: “I led my son out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ HOS 11 11 kmq4 0 the declaration of Yahweh “what Yahweh has declared” or
HOS 11 12 i52h 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel and Judah.
HOS 11 12 mtk3 figs-parallelism 0 Ephraim surrounds me with falsehood, and the house of Israel with deceit Lies and deceitful acts are spoken of as if they were objects that the people of the northern kingdom surrounded Yahweh with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 11 12 csf5 figs-metonymy 0 But Judah is still going about with me Here “Judah” refers to the people who live there. This speaks of being loyal to God as “going about” with him. However, many versions have different interpretations of this difficult passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 12 intro z7s4 0 # Hosea 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
HOS 12 intro z7s4 0 # Hosea 12 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
HOS 12 1 k8wj 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 12 1 ec28 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim feeds on the wind Here “Ephraim” represents all the people of Israel. Also “wind” represents something that is useless or temporary. The people of Israel doing things that will not help them is spoken of as if they eat the wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 12 1 g9zd figs-metonymy 0 follows after the east wind East winds were very hot and destructive to the land. Here it represents anything that is destructive. The people doing things that will destroy themselves is spoken of as if they are following the east wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ HOS 12 13 a8xe 0 by a prophet That is, Moses.
HOS 12 14 v7cg 0 bitterly The anger that the people have caused in Yahweh is extremely great.
HOS 12 14 czc8 figs-metonymy 0 So his Lord will leave his blood on him Here “blood” refers to the guilt incurred by people who murder others. God will not forgive their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 12 14 ay94 figs-metaphor 0 will turn back on him his disgrace The idea of making someone suffer the results of his own actions is spoken of as if those actions were objects that were thrown back at him. Alternate translation: “will make him suffer from his own disgraceful actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 13 intro la1r 0 # Hosea 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HOS 13 intro la1r 0 # Hosea 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HOS 13 1 u92j 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 13 1 aw8s figs-synecdoche 0 When Ephraim spoke Hosea uses the term “Ephraim” to refer to the entire northern kingdom, although it was also the name of one of the ten tribes. Hosea seems to be speaking of a long-past time, when the northern kingdom was strong and honored, unlike at the present time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
HOS 13 1 hyz3 0 there was trembling It is understood that people were trembling because they were afraid of Ephraim. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “there was trembling among the people” or “people trembled in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ HOS 13 16 y8fa figs-metonymy 0 Samaria will be guilty, for she has rebelled aga
HOS 13 16 g4vn figs-euphemism 0 They will fall Here to “fall” represents dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
HOS 13 16 w5hv figs-metonymy 0 by the sword Here the “sword” represents the enemy soldiers who used swords in battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 13 16 kms6 figs-activepassive 0 their young children will be dashed to pieces, and their pregnant women will be ripped open These phrases can be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “the enemy will dash their young children to pieces, and they will rip open the pregnant women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.
HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.
HOS 14 1 x5ih 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 14 1 e3je figs-metaphor 0 for you have fallen because of your iniquity Sinning is spoken of here as if it were falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 14 2 bl3b figs-explicit 0 Take with you words This probably means words of confession and praise. Alternate translation: “Confess your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br> * Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br> * Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br> * The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br> * Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br> * Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br> * Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br> * Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])
3 HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel. # Hosea 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
4 HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5 HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 HOS 1 1 f238 translate-names 0 Uzziah … Jotham … Ahaz … Hezekiah … Jeroboam … Joash The events in this book happened during the time of these kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22 HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23 HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity.
24 HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25 HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) # Hosea 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
26 HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
27 HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
28 HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
79 HOS 2 23 z8da translate-names 0 Lo-Ruhamah This name means “no mercy.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “No Mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
80 HOS 2 23 l22q translate-names 0 Lo-Ammi This name means “not my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “Not My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
81 HOS 2 23 j39c translate-names 0 Ammi Attah This name means “you are my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. Alternate translation: “You Are My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
82 HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) # Hosea 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
83 HOS 3 1 t4kg 0 Go again, love a woman, loved by her husband, but who is an adulteress This refers back to [Hosea 1:2](../01/02.md). Yahweh again tells Hosea to love an adulterous woman.
84 HOS 3 1 sa34 translate-symaction 0 Love her just as I, Yahweh, love the people of Israel By loving the adulterous woman, Hosea will be an example of Yahweh’s love for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
85 HOS 3 1 rvb9 0 they turn to other gods and love raisin cakes People ate raisin or fig cakes during festivals where they worshiped false gods.
91 HOS 3 5 ce6i figs-metonymy 0 David their king Here “David” represents all the descendants of David. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
92 HOS 3 5 plr4 0 in the last days Alternate translation: “in the future”
93 HOS 3 5 h6db figs-metonymy 0 they will come trembling before Yahweh and his goodness Here “trembling” represents feelings of awe and humility. Alternate translation: “they will come back to Yahweh and will humble themselves, honor him, and ask for his blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
94 HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Hosea 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
95 HOS 4 1 k5fr 0 General Information: This chapter begins Yahweh’s argument against the unfaithful Israelites.
96 HOS 4 1 t2hu figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has a lawsuit against the inhabitants of the land Yahweh stating that the people of Israel have sinned against him and broken his covenant is spoken of as if Yahweh were accusing them in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97 HOS 4 1 ste3 0 lawsuit This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md).
137 HOS 4 17 vcx4 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim united himself with idols; leave him alone Here “Ephraim” represents the whole northern kingdom of Israel, which is a metonym for the people who live there. They chose to worship idols, instead of Yahweh. Yahweh is commanding Hosea to not try to correct them. The people of Israel will not listen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
138 HOS 4 18 t2qi 0 her rulers dearly love their shame The rulers are not ashamed of what they are doing when they worship idols and turn against Yahweh.
139 HOS 4 19 kwi7 figs-metaphor 0 The wind will wrap her up in its wings Here “wind” represents God’s judgment and anger against the nation of Israel. Yahweh will allow the enemy army to defeat the people of Israel and take them as captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
140 HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # Hosea 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
141 HOS 5 1 qy78 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is talking about Israel.
142 HOS 5 1 i4kf translate-names 0 You have been a snare at Mizpah and a net spread over Tabor A snare and a net are both objects used to catch prey. In this case, the priests and the royal household had devised ways to keep the people away from Yahweh, while enticing them into idolatry. Mizpah and Tabor were places for idol worship in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
143 HOS 5 2 e4c5 figs-metaphor 0 The rebels stand deep in slaughter Here “rebels” refers to all of those people who had turned away from Yahweh, and “deep in slaughter” could refer to the murder of innocent people, or to the slaughter of animals offered to pagan idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
179 HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
180 HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people.
181 HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182 HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Hosea 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
183 HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent.
184 HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces … he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
185 HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us … he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
204 HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
205 HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
206 HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security
207 HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel. # Hosea 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
208 HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
209 HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
210 HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
246 HOS 7 16 r57a figs-simile 0 They are like a slack bow That is, a bow that has no bowstring, or that has no tension. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
247 HOS 7 16 q25q figs-metonymy 0 because of the insolence of their tongues Here “tongue” refers to what the officials say. Alternate translation: “because they insult me” or “because they curse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
248 HOS 7 16 r7lt figs-abstractnouns 0 This will become their mockery in the land of Egypt If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **mockery**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “This is why people in Egypt will mock and laugh at Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
249 HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah. # Hosea 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.
250 HOS 8 1 iyy7 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking about the coming of the Assyrian army to attack the northern kingdom.
251 HOS 8 1 rq62 figs-metaphor 0 An eagle is coming over the house of Yahweh The eagle, a bird of prey, is sometimes used to represent the enemies of Israel. Alternate translation: “As an eagle hunts another animal, the enemies of Israel are coming to capture my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
252 HOS 8 1 tc1q figs-metaphor 0 broken my covenant Here “broken” represents “disobeyed,” “violated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
271 HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
272 HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
273 HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians.
274 HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking. # Hosea 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
275 HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
276 HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
277 HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with.
319 HOS 9 15 z8j7 0 their officials the men who serve the king
320 HOS 9 16 iyy3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking in verse 16. Hosea begins speaking in verse 17.
321 HOS 9 16 i7bg figs-metaphor 0 Ephraim is diseased, and their root is dried up; they bear no fruit Yahweh speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a diseased tree that does not produce fruit and is ready to be cut down. This is a statement that the people have become weak, and that soon their enemies will come and defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
322 HOS 10 intro yd8u 0 # Hosea 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) # Hosea 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
323 HOS 10 1 px1g 0 General Information: Hosea is speaking about Israel.
324 HOS 10 1 rq8z figs-metaphor 0 Israel is a luxuriant vine that produces his fruit Israel is spoken of as a vine that was very fruitful. For a while the people prospered and were strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
325 HOS 10 1 z9ge 0 a luxuriant vine This vine produces more fruit than normal.
360 HOS 10 14 fc5f translate-names 0 Shalman This is the name of a king who destroyed the city of Beth Arbel around 740 BC. His army murdered women and children in the attack. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
361 HOS 10 14 ist7 translate-names 0 Beth Arbel This is likely the name of a city of the tribe of Naphtali. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
362 HOS 10 15 wql9 figs-metonymy 0 So it will happen to you, Bethel, because of your great wickedness Here “Bethel” represents the people who live there. The prophet addresses the people of Bethel as if they were there listening to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
363 HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Hosea 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
364 HOS 11 1 h8vd 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking of caring for Israel like a parent cares for a child.
365 HOS 11 1 w4nm figs-metaphor 0 When Israel was a young man Yahweh is speaking about the people of Israel as if they were a young man. Yahweh is referring to when he first started his relationship with the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
366 HOS 11 1 y9f3 figs-metaphor 0 I called my son out of Egypt “son” refers to the people of God the Father. Alternate translation: “I led my son out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
392 HOS 11 12 i52h 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel and Judah.
393 HOS 11 12 mtk3 figs-parallelism 0 Ephraim surrounds me with falsehood, and the house of Israel with deceit Lies and deceitful acts are spoken of as if they were objects that the people of the northern kingdom surrounded Yahweh with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
394 HOS 11 12 csf5 figs-metonymy 0 But Judah is still going about with me Here “Judah” refers to the people who live there. This speaks of being loyal to God as “going about” with him. However, many versions have different interpretations of this difficult passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
395 HOS 12 intro z7s4 0 # Hosea 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) # Hosea 12 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
396 HOS 12 1 k8wj 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
397 HOS 12 1 ec28 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim feeds on the wind Here “Ephraim” represents all the people of Israel. Also “wind” represents something that is useless or temporary. The people of Israel doing things that will not help them is spoken of as if they eat the wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
398 HOS 12 1 g9zd figs-metonymy 0 follows after the east wind East winds were very hot and destructive to the land. Here it represents anything that is destructive. The people doing things that will destroy themselves is spoken of as if they are following the east wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
424 HOS 12 14 v7cg 0 bitterly The anger that the people have caused in Yahweh is extremely great.
425 HOS 12 14 czc8 figs-metonymy 0 So his Lord will leave his blood on him Here “blood” refers to the guilt incurred by people who murder others. God will not forgive their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
426 HOS 12 14 ay94 figs-metaphor 0 will turn back on him his disgrace The idea of making someone suffer the results of his own actions is spoken of as if those actions were objects that were thrown back at him. Alternate translation: “will make him suffer from his own disgraceful actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
427 HOS 13 intro la1r 0 # Hosea 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Hosea 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
428 HOS 13 1 u92j 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
429 HOS 13 1 aw8s figs-synecdoche 0 When Ephraim spoke Hosea uses the term “Ephraim” to refer to the entire northern kingdom, although it was also the name of one of the ten tribes. Hosea seems to be speaking of a long-past time, when the northern kingdom was strong and honored, unlike at the present time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
430 HOS 13 1 hyz3 0 there was trembling It is understood that people were trembling because they were afraid of Ephraim. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “there was trembling among the people” or “people trembled in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
465 HOS 13 16 g4vn figs-euphemism 0 They will fall Here to “fall” represents dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
466 HOS 13 16 w5hv figs-metonymy 0 by the sword Here the “sword” represents the enemy soldiers who used swords in battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
467 HOS 13 16 kms6 figs-activepassive 0 their young children will be dashed to pieces, and their pregnant women will be ripped open These phrases can be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “the enemy will dash their young children to pieces, and they will rip open the pregnant women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
468 HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking. # Hosea 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.
469 HOS 14 1 x5ih 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
470 HOS 14 1 e3je figs-metaphor 0 for you have fallen because of your iniquity Sinning is spoken of here as if it were falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
471 HOS 14 2 bl3b figs-explicit 0 Take with you words This probably means words of confession and praise. Alternate translation: “Confess your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

6
en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br> * Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br> * The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br> * The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br> * The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br> * Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br> * Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ JOL 1 16 ppt5 figs-doublet שִׂמְחָ֥ה וָ⁠גִֽיל 1 joy and gladne
JOL 1 17 y7su מֶגְרְפֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 clods lumps of dirt
JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain
JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams
JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet … sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming.
JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 2 st7t וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 gloom total or partial darkness
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ JOL 2 32 t1vg figs-metonymy כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־יִקְרָ֛א בְּ⁠
JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOL 2 32 e73u 1 survivors people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster
JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention”
JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 3 1 c3ys אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָשִׁ֛יב אֶת־שְׁב֥וּת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 when I return the exiles of Judah and Jerusalem Alternate translation: “When I send the exiles back to Judah and Jerusalem”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br> * Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br> * The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br> * The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br> * The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br> * Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br> * Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3 JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Joel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4 JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
35 JOL 1 17 y7su מֶגְרְפֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 clods lumps of dirt
36 JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain
37 JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams
38 JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Joel 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
39 JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet … sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming.
40 JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
41 JOL 2 2 st7t וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 gloom total or partial darkness
99 JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
100 JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
101 JOL 2 32 e73u 1 survivors people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster
102 JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole. # Joel 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
103 JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention”
104 JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
105 JOL 3 1 c3ys אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָשִׁ֛יב אֶת־שְׁב֥וּת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 when I return the exiles of Judah and Jerusalem Alternate translation: “When I send the exiles back to Judah and Jerusalem”

20
en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br> * The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br> * The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br> * The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.
AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br> * The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br> * The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br> * The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.
AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 1 1 zsg5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God speaks through Amos using poetic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
AMO 1 1 e8f1 figs-activepassive 0 These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 1 1 qz81 0 These are the things Alternate translation: “This is the message”
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ AMO 1 14 hpu5 figs-metaphor 0 with a tempest in the day of the whirlwind The fi
AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest … whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms.
AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **captivity**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of … even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md).
AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ AMO 2 15 q2w6 figs-explicit 0 the fast runner will not escape The implied infor
AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked This could mean: (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day Alternate translation: “at that time”
AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word Alternate translation: “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message”
AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you … against the whole family Alternate translation: “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you … about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you … about the whole family”
AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel … the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt.
@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ AMO 3 15 law2 0 The houses of ivory “the houses that are decorated with ivor
AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals
AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ AMO 4 13 krg8 figs-123person 0 he who forms the mountains … reveals his thoug
AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness This could mean: (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening”
AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this.
AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen … no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ AMO 5 25 fma5 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym
AMO 5 26 qnx9 figs-metonymy 0 You have lifted up the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan Here “lifted up the images” represents worshiping them. Alternate translation: “You have worshiped the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 5 26 tjr6 translate-names 0 Sikkuth … Kaiwan These are the names of two false gods. The people had made images to represent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
AMO 5 26 q6vz 0 Kaiwan Some versions write this as “Kiyyun.”
AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.
AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.
AMO 6 1 psf7 0 who are at ease “who feel safe.” The people are comfortable and not concerned that God will judge them.
AMO 6 1 ut6j figs-irony 0 the notable men of the best of the nations “the most important men of this great nation.” Yahweh may be using irony to describe how these men think of themselves. Alternate translation: “the men who think they are the most important people in the best nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
AMO 6 1 s17g figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel comes The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “the Israelites come” or “the Israelite people group comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ AMO 6 14 yze1 0 look Alternate translation: “listen” or “pay attention
AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season
AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look … look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this.
AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md).
AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest Alternate translation: “after the king takes his share from the harvest”
@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ AMO 7 16 dz72 figs-metonymy 0 do not speak against the house of Isaac Here “h
AMO 7 17 c3rd figs-metonymy 0 your sons and your daughters will fall by the sword Here “sword” represents enemies. Alternate translation: “enemies will kill your sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 7 17 sqs6 figs-activepassive 0 your land will be measured and divided up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 7 17 mr3m figs-metaphor 0 an unclean land A land full of people that are unacceptable to God is spoken of as if the land were physically unclean. Here it means a land other than Israel. Alternate translation: “a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 8 1 m4g1 0 Look, a basket of summer fruit! The word “look” here shows that Amos saw something interesting. Alternate translation: “I saw a basket of summer fruit!”
AMO 8 1 i65f 0 summer fruit Alternate translation: “ripe fruit”
AMO 8 2 ixx6 figs-rquestion 0 What do you see, Amos? Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you see, Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ AMO 8 14 sg5b figs-metonymy 0 by the sin of Samaria Here “sin” represents t
AMO 8 14 xsl2 0 As your god lives, Dan This is a way of making a solemn oath. The people declare that they believe the god of Dan is certainly alive to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
AMO 8 14 bfm8 0 As the way to Beersheba exists This is probably a reference to the roads that pilgrims would take to Beersheba in order to worship idols there. Again, this is a way of making a solemn oath. They state that the way to Beersheba certainly exists in order to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
AMO 8 14 s65t figs-idiom 0 they will fall This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 9 1 h5x6 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Amos another vision.
AMO 9 1 iv3s 0 Strike the tops … Break them It is uncertain to whom Yahweh is speaking these commands.
AMO 9 1 rj89 figs-explicit 0 Strike the tops of the pillars so that the foundations will shake It is implied that Yahweh is speaking about the pillars and foundations of a temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br> * The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br> * The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br> * The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs. # Introduction to Amos<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br> * The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br> * The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br> * The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.
3 AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Amos 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
4 AMO 1 1 zsg5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God speaks through Amos using poetic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 AMO 1 1 e8f1 figs-activepassive 0 These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6 AMO 1 1 qz81 0 These are the things Alternate translation: “This is the message”
60 AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest … whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms.
61 AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
62 AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **captivity**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
63 AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Amos 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
64 AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of … even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md).
65 AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
66 AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
114 AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked This could mean: (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
115 AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day Alternate translation: “at that time”
116 AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
117 AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message. # Amos 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
118 AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word Alternate translation: “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message”
119 AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you … against the whole family Alternate translation: “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you … about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you … about the whole family”
120 AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel … the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt.
165 AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals
166 AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
167 AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
168 AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # Amos 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
169 AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
170 AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
171 AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
216 AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness This could mean: (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening”
217 AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
218 AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this.
219 AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Amos 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
220 AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
221 AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen … no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
222 AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
278 AMO 5 26 qnx9 figs-metonymy 0 You have lifted up the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan Here “lifted up the images” represents worshiping them. Alternate translation: “You have worshiped the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
279 AMO 5 26 tjr6 translate-names 0 Sikkuth … Kaiwan These are the names of two false gods. The people had made images to represent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
280 AMO 5 26 q6vz 0 Kaiwan Some versions write this as “Kiyyun.”
281 AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses. # Amos 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.
282 AMO 6 1 psf7 0 who are at ease “who feel safe.” The people are comfortable and not concerned that God will judge them.
283 AMO 6 1 ut6j figs-irony 0 the notable men of the best of the nations “the most important men of this great nation.” Yahweh may be using irony to describe how these men think of themselves. Alternate translation: “the men who think they are the most important people in the best nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
284 AMO 6 1 s17g figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel comes The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “the Israelites come” or “the Israelite people group comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
323 AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
324 AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
325 AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season
326 AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) # Amos 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
327 AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look … look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this.
328 AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md).
329 AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest Alternate translation: “after the king takes his share from the harvest”
352 AMO 7 17 c3rd figs-metonymy 0 your sons and your daughters will fall by the sword Here “sword” represents enemies. Alternate translation: “enemies will kill your sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
353 AMO 7 17 sqs6 figs-activepassive 0 your land will be measured and divided up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
354 AMO 7 17 mr3m figs-metaphor 0 an unclean land A land full of people that are unacceptable to God is spoken of as if the land were physically unclean. Here it means a land other than Israel. Alternate translation: “a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
355 AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Amos 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
356 AMO 8 1 m4g1 0 Look, a basket of summer fruit! The word “look” here shows that Amos saw something interesting. Alternate translation: “I saw a basket of summer fruit!”
357 AMO 8 1 i65f 0 summer fruit Alternate translation: “ripe fruit”
358 AMO 8 2 ixx6 figs-rquestion 0 What do you see, Amos? Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you see, Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
383 AMO 8 14 xsl2 0 As your god lives, Dan This is a way of making a solemn oath. The people declare that they believe the god of Dan is certainly alive to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
384 AMO 8 14 bfm8 0 As the way to Beersheba exists This is probably a reference to the roads that pilgrims would take to Beersheba in order to worship idols there. Again, this is a way of making a solemn oath. They state that the way to Beersheba certainly exists in order to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
385 AMO 8 14 s65t figs-idiom 0 they will fall This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
386 AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Amos 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
387 AMO 9 1 h5x6 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Amos another vision.
388 AMO 9 1 iv3s 0 Strike the tops … Break them It is uncertain to whom Yahweh is speaking these commands.
389 AMO 9 1 rj89 figs-explicit 0 Strike the tops of the pillars so that the foundations will shake It is implied that Yahweh is speaking about the pillars and foundations of a temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

14
en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

6
en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.
NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ NAM 1 14 s2bh figs-explicit 0 I will dig your graves It is implied that Yahweh
NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one … he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person.
NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you”
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ NAM 2 13 hg33 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pa
NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. This could mean: (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 3 2 n52r 0 the noise of whips and the sound of rattling wheels, prancing horses, and bounding chariots These phrases describe the sound of chariots rushing through the streets as their drivers use their whips on the horses.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.
3 NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly. # Nahum 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
4 NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6 NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
43 NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
44 NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one … he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person.
45 NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
46 NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism. # Nahum 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
47 NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
48 NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
49 NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you”
90 NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
91 NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. This could mean: (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
92 NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
93 NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # Nahum 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
94 NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
95 NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
96 NAM 3 2 n52r 0 the noise of whips and the sound of rattling wheels, prancing horses, and bounding chariots These phrases describe the sound of chariots rushing through the streets as their drivers use their whips on the horses.

6
en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.
HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ HAB 1 16 ey7r figs-metaphor 0 he sacrifices … his net … his dragnet … he
HAB 1 17 y2y3 figs-explicit 0 Will he therefore keep emptying his net, and will he continually slaughter the nations without mercy? Habakkuk asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how long Yahweh will allow the Chaldeans to continue to destroy people and nations. Alternate translation: “Will you therefore let them empty their fishing nets and continue to slaughter the nations while they feel no compassion?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 1 17 re7y figs-synecdoche 0 Will he … keep emptying his net … will he continually slaughter In 1:15-17 the singular pronoun “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “Will they … keep emptying their net … will they continually slaughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
HAB 1 17 rz38 figs-metaphor 0 keep emptying his net Habakkuk speaks of the Chaldeans preparing to conquer more nations as if they were fishermen who empty their nets so that they can use them to catch more fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
HAB 2 1 m4n8 figs-parallelism 0 I will stand at my guard post and station myself on the watchtower These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This could mean: (1) Habakkuk went to an actual post in the watchtower or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of waiting eagerly for Yahweh’s response as if he were a watchman waiting at his post for the arrival of a messenger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HAB 2 1 s5ad 0 to see what he will say to me Alternate translation: “to see what Yahweh will say to me”
HAB 2 1 lcz4 figs-idiom 0 how I should turn from my complaint Here the word “turn” refers to returning an answer. Habakkuk considers what answer he will give concerning the things that he has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ HAB 2 19 u5fx 0 See, it is overlaid Alternate translation: “Look at it. You
HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report This could mean: (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.”
HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.
3 HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh. # Habakkuk 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
4 HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5 HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
47 HAB 1 17 y2y3 figs-explicit 0 Will he therefore keep emptying his net, and will he continually slaughter the nations without mercy? Habakkuk asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how long Yahweh will allow the Chaldeans to continue to destroy people and nations. Alternate translation: “Will you therefore let them empty their fishing nets and continue to slaughter the nations while they feel no compassion?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
48 HAB 1 17 re7y figs-synecdoche 0 Will he … keep emptying his net … will he continually slaughter In 1:15-17 the singular pronoun “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “Will they … keep emptying their net … will they continually slaughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
49 HAB 1 17 rz38 figs-metaphor 0 keep emptying his net Habakkuk speaks of the Chaldeans preparing to conquer more nations as if they were fishermen who empty their nets so that they can use them to catch more fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
50 HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) # Habakkuk 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
51 HAB 2 1 m4n8 figs-parallelism 0 I will stand at my guard post and station myself on the watchtower These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This could mean: (1) Habakkuk went to an actual post in the watchtower or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of waiting eagerly for Yahweh’s response as if he were a watchman waiting at his post for the arrival of a messenger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
52 HAB 2 1 s5ad 0 to see what he will say to me Alternate translation: “to see what Yahweh will say to me”
53 HAB 2 1 lcz4 figs-idiom 0 how I should turn from my complaint Here the word “turn” refers to returning an answer. Habakkuk considers what answer he will give concerning the things that he has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
116 HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
117 HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
118 HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
119 HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) # Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
120 HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
121 HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report This could mean: (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.”
122 HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

6
en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br> * Philistia (2:4–7)<br> * Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br> * Egypt (2:12)<br> * Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.
ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future.
ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ ZEP 1 17 cq1r figs-simile 0 Their blood will be poured out like dust Their bloo
ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEP 2 2 j7xn 0 that day This phrase relates to the “day of Yahweh.” Translate as you did similar phrases in [Zephaniah 1:9](../01/09.md).
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ ZEP 2 15 pvv7 figs-idiom 0 said in her heart This idiom means “said to hersel
ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror Alternate translation: “a horrible place to see”
ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh.
ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled Alternate translation: “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br> * Philistia (2:4–7)<br> * Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br> * Egypt (2:12)<br> * Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.
3 ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) # Zephaniah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
4 ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future.
5 ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
63 ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
64 ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
65 ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
66 ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) # Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
67 ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
68 ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
69 ZEP 2 2 j7xn 0 that day This phrase relates to the “day of Yahweh.” Translate as you did similar phrases in [Zephaniah 1:9](../01/09.md).
110 ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
111 ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror Alternate translation: “a horrible place to see”
112 ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh.
113 ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) # Zephaniah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
114 ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
115 ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
116 ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled Alternate translation: “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean”

4
en_tn_37-HAG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.
HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius … Haggai … Zerubbabel … Shealtiel … Joshua … Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ HAG 1 14 n1e7 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh stirred up the spirit of the governor of J
HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem
HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.
3 HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]]) # Haggai 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
4 HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5 HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius … Haggai … Zerubbabel … Shealtiel … Joshua … Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
30 HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem
31 HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
32 HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
33 HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) # Haggai 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
34 HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
35 HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
36 HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

28
en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br> * Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br> * Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br> * The measuring line (2:1–13)<br> * The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br> * The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br> * The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br> * The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br> * Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br> * Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br> * Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br> * Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br> * Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ ZEC 1 21 k412 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the horns that scattered Judah Th
ZEC 1 21 zd7p figs-metaphor 0 so that no man would lift up his head The nations oppressing the people of Judah severely is spoken of as if no person in Judah was able to raise his head. Alternate translation: “and caused them to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 1 21 gm5d figs-metaphor 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn against the land of Judah Yahweh speaks of the nations using their military power to conquer Judah as if the nations had lifted up their horns. He speaks of these four craftsmen destroying the military power of these nations as if the craftsmen threw those horns to the ground. Alternate translation: “to destroy the power of the nations who used their military might against the land of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 1 21 q7u9 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn Alternate translation: “to cast down the horns that the nations had lifted up”
ZEC 2 intro j9a8 0 # Zechariah 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”<br>This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.”
ZEC 2 intro j9a8 0 # Zechariah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”<br>This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.”
ZEC 2 1 u35h figs-synecdoche 0 I lifted up my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “I looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 2 1 dn7b 0 measuring line a rope with a certain length that a person would use to measure buildings or large sections of land
ZEC 2 2 eb3u 0 So he said to me Alternate translation: “So the man with the measuring line said to me”
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ ZEC 2 12 e1sr figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will inherit Judah as his rightful possess
ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest.
ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin Alternate translation: “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin”
ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ ZEC 3 9 i5c3 figs-metaphor 0 There are seven eyes on this single stone The side
ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave Alternate translation: “carve”
ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire
ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ ZEC 4 13 anh7 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know what these are? The angel asks t
ZEC 4 14 rx28 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the sons of fresh olive oil The branches symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “These two branches represent the sons of fresh olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
ZEC 4 14 j7gl figs-idiom 0 the sons of fresh olive oil This idiom means that these men have been anointed with fresh olive oil. A person who is anointed is one whom Yahweh has chosen or appointed for a special duty. Alternate translation: “the anointed men” or “the men whom Yahweh has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEC 4 14 a6x2 figs-idiom 0 who stand before the Lord The idiom “stand before” means to be in a person’s presence and to serve him. Alternate translation: “who serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])
ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])
ZEC 5 1 xqx2 0 Then I turned The word “I” refers to Zechariah.
ZEC 5 1 gf8m figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 5 1 ynu9 0 behold The word “behold” here shows that Zechariah was surprised by what he saw.
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ ZEC 5 9 xf59 figs-merism 0 They lifted up the basket between earth and heaven T
ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket.
ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains”
ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ ZEC 6 14 f3px 0 for Hen son of Zephaniah as a memorial Some modern versions in
ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ ZEC 7 12 z4q7 figs-metonymy 0 by the mouth of the prophets Here the “mouth of
ZEC 7 14 hga8 figs-metaphor 0 I will scatter them with a whirlwind Yahweh speaks of how he will scatter the people as if a whirlwind were scattering everything in its path. Alternate translation: “I will scatter them as a whirlwind scatters things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 7 14 x4q6 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
ZEC 7 14 c1xg 0 delightful land Alternate translation: “pleasant land” or “fruitful land”
ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
ZEC 8 1 eh47 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh of hosts came to me, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh of hosts gave me a message. He said” or “Yahweh of hosts spoke this message to me, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEC 8 2 rx8t 0 I am passionate for Zion Alternate translation: “I have a strong desire to protect Zion”
ZEC 8 2 vc1c figs-metonymy 0 for Zion Here “Zion” represents the people of Zion. Alternate translation: “for the people of Zion” or “for the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ ZEC 8 22 nz8j figs-metonymy 0 mighty nations This is a metonym for the people i
ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you Alternate translation: “God is with you people”
ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning Alternate translation: “This is Yahweh’s message about”
ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today.
@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ ZEC 9 17 udt9 figs-exclamations 0 How good and how beautiful they will be! This
ZEC 9 17 rzm2 figs-parallelism 0 The young men will flourish on grain and the virgins on sweet wine! This sentence uses a parallel structure to express that everyone will have plenty to eat and drink. If your readers might think that only the men ate and only the women drank, you may want to adjust the wording. Alternate translation: “All of the people, both men and women, will have plenty of grain to eat and sweet wine to drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ZEC 9 17 uf1p figs-parallelism 0 The young men … the virgins These two phrases are parallel and together represent the entire population of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 9 17 x8zq figs-parallelism 0 grain … sweet wine These two phrases are parallel and together represent all of the different kinds of the food and drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 10 intro jmh9 0 # Zechariah 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Redemption<br>This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])
ZEC 10 intro jmh9 0 # Zechariah 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Redemption<br>This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])
ZEC 10 1 ybt5 0 vegetation in the field Alternate translation: “causes plants to grow in the field”
ZEC 10 2 wcl5 0 household idols speak falsely “household idols give false messages.” Zechariah is not suggesting that idols actually speak. He is referring to the messages people say they hear from idols. The UST makes this explicit.
ZEC 10 2 tc8c 0 diviners envision a lie Alternate translation: “diviners see false visions”
@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ ZEC 10 11 h8a4 figs-metonymy 0 The majesty of Assyria will be brought down Here
ZEC 10 11 g3sx figs-metonymy 0 the scepter of Egypt will go away from the Egyptians Here “the scepter of Egypt” refers to the political power of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the power of Egypt to rule other nations will end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 10 12 wnc7 0 I will strengthen them in myself Alternate translation: “I will cause them to be strong and to believe in me”
ZEC 10 12 dh7y figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
ZEC 11 1 d6vm figs-metaphor 0 Open your doors, Lebanon, that fire may devour Not resisting what is about to happen is spoken of as if Lebanon were opening its doors. Here “Lebanon” is a metonym that represents the people of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “People of Lebanon, get ready, because fire will devour” or “People of Lebanon, do not try to stop the fire that will devour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 11 1 kmf3 figs-metaphor 0 fire may devour your cedars Fire completely burning up the cedars is spoken of as if the fire would devour the cedars. Alternate translation: “fire may completely destroy your cedars” or “fire may completely burn up your cedars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 11 2 fu2k figs-personification 0 Lament, cypress trees, for the cedar trees have fallen Cypress trees are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the trees were people, they would cry out in sorrow. The cypress trees stand alone because the cedars have burned and fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ ZEC 11 17 zwk6 figs-idiom 0 come against his arm and his right eye Here “come
ZEC 11 17 gqb9 figs-metonymy 0 his arm Here “arm” represents the power to fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 11 17 c27h figs-explicit 0 his right eye A soldier would use his right eye to look around the shield that he held with his left hand. If his right eye was wounded, he would not be able to see to fight in war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 11 17 h47i 0 his arm wither away Alternate translation: “his arm waste away” or “his arm become completely useless”
ZEC 12 intro cr4a 0 # Zechariah 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]])
ZEC 12 intro cr4a 0 # Zechariah 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]])
ZEC 12 1 vy11 0 General Information: These verses begin a section that tells about the coming attack against Jerusalem and how God will rescue the city.
ZEC 12 1 mz3s figs-metaphor 0 who stretched out the skies This is a metaphor that speaks of the sky as if it were like a scroll that is rolled up and needs to be stretched out. Alternate translation: “the one who created the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 12 1 gzl6 figs-metaphor 0 laid the foundation of the earth This is a metaphor that speaks of the earth as if it were a building with a foundation. Alternate translation: “put all the earth into place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ ZEC 12 11 qg93 translate-names 0 Megiddo This is the name of a plain in Israel.
ZEC 12 12 jj6q figs-metonymy 0 The land will mourn This represents all the people living in the land of Judah. Alternate translation: “All the people in the land of Judah will mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 12 12 qth7 figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of David … The clan of the house of Nathan Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of David … The descendants of Nathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 12 13 r6fc figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of Levi Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 13 intro jz2l 0 # Zechariah 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
ZEC 13 intro jz2l 0 # Zechariah 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
ZEC 13 1 f2a5 figs-metaphor 0 a spring will be opened … for their sin and impurity Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens … to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ZEC 13 1 f3zc 0 a spring a place where water flows naturally out of the ground
ZEC 13 1 s36v figs-metonymy 0 the house of David Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ ZEC 13 8 u8xd figs-metaphor 0 that two-thirds of it will be cut off! Those peop
ZEC 13 9 ac7v figs-metaphor 0 I will bring that third through the fire Metal is passed through fire in order to purify or harden it. This expression serves here as a metaphor for exposing the people to suffering in order that they may become more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 13 9 h19l figs-metaphor 0 refine them as silver is refined; I will test them as gold is tested Refining refers to making precious metals such as silver more pure. Metals such as silver and gold are tested in order to discover how pure or strong they are. Both refining and testing are here metaphors for making the people more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 13 9 ru4e figs-metonymy 0 They will call on my name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “They will call out to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 14 intro ljq3 0 # Zechariah 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days.
ZEC 14 intro ljq3 0 # Zechariah 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days.
ZEC 14 1 zs1r 0 General Information: This chapter describes the final war for the city of Jerusalem and how God will save it.
ZEC 14 1 a7h2 figs-metaphor 0 A day for Yahweh is coming when your plunder will be divided in your midst A future time is spoken of as if “a day is coming.” The phrase “will be divided” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soon Yahweh will judge you, and he will allow your enemies to take all of your possessions and divide if for themselves while you watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ZEC 14 2 q4hu figs-hyperbole 0 I will gather every nation against Jerusalem for battle Here “every nation” is a generalization that means “many nations.” Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to attack Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br> * Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br> * Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br> * The measuring line (2:1–13)<br> * The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br> * The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br> * The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br> * The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br> * Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br> * Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br> * Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br> * Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br> * Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
3 ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Zechariah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
4 ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5 ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
6 ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
49 ZEC 1 21 zd7p figs-metaphor 0 so that no man would lift up his head The nations oppressing the people of Judah severely is spoken of as if no person in Judah was able to raise his head. Alternate translation: “and caused them to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
50 ZEC 1 21 gm5d figs-metaphor 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn against the land of Judah Yahweh speaks of the nations using their military power to conquer Judah as if the nations had lifted up their horns. He speaks of these four craftsmen destroying the military power of these nations as if the craftsmen threw those horns to the ground. Alternate translation: “to destroy the power of the nations who used their military might against the land of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
51 ZEC 1 21 q7u9 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn Alternate translation: “to cast down the horns that the nations had lifted up”
52 ZEC 2 intro j9a8 0 # Zechariah 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”<br>This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.” # Zechariah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”<br>This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.”
53 ZEC 2 1 u35h figs-synecdoche 0 I lifted up my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “I looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
54 ZEC 2 1 dn7b 0 measuring line a rope with a certain length that a person would use to measure buildings or large sections of land
55 ZEC 2 2 eb3u 0 So he said to me Alternate translation: “So the man with the measuring line said to me”
73 ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
74 ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75 ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
76 ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) # Zechariah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
77 ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest.
78 ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin Alternate translation: “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin”
79 ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
97 ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave Alternate translation: “carve”
98 ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
99 ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
100 ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. # Zechariah 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
101 ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
102 ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire
103 ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
125 ZEC 4 14 rx28 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the sons of fresh olive oil The branches symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “These two branches represent the sons of fresh olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
126 ZEC 4 14 j7gl figs-idiom 0 the sons of fresh olive oil This idiom means that these men have been anointed with fresh olive oil. A person who is anointed is one whom Yahweh has chosen or appointed for a special duty. Alternate translation: “the anointed men” or “the men whom Yahweh has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
127 ZEC 4 14 a6x2 figs-idiom 0 who stand before the Lord The idiom “stand before” means to be in a person’s presence and to serve him. Alternate translation: “who serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
128 ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]]) # Zechariah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])
129 ZEC 5 1 xqx2 0 Then I turned The word “I” refers to Zechariah.
130 ZEC 5 1 gf8m figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
131 ZEC 5 1 ynu9 0 behold The word “behold” here shows that Zechariah was surprised by what he saw.
151 ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
152 ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
153 ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket.
154 ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Zechariah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
155 ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
156 ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains”
157 ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
179 ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
180 ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
181 ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
182 ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land. # Zechariah 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
183 ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
184 ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
185 ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
216 ZEC 7 14 hga8 figs-metaphor 0 I will scatter them with a whirlwind Yahweh speaks of how he will scatter the people as if a whirlwind were scattering everything in its path. Alternate translation: “I will scatter them as a whirlwind scatters things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
217 ZEC 7 14 x4q6 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
218 ZEC 7 14 c1xg 0 delightful land Alternate translation: “pleasant land” or “fruitful land”
219 ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]]) # Zechariah 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
220 ZEC 8 1 eh47 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh of hosts came to me, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh of hosts gave me a message. He said” or “Yahweh of hosts spoke this message to me, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
221 ZEC 8 2 rx8t 0 I am passionate for Zion Alternate translation: “I have a strong desire to protect Zion”
222 ZEC 8 2 vc1c figs-metonymy 0 for Zion Here “Zion” represents the people of Zion. Alternate translation: “for the people of Zion” or “for the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
279 ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
280 ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
281 ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you Alternate translation: “God is with you people”
282 ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Zechariah 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
283 ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning Alternate translation: “This is Yahweh’s message about”
284 ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
285 ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today.
342 ZEC 9 17 rzm2 figs-parallelism 0 The young men will flourish on grain and the virgins on sweet wine! This sentence uses a parallel structure to express that everyone will have plenty to eat and drink. If your readers might think that only the men ate and only the women drank, you may want to adjust the wording. Alternate translation: “All of the people, both men and women, will have plenty of grain to eat and sweet wine to drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
343 ZEC 9 17 uf1p figs-parallelism 0 The young men … the virgins These two phrases are parallel and together represent the entire population of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
344 ZEC 9 17 x8zq figs-parallelism 0 grain … sweet wine These two phrases are parallel and together represent all of the different kinds of the food and drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
345 ZEC 10 intro jmh9 0 # Zechariah 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Redemption<br>This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) # Zechariah 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Redemption<br>This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])
346 ZEC 10 1 ybt5 0 vegetation in the field Alternate translation: “causes plants to grow in the field”
347 ZEC 10 2 wcl5 0 household idols speak falsely “household idols give false messages.” Zechariah is not suggesting that idols actually speak. He is referring to the messages people say they hear from idols. The UST makes this explicit.
348 ZEC 10 2 tc8c 0 diviners envision a lie Alternate translation: “diviners see false visions”
385 ZEC 10 11 g3sx figs-metonymy 0 the scepter of Egypt will go away from the Egyptians Here “the scepter of Egypt” refers to the political power of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the power of Egypt to rule other nations will end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
386 ZEC 10 12 wnc7 0 I will strengthen them in myself Alternate translation: “I will cause them to be strong and to believe in me”
387 ZEC 10 12 dh7y figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
388 ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]]) # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
389 ZEC 11 1 d6vm figs-metaphor 0 Open your doors, Lebanon, that fire may devour Not resisting what is about to happen is spoken of as if Lebanon were opening its doors. Here “Lebanon” is a metonym that represents the people of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “People of Lebanon, get ready, because fire will devour” or “People of Lebanon, do not try to stop the fire that will devour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
390 ZEC 11 1 kmf3 figs-metaphor 0 fire may devour your cedars Fire completely burning up the cedars is spoken of as if the fire would devour the cedars. Alternate translation: “fire may completely destroy your cedars” or “fire may completely burn up your cedars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
391 ZEC 11 2 fu2k figs-personification 0 Lament, cypress trees, for the cedar trees have fallen Cypress trees are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the trees were people, they would cry out in sorrow. The cypress trees stand alone because the cedars have burned and fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
421 ZEC 11 17 gqb9 figs-metonymy 0 his arm Here “arm” represents the power to fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
422 ZEC 11 17 c27h figs-explicit 0 his right eye A soldier would use his right eye to look around the shield that he held with his left hand. If his right eye was wounded, he would not be able to see to fight in war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
423 ZEC 11 17 h47i 0 his arm wither away Alternate translation: “his arm waste away” or “his arm become completely useless”
424 ZEC 12 intro cr4a 0 # Zechariah 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]]) # Zechariah 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]])
425 ZEC 12 1 vy11 0 General Information: These verses begin a section that tells about the coming attack against Jerusalem and how God will rescue the city.
426 ZEC 12 1 mz3s figs-metaphor 0 who stretched out the skies This is a metaphor that speaks of the sky as if it were like a scroll that is rolled up and needs to be stretched out. Alternate translation: “the one who created the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
427 ZEC 12 1 gzl6 figs-metaphor 0 laid the foundation of the earth This is a metaphor that speaks of the earth as if it were a building with a foundation. Alternate translation: “put all the earth into place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
457 ZEC 12 12 jj6q figs-metonymy 0 The land will mourn This represents all the people living in the land of Judah. Alternate translation: “All the people in the land of Judah will mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
458 ZEC 12 12 qth7 figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of David … The clan of the house of Nathan Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of David … The descendants of Nathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
459 ZEC 12 13 r6fc figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of Levi Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
460 ZEC 13 intro jz2l 0 # Zechariah 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) # Zechariah 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
461 ZEC 13 1 f2a5 figs-metaphor 0 a spring will be opened … for their sin and impurity Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens … to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
462 ZEC 13 1 f3zc 0 a spring a place where water flows naturally out of the ground
463 ZEC 13 1 s36v figs-metonymy 0 the house of David Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
487 ZEC 13 9 ac7v figs-metaphor 0 I will bring that third through the fire Metal is passed through fire in order to purify or harden it. This expression serves here as a metaphor for exposing the people to suffering in order that they may become more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
488 ZEC 13 9 h19l figs-metaphor 0 refine them as silver is refined; I will test them as gold is tested Refining refers to making precious metals such as silver more pure. Metals such as silver and gold are tested in order to discover how pure or strong they are. Both refining and testing are here metaphors for making the people more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
489 ZEC 13 9 ru4e figs-metonymy 0 They will call on my name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “They will call out to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
490 ZEC 14 intro ljq3 0 # Zechariah 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. # Zechariah 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days.
491 ZEC 14 1 zs1r 0 General Information: This chapter describes the final war for the city of Jerusalem and how God will save it.
492 ZEC 14 1 a7h2 figs-metaphor 0 A day for Yahweh is coming when your plunder will be divided in your midst A future time is spoken of as if “a day is coming.” The phrase “will be divided” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soon Yahweh will judge you, and he will allow your enemies to take all of your possessions and divide if for themselves while you watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
493 ZEC 14 2 q4hu figs-hyperbole 0 I will gather every nation against Jerusalem for battle Here “every nation” is a generalization that means “many nations.” Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to attack Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

8
en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Malachi<br><br>1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)<br>1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)<br>1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)<br>1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)<br>1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)<br>1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)<br>1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)<br><br>### What is the Book of Malachi about?<br><br>The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?<br><br>The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?<br><br>Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi”
MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion 0 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh
MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honor**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit 0 By saying The complete idea here is, “You have
MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly
MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2.
MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ MAL 3 17 em21 0 They will be mine Alternate translation: “They will be my pe
MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites
MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between Alternate translation: “see a difference between” or “treat differently”
MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant … evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md).

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Malachi<br><br>1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)<br>1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)<br>1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)<br>1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)<br>1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)<br>1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)<br>1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)<br><br>### What is the Book of Malachi about?<br><br>The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?<br><br>The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?<br><br>Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
3 MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Malachi 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4 MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi”
5 MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
52 MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
53 MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
54 MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
55 MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Malachi 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56 MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
57 MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honor**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
58 MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
119 MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
120 MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
121 MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly
122 MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Malachi 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
123 MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2.
124 MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
125 MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171 MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
172 MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites
173 MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between Alternate translation: “see a difference between” or “treat differently”
174 MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) # Malachi 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
175 MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
176 MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
177 MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant … evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md).

238
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
View File

@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ JHN 2 24 cm49 οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς 1 Althou
JHN 2 24 f2n7 figs-gendernotations τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας 1 Here, the word **men** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here, both instances of the word **man** represent people in general. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN 2 25 lxro figs-explicit τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)<br>2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Born again<br><br>A major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)<br>2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### The kingdom of God<br><br>The kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>### Born again<br><br>A major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 3 1 yl6f writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 3 1 s9p9 writing-participants ἦν…ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ, 1 Now Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JHN 3 1 fz6f figs-explicit ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -296,14 +296,14 @@ JHN 3 3 nz18 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly
JHN 3 3 svpx figs-extrainfo γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. See the discussion of this expression in the General Notes to this chapter. Nicodemus does not understand this metaphor and Jesus does not explain it to him in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God”
JHN 3 3 i0ew figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God This phrase is a metaphor for the rule of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]]) Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God Here this phrase refers both to the place where God currently rules in heaven and the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 4 z64b figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 a second time Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν? 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι? 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 3 5 il52 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 3 5 n6d7 figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 born of water and the Spirit The phrase **born from water and Spirit** could refer to: (1) spiritual birth that includes cleansing from sin and spiritual transformation by the Holy Spirit. In this case, Jesus’ words would be understood as a reference to Ezekiel 36:25–27, which Nicodemus would have been familiar with. Alternate translation: “would be born again by cleansing and the Spirit.” (2) physical birth and spiritual birth. Alternate translation: “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 5 e1dj figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **enter into** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God This phrase is a metaphor for the rule of God. See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 6 gswx figs-activepassive τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 3 6 rru5 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 3 6 v3g8 figs-explicit τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@ JHN 13 1 wk2k writing-background 0 General Information: It is not yet **Passove
JHN 13 1 z4q9 figs-metonymy ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 13 1 w7w3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 13 1 a1w4 figs-explicit τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 1 g86x figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (2) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them completely.”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 13 1 g86x figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost.” (2) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 13 2 iq56 translate-names Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 13 3 qtr3 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς 1 Father Here, the word **Knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -2226,9 +2226,9 @@ JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον…εἰς τὸν κό
JHN 17 19 zam3 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν 1 Jesus uses the phrases **for their sakes** and **sanctified** together to refer to his sacrificial death on the cross. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for their sakes I have sanctified myself to die as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they may also sanctify themselves in truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 17 19 x08k figs-explicit ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth The phrase **in truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “sanctified by means of truth” (2) the nature or degree of their sanctification. Alternate translation: “truly sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 20 n7mp figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν 1 those who will believe in me through their word Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br>
JHN 17 20 n7mp figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν 1 those who will believe in me through their word Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 21 jwiu figs-explicit ἵνα…ἵνα 1 The first **that** indicates one of Jesus’ prayer requests, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to each other. The second **that** indicates another prayer request, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to Jesus and God the Father. If this would not be clear in your language, you could make these two prayer requests more explicit by making them two sentences. Alternate translation: “I request that … I also request that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 21 s8a1 figs-doublet σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί 1 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])<br>
JHN 17 21 s8a1 figs-doublet σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί 1 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 17 21 v6i7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 Father Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me”
JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ JHN 17 23 spot grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμο
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know See how you translated **the world** in [verse 21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 23 mm2f figs-explicit ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this use of **them** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 17 24 pd24 figs-pastforfuture ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])<br>
JHN 17 24 pd24 figs-pastforfuture ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-abstractnouns πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **foundation** in another way. Alternate translation: “before we founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 17 24 hz83 figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2255,7 +2255,7 @@ JHN 18 1 pxtm figs-possession τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1
JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley **Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 3 j08o ὑπηρέτας 1 See how you translated this word in [7:32](../07/32.md).
JHN 18 3 h1u5 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])<br>
JHN 18 3 h1u5 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 18 4 sh2u grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If this causal use of **knowing** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 18 5 vg2d translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 18 5 qxyj figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ JHN 18 10 betq translate-names Σίμων…Πέτρος 1 See how you translat
JHN 18 10 yq44 figs-explicit μάχαιραν 1 The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus Malchus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 18 11 ghz6 figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό? 1 Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? Here Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 the cup Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 the cup Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers **tied** Jesus’ hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ JHN 18 13 tiki translate-names Ἅνναν…τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 **Annas** a
JHN 18 13 je4z figs-explicit πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 14 kzvh writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 14 xq5l figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 See how you translated this term in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 18 14 fkx1 συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md).
JHN 18 14 fkx1 συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md).
JHN 18 14 uqs5 figs-ellipsis συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 18 15 p7ms translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 See how you translated this name in [6:8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 18 15 xshi figs-explicit ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν 1 Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦ
JHN 18 15 sr05 figs-explicit τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ…τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [verse 13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 16 o10j figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 18 17 xw8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])<br>
JHN 18 17 xw8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου? 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? The **female servant** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that she believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 18 g8xj figs-infostructure ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο 1 Now If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Now because it was cold, the servants and the officers had made a charcoal fire and were standing there, warming themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@ -2306,13 +2306,13 @@ JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify abo
JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις? 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “but if rightly, you should not strike me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 18 24 mojw figs-explicit ὁ Ἅννας…πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? For political reasons both **Annas** and **Caiaphas** were high priests at this time. See how you translated these names in [verse 13](../18/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 25 ki76 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἦν δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ θερμαινόμενος 1 Now **Now** here indicates that John is changing topics to return to the story about Peter in the high priest’s courtyard. [Verses 25–27](../18/25.md) describe what Peter was doing in the courtyard while the high priest was questioning Jesus. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “In the meantime” or “While Jesus was being questioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ? 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? Someone in the high priest’s courtyard is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ? 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? Someone in the high priest’s courtyard is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 18 26 oka8 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 One of the high priest’s **servants** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I surely saw you in the garden with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 18 26 jfba figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 18 26 pj7v figs-explicit τῷ κήπῳ 1 See how you translated **garden** in [verse 1](../18/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here **it** refers to **Peter** knowing and being with Jesus. If this use of **it** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 27 jww8 translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ 1 immediately the rooster crowed See how you translated **rooster** in [13:38](../13/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 18 28 a6e7 0 General Information: Here John changes topics from describing what Peter was doing to describing what was happening to Jesus. In the next section, Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas to be questioned by him.
JHN 18 28 a6e7 0 General Information: Here John changes topics from describing what Peter was doing to describing what was happening to Jesus. In the next section, Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas to be questioned by him.
JHN 18 28 r4fk writing-pronouns ἄγουσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They the Jewish authorities and their guards led” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here John implies that they are leading Jesus away from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 28 fyx3 figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον 1 The **governor’s palace** refers to the headquarters of the Roman governor. The next verse indicates that the Roman governor’s name was Pilate. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of the Roman governor, Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2322,10 +2322,10 @@ JHN 18 28 f47s figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τ
JHN 18 28 bj1x figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 18 29 g7jo translate-names ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 **Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 18 29 c9aj figs-abstractnouns τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **accusation**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 18 30 j9w3 figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JHN 18 30 j9w3 figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 30 pup9 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br>
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put** a man **to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 32 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2357,83 +2357,139 @@ JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραβ
JHN 18 40 qy3p figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Not this man, but Barabbas Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 40 gq8w λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br><br>1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)<br>2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)<br>3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)<br>4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)<br>5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews.
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting **Hail** with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-explicit αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 5 t9wn τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns … purple garment The **crown** and the **purple** robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md).
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 7 vr7p ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.”
JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)<br>2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)<br>3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)<br>4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)<br>5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).<br><br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. Once the body had decomposed, which was a one-year process in Jewish tradition, the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him **Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 2 mzrb figs-synecdoche πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with thorns on them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 2 f1rj figs-explicit ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made of thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider providing a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JHN 19 4 hn1f figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 4 zd8v writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-metaphor αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him See how you translated a similar clause in [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 5 wyql figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
JHN 19 5 t9wn figs-explicit τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns … purple garment See how you translated **crown**, **thorns**, and **purple garment** in [verse 2](../19/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 5 i2ay figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 6 pgs5 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 6 bzm0 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν 1 See how you translated a similar clause in [verse 4](../19/04.md) and [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 7 vr7p figs-idiom Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε? 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because you have been given that authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 19 11 i7nu figs-activepassive οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 11 arc9 ἄνωθεν 1 from above This is a respectful way of referring to God.
JHN 19 11 vc79 παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here, **at this** refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν 1 Pilate tried to release him The form of “was seeking” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar Alternate translation: “you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king Alternate translation: “who claims that he is a king”
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ὁ οὖν Πειλᾶτος, ἀκούσας τῶν λόγων τούτων, ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for his soldiers, who brought Jesus out. Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was a special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but **The Pavement** was a special stone platform in Jerusalem where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 Hebrew **Hebrew** was the language that the people of Israel spoke.
JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour Alternate translation: “It was about noon”
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Here, **I** is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here, **Pilate** gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 16 dw2m figs-activepassive τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called “Golgotha.” Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’”
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here, **on the cross** refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 20 w41e Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin **Latin** was the language of the Roman government.
JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests went back to Pilate and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background 0 General Information: At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 also the tunic “and they also took his tunic.” The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: “they kept his tunic separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-explicit λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: “let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 24 j1f9 ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” or “This happened to make the scripture come true which said”
JHN 19 26 gkf1 τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved This refers to John, the writer of this Gospel.
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word **son** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here the word **mother** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour Alternate translation: “from that very moment”
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 29 drr1 προσήνεγκαν 1 they put The Roman guards did this.
JHN 19 29 y2eg σπόγγον 1 a sponge a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ 1 on a hyssop staff Alternate translation: “a branch of a plant called hyssop”
JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave **his spirit** back to God. Alternate translation: “he bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “he bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 31 c49h παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to have someone break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 The one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here, **believe** means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 37 h4kq ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Arimathea** was a small town in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 39 mjy8 Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus **Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in [John 3:1](../03/01.md).
JHN 19 39 d3d2 σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial.
JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden … had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “since the Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 8 lw3u figs-metonymy τοῦτον τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** refers to the what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 19 8 nx2u figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he came even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he came even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 19 9 seyo figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 John implies that the soldiers brought Jesus back into the governor’s palace so Pilate could speak with him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entered into the governor’s palace again and told the soldiers to bring Jesus back inside. Then he says to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 9 lb11 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? Pilate is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε? 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? Pilate is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You only have authority over me because that authority has been given to you from above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 19 11 fxu9 figs-metaphor εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 11 i7nu figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 11 vc79 figs-ellipsis μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 19 11 kbrx figs-metaphor μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess and could be in different amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
JHN 19 12 bhl3 figs-idiom βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king See how you translated **made himself** in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 19 13 o54h figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 he brought Jesus out Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-explicit ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 13 il9r figs-explicit ἐκάθισεν 1 he brought Jesus out Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 13 qhu4 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** marks a break in the story line. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover Festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
JHN 19 14 qi7t figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 the sixth hour Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 15 vi6h figs-explicit ἆρον! ἆρον! 1 Should I crucify your King? **Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 15 krld figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-explicit τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your King” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
JHN 19 15 osy8 figs-irony λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πειλᾶτος, τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω? 1 Should I crucify your King? **Pilate** does not believe that Jesus is a king. He actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider providing a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “Pilate says to them in a mocking manner, ‘Should I crucify your King’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JHN 19 16 t3yb writing-pronouns τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified In this verse, the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Roman soldiers who would crucify Jesus. These pronouns do not refer to “the chief priests” in the previous verse because they did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 19 16 dw2m figs-activepassive ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the soldiers might crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 16 j6jg figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον, ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’ which the Jews call ‘Golgotha’ in Hebrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-explicit ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 19 ziak figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** that Jesus was crucified on. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross that they crucified Jesus on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it these words: Jesus the Nazarene, the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the place where they crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 20 k3mp figs-explicit τῆς πόλεως 1 the place where Jesus was crucified Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city called Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 20 w41e figs-explicit Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin **Latin** was the language spoken by the Roman government and Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the language the Romans used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters in order to speak to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests of the Jews went back to Pilate and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 21 js2b figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 21 ixay figs-quotesinquotes ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεὺς εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “That one said that he is the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 22 vgn9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 also the tunic The next verse implies that the soldiers kept the tunic separate from the clothes that they divided. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the tunic they did not divide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background δὲ 1 There is a break from the main story liner that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 23 sk7l figs-activepassive ὑφαντὸς δι’ ὅλου 1 also the tunic If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had woven it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-ellipsis λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The soldiers will **cast lots** and the winner will receive the shirt. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we should cast lots for it in order to decide whose it will be” or “we should cast lots for it and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 19 24 umc2 translate-unknown λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ…ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “we should gamble for it … gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 19 24 us8x writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 19 24 j1f9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 24 yrxw figs-quotemarks διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
JHN 19 25 octl figs-possession τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using the possessive form to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross Jesus was crucified on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 19 26 gkf1 figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23]((./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 26 mva3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 26 cxlv γύναι 1 Woman, see, your son See how you translated this word in [2:4](../02/04.md).
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 27 a8x3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 See, your mother Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 27 iz8j figs-explicit τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 See, your mother In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse. If this use of this one would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 27 q615 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 19 28 uynk writing-newevent μετὰ τοῦτο 1 knowing that everything was now completed **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had already completed all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 28 pxie figs-explicit πάντα 1 knowing that everything was now completed Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 28 wh4n figs-activepassive τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he might fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 28 w999 writing-quotations ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here John uses **that the scripture might be completed** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:21](../../psa/69/21.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 19 28 ezfy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a container full of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 29 x8z8 figs-explicit ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 29 gh7n figs-explicit σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there John implies that someone dipped the **sponge** into the container full of sour wine so that the **sponge** would be **full of the sour wine**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so having dipped a sponge in the container so that it was full of sour wine, they put it on a hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 29 y2eg translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 a sponge A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 19 29 mg3t translate-unknown ὑσσώπῳ 1 on a hyssop staff Here, **hyssop** refers to the stalk from a plant that grows in Israel. Matthew and Mark called this stalk a “reed” in [Matthew 27:48](../../mat/27/48.md) and [Mark 15:36](../../mrk/15/36.md). If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that has stalks or reeds, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a reed of a plant called hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 19 30 u8xq figs-explicit τὸ ὄξος 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 30 vq53 figs-activepassive τετέλεσται 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The thing Jesus **finished** could be: (1) all the work that God had sent Jesus to the world to do. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement Jesus made in [17:4](../17/04.md) when he said that he had “completed the work” that God had given him to do. Alternate translation: “I finished all that I came here to do” (2) all the Old Testament prophecies about what Jesus would do the first time he came to the earth. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement in verse 28, “knowing that all things had already been completed, so that the scripture might be completed.” Alternate translation: “I completed all that the scripture has said about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-idiom παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit This clause is an idiom meaning “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 19 31 jtq9 figs-infostructure οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ (ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 31 c49h figs-explicit παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when they Jewish people prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 31 h3j1 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ 1 day of preparation According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 31 oeeb figs-genericnoun ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 John is speaking of the three crosses that the men were hanging on, not of one particular cross. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN 19 31 rodw figs-explicit ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover Festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have someone break their legs and take them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 31 gz48 figs-explicit κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background 0 This verse is a break from the main story line in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 35 bs5s figs-123person ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει 1 The one who saw this This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-ellipsis ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main story line in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 36 uyvo writing-quotations ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 36 l8zi figs-explicit ἐγένετο…ταῦτα 1 in order to fulfill scripture Here, **these things** refers to the two events described in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers did not break Jesus’ legs but pierced his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will break even one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 37 h4kq writing-quotations ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 19 38 ca0b writing-newevent μετὰ…ταῦτα 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 19 38 xtva figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 19 38 e3ap figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews John is using the possessive form to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ…ἦρεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that **Joseph** wanted to **take away the body of Jesus** in order to bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he might take away the body of Jesus in order to bury it … took away and buried his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 38 ojo8 figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that **Pilate** gave **Joseph** permission to take away Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate gave him permission to take away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 39 mjy8 translate-names Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus **Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who respected Jesus. See how you translated this name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 19 39 gqkc translate-names ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον 1 Nicodemus This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [John 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 39 ekyu figs-explicit φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 Nicodemus According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 39 d3d2 translate-unknown σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
JHN 19 40 m9k6 translate-unknown ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων 1 Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped strips of linen cloth around his body and put spices under the strips of cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 41 bx6g figs-doublenegatives οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried The phrase **no one had yet** translates two negative words in Greek. John uses them together to emphasize that the tomb had never been used. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on **the day of preparation** because sundown marked the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. This meant that they had to bury Jesus’ body quickly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because the Passover and Sabbath were about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 42 c70e figs-explicit ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 19 42 jsyu figs-explicit τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 42 jtfz figs-euphemism ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
JHN 20 1 a8vl τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week Alternate translation: “on Sunday”

Can't render this file because it is too large.

130
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ ROM 1 1 x3em writing-participants Παῦλος, δοῦλος Χριστοῦ 1
ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **Jesus** **called** and **set apart** (See also [Acts 9:1-18](Acts/09/01.md). Alternate translation: “whom Jesus summoned to represent him and specially chose to proclaim God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 1 1 w6j9 figs-ellipsis κλητὸς ἀπόστολος 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **to be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 1 1 ukts grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which he is **a servant of Christ Jesus**, and the reason why Jesus **called** him and **set** him **apart** . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach God’s good news” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 2 tobh writing-background ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, 1 In this verse Paul provides this background information about the nature of “the gospel” he proclaims. Paul wants to help readers understand that the ancient promises found in the writings of the **prophets** of the **holy scriptures** of the Jewish people about the coming of the Messiah or Christ were now coming true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this good news that I am proclaiming is what God promised long ago in the prophetical writings that are found in the Jewish sacred writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ROM 1 2 cu3r figs-distinguish ὃ 1 Here, **which** marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in **the holy scriptures** that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 1 3 lab1 figs-distinguish περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about “Christ Jesus” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ ROM 1 8 ci5y figs-distinguish τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 When Paul speaks of **my G
ROM 1 8 tdsj figs-possession τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to express that he belongs to **God**. When saying, **my God**, Paul does not mean that he owns or has authority over God. Paul means that as a “servant of Jesus Christ” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)), God has ownership and authority over him. You could use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that I serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 8 qtoy figs-possession διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Paul is using the possessive form **through Jesus Christ** to express Paul’s authority as an apostle (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul means that it is through his calling as an apostle of **Jesus Christ** that he can offer special thanks to **God** for the church at Rome. If it is natural in your language, you could make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “because I belong to Jesus Christ” or “as an apostle of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 8 mekg writing-pronouns περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 The pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the church at Rome. When Paul says **all of you** he is addressing the whole church as if they are one person. Throughout this letter, **you** refers exclusively to the church at Rome, unless otherwise noted. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the whole church” or “for the sake of each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 8 bphf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 8 efqs figs-activepassive καταγγέλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that people other than the church at Rome are doing the **proclaiming**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 1 8 k7qf figs-hyperbole ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **throughout the whole world** is an exaggeration that means “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is.” Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ ROM 1 25 m8zg translate-blessing ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς
ROM 1 25 v1ex figs-nominaladj εὐλογητὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective **blessed** as a noun in order to describe **the Creator**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the God that should be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM 1 26 sk6f 0 See [1:24](../01/24.md) for how you translated the parallel words and ideas.
ROM 1 26 jb2g grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this Here, **For this reason** introduces a result clause. In [1:26-32](../01/26.md), Paul states the results of rejecting the true God and worshiping idols. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “Because of this” or “This is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 1 26 pil3 figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24](../01/24.md)). He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **dishonorable passions**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become controlled by vile sexually immoral acts” or “God permits them to dishonorably indulge in the sexual immoral activity they desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 26 pil3 figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24](../01/24.md)). He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **dishonorable passions**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become controlled by vile sexually immoral acts” or “God permits them to dishonorably indulge in the sexual immoral activity they desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 26 hw81 figs-possession πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions Paul is using the possessive form to describe **passions** that are characterized by **dishonor**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “dishonorable” instead of the noun “dishonor.” Alternate translation: “dishonorable passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 26 lk73 figs-abstractnouns πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **passions of dishonor** with a verbal phrase or another way. Alternate translation: “dishonor themselves by indulging in sexually immoral activity” or “passionately dishonor themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 26 j4ni grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 for their women Here, **for** indicates that what follows in [1:26-27](../01/26.md) describes what **passions of dishonor** are. Alternate translation: “in other words,” or “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@ -188,14 +188,14 @@ ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴ
ROM 1 26 hc1q figs-abstractnouns τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **relations** and **nature** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “natural sexual relationships for unnatural sexual relationships” or “how God intended them to engage in sexual activity for sexual activity that God did not intend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 27 ji3l grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁμοίως τε καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες 1 This phrase emphasizes that what follows is similar to [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “in the same way even the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “even the males stop engaging in sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM 1 27 gn3f figs-metaphor ἀφέντες 1 committed shameless acts Paul speaks figuratively of these **males** as if they were going to another location. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way intended them to engage in sexual activity. If your readers would not understand what **having left** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “after abandoning” or “because they rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 27 gn3f figs-metaphor ἀφέντες 1 committed shameless acts Paul speaks figuratively of these **males** as if they were going to another location. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way intended them to engage in sexual activity. If your readers would not understand what **having left** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “after abandoning” or “because they rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 27 c7ja figs-abstractnouns χρῆσιν 1 burned in their lust for one another If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **use** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “sexual relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 27 qvi3 figs-possession τῆς θηλείας 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the natural use** that is associated with **the female**. Alternate translation: “associated with the female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 27 yvm1 figs-metaphor ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 error Paul speaks figuratively of **lust** as if it were something that could be set on fire or something that flares out like a flame. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If your readers would not understand what **burned** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 27 yvm1 figs-metaphor ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 error Paul speaks figuratively of **lust** as if it were something that could be set on fire or something that flares out like a flame. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If your readers would not understand what **burned** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 27 ylj6 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lust** in another way. Alternate translation: “by passionately desiring each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 27 z759 writing-pronouns ἀλλήλους 1 The pronoun **one another** refers to other males. Alternate translation: “different males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 1 27 kxwj figs-euphemism ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM 1 27 u2hh figs-metaphor κατεργαζόμενοι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of homosexual activity as if it could work or produce something. He means that their homosexual activity is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand what **bringing about** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 27 u2hh figs-metaphor κατεργαζόμενοι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of homosexual activity as if it could work or produce something. He means that their homosexual activity is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand what **bringing about** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 27 fdzs τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην 1 In the original, the phrase **shameless acts** is one abstract noun. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use translate **shameless acts** as a singular phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “shameless activity” or “what is shameless”
ROM 1 27 sjhb figs-infostructure καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 In the original, the word order is different, emphasizing **the penalty**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange the order of these phrases to emphasize **the penalty they deserved for their error**. Alternate translation: “and the penalty they deserved for their error they received in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM 1 27 jtru grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of their **shameless acts**. Alternate translation: “and as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@ -206,29 +206,29 @@ ROM 1 27 dbtt figs-distinguish ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν
ROM 1 28 cx7y grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ καθὼς 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness Here, **And just as” emphasizes that what follows refers back to similar ideas in [1:18-27](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “Similarly,” or “In the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 1 28 bt7u figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 they … their … them Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if these people could decide to hold him inside their head. He means that they do not care to think about God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “these people consider it useless to recognize that God exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 28 f53x figs-abstractnouns τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **having God in their awareness** in another way. Alternate translation: “acknowledging that God exists” or “remembering to think about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24,26](../01/24.md)). He means that **God** is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of a **depraved mind**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become inclined toward things of which he disapproves” or “God permits them to inwardly perceive useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24,26](../01/24.md)). He means that **God** is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of a **depraved mind**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become inclined toward things of which he disapproves” or “God permits them to inwardly perceive useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 28 p8z2 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 not proper If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **to a depraved mind** in another way. Alternate translation: “to incline toward things God disapproves” or “to inwardly perceive worthless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 28 ie4l ποιεῖν 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the result of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “so that they do”
ROM 1 28 ie4l ποιεῖν 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the result of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “so that they do”
ROM 1 28 aye6 figs-extrainfo τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα 1 By **those things that are not proper**, Paul implies that **those things** are what follows in [1:29-31](../01/29.md). Since this expression is explained in the next verses, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ROM 1 29 c2e2 figs-litany 1 They have been filled with Paul uses a repetitive series of sentences and ideas in [1:29-31](../01/29.md) to show how depraved these ungodly and unrighteous people have become. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of “the things that are not proper” of which the ungodly and unrighteous people in [1:18-28](../01/18.md) are guilty. Paul goes on to say in [1:32](../01/32.md) that people “who practice such things are deserving of death.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
ROM 1 29 y307 figs-parallelism πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to amplify how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases under one verb. Alternate translation: “These people are fully: unrighteous, wicked, covetous, malicious, envious, murderous, argumentative, deceitful, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 1 29 v0zj figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by refusing to become right God” or “These people are fully controlled by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 29 v0zj figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by refusing to become right God” or “These people are fully controlled by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the ungodly and unrighteous people did it (See [1:18](../01/18). Alternate translation: “These people are dominated” or “These people are controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 1 29 uqks figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας; ψιθυριστάς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind these abstract nouns as verb phrases like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 29 ptcj figs-abstractnouns κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς…ψιθυριστάς 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and**, **they**, **and**, as well as **They are** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 1 29 pkrd figs-possession μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe traits that characterize these ungodly and unrighteous people. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjectives instead of the nouns. Alternate translation: “they are fully envious, murderous, argumentative, deceptive, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by acting envious” or “These people are fully controlled by acting envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by acting envious” or “These people are fully controlled by acting envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 29 dzda figs-nominaladj μεστοὺς 1 Paul is using the adjective **full* as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “they are people who are full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM 1 30 f4tt figs-nominaladj θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…κακῶν…ἀπειθεῖς 1 slanderers Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … of evil things … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM 1 30 th8q figs-abstractnouns καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **slanderers** and **inventors** in another way. Alternate translation: “these people speak against others … these people discover new ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 30 f4a0 grammar-collectivenouns κακῶν 1 The word **evil** is a plural noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM 1 31 i7ix figs-nominaladj ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας 1 Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, people who are faithless, people who are heartless, and people who merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM 1 31 rtic figs-ellipsis ἀνελεήμονας 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 1 32 cxx8 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δικαίωμα 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the righteous decree** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 32 ytu6 τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that those who practice such things Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 32 z12q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 are deserving of death Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 1 32 ama2 writing-pronouns οἱ…πράσσοντες 1 these things The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 1 32 ama2 writing-pronouns οἱ…πράσσοντες 1 these things The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 1 32 iqg1 writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** and **things** and **them** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 1 32 p9e9 figs-nominaladj ἄξιοι 1 Paul is using the adjective **deserving** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “are people who deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM 1 32 t0ls figs-possession ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν…συνευδοκοῦσιν τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **death** and **those who do them** as objects of the clause. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die … well pleased with people who practice these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@ -270,17 +270,17 @@ ROM 2 3 mawi figs-possession τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using
ROM 2 3 hpej figs-explicit τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,16](../02/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s final judgment” or “when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience … repentance? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should actually know that **the kindness of God leads** them **to repentance**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You scorn the riches of his kindness and forbearance and patience! You know that the kindness of God leads you to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 2 4 v9yf writing-pronouns καταφρονεῖς…σε 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to “man” in [2:1,3](../02/01.md) throughout [2:4-5](../02/04.md), as representative of the whole human race. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “do you O man scorn … you O man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 2 4 w537 figs-metaphor τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you think so little of the riches … patience Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. He means that these people reject God’s way to acquire **repentance**. If your readers would not understand what **the riches** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “how supremely kind and lenient and calm God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 4 w537 figs-metaphor τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you think so little of the riches … patience Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. He means that these people reject God’s way to acquire **repentance**. If your readers would not understand what **the riches** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how supremely kind and lenient and calm God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-abstractnouns τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **kindness**, **forbearance**, and patience**, you could express these same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “that God is greatly gracious, tolerates sinners, and is patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 4 pplt figs-possession τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας…τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **his kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience** relates to **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the pronoun **his** and the noun **God**, or express this idea another way. Alternate translation: “God’s kindness, forbearance, and patience … God’s kindness” or “ of how kind, lenient, and calm God is … since God is so kind, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 2 4 u0io grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει 1 Here, **to repentance** is a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal of **the kindness of God**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a goal clause. Alternate translation: “leads you to repent” or “guides you to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 2 4 jamv figs-abstractnouns μετάνοιάν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **repentance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or in another way. Alternate translation: “to repent” or “to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 5 t8pv grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to how these judgmental people should respond to God’s “kindness” (See [2:4](../02/04.md)). Instead, their lack of repentance ensures that God will finally judge them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Indeed” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were hard substance and as if their **heart** were a person who could repent. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If your readers would not understand what **your hardness and unrepentant heart** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “However, based on how stubborn you are and how you refuse to repent” or “In fact, since you are so obstinate and refuse to change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were hard substance and as if their **heart** were a person who could repent. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If your readers would not understand what **your hardness and unrepentant heart** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “However, based on how stubborn you are and how you refuse to repent” or “In fact, since you are so obstinate and refuse to change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 5 v6z1 figs-metonymy καρδίαν 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s will or inner being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will” or “inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 2 5 f52g figs-hendiadys τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **hardness** describes how **unrepentant** these people are. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “your stubbornly unrepentant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ROM 2 5 nbyc figs-abstractnouns θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ, 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **wrath**, **revelation**, **and judgment** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “God will intensely punish you at the final time when he punishes and reveals how he will judge those who are not right with him” or “you are increasing how intensely God will punish you when he punishes and finally reveals how fairly he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could store up **wrath** like a treasure. He means that the more they refuse to repent, the greater will be their punishment when God finally judges all humanity **on the day of wrath**. If your readers would not understand what **storing up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are increasing how much God will punish you when he finally punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could store up **wrath** like a treasure. He means that the more they refuse to repent, the greater will be their punishment when God finally judges all humanity **on the day of wrath**. If your readers would not understand what **storing up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are increasing how much God will punish you when he finally punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 5 pck0 figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day of wrath** and **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,16](../02/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the time God finally punishes and when God reveals how he will justly judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day of wrath … of the revelation of God’s righteous judgment These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the two components of the Judgment Day: **wrath** against **unrepentant** people and **righteous judgment** for those who repent. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “on the final day that God will punish unrepentant people and reveal who is righteous” or “when God finally reveals how he punishes the unrepentant and vindicates his righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 2 5 yqta figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the day of wrath** is an idiom that refers to the common Old Testament phrase for God’s final judgment of the human race (For example see [Zephaniah 1:15, 18; 2:3](../Zeph/01/15.md)). Paul does not mean that this is a literal **day** when this will happen, but a period of time or even outside of how humans reckon time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could capitalize the term **day** or make this explicit some other way. Alternate translation: “when God punishes for the last time” or “on the Day of God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ ROM 2 6 ylpm 1 In [2:7-10](../02/06.md), Paul explains what he means that God
ROM 2 6 c4dn writing-pronouns ἑκάστῳ 1 will pay back The pronoun **each** refers to every human being. If your readers would not understand this, you could make this referent explicit. Alternate translation: “to every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 2 6 gj1q figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to every person according to his actions If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **deeds** in another way. Alternate translation: “for how they act” or “based on what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 7 rrbf figs-infostructure τοῖς μὲν καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον; 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “to those who are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility, according to consistent, good actions–eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM 2 7 sqdo figs-metaphor τοῖς…ζητοῦσιν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were on a quest for something lost. He means that they are striving or trying to live in such a way as to achieve **eternal life**. If your readers would not understand what **are seeking** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those who … keep working to attain” or “to those people who … keep hoping to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 7 sqdo figs-metaphor τοῖς…ζητοῦσιν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were on a quest for something lost. He means that they are striving or trying to live in such a way as to achieve **eternal life**. If your readers would not understand what **are seeking** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “for those who … keep working to attain” or “to those people who … keep hoping to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 7 ub51 figs-abstractnouns δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 praise, honor, and incorruptibility If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **glory**, **honor**, and **incorruptibility** in another way. Alternate translation: “for God to glorify, honor, and cause them to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 7 gec6 figs-ellipsis ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 seeking Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “eternal life is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 2 8 dtft figs-parallelism 1 [2:7](../02/07.md) and [2:8](../02/08.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says similar things in opposite ways, to show the contrasting rewards for those who do good or obey **unrighteousness**. Use a natural way in your language to make these ideas explicit.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -301,10 +301,10 @@ ROM 2 8 c2n3 figs-ellipsis τοῖς…ἐξ 1 wrath A word is left out here in
ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 wrath and fierce anger will come If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun translated **selfish ambition** in another way. Alternate translation: “selfishly motivated” or “hostile toward God” or “contentious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 8 peqf figs-possession ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive form **from self ambition**. Here, it could refer to: (1) selfish desire. Alternate translation: “selfishly motivated” (2) hostility. Alternate translation: “hostile” (3) rivalry. Alternate translation: “contentious” or “factious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who are disobedient to all that is true and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 8 xhtm figs-metaphor ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the truth** as if it were a person someone could disobey, and **unrighteousness** as if it were a person that someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If your readers would not understand what **disobeying the truth** and **obeying unrighteousness** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 8 xhtm figs-personification ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Here, **the truth** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could disobey, and **unrighteousness** as if it were a person that someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 2 8 m7pm figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀληθείᾳ…τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **unrighteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true … what is unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 9 tdlu figs-parallelism 1 [2:9](../02/07.md) and [2:10](../02/08.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says similar things in opposite ways, to show the contrasting rewards for those who do what is **evil** or “good.” Use a natural way in your language to make these ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 9 ospb figs-metaphor θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress** . If your readers would not understand what **will be on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “God will cause every person who keeps acting evil to become troubled and distressed” or “Every human being who habitually does what is evil will experience distress and difficulty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 9 ospb figs-metaphor θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress** . If your readers would not understand what **will be on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God will cause every person who keeps acting evil to become troubled and distressed” or “Every human being who habitually does what is evil will experience distress and difficulty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 9 qonf figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **Tribulation** and ** distress** in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bring difficult and distressing times to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία 1 tribulation and distress on These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how intense God’s judgment will be against these people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Distressing tribulation” or “Intense distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Paul refers figuratively to the **human soul** to mean the whole life of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “will come to every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -316,36 +316,68 @@ ROM 2 10 zg3s figs-nominaladj παντὶ 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Gr
ROM 2 10 ib56 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 first Paul is using the adjective **good** as a noun in order to describe things people do. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good deeds” or “things that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM 2 10 u06j Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:9](../02/09.md)
ROM 2 11 s7a6 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For there is no favoritism with God Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 2 11 eol0 προσωπολημψία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun boldness in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “we may act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 12 wkx8 ὅσοι γὰρ…ἥμαρτον 1 For as many as have sinned “For those who have sinned”
ROM 2 12 ml3k figs-explicit ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 without the law will also perish without the law Paul repeats **without the law** to emphasize that it does not matter if people do not know the law of Moses. If they sin, God will judge them. Alternate translation: “without knowing the law of Moses will certainly still die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 2 12 m6cy ὅσοι…ἥμαρτον 1 as many as have sinned “all those who have sinned”
ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ…διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law God will judge sinful people according to his law. Alternate translation: “and who do know the law of Moses, will be judged by God according to that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 2 12 w4cp figs-activepassive διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge them according to that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 13 sw8x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to let the reader know that perfect obedience to God’s law is required even for those who never had God’s law.
ROM 2 13 k32u γὰρ 1 For Verses 14 and 15 interrupt Paul’s main argument to give the reader extra information. If you have a way to mark an interruption like this in your language, you can use it here.
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “those who only hear the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 2 13 eg4h οὐ…δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God “are not the ones whom God considers righteous”
ROM 2 13 s4na ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου 1 but it is the doers of the law “but those who obey the law of Moses”
ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God will accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law … are a law to themselves The phrase **a law to themselves** is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses…although they do not have the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 2 15 xl6v οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται 1 By this they show “By naturally obeying the law they show”
ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the person’s thoughts or inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 2 15 bzp9 figs-metaphor τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 The phrase **written in their hearts** is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. Alternate translation: “that they know what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that they should do according to God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 15 v60q figs-activepassive τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here, **bearing witness** refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: “telling them if they are disobeying or obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 2 16 c5fp ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge This finishes Paul’s thought from [Romans 2:13](../02/13.md). “which will happen when God judges”
ROM 2 17 lc6m 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins Paul’s discussion that the law the Jews possess actually condemns them because they do not obey it.
ROM 2 17 cnq7 εἰ…σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 if you call yourself a Jew “since you call yourself a Jew”
ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law The phrase **rely upon the law** represents believing that they can become righteous by obeying the law. Alternate translation: “rely on the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 18 l3we γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will “know God’s will”
ROM 2 18 xn6w figs-activepassive κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 because you have been instructed from the law You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because people have taught you what is right from the law” or “because you have learned from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-metaphor πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Here, **the blind** and **those in darkness** represent people who do not understand the law. Alternate translation: “that because you teach the law, you yourself are like a guide to blind people, and you are like a light to people who are lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 19 j76c figs-parallelism ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 The phrases **the blind** and **those in darkness** refer to the same people and emphasize their condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 20 p7qq παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish “you correct those who think foolish things”
ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Here Paul compares those who do not know anything about the law to **little children**. Alternate translation: “and you teach those who do not know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 20 gh9s figs-explicit ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 and that you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth The **knowledge** of **the truth** that is in **the law** comes from God. Alternate translation: “because you are sure you understand the truth that God has given in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 2 11 eol0 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **favoritism** in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not honor one type of person above another” or “God is not more favorable toward a Jewish person than a Greek person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 12 ve06 figs-parallelism ὅσοι γὰρ ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον, ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται; καὶ ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον, διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing, in slightly different ways, to show that God will punish **as many as have sinned** without “favoritism” (See [2:11](../02/11.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For as many as have sinned will perish and God will judge–whether or not they have God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 12 wkx8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For as many as have sinned Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [2:12-16](../02/16.md) explains the phrase “there is no favoritism with God” (See [2:11](../02/11/.md)). Use a natural way in your language to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 2 12 ml3k writing-pronouns ὅσοι…ὅσοι 1 without the law will also perish without the law The pronoun **as many as** is plural and refers to “the Jew” and “the Greek” in [2:9-10](../02/09.md). You could use a way that is natural in your language to make this use of **as many as** explicit. Alternate translation: “all the Jews and Greeks that” or “whatever types of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 2 12 m6cy ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως 1 as many as have sinned Here, **without the law** could refer to: (1) not having God’s law. Alternate translation: “apart from God’s law” or “outside of God’s law” (2) breaking God’s law. Alternate translation: “by acting lawlessly” You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize this use of **without the law**.
ROM 2 12 qkh4 ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 Here, **and will perish** could refer to: (1) the eternal destruction of non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them apart from what the law requires” (2) how God will judge the non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will not hold them responsible for what they did not know about his law when he destroys them” Use a natural way in your language to make express this idea.
ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-metaphor ἐν νόμῳ 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law**. He means that when they sin they are guilty of breaking the law because they are Jews and know what **the law** requires. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “while knowing what God’s law requires” or “being aware of what God’s law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 12 w4cp figs-activepassive διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will judge the Jews according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 12 a0k4 figs-personification διὰ νόμου 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could judge someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “according to what the law requires or “by what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 2 13 k32u figs-aside 1 For In [2:13–15](../02/13.md), Paul could be saying these things as an aside in order to further explain the distinction between God’s future judgment against Jews and non-Jews who live sinfully. If this would be confusing in your language, you could indicate this with parentheses or another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
ROM 2 13 rqfm figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ, ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται 1 These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to distinguish what kind of people God makes right with himself. If saying the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the ideas into one. Alternate translation: “God will only make right with himself those who do what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 13 eg4h figs-metaphor οὐ γὰρ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God Paul speaks figuratively of **righteous** people as if they are located in the presence of **God**. He means that God makes them right with himself. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, God does not make righteous those who simply hear his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 13 sw8x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-ellipsis οὐ…δίκαιοι 1 it is not the hearers of the law A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are not righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 2 13 s4na figs-nominaladj οὐ…δίκαιοι 1 but it is the doers of the law Paul is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “are not the people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Instead, God will make righteous those who do what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 14 tktb figs-parallelism ὅταν γὰρ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα, φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν, οὗτοι νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες, ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 These two phrases **do by nature the things of the law** and **are a law to themselves** mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what is truly means to obey God’s law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine these ideas into one. Alternate translation: “When the Gentiles instinctually do what God’s law says, they are actually obeying God’s law, even though they are unaware of what it says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 14 q2id grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 they do not have the law Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [2:14–16](../02/14.md) is describing who the “doers of the law” are (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 2 14 piuw figs-merism ἔθνη 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively, using the term **Gentiles** as a synonym for “the Greek,” and to refer to the part of humanity that is non-Jewish (See [2:9–10](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the nations” or “the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ROM 2 14 vlum figs-metaphor τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they own or possess **the law**. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people (See “without the law” in [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what **who do not have the law** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 14 xped figs-metaphor φύσει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **nature** as if it were a source of power for the **Gentiles** to **do** what the **law** says. He means that the **Gentiles** naturally or instinctually understand what it means to obey God’s **law**. If your readers would not understand what **by nature** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “instinctually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 14 symg figs-personification ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 Here, the **Gentiles** are spoken of figuratively as though they were **a law**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 2 15 xl6v figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 By this they show Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they actually have the **deeds of the law** written on the surface of their **hearts** that people could see. He means that even though they are unaware of God’s law, they demonstrate that they naturally understand what God’s law requires by obeying it. If your readers would not understand what it means to **show the deeds of the law**, and what **written on their hearts** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles exhibit that they instinctually understand how God requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 15 x35c figs-possession τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the work** that characterizes obeying **law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “the law’s work” or “what the law requires a person to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 2 15 v60q figs-activepassive οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form **be written** in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles show that God has revealed deep within them how he requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 2 15 rsw7 figs-parallelism συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως, καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that God has given the Gentiles an inner witness so they can know what his law requires. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “their conscience testifies within them by accusing or defending them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 15 z28q figs-personification συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here, the **conscience** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person **bearing witness** in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because the way God has made them inwardly aware of what his law requires confirms this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 2 15 o7wt figs-abstractnouns τῆς συνειδήσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **conscience** in another way. Alternate translation: “with the way God has made them inwardly aware of what his law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 15 ub8t figs-distinguish καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 This clause explains what **bearing witness** means. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer or begin a new sentence like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 2 15 qk53 figs-personification καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 Here, **thoughts** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could accuse or defend someone in court. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “by accusing or defending them in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 2 16 ep9a figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers know that **Christ Jesus** will represent **God** as judge at the final judgment. Paul also implies that **Christ Jesus** is **God** the Son (See [1:3,9](../01/03.md)), since Paul says **God will judge** and that this will happen **through Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time when God the Son, Christ Jesus, will judge all the things people secretly think. This corresponds to God’s good news that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 2 16 c5fp figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day when God judges** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,5](../02/05.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time God ultimately judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 2 16 o6kx figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **on the day** is an idiom that refers to the common Old Testament phrase for God’s final judgment of the human race. Paul does not mean that this is a literal **day** when this will happen, but a period of time or even outside of how humans reckon time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could capitalize **day** or make this explicit some other way. Alternate translation: “at the time” or “on the Day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 2 16 lyvd figs-possession τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **secrets** that **men** have. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “human” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “human secrets” or “the things people secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 2 16 gxet figs-abstractnouns τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **secrets** in another way. Alternate translation: “what people secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 16 r8hz figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all human beings” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 2 16 xb7t figs-infostructure κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “through Christ Jesus, according to my gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM 2 16 e9bp figs-metaphor κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **gospel** as if it belongs to him. He means that this is the **gospel** with which God entrusted him to preach. If your readers would not understand what **my gospel** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “based on God’s good news that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 17 lc6m grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **But** marks a new section in [2:17–29] where Paul shows why the Jews cannot escape God’s judgment either. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 2 17 cnq7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if you call yourself a Jew In [2:17-20](../02/17.md), Paul speaks as if these descriptions of Jews were hypothetical possibilities, but he means that they are actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM 2 17 kfe8 figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 Even though Paul is speaking to the Jewish people, he is hypothetically addressing an individual, so **you** and **your** and **yourself** is singular throughout [2:17–27](../02/17.md). But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** and **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM 2 17 pglg figs-metaphor σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they named themselves. He means that they consider themselves to be God’s people. If your readers would not understand what it means to **name yourself a Jew** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you call yourself Jewish” or “you regard yourself as truly Jewish” or “you designate yourself as God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were resting or leaning on God’s **law**. He means that they consider themselves as God’s people because they are descendants of the Jewish people who received God’s **law** from Moses. If your readers would not understand what it means to **rely upon the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “think that obeying God’s law makes you one of God’s people” or “you consider that knowing God’s law makes you Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 17 dapj figs-metaphor καυχᾶσαι ἐν Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **God**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation that knows God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “brag that you are the only ones who know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 18 xn6w grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, καὶ δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου, 1 because you have been instructed from the law If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because you are instructed from the law, you know his will and approve of what is excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 2 18 l3we figs-ellipsis τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **his** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 2 18 qxkt figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** in another way. Alternate translation: “what God wills” or “what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 18 aqbh figs-personification κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could instruct someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “since you have learned what God’s law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 2 19 nk76 figs-rpronouns πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how **convinced** the Jews are that they are the only ones who can spiritually guide others. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you have convinced yourself that you alone can guide those who are spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-metaphor σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they are the only people who can clearly see. He means that the Jews think they are the only ones who can spiritual lead others to God’s truth. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a guide to the blind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are the only ones who can spiritually lead others to what God’s law says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 19 j76c figs-parallelism ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “the only ones who can guide those who are spiritually unaware to what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 19 beop figs-abstractnouns ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guide** in another way. Alternate translation: “can guide the spiritually blind people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 19 r4on figs-nominaladj τυφλῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **blind** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM 2 19 xlge figs-personification φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 Here, **light** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a Jewish person who could illuminate **those in darkness**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “someone who can reveal what is true to those who are spiritually unaware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 2 20 ymey grammar-connect-logic-result παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the third phrase gives the reason for the result that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “since you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth, you believe you should be an instructor of the foolish and a teacher of little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 2 20 pf6v figs-parallelism παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “people who must spiritually instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 20 p7qq figs-nominaladj ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish Paul is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of people who are foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are spiritually uneducated or ignorant. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “people who are like uneducated infants” or “people who are spiritually ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 20 ose0 figs-metaphor ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a shape or image a person could hold. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If your readers would not understand what **the form** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law what represents how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 20 ua61 figs-possession τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could refer to: (1) what represents a true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” or “what forms true knowledge about God” (2) the source of true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “the source of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 2 20 ergs figs-parallelism τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how the law contains the true knowledge about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “of true knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and ** truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις? 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “you teach others, but you do not teach yourself!” or “you teach others, but you do not do what you teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις? 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -370,7 +402,7 @@ ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος;
ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed.
ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes.
ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes.
ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”<br><br>Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]])
ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law.
ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
5 ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **Jesus** **called** and **set apart** (See also [Acts 9:1-18](Acts/09/01.md). Alternate translation: “whom Jesus summoned to represent him and specially chose to proclaim God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6 ROM 1 1 w6j9 figs-ellipsis κλητὸς ἀπόστολος 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **to be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
7 ROM 1 1 ukts grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which he is **a servant of Christ Jesus**, and the reason why Jesus **called** him and **set** him **apart** . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach God’s good news” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
8 ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
9 ROM 1 2 tobh writing-background ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, 1 In this verse Paul provides this background information about the nature of “the gospel” he proclaims. Paul wants to help readers understand that the ancient promises found in the writings of the **prophets** of the **holy scriptures** of the Jewish people about the coming of the Messiah or Christ were now coming true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this good news that I am proclaiming is what God promised long ago in the prophetical writings that are found in the Jewish sacred writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
10 ROM 1 2 cu3r figs-distinguish ὃ 1 Here, **which** marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in **the holy scriptures** that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
11 ROM 1 3 lab1 figs-distinguish περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about “Christ Jesus” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
45 ROM 1 8 tdsj figs-possession τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to express that he belongs to **God**. When saying, **my God**, Paul does not mean that he owns or has authority over God. Paul means that as a “servant of Jesus Christ” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)), God has ownership and authority over him. You could use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that I serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
46 ROM 1 8 qtoy figs-possession διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Paul is using the possessive form **through Jesus Christ** to express Paul’s authority as an apostle (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul means that it is through his calling as an apostle of **Jesus Christ** that he can offer special thanks to **God** for the church at Rome. If it is natural in your language, you could make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “because I belong to Jesus Christ” or “as an apostle of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
47 ROM 1 8 mekg writing-pronouns περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 The pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the church at Rome. When Paul says **all of you** he is addressing the whole church as if they are one person. Throughout this letter, **you** refers exclusively to the church at Rome, unless otherwise noted. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the whole church” or “for the sake of each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
48 ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
49 ROM 1 8 bphf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
50 ROM 1 8 efqs figs-activepassive καταγγέλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that people other than the church at Rome are doing the **proclaiming**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
51 ROM 1 8 k7qf figs-hyperbole ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **throughout the whole world** is an exaggeration that means “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is.” Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
178 ROM 1 25 v1ex figs-nominaladj εὐλογητὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective **blessed** as a noun in order to describe **the Creator**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the God that should be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
179 ROM 1 26 sk6f 0 See [1:24](../01/24.md) for how you translated the parallel words and ideas.
180 ROM 1 26 jb2g grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this Here, **For this reason** introduces a result clause. In [1:26-32](../01/26.md), Paul states the results of rejecting the true God and worshiping idols. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “Because of this” or “This is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
181 ROM 1 26 pil3 figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24](../01/24.md)). He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **dishonorable passions**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become controlled by vile sexually immoral acts” or “God permits them to dishonorably indulge in the sexual immoral activity they desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24](../01/24.md)). He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **dishonorable passions**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become controlled by vile sexually immoral acts” or “God permits them to dishonorably indulge in the sexual immoral activity they desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182 ROM 1 26 hw81 figs-possession πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions Paul is using the possessive form to describe **passions** that are characterized by **dishonor**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “dishonorable” instead of the noun “dishonor.” Alternate translation: “dishonorable passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
183 ROM 1 26 lk73 figs-abstractnouns πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **passions of dishonor** with a verbal phrase or another way. Alternate translation: “dishonor themselves by indulging in sexually immoral activity” or “passionately dishonor themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
184 ROM 1 26 j4ni grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 for their women Here, **for** indicates that what follows in [1:26-27](../01/26.md) describes what **passions of dishonor** are. Alternate translation: “in other words,” or “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
188 ROM 1 26 hc1q figs-abstractnouns τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **relations** and **nature** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “natural sexual relationships for unnatural sexual relationships” or “how God intended them to engage in sexual activity for sexual activity that God did not intend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
189 ROM 1 27 ji3l grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁμοίως τε καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες 1 This phrase emphasizes that what follows is similar to [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “in the same way even the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
190 ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “even the males stop engaging in sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
191 ROM 1 27 gn3f figs-metaphor ἀφέντες 1 committed shameless acts Paul speaks figuratively of these **males** as if they were going to another location. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way intended them to engage in sexual activity. If your readers would not understand what **having left** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “after abandoning” or “because they rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of these **males** as if they were going to another location. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way intended them to engage in sexual activity. If your readers would not understand what **having left** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “after abandoning” or “because they rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
192 ROM 1 27 c7ja figs-abstractnouns χρῆσιν 1 burned in their lust for one another If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **use** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “sexual relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
193 ROM 1 27 qvi3 figs-possession τῆς θηλείας 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the natural use** that is associated with **the female**. Alternate translation: “associated with the female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
194 ROM 1 27 yvm1 figs-metaphor ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 error Paul speaks figuratively of **lust** as if it were something that could be set on fire or something that flares out like a flame. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If your readers would not understand what **burned** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of **lust** as if it were something that could be set on fire or something that flares out like a flame. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If your readers would not understand what **burned** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
195 ROM 1 27 ylj6 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lust** in another way. Alternate translation: “by passionately desiring each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
196 ROM 1 27 z759 writing-pronouns ἀλλήλους 1 The pronoun **one another** refers to other males. Alternate translation: “different males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
197 ROM 1 27 kxwj figs-euphemism ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
198 ROM 1 27 u2hh figs-metaphor κατεργαζόμενοι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of homosexual activity as if it could work or produce something. He means that their homosexual activity is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand what **bringing about** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of homosexual activity as if it could work or produce something. He means that their homosexual activity is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand what **bringing about** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
199 ROM 1 27 fdzs τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην 1 In the original, the phrase **shameless acts** is one abstract noun. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use translate **shameless acts** as a singular phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “shameless activity” or “what is shameless”
200 ROM 1 27 sjhb figs-infostructure καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 In the original, the word order is different, emphasizing **the penalty**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange the order of these phrases to emphasize **the penalty they deserved for their error**. Alternate translation: “and the penalty they deserved for their error they received in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
201 ROM 1 27 jtru grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of their **shameless acts**. Alternate translation: “and as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
206 ROM 1 28 cx7y grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ καθὼς 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness Here, **And just as” emphasizes that what follows refers back to similar ideas in [1:18-27](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “Similarly,” or “In the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
207 ROM 1 28 bt7u figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 they … their … them Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if these people could decide to hold him inside their head. He means that they do not care to think about God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “these people consider it useless to recognize that God exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
208 ROM 1 28 f53x figs-abstractnouns τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **having God in their awareness** in another way. Alternate translation: “acknowledging that God exists” or “remembering to think about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
209 ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24,26](../01/24.md)). He means that **God** is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of a **depraved mind**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become inclined toward things of which he disapproves” or “God permits them to inwardly perceive useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24,26](../01/24.md)). He means that **God** is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of a **depraved mind**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become inclined toward things of which he disapproves” or “God permits them to inwardly perceive useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
210 ROM 1 28 p8z2 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 not proper If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **to a depraved mind** in another way. Alternate translation: “to incline toward things God disapproves” or “to inwardly perceive worthless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
211 ROM 1 28 ie4l ποιεῖν 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the result of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “so that they do” This phrase could refer to: (1) the result of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “so that they do”
212 ROM 1 28 aye6 figs-extrainfo τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα 1 By **those things that are not proper**, Paul implies that **those things** are what follows in [1:29-31](../01/29.md). Since this expression is explained in the next verses, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
213 ROM 1 29 c2e2 figs-litany 1 They have been filled with Paul uses a repetitive series of sentences and ideas in [1:29-31](../01/29.md) to show how depraved these ungodly and unrighteous people have become. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of “the things that are not proper” of which the ungodly and unrighteous people in [1:18-28](../01/18.md) are guilty. Paul goes on to say in [1:32](../01/32.md) that people “who practice such things are deserving of death.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
214 ROM 1 29 y307 figs-parallelism πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to amplify how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases under one verb. Alternate translation: “These people are fully: unrighteous, wicked, covetous, malicious, envious, murderous, argumentative, deceitful, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
215 ROM 1 29 v0zj figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by refusing to become right God” or “These people are fully controlled by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by refusing to become right God” or “These people are fully controlled by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
216 ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the ungodly and unrighteous people did it (See [1:18](../01/18). Alternate translation: “These people are dominated” or “These people are controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
217 ROM 1 29 uqks figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας; ψιθυριστάς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind these abstract nouns as verb phrases like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
218 ROM 1 29 ptcj figs-abstractnouns κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς…ψιθυριστάς 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and**, **they**, **and**, as well as **They are** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
219 ROM 1 29 pkrd figs-possession μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe traits that characterize these ungodly and unrighteous people. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjectives instead of the nouns. Alternate translation: “they are fully envious, murderous, argumentative, deceptive, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
220 ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by acting envious” or “These people are fully controlled by acting envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by acting envious” or “These people are fully controlled by acting envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
221 ROM 1 29 dzda figs-nominaladj μεστοὺς 1 Paul is using the adjective **full* as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “they are people who are full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
222 ROM 1 30 f4tt figs-nominaladj θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…κακῶν…ἀπειθεῖς 1 slanderers Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … of evil things … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
223 ROM 1 30 th8q figs-abstractnouns καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **slanderers** and **inventors** in another way. Alternate translation: “these people speak against others … these people discover new ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
224 ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
225 ROM 1 30 f4a0 grammar-collectivenouns κακῶν 1 The word **evil** is a plural noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
226 ROM 1 31 i7ix figs-nominaladj ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας 1 Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, people who are faithless, people who are heartless, and people who merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
227 ROM 1 31 rtic figs-ellipsis ἀνελεήμονας 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
228 ROM 1 32 cxx8 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δικαίωμα 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the righteous decree** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
229 ROM 1 32 ytu6 τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that those who practice such things Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
230 ROM 1 32 z12q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 are deserving of death Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
231 ROM 1 32 ama2 writing-pronouns οἱ…πράσσοντες 1 these things The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
232 ROM 1 32 iqg1 writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** and **things** and **them** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
233 ROM 1 32 p9e9 figs-nominaladj ἄξιοι 1 Paul is using the adjective **deserving** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “are people who deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
234 ROM 1 32 t0ls figs-possession ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν…συνευδοκοῦσιν τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **death** and **those who do them** as objects of the clause. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die … well pleased with people who practice these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
270 ROM 2 3 hpej figs-explicit τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,16](../02/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s final judgment” or “when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
271 ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience … repentance? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should actually know that **the kindness of God leads** them **to repentance**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You scorn the riches of his kindness and forbearance and patience! You know that the kindness of God leads you to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
272 ROM 2 4 v9yf writing-pronouns καταφρονεῖς…σε 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to “man” in [2:1,3](../02/01.md) throughout [2:4-5](../02/04.md), as representative of the whole human race. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “do you O man scorn … you O man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
273 ROM 2 4 w537 figs-metaphor τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you think so little of the riches … patience Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. He means that these people reject God’s way to acquire **repentance**. If your readers would not understand what **the riches** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “how supremely kind and lenient and calm God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. He means that these people reject God’s way to acquire **repentance**. If your readers would not understand what **the riches** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how supremely kind and lenient and calm God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
274 ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-abstractnouns τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **kindness**, **forbearance**, and patience**, you could express these same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “that God is greatly gracious, tolerates sinners, and is patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
275 ROM 2 4 pplt figs-possession τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας…τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **his kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience** relates to **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the pronoun **his** and the noun **God**, or express this idea another way. Alternate translation: “God’s kindness, forbearance, and patience … God’s kindness” or “ of how kind, lenient, and calm God is … since God is so kind, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
276 ROM 2 4 u0io grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει 1 Here, **to repentance** is a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal of **the kindness of God**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a goal clause. Alternate translation: “leads you to repent” or “guides you to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
277 ROM 2 4 jamv figs-abstractnouns μετάνοιάν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **repentance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or in another way. Alternate translation: “to repent” or “to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
278 ROM 2 5 t8pv grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to how these judgmental people should respond to God’s “kindness” (See [2:4](../02/04.md)). Instead, their lack of repentance ensures that God will finally judge them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Indeed” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
279 ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were hard substance and as if their **heart** were a person who could repent. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If your readers would not understand what **your hardness and unrepentant heart** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “However, based on how stubborn you are and how you refuse to repent” or “In fact, since you are so obstinate and refuse to change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were hard substance and as if their **heart** were a person who could repent. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If your readers would not understand what **your hardness and unrepentant heart** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “However, based on how stubborn you are and how you refuse to repent” or “In fact, since you are so obstinate and refuse to change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
280 ROM 2 5 v6z1 figs-metonymy καρδίαν 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s will or inner being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will” or “inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
281 ROM 2 5 f52g figs-hendiadys τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **hardness** describes how **unrepentant** these people are. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “your stubbornly unrepentant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
282 ROM 2 5 nbyc figs-abstractnouns θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ, 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **wrath**, **revelation**, **and judgment** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “God will intensely punish you at the final time when he punishes and reveals how he will judge those who are not right with him” or “you are increasing how intensely God will punish you when he punishes and finally reveals how fairly he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
283 ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could store up **wrath** like a treasure. He means that the more they refuse to repent, the greater will be their punishment when God finally judges all humanity **on the day of wrath**. If your readers would not understand what **storing up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are increasing how much God will punish you when he finally punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could store up **wrath** like a treasure. He means that the more they refuse to repent, the greater will be their punishment when God finally judges all humanity **on the day of wrath**. If your readers would not understand what **storing up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are increasing how much God will punish you when he finally punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
284 ROM 2 5 pck0 figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day of wrath** and **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,16](../02/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the time God finally punishes and when God reveals how he will justly judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
285 ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day of wrath … of the revelation of God’s righteous judgment These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the two components of the Judgment Day: **wrath** against **unrepentant** people and **righteous judgment** for those who repent. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “on the final day that God will punish unrepentant people and reveal who is righteous” or “when God finally reveals how he punishes the unrepentant and vindicates his righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
286 ROM 2 5 yqta figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the day of wrath** is an idiom that refers to the common Old Testament phrase for God’s final judgment of the human race (For example see [Zephaniah 1:15, 18; 2:3](../Zeph/01/15.md)). Paul does not mean that this is a literal **day** when this will happen, but a period of time or even outside of how humans reckon time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could capitalize the term **day** or make this explicit some other way. Alternate translation: “when God punishes for the last time” or “on the Day of God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
290 ROM 2 6 c4dn writing-pronouns ἑκάστῳ 1 will pay back The pronoun **each** refers to every human being. If your readers would not understand this, you could make this referent explicit. Alternate translation: “to every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
291 ROM 2 6 gj1q figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to every person according to his actions If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **deeds** in another way. Alternate translation: “for how they act” or “based on what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
292 ROM 2 7 rrbf figs-infostructure τοῖς μὲν καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον; 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “to those who are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility, according to consistent, good actions–eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
293 ROM 2 7 sqdo figs-metaphor τοῖς…ζητοῦσιν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were on a quest for something lost. He means that they are striving or trying to live in such a way as to achieve **eternal life**. If your readers would not understand what **are seeking** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those who … keep working to attain” or “to those people who … keep hoping to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were on a quest for something lost. He means that they are striving or trying to live in such a way as to achieve **eternal life**. If your readers would not understand what **are seeking** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “for those who … keep working to attain” or “to those people who … keep hoping to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
294 ROM 2 7 ub51 figs-abstractnouns δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 praise, honor, and incorruptibility If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **glory**, **honor**, and **incorruptibility** in another way. Alternate translation: “for God to glorify, honor, and cause them to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
295 ROM 2 7 gec6 figs-ellipsis ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 seeking Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “eternal life is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
296 ROM 2 8 dtft figs-parallelism 1 [2:7](../02/07.md) and [2:8](../02/08.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says similar things in opposite ways, to show the contrasting rewards for those who do good or obey **unrighteousness**. Use a natural way in your language to make these ideas explicit.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
301 ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 wrath and fierce anger will come If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun translated **selfish ambition** in another way. Alternate translation: “selfishly motivated” or “hostile toward God” or “contentious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
302 ROM 2 8 peqf figs-possession ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive form **from self ambition**. Here, it could refer to: (1) selfish desire. Alternate translation: “selfishly motivated” (2) hostility. Alternate translation: “hostile” (3) rivalry. Alternate translation: “contentious” or “factious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
303 ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who are disobedient to all that is true and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
304 ROM 2 8 xhtm figs-metaphor figs-personification ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the truth** as if it were a person someone could disobey, and **unrighteousness** as if it were a person that someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If your readers would not understand what **disobeying the truth** and **obeying unrighteousness** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **the truth** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could disobey, and **unrighteousness** as if it were a person that someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
305 ROM 2 8 m7pm figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀληθείᾳ…τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **unrighteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true … what is unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
306 ROM 2 9 tdlu figs-parallelism 1 [2:9](../02/07.md) and [2:10](../02/08.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says similar things in opposite ways, to show the contrasting rewards for those who do what is **evil** or “good.” Use a natural way in your language to make these ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
307 ROM 2 9 ospb figs-metaphor θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress** . If your readers would not understand what **will be on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “God will cause every person who keeps acting evil to become troubled and distressed” or “Every human being who habitually does what is evil will experience distress and difficulty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress** . If your readers would not understand what **will be on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God will cause every person who keeps acting evil to become troubled and distressed” or “Every human being who habitually does what is evil will experience distress and difficulty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
308 ROM 2 9 qonf figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **Tribulation** and ** distress** in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bring difficult and distressing times to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
309 ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία 1 tribulation and distress on These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how intense God’s judgment will be against these people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Distressing tribulation” or “Intense distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
310 ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Paul refers figuratively to the **human soul** to mean the whole life of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “will come to every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
316 ROM 2 10 ib56 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 first Paul is using the adjective **good** as a noun in order to describe things people do. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good deeds” or “things that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
317 ROM 2 10 u06j Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:9](../02/09.md)
318 ROM 2 11 s7a6 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For there is no favoritism with God Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
319 ROM 2 11 eol0 figs-abstractnouns προσωπολημψία οὐ…ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun boldness in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “we may act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **favoritism** in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not honor one type of person above another” or “God is not more favorable toward a Jewish person than a Greek person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
320 ROM 2 12 wkx8 ve06 figs-parallelism ὅσοι γὰρ…ἥμαρτον ὅσοι γὰρ ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον, ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται; καὶ ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον, διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 For as many as have sinned “For those who have sinned” These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing, in slightly different ways, to show that God will punish **as many as have sinned** without “favoritism” (See [2:11](../02/11.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For as many as have sinned will perish and God will judge–whether or not they have God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
321 ROM 2 12 ml3k wkx8 figs-explicit grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται γὰρ 1 without the law will also perish without the law For as many as have sinned Paul repeats **without the law** to emphasize that it does not matter if people do not know the law of Moses. If they sin, God will judge them. Alternate translation: “without knowing the law of Moses will certainly still die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [2:12-16](../02/16.md) explains the phrase “there is no favoritism with God” (See [2:11](../02/11/.md)). Use a natural way in your language to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
322 ROM 2 12 m6cy ml3k writing-pronouns ὅσοι…ἥμαρτον ὅσοι…ὅσοι 1 as many as have sinned without the law will also perish without the law “all those who have sinned” The pronoun **as many as** is plural and refers to “the Jew” and “the Greek” in [2:9-10](../02/09.md). You could use a way that is natural in your language to make this use of **as many as** explicit. Alternate translation: “all the Jews and Greeks that” or “whatever types of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
323 ROM 2 12 y3bu m6cy figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ…διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law as many as have sinned God will judge sinful people according to his law. Alternate translation: “and who do know the law of Moses, will be judged by God according to that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **without the law** could refer to: (1) not having God’s law. Alternate translation: “apart from God’s law” or “outside of God’s law” (2) breaking God’s law. Alternate translation: “by acting lawlessly” You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize this use of **without the law**.
324 ROM 2 12 w4cp qkh4 figs-activepassive διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge them according to that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Here, **and will perish** could refer to: (1) the eternal destruction of non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them apart from what the law requires” (2) how God will judge the non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will not hold them responsible for what they did not know about his law when he destroys them” Use a natural way in your language to make express this idea.
325 ROM 2 13 12 sw8x y3bu figs-metaphor ἐν νόμῳ 0 1 Connecting Statement: with respect to the law will be judged by the law Paul continues to let the reader know that perfect obedience to God’s law is required even for those who never had God’s law. Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law**. He means that when they sin they are guilty of breaking the law because they are Jews and know what **the law** requires. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “while knowing what God’s law requires” or “being aware of what God’s law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
326 ROM 2 13 12 k32u w4cp figs-activepassive γὰρ διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 For Verses 14 and 15 interrupt Paul’s main argument to give the reader extra information. If you have a way to mark an interruption like this in your language, you can use it here. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will judge the Jews according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
327 ROM 2 13 12 t28w a0k4 figs-explicit figs-personification οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου διὰ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “those who only hear the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could judge someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “according to what the law requires or “by what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
328 ROM 2 13 eg4h k32u figs-aside οὐ…δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God For “are not the ones whom God considers righteous” In [2:13–15](../02/13.md), Paul could be saying these things as an aside in order to further explain the distinction between God’s future judgment against Jews and non-Jews who live sinfully. If this would be confusing in your language, you could indicate this with parentheses or another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
329 ROM 2 13 s4na rqfm figs-parallelism ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου οὐ γὰρ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ, ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται 1 but it is the doers of the law “but those who obey the law of Moses” These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to distinguish what kind of people God makes right with himself. If saying the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the ideas into one. Alternate translation: “God will only make right with himself those who do what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
330 ROM 2 13 c1bu eg4h figs-activepassive figs-metaphor δικαιωθήσονται οὐ γὰρ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who will be justified who are righteous before God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God will accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Paul speaks figuratively of **righteous** people as if they are located in the presence of **God**. He means that God makes them right with himself. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, God does not make righteous those who simply hear his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
331 ROM 2 14 13 tn5f sw8x figs-idiom grammar-connect-logic-result ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; γὰρ 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law … are a law to themselves Connecting Statement: The phrase **a law to themselves** is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
332 ROM 2 14 13 q2id t28w figs-explicit figs-ellipsis μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες οὐ…δίκαιοι 1 they do not have the law it is not the hearers of the law Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses…although they do not have the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are not righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
333 ROM 2 15 13 xl6v s4na figs-nominaladj οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται οὐ…δίκαιοι 1 By this they show but it is the doers of the law “By naturally obeying the law they show” Paul is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “are not the people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
334 ROM 2 15 13 x35c c1bu figs-metonymy figs-activepassive τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts who will be justified Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the person’s thoughts or inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Instead, God will make righteous those who do what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
335 ROM 2 15 14 bzp9 tktb figs-metaphor figs-parallelism τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν ὅταν γὰρ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα, φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν, οὗτοι νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες, ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 The phrase **written in their hearts** is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. Alternate translation: “that they know what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that they should do according to God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) These two phrases **do by nature the things of the law** and **are a law to themselves** mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what is truly means to obey God’s law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine these ideas into one. Alternate translation: “When the Gentiles instinctually do what God’s law says, they are actually obeying God’s law, even though they are unaware of what it says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
336 ROM 2 15 14 v60q q2id figs-activepassive grammar-connect-words-phrases τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν γὰρ 1 they do not have the law You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [2:14–16](../02/14.md) is describing who the “doers of the law” are (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
337 ROM 2 15 14 z28q piuw figs-idiom figs-merism συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων ἔθνη 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here, **bearing witness** refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: “telling them if they are disobeying or obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Here Paul speaks figuratively, using the term **Gentiles** as a synonym for “the Greek,” and to refer to the part of humanity that is non-Jewish (See [2:9–10](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the nations” or “the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
338 ROM 2 16 14 c5fp vlum figs-metaphor ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 on the day when God will judge This finishes Paul’s thought from [Romans 2:13](../02/13.md). “which will happen when God judges” Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they own or possess **the law**. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people (See “without the law” in [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what **who do not have the law** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
339 ROM 2 17 14 lc6m xped figs-metaphor φύσει 0 1 Connecting Statement: Here begins Paul’s discussion that the law the Jews possess actually condemns them because they do not obey it. Paul speaks figuratively of **nature** as if it were a source of power for the **Gentiles** to **do** what the **law** says. He means that the **Gentiles** naturally or instinctually understand what it means to obey God’s **law**. If your readers would not understand what **by nature** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “instinctually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
340 ROM 2 17 14 cnq7 symg figs-personification εἰ…σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 if you call yourself a Jew “since you call yourself a Jew” Here, the **Gentiles** are spoken of figuratively as though they were **a law**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
341 ROM 2 17 15 gz6j xl6v figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 rest upon the law By this they show The phrase **rely upon the law** represents believing that they can become righteous by obeying the law. Alternate translation: “rely on the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they actually have the **deeds of the law** written on the surface of their **hearts** that people could see. He means that even though they are unaware of God’s law, they demonstrate that they naturally understand what God’s law requires by obeying it. If your readers would not understand what it means to **show the deeds of the law**, and what **written on their hearts** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles exhibit that they instinctually understand how God requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
342 ROM 2 18 15 l3we x35c figs-possession γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου 1 know his will the actions required by the law are written in their hearts “know God’s will” Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the work** that characterizes obeying **law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “the law’s work” or “what the law requires a person to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
343 ROM 2 18 15 xn6w v60q figs-activepassive κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 because you have been instructed from the law You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because people have taught you what is right from the law” or “because you have learned from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form **be written** in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles show that God has revealed deep within them how he requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
344 ROM 2 19 15 wi7z rsw7 figs-metaphor figs-parallelism πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως, καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Here, **the blind** and **those in darkness** represent people who do not understand the law. Alternate translation: “that because you teach the law, you yourself are like a guide to blind people, and you are like a light to people who are lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that God has given the Gentiles an inner witness so they can know what his law requires. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “their conscience testifies within them by accusing or defending them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
345 ROM 2 19 15 j76c z28q figs-parallelism figs-personification ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them The phrases **the blind** and **those in darkness** refer to the same people and emphasize their condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Here, the **conscience** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person **bearing witness** in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because the way God has made them inwardly aware of what his law requires confirms this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
346 ROM 2 20 15 p7qq o7wt figs-abstractnouns παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων τῆς συνειδήσεως 1 a corrector of the foolish “you correct those who think foolish things” If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **conscience** in another way. Alternate translation: “with the way God has made them inwardly aware of what his law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
347 ROM 2 20 15 ar5a ub8t figs-metaphor figs-distinguish διδάσκαλον νηπίων καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 a teacher of little children Here Paul compares those who do not know anything about the law to **little children**. Alternate translation: “and you teach those who do not know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) This clause explains what **bearing witness** means. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer or begin a new sentence like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
348 ROM 2 20 15 gh9s qk53 figs-explicit figs-personification ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 and that you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth The **knowledge** of **the truth** that is in **the law** comes from God. Alternate translation: “because you are sure you understand the truth that God has given in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **thoughts** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could accuse or defend someone in court. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “by accusing or defending them in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
349 ROM 2 16 ep9a figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers know that **Christ Jesus** will represent **God** as judge at the final judgment. Paul also implies that **Christ Jesus** is **God** the Son (See [1:3,9](../01/03.md)), since Paul says **God will judge** and that this will happen **through Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time when God the Son, Christ Jesus, will judge all the things people secretly think. This corresponds to God’s good news that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
350 ROM 2 16 c5fp figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day when God judges** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,5](../02/05.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time God ultimately judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
351 ROM 2 16 o6kx figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **on the day** is an idiom that refers to the common Old Testament phrase for God’s final judgment of the human race. Paul does not mean that this is a literal **day** when this will happen, but a period of time or even outside of how humans reckon time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could capitalize **day** or make this explicit some other way. Alternate translation: “at the time” or “on the Day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
352 ROM 2 16 lyvd figs-possession τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **secrets** that **men** have. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “human” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “human secrets” or “the things people secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
353 ROM 2 16 gxet figs-abstractnouns τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **secrets** in another way. Alternate translation: “what people secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
354 ROM 2 16 r8hz figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all human beings” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
355 ROM 2 16 xb7t figs-infostructure κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “through Christ Jesus, according to my gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
356 ROM 2 16 e9bp figs-metaphor κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **gospel** as if it belongs to him. He means that this is the **gospel** with which God entrusted him to preach. If your readers would not understand what **my gospel** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “based on God’s good news that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
357 ROM 2 17 lc6m grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **But** marks a new section in [2:17–29] where Paul shows why the Jews cannot escape God’s judgment either. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
358 ROM 2 17 cnq7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if you call yourself a Jew In [2:17-20](../02/17.md), Paul speaks as if these descriptions of Jews were hypothetical possibilities, but he means that they are actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
359 ROM 2 17 kfe8 figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 Even though Paul is speaking to the Jewish people, he is hypothetically addressing an individual, so **you** and **your** and **yourself** is singular throughout [2:17–27](../02/17.md). But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** and **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
360 ROM 2 17 pglg figs-metaphor σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they named themselves. He means that they consider themselves to be God’s people. If your readers would not understand what it means to **name yourself a Jew** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you call yourself Jewish” or “you regard yourself as truly Jewish” or “you designate yourself as God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
361 ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were resting or leaning on God’s **law**. He means that they consider themselves as God’s people because they are descendants of the Jewish people who received God’s **law** from Moses. If your readers would not understand what it means to **rely upon the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “think that obeying God’s law makes you one of God’s people” or “you consider that knowing God’s law makes you Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
362 ROM 2 17 dapj figs-metaphor καυχᾶσαι ἐν Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **God**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation that knows God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “brag that you are the only ones who know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
363 ROM 2 18 xn6w grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, καὶ δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου, 1 because you have been instructed from the law If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because you are instructed from the law, you know his will and approve of what is excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
364 ROM 2 18 l3we figs-ellipsis τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **his** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
365 ROM 2 18 qxkt figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** in another way. Alternate translation: “what God wills” or “what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
366 ROM 2 18 aqbh figs-personification κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could instruct someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “since you have learned what God’s law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
367 ROM 2 19 nk76 figs-rpronouns πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how **convinced** the Jews are that they are the only ones who can spiritually guide others. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you have convinced yourself that you alone can guide those who are spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
368 ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-metaphor σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they are the only people who can clearly see. He means that the Jews think they are the only ones who can spiritual lead others to God’s truth. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a guide to the blind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are the only ones who can spiritually lead others to what God’s law says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
369 ROM 2 19 j76c figs-parallelism ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “the only ones who can guide those who are spiritually unaware to what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
370 ROM 2 19 beop figs-abstractnouns ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guide** in another way. Alternate translation: “can guide the spiritually blind people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
371 ROM 2 19 r4on figs-nominaladj τυφλῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **blind** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
372 ROM 2 19 xlge figs-personification φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 Here, **light** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a Jewish person who could illuminate **those in darkness**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “someone who can reveal what is true to those who are spiritually unaware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
373 ROM 2 20 ymey grammar-connect-logic-result παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the third phrase gives the reason for the result that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “since you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth, you believe you should be an instructor of the foolish and a teacher of little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
374 ROM 2 20 pf6v figs-parallelism παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “people who must spiritually instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
375 ROM 2 20 p7qq figs-nominaladj ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish Paul is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of people who are foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
376 ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are spiritually uneducated or ignorant. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “people who are like uneducated infants” or “people who are spiritually ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
377 ROM 2 20 ose0 figs-metaphor ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a shape or image a person could hold. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If your readers would not understand what **the form** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law what represents how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
378 ROM 2 20 ua61 figs-possession τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could refer to: (1) what represents a true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” or “what forms true knowledge about God” (2) the source of true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “the source of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
379 ROM 2 20 ergs figs-parallelism τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how the law contains the true knowledge about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “of true knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
380 ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and ** truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
381 ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις? 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “you teach others, but you do not teach yourself!” or “you teach others, but you do not do what you teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
382 ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις? 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
383 ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
402 ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed.
403 ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
404 ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
405 ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes. The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes.
406 ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”<br><br>Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]])
407 ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law.
408 ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

168
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

2
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

2
en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

2
en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

2
en_tn_52-COL.tsv
View File

@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ COL 3 25 u5lx figs-genericnoun ὁ…ἀδικῶν…ἠδίκησεν 1 the on
COL 3 25 sttw figs-abstractnouns ἀδικῶν 1 the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea differently, such as with an adverb. Alternate translation: “acting unrighteously” or “doing unrighteous things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 3 25 ak8j figs-metaphor κομιεῖται ὃ ἠδίκησεν 1 doing unrighteousness In this context, the phrase **will receive** refers to getting something in payment or in return for something else. Paul, then, speaks as if **the one doing unrighteousness** will **receive** as payment or recompense exactly **what he did unrighteously**. By this, Paul means that God will punish those who do **unrighteousness** in a way that fits with what they did. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “will receive a punishment that fits the crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 3 25 c9fx figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία 1 there is no favoritism If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **favoritism**, you could express the idea with a verb such as “favor” or with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “God does not favor anyone” or “God judges everyone by the same standard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 4 intro nm3y 0 # Colossians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>[4:1](../col/04/01.md) belongs to the section that begins in [3:18](../03/18.md), even though it is in this chapter.<br><br>3\. Exhortation Section<br><br>* Prayer Request and Behavior towards Outsiders (4:2–6)<br><br>4\. Letter Closing (4:7–18)<br><br>* The Messengers (4:7–9)<br>* Greetings from Friends (4:10–14)<br>* Greetings and Instructions from Paul (4:15–17)<br>* Greeting in Paul’s Own Hand (4:18)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Letter writing and sending<br><br>In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Paul mentions the messengers with whom he is sending his letter: Tychicus and Onesimus ([4:7–9](../04/07.md)). They also are able to communicate more about Paul’s situation than he says in the letter. Additionally, Paul mentions that he writes the final greeting “by my own hand” ([4:18](../04/18.md)). This is because the rest of the letter was written by a scribe, who wrote down what Paul dictated. Paul writes the last greeting as a personal touch and to prove that he was indeed the author.<br><br>### Greetings<br><br>In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letter. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [4:10–15](../04/10.md) Paul includes greetings to and from many people whom he and the Colossians know.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Paul’s chains<br><br>Paul refers to his imprisonment in this chapter by using the language of “chains” and “binding.” He says that he has “been bound” in [4:3](../04/03.md), and he mentions his “chains” in [4:18](../04/18.md). The language of binding and chains emphasizes how Paul is restricted in his movements and activities by being imprisoned.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### A “master in heaven”<br><br>In [4:1](../04/01.md), Paul refers to a “master in heaven.” The word translated “master” and “masters” in this verse is the same word that is translated as “Lord” throughout Colossians. It is translated “master” in this verse to illustrate Paul’s point: those who are “masters” on earth also have a “master,” their Lord in heaven. If possible, make this wordplay clear in your translation.
COL 4 intro nm3y 0 # Colossians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>[4:1](../col/04/01.md) belongs to the section that begins in [3:18](../03/18.md), even though it is in this chapter.<br><br>3. Exhortation Section<br>* Prayer Request and Behavior towards Outsiders (4:2–6)<br><br>4. Letter Closing (4:7–18)<br>* The Messengers (4:7–9)<br>* Greetings from Friends (4:10–14)<br>* Greetings and Instructions from Paul (4:15–17)<br>* Greeting in Paul’s Own Hand (4:18)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Letter writing and sending<br><br>In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Paul mentions the messengers with whom he is sending his letter: Tychicus and Onesimus ([4:7–9](../04/07.md)). They also are able to communicate more about Paul’s situation than he says in the letter. Additionally, Paul mentions that he writes the final greeting “by my own hand” ([4:18](../04/18.md)). This is because the rest of the letter was written by a scribe, who wrote down what Paul dictated. Paul writes the last greeting as a personal touch and to prove that he was indeed the author.<br><br>### Greetings<br><br>In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letter. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [4:10–15](../04/10.md) Paul includes greetings to and from many people whom he and the Colossians know.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Paul’s chains<br><br>Paul refers to his imprisonment in this chapter by using the language of “chains” and “binding.” He says that he has “been bound” in [4:3](../04/03.md), and he mentions his “chains” in [4:18](../04/18.md). The language of binding and chains emphasizes how Paul is restricted in his movements and activities by being imprisoned.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### A “master in heaven”<br><br>In [4:1](../04/01.md), Paul refers to a “master in heaven.” The word translated “master” and “masters” in this verse is the same word that is translated as “Lord” throughout Colossians. It is translated “master” in this verse to illustrate Paul’s point: those who are “masters” on earth also have a “master,” their Lord in heaven. If possible, make this wordplay clear in your translation.
COL 4 1 b9nm οἱ κύριοι 1 what is right and fair Here Paul directly addresses the **Masters** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You masters”
COL 4 1 orih figs-metaphor τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς δούλοις παρέχεσθε 1 what is right and fair Here Paul speaks of how masters treat their slaves as if the master were “giving” the treatment of their slaves. By this, he means that the thing given (**what is right and fair**) is what characterizes the master’s dealing with the slave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using adverbs such as “rightly” and “fairly” with a verb such as “treat.” Alternate translation: “act rightly and fairly towards your slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 4 1 ae3y figs-doublet τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα 1 what is right and fair The word **right** describes someone or something that properly follows laws, principles, and expectations. The word translated **fair** describes someone or something that is impartial and does not pick sides. If you have words in your language that roughly represent these ideas, you could them here. If you do not have words that make these distinctions, you could express the idea with one word that indicates that something is fair, legal, and proper. Alternate translation: “what is just and impartial” or “what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 167 and column 485.

2
en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

2
en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Warning against false teachers (1:3–4)<br>3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:5–16)<br>4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:17–23)<br>5. Praises to God (1:24–25)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>## Part 3: Important translation issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jude’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br><br>* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(v. 5)](../01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Warning against false teachers (1:3–4)<br>3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:5–16)<br>4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:17–23)<br>5. Praises to God (1:24–25)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>## Part 3: Important translation issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jude’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(v. 5)](../01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-123person Ἰούδας 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Warning against false teachers (1:3–4)<br>3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:5–16)<br>4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:17–23)<br>5. Praises to God (1:24–25)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>## Part 3: Important translation issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jude’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br><br>* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(v. 5)](../01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Warning against false teachers (1:3–4)<br>3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:5–16)<br>4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:17–23)<br>5. Praises to God (1:24–25)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>## Part 3: Important translation issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jude’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(v. 5)](../01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-123person Ἰούδας 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4 JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])

2
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long